25A-185 (11) BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
?! 0
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Adjustable fixtures shall be aimed to provide required light intensities.
C. Immediately prior to final inspection, for Substantial Completion, inspect, adjust,
repair, replace, re-clean, or otherwise rehabilitate lighting fixtures to meet
requirements.
END OF SECTION
LIGHTING 265000 - 5 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 00
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Independently support units weighing more than 56 pounds from structural
framing.
C. Support for Suspended Fixtures: Brace pendants and rods over 48 inches long to
limit swinging.
1. Support stem-mounted, single-unit, suspended fluorescent fixtures with twin-
stem hangers.
2. For continuous rows, use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or
rod for suspension for each unit length of chassis, including one at each end.
D. Lamping: Where specific lamp designations are not indicated, lamp units according
to manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground lighting units. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including
grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening
values.
1. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, as specified in UL 486A
and UL 4868.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replaced damaged fixtures and
components.
B. Give advance notice of dates and times for field tests. -®
C. Tests: Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and
circuits have been energized with normal power source. Interrupt electrical energy
to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation.
D. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat •
procedure until all units operate properly.
E. Report results of tests.
F. Replace fixtures that show evidence of corrosion during Project warranty period.
3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean fixtures after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by
manufacturer.
ON
an
LIGHTING 265000 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
M" NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
on 1. Where a specific manufacturer, type or model of a lighting fixture or lamp is
named, it is to be regarded as the standard of quality.
4W 2. Lighting fixtures and lamps, other than the specified, will be considered for
incorporation into the Work only if submitted in accordance with the
requirements for substitutions as described in Division 01.
2.02 LAMPS
A. Comply with ANSI C78 series as applicable to each type of lamp.
2.03 FINISHES
A. Manufacturer's standard, except as otherwise indicated, applied over corrosion-
resistant treatment or primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and
similar defects.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect all substrate surfaces, and other conditions effecting the installation of
lighting fixtures.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Mount or install fixture units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls, and
secure according to manufacturer's written instructions and approved Shop
Drawings.
1. Support fixtures according to requirements of this Section and Division 26
Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
B. Support for Recessed and Semirecessed Grid-Type Fluorescent Fixtures:
1. Units weighing less than 56 pounds may be supported from suspended ceiling
" support system.
a. Provide two (2) support wires for each lighting fixture mounted in ceiling
suspension system (wires may be slack).
b. Fixtures smaller than ceiling grid shall be centered in acoustical panel.
Support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4-inch metal channels
spanning and secured to ceiling tees.
c. Install support clips for recessed fixtures, securely fastened to ceiling grid
members, at or near each fixture corner.
LIGHTING 265000 - 3 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Action Submittals:
1. Product Data: Submit complete information describing fixtures, lamps, ballasts,
and emergency lighting units.
a. Arrange Product Data in submittal for fixtures in order of fixture
designation.
b. Include data on features and accessories and the following:
1) Outline drawings indicating dimensions and principal features of
fixtures.
2) Electrical Ratings and Photometric Data: Certified results of
independent laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps.
3) Battery and charger data for emergency lighting units.
C. O&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/ Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Maintenance data: Submit complete information for fixtures to include in the
operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 01.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 and
that are listed and labeled by UL where available.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures, emergency lighting units, and accessory
components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled for their indicated
use and installation conditions on the project.
1. Special Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures for use in damp or wet locations,
and recessed in combustible construction that are specifically listed and labeled
for such use. Provide fixtures for use in hazardous (classified) locations that
are listed and labeled for the specific hazard. ..
2. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
C. Coordinate fixtures, mounting hardware, and trim with ceiling system and other
items, including work of other trades, required to be mounted on ceiling or in ceiling .••
space.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, fixtures to be provided, by various
manufacturers, are listed and specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule on drawings.
LIGHTING 265000 - 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 265000
on
LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for the following:
1. Interior Lighting Fixtures
2. Emergency Lighting Units
3. Exit Signs
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Emergency Lighting Unit: A fixture with integral emergency battery-powered supply
and the means for controlling and charging the battery. It is also known as an
emergency light set.
B. Fixture: A complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit.
1. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and
protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply.
2. Internal battery-powered exit signs and emergency lighting units also include a
battery and the means for controlling and recharging the battery.
3. Emergency lighting units include ones with and without integral lamp heads.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
LIGHTING 265000 - 1 of 5
on
an
.a
Ow
BLANK PAGE
.m
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.08 DEMONSTRATION
A. Startup Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to provide
startup service.
B. Coordinate system demonstration with local authority having jurisdiction, and
servicing fire units, where their presence at demonstration is required.
3.09 ON-SITE ASSISTANCE
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, controls, and
sensitivities to suit actual occupied conditions.
1. Provide up to 3 requested adjustment visits to the site for this purpose.
END OF SECTION
ter.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 9 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of the circuit and measure the
circuit resistance with an ohmmeter. Record the circuit resistance of each
circuit on the record drawings.
4. Verify that the control unit is in the normal condition as detailed in the
manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual.
5. Test initiating and indicating circuits for proper signal transmission under open *"
circuit conditions. One connection each should be opened at not less than 10
percent of the initiating and indicating devices. Observe proper signal
transmission according to class of wiring used.
6. Test each initiating and indicating device for alarm operation and proper
response at the control unit. Test smoke detectors with actual products of
combustion.
7. Test the system for all specified functions according to the approved operation
and maintenance manual.
a. Systematically initiate specified functional performance items at each
station, including making all possible alarm and monitoring initiations and
using all communications options.
b. For each item, observe related performance at all devices required to be
affected by the item under all system sequences.
c. Observe indicating lights, displays, signal tones, and annunciator
indications.
8. Test Both Primary and Secondary Power: Verify by test that the secondary
power system is capable of operating the system for the period and in the
manner specified. .�
F. Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work
affected by such deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets .�
the Specifications and complies with applicable standards.
G. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and ■•
detailed test results in the form of a test log. Submit log upon the satisfactory
completion of tests.
H. Tag all equipment, stations, and other components at which tests have been
satisfactorily completed.
3.07 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up ..
scratches and marred finish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using
methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 8 of 9
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Color Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building
power wiring. Use one color code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color code
for supervisory circuits. Color-code audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from
alarm-initiating circuits. Use different colors for visual alarm-indicating devices.
Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 26
Section "Electrical Identification."
OR
3.05 GROUNDING
40 A. Ground cable shields and equipment according to system manufacturer's instructions
to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground
loops, common mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments.
B. Install grounding electrodes of type, size, location, and quantity as indicated.
Comply with installation requirements of Division 26 Section "Grounding and
Bonding."
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of a factory-authorized service
representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components and
the pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the system.
B. Pretesting: After installation, align, adjust, and balance the system and perform
complete pretesting. Determine, through pretesting, the conformance of the system
to the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Correct deficiencies
observed in pretesting. Replace malfunctioning or damaged items with new ones
and retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. Prepare
40 forms for systematic recording of acceptance test results.
C. Report of Pretesting: After pretesting is complete, provide a letter certifying the
installation is complete and fully operable, including the names and titles of the
witnesses to the preliminary tests.
D. Final Test Notice: Provide a 7-day minimum notice in writing when the system is
ready for final acceptance testing.
E. Minimum System Tests: Test the system according to the procedures outlined in
NFPA 72. Minimum required tests are as follows:
1. Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and
ground.
2. Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation-testing device.
4"
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 7 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ..
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. System shall be provided for full accord with all requirements of this Section, and
applicable NFPA standards.
3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Manual Pull Stations: Mount semiflush in recessed back boxes with operating
handles 48 inches (1220 mm) above the finished floor or lower, or as otherwise
indicated.
B. Water-Flow Detectors and Valve Supervisory Switches: Connect for each sprinkler
valve station required to be supervised.
C. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 90 inches (2280 mm) above
the finished floor nor less than 6 inches (150 mm) below the ceiling. Install bells
and horns on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism
concealed behind a grille or as indicated. Combine audible and visual alarms at the
same location into a single unit.
D. Visual Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn
and not less than 80 inches (2030 mm) and no greater than 96 inches above the
finished floor or at least 6 inches (150 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower.
3.03 WIRING INSTALLATION � "
A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 26 Section
"Raceways and Boxes." Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as
indicated.
B. Wiring within Enclosures: Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to the ..
sides and back of the enclosure.
1. Bundle, lace, and train the conductors to terminal points with no excess. *
2. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any
enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. •
3. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams.
4. Make all connections with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-
type terminal blocks, or plug connectors.
C. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in cabinets or equipment enclosures
where circuit connections are made.
OR
..
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 6 of 9
0M
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.05 SMOKE DETECTORS
A. General: Comply with UL 268. Include the following features:
1. Factory Nameplate: Serial number and type identification.
2. Operating Voltage: 24-V dc, nominal.
3. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting after actuation to restore
them to normal operation.
B. Duct Smoke Detector: Photoelectric type.
1. Sampling Tube: Design and dimensions as recommended by the manufacturer
for the specific duct size and installation conditions where applied.
2. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit.
2.06 ALARM-NOTIFICATION DEVICES
A. General: Equip alarm-indicating devices for mounting as indicated.
B. Horns: Electric-vibrating-polarized type, operating on 24-V dc, with provision for
housing the operating mechanism behind a grille. Horns produce a sound-pressure
level of 90 dB, measured 10 feet (3 m) from the source.
C. Visual Alarm Devices: Xenon s6obe lights with clear or nominal white polycarbonate
lens. Mount lenses on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved on the
lens.
1. Devices have a minimum light output as indicated on drawings.
2. Combination devices consist of factory-combined, audible and visual alarm units
in a single mounting assembly.
2.07 WIRE
A. Wire: Solid-copper conductors with 600-V rated, 75 deg C, color-coded insulation.
1. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum.
2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum.
3. Manufacturers recommended minimum wire size based on circuit length and
loading.
40
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 5 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 o.
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS go
7. General Alarm: A system general alarm includes the following:
a. Indicating the general alarm condition at the FACP and the remote
annunciator.
b. Identifying the device that is the source of the alarm (or its zone) at the
FACP and the remote annunciator.
c. Initiating audible and visible alarm signals throughout the building.
d. Initiating transmission of alarm signal to remote central station.
8. Manual station alarm operation initiates a general alarm.
9. Water-flow alarm switch operation:
a. Initiates a general alarm.
10. Smoke detection initiates a general alarm.
11. Sprinkler valve tamper switch operation causes or initiates the following:
a. A supervisory, audible, and visible "valve tamper" signal indication at the
FACP and the annunciator.
b. Transmission of supervisory signal to central station.
2.03 ADDRESSABLE DEVICES
A. Alarm-Initiating Devices: Classified as addressable devices according to NFPA 72.
1. Communication Transmitter and Receiver: Integral to device. Provides each �^
device with a unique identification and capability for status reporting to the
FACP.
2. External Addressable Interface Unit: May be used where specified devices are
not manufactured and labeled with integral multiplex transmitter and receiver.
Arrange to monitor status of each device individually or as a zone as indicated *�
on drawings.
2.04 MANUAL PULL STATIONS
A. Description: Double-action type, fabricated of metal or plastic, and finished in red
with molded, raised-letter operating instructions of contrasting color. ••
1. Break-Glass Feature: Stations requiring the breaking of a glass panel are
unacceptable. Stations requiring the breaking of a concealed glass rod are
acceptable.
2. Station Reset: Key or wrench operated, single pole, double throw, switch rated .
for the voltage and current at which it operates.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 4 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
w NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: It is essential that existing system be maintained
fully operational until new equipment has been tested and accepted.
1. As new equipment is installed, label it "NOT IN SERVICE" until new equipment
is accepted.
2. Remove tags from new equipment when put into service and tag existing fire
alarm equipment "NOT IN SERVICE" until removed from the building.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Fire-Lite Alarms.
2.02 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM
A. Include the following system functions and operating features plus those additional
functions and features required by the authorities having jurisdiction:
1. All zones are manually resettable from the FACP after the initiating device or
- devices are restored to normal. Systems that require batteries or battery back-
up for the programming function are unacceptable.
2. Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) Response: The manual or automatic operation
of an alarm-initiating or supervisory-operating device causes the FACP to
transmit an appropriate signal including the following:
a. General alarm.
3. Transmission to Central Station: Automatically route alarm, supervisory, and
trouble signals to a central station service.
4. Silencing at the FACP: Switches provide capability for acknowledgment of
" alarm, supervisory, trouble, and other specified signals at the FACP; and
capability to silence the local audible signal and light a light-emitting diode
(LED). Subsequent zone or device alarms cause the audible signal to sound
again until silenced by switch operation. Restoring alarm, supervisory, and
trouble conditions to normal extinguishes the associated LED.
5. Loss of primary power at the FACP sounds a trouble signal at the FACP and the
annunciator.
" 6. Annunciation: Existing.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 3 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Action Submittals:
1. Product Data: Product Data: Submit complete information for each type of
system component specified including dimensioned plans and elevations
showing minimum clearances and installed features and devices.
a. Include list of materials and Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory
(NRTL)-listing data.
C. O&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/ Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Updates to existing O&M manuals to incorporate new work.
2. Record of field tests of system.
D. Submission to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: Submit documents as required to the
authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Upon receipt of comments from the authorities having jurisdiction, submit them
for review.
2. Resubmit if required to make clarifications or revisions to obtain approval.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer experienced in the installation of fire
alarm systems for a minimum of 5 years to perform work of this Section.
B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain fire alarm components from a single source
who assumes responsibility for compatibility of system components.
C. Compliance with Local Requirements: Comply with the applicable building code,
local ordinances, and regulations, and the requirements of the authorities having
jurisdiction.
4M
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
E. Comply with NFPA 72. ow
F. Comply with ADAAG, or locally enforced accessibility regulations.
OR
G. Listing and Labeling: Provide systems and equipment specified in this Section that
are listed and labeled (as terms are defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100). o•
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 2 of 9
$0
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
*+ NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 263100
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 —General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for fire alarm systems, including manual stations, detectors, signal
equipment, controls, and devices. Scope of work includes modifications to and
expansion of the existing fire alarm system.
40
1.03 DEFINITION
A. FACP: Fire Alarm Control Panel.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. General: Noncoded, addressable, microprocessor-based fire-detection and alarm
system with manual and automatic alarm initiation.
B. Audible Alarm Notification: By sounding of horns or bells.
C. Visual Alarm Notification: By xenon-strobe-type units.
D. System Connections for Alarm-Initiating and Alarm-Notification Circuits: Class A
wiring for signal line, Class B for initiating and notification circuits.
E. System shall be connected to and compatible with the existing fire alarm control
panel, Fire-Lite Alarms MS-9600. All work shall be executed in a manner which does
not adversely affect the warranty on the existing system.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 263100 - 1 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Mw
3.04 CLEANING
A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect
exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged
finish including chips, scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 4 of 4
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Molded-Case Switch: Where indicated, molded-case circuit breaker without trip
units.
H. Lugs: Mechanical lugs and power-distribution connectors for number, size, and
material of conductors indicated.
I. Accessories: As indicated.
J. Enclosure: Refer to the Wiring Methods Schedule on the drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers in locations as indicated, according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers level and plumb.
C. Connect enclosed switches and circuit breakers and components to wiring system
and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer.
1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are
not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4868.
D. Identify each enclosed switch and circuit breaker according to requirements specified
in Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification."
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: After installing enclosed switches and circuit breakers and after electrical
circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with
requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test
stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for disconnect switches and Section 7.6 for
molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters.
B. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Set field-adjustable enclosed switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ow
1. Fusible Switches and Nonfusible Switches:
a. Cutler-Hammer.
b. General Electric Co.
c. Siemens Energy &Automation, Inc.
d. Square D Co.
2. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers:
a. Cutler-Hammer Products.
b. General Electric Co.
c. Siemens Energy &Automation, Inc.
d. Square D Co.
2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Fusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate
specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlock, and
interlocked with cover in closed position.
B. Nonfusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, lockable handle with capability to accept
two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
C. Accessories:
1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and
aluminum ground conductors.
.A
2. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Auxiliary set of contacts arranged to open before switch
blades open.
2.03 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Enclosed, Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with lockable handle. .�
B. Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as
indicated. ••
C. Interrupting Rating: Refer to drawing.
D. Application Listing: Appropriate for application, including switching lighting loads or
heating, air-conditioning, and refrigeration equipment.
E. Circuit Breakers, 200 A and Larger: Trip units interchangeable within frame size.
F. Circuit Breakers, 400 A and Larger: Field-adjustable, short-time and continuous-
current settings.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 262816
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
pro B. Division 01 — General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
go
1.02 SUMMARY
.. A. Section provides for individually mounted enclosed switches and circuit breakers
used for the following:
1. Fusible switches.
2. Nonfusible switches.
3. Molded-case circuit breakers.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain disconnect switches and circuit breakers from one source
and by a single manufacturer.
B. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.
C. Listing and Labeling: Provide disconnect switches and circuit breakers specified in
this Section that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms"Listed"and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by the following:
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturers published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturers torque values are not indicated, use
those specified in UL 486A and UL 4868.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each device
at least six times.
B. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
A"
C. Replace damaged or defective components.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Prior to installation of devices, internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and
enclosures.
B. Replace stained or improperly painted wall plates or devices.
4W
END OF SECTION
..
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Pass and Seymor: 521
2.06 WALL PLATES
A. Single and combination types match corresponding wiring devices.
1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish.
2. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.04-inch-thick, Type 302, satin-finished stainless
steel.
3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel.
4. Material for Wet Locations: Weatherproof.
2.07 FINISHES
A. Color: Gray, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
ON
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install devices and assemblies plumb, level, tight to substrate, and secure.
B. Install wall plates when painting is complete.
C. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long
dimension vertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent
P. switches under single, multi-gang wall plates.
D. Protect devices and assemblies during painting.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification."
3.03 CONNECTION
A. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper.
B. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch-circuit equipment grounding
conductor.
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.02 RECEPTACLES
A. Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles:
1. Hubbell 5362
2. Leviton 5362
3. Pass and Seymour 5362
B. GFCI Receptacles: Feed-through type, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-
20R duplex receptacle arranged to protect connected downstream receptacles on
same circuit. Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch-deep outlet box without an
adapter.
C. Industrial Heavy-Duty Pin and Sleeve Devices: Comply with IEC 309-1.
2.03 PENDANT CORD/CONNECTOR DEVICES dw
A. Description: Matching, locking type, plug and receptacle body connector, NEMA WD
6, Configurations L5-20P and L5-20R, Heavy-Duty grade. 00
1. Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching
external cable grip.
2. External Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-
steel wire strand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision
designed for corresponding connector.
2.04 CORD AND PLUG SETS
A. Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to
requirements of equipment being connected.
1. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with type SOW-A jacket.
Green-insulated grounding conductor, and equipment-rating ampacity plus a »
minimum of 30 percent.
2. Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle ••
type for connection.
2.05 SWITCHES **
A. Snap Switches: Heavy-duty, quiet type.
1. Hubbell: HBL1221X
2. Leviton: 1221
dft
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2 of 4
so
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 262726
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for receptacles, connectors, switches, and device wall plates.
1.03 DEFINITION
A. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" for devices and installation.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products that are listed and labeled for their
applications and installation conditions and for the environments in which installed.
1. The terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code",
Article 100.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Wiring Devices:
a. Hubbell, Inc.; Wiring Devices Div.
b. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc.
c. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1 of 4
no
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) '
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install fuses in fusible devices as indicated. Arrange fuses so fuse ratings are
readable without removing fuse.
B. Install spare fuse cabinet where indicated.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION
A. Install typewritten labels on inside door of each fused switch to indicate fuse
replacement information.
END OF SECTION
w
FUSES 261816 - 3 of 3
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by the following:
1. Bussmann
2. Gould Shawmut
3. Littelfuse, Inc.
2.02 CARTRIDGE FUSES
A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class as specified or
indicated; current rating as indicated; voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage.
AM
2.03 SPARE FUSE CABINET
A. Cabinet: Wall-mounted, 0.05-inch-thick steel unit with full-length, recessed piano-
hinged door with key-coded cam lock and pull.
1. Size: Adequate for orderly storage of spare fuses specified with 15 percent
spare capacity minimum.
2. Finish: Gray, baked enamel.
3. Identification: Stencil legend "SPARE FUSES" in 1-1/2-inch letters on door.
4. Fuse Pullers: For each size fuse.
..
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION a»
A. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions to verify
proper fuse locations, sizes, and characteristics.
B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
me
3.02 FUSE APPLICATIONS
A. 601 Ampere and Larger: Class L, fast acting.
B. 600 Ampere and Below: Class ], time delay.
FUSES 261816 - 2 of 3
go
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
+ ► NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 261816
FUSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 - General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
MW
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for fuses and spare fuse cabinet.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses from one source and by a single manufacturer.
B. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.
C. Listing and Labeling: Provide fuses specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged
with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Spare Fuses: Furnish quantity equal to 20 percent of each fuse type and size
installed, but not less than 1 set of 3 of each type and size.
FUSES 261816 - 1 of 3
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 N
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS MW
e. Push-button stations.
f. Contactors.
g. Remote-controlled switches. `
h. Control devices.
i. Fire alarm master station or control panel.
4. Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches,
breakers, push buttons, pilot lights, motor control centers, and similar items for
power distribution and control components above, except panelboards and
alarm/signal components where labeling is specified elsewhere.
a. For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit
description and identification of items controlled by each individual
breaker.
am
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
r�• NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
unwinding. Use 1-inch-wide tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape
bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings.
0. Apply identification to conductors as follows:
O
1. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.
2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each
conductor with source and circuit number. Use color coding for voltage and
phase indication.
3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify
each conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use a consistent system
of tags, color coding, or cable marking tape.
4. Control Wiring: Label both ends of conductor with control wire number as
�. indicated on schematic and wiring diagrams, equipment manufacturers shop
drawings.
�. P. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows:
1. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where indicated or required to
ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to
which they connect. Install engraved, plastic-laminated instruction signs with
approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or
equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor
items.
2. Emergency-Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legend
on red background with minimum 3/8-inch-high lettering for emergency
instructions on power transfer, load shedding, and other emergency operations.
Q. Install identification as follows:
1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each
major unit of equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This
includes communication, signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified
with their own self-explanatory identification.
2. Except as otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high
lettering on 1-1/2-inch-high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use
" lettering 2 inches high. Use white lettering on black field.
3. Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of equipment.
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.
b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
c. Motor control centers.
d. Motor starters.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553 - 5 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 an
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
I. Install circuit identification on pull and junction boxes above finished ceilings.
Identify source and circuit number on outside of cover with permanent marker.
J. Install circuit identification on exposed pull and junction boxes. Identify source and
circuit number on inside of cover with permanent marker or pressure-sensitive label.
K. Install circuit identification on receptacle and switch device boxes. Identify source
and circuit number on inside of cover plate with pressure-sensitive label.
L. Install circuit identification on motors and other equipment. Identify source and
circuit number with stainless steel tag, attached with chain to outside of motor or
equipment.
M. Color-Code Conductors: Refer to Wiring Methods Schedule on drawings
N. Color-Code Conductors: Secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors
throughout the secondary electrical system.
1. 208/120-V System: As follows:
a. Phase A: Black.
b. Phase B: Red.
c. Phase C: Blue.
d. Neutral: White.
e. Ground: Green.
f. Isolated Ground: Green with Yellow stripe.
2. 480/277-V System: As follows:
a. Phase A: Brown.
b. Phase B: Orange.
c. Phase C: Yellow.
d. Neutral: Grey.
e. Ground: Green
3. Control Systems: As follows:
a. 120V: Red.
b. Neutral: White. �»
c. Ground: Green.
d. DC or Low Voltage: Blue.
e. Externally Derived: Yellow. ••
4. Factory-apply color the entire length of the conductors, except the following
field-applied, color-coding methods may be used in lieu of factory-coded wire
for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG for phase conductors, No. 6 for grounded
conductors.
a. Colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape in half-lapped turns for a distance
of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are
made. Apply the last 2 turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553 - 4 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A+ 3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install identification devices according to manufacturer's written instructions, in a
„ firm, secure manner, and located as indicated.
B. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing
without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other
designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in
the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent
designations throughout the Project.
D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require
finish, install identification after completion of finish work.
E. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and
oily films before applying.
F. Painting: Comply with requirements of Section 099100"Field Painting".
G. Identify Raceways and Exposed Cables of Certain Systems with Color Banding: Band
exposed and accessible raceways of the systems listed below for identification.
1. Bands: Pretensioned, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves; colored adhesive
tape; or a combination of both. Make each color band 2 inches wide,
completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of 2-color markings in
contact, side by side.
2. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-
foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 feet in congested areas.
3. Colors: As follows:
a. Fire-Alarm System: Red
b. Security System: Blue and yellow.
c. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue.
d. Telecommunications System: Green and yellow.
H. Install Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Label internally as follows:
1. Boxes: Pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive plastic label on cover with listing of
panel and circuit number or equivalent.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553 - 3 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 a
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Seton Name Plate Co. wo
B. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for a
specified application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each
application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these we
Specifications.
2.02 CABLE AND WIRE
A. Heat Shrink Markers: Heat shrink white polyolefin sleeves. Apply text with
compatible printer. OR
B. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted
numbers and letters. Aft
2.03 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES
r.
A. Engraving Stock: Melamine plastic laminate, 1/16-inch minimum thick for signs up
to 20 sq. in., 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes.
no
1. Engraved Legend: Black letters on white face.
2. Punched for mechanical fasteners. '"
B. Fasteners for Plastic-Laminated and Metal Signs: Self-tapping stainless steel screws
or No. 10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. '"
2.04 SIGNAGE
oft
A. Baked-Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched for
fasteners, with colors, legend, and size as indicated or as otherwise required for the
application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. go
B. Exterior, Metal-Backed, Butyrate Signs: Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted,
cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 20 gage, galvanized steel backing, with colors, am
legend, and size appropriate to the application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for
mounting.
dw
C. Fasteners for Plastic-Laminated and Metal Signs: Self-tapping stainless steel screws
or No. 10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
2.05 MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Motor and Equipment Tags: Stainless steel disc, approximately 1- inch diameter MW
complete with hole for seven strand stainless steel wire. Tag shall have the
equipment designation and power source, including motor control center number
and bucket or panelboard and circuit number. Stamped in 1/4-inch high letters. No
.ft
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 260553
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for identification of electrical materials, equipment, and
installations.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate installing electrical identification after completion of finishing where
identification is applied to field-finished surfaces.
B. Coordinate installing electrical identifying devices and markings prior to installing
acoustical ceilings and similar finishes that conceal such items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Brady USA, Inc.; Industrial Products Div.
2. Ideal Industries, Inc.
3. National Band &Tag Co.
4. Panduit Corp.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553 - 1 of 6
on
.,
Im
so
am
am
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) oft
No
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and installer, that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without
damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
3.05 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed
finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish,
including chips, scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION
w
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 - 7 of 7
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS 4W
2. Solvent Cements: Manufacturer's standard solvent cements for the following:
a. RNC: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.
V. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align
raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against the box. .�
Where terminations are not secure with 1 locknut, use 2 locknuts: 1 inside and 1
outside the box.
W. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings
tightly into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where
chase nipples are used, align raceways so the coupling is square to the box and
tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed.
X. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use monofilament plastic line with not less
than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of the
pull wire.
Y. Install raceway sealing fittings (conduit outlet bodies) according to manufacturer's
written instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations
and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. Install raceway sealing fittings, on
the interior or warm side, at the following points:
1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as the boundaries of
refrigerated spaces.
2. Where conduits pass from interior to exterior locations.
3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
Z. PVC Externally Coated Conduits: Use only fittings, tools and methods approved for
use with PVC coated raceways. Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after
installing conduits.
AA. Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner.
BB. Sanitary Ceiling Penetrations: Seal voids resulting from the conduit installation using
a sealant per Division 07.
CC. Sleeves through Rated Walls: Install sleeves for conduits passing through rated floor •
and walls.
1. Provide firestopping in annular spaces in accordance with Division 07 Section,
"Through Penetration Firestopping".
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 - 6 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
L. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways.
M. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so
curved portion of bends is not visible above the finished slab.
N. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane
and straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.
0. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
For intermediate steel conduit, use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless
otherwise indicated.
■ P. Run underground raceways, with a minimum of bends, in the shortest practical
distance considering other underground utilities and obstructions, unless otherwise
indicated.
Q. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Not Permitted.
R. Install exposed and concealed raceways parallel to or at right angles to nearby
surfaces or structural members, and follow the surface contours as much as
practical.
1. Run parallel or banked raceways together, on common supports where
practical
2. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends
parallel. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel;
otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways.
S. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints
tight.
1. Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at
connections subject to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be
made tight.
2. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.
T. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools.
U. RNC Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean
cloth or paper towels. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and
solvent cements.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 - 5 of 7
we
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage, and
include accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to receive raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for
compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
raceway installation.
1. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.02 WIRING METHODS
A. Material Selection For Raceways and Boxes: Refer to Wiring Methods Schedule on
drawings.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets as indicated, according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets to form a continuous electrical
conductor. "
C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size.
D. Provide separate raceway systems for power and control wiring.
E. Provide separate raceway systems for conductors operating at different voltages.
F. Provide separate raceway systems for AC and DC/analog control wiring.
G. Conceal conduit unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls and ceilings.
H. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-
water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
I. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate
headroom.
J. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. „
K. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
Methods." ..
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 - 4 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.04 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
B. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FS or FD, Malleable iron with threaded hubs
and gasketed cover.
40
C. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FS or FD, Copper-free aluminum with threaded
hubs and gasketed cover.
D. Nonmetallic Boxes: NEMA OS 2.
r► 2.05 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Small Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
B. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Malleable iron with threaded hubs and gasketed
cover.
C. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Copper-free aluminum with threaded hubs and
gasketed cover.
2.06 CONDUIT BODIES
A. Conduit Bodies: Malleable iron, gasket cover, threaded hubs, UL Standard 514B.
B. Conduit Bodies: Copper-free aluminum, gasket cover, threaded hubs, UL standard
514B.
2.07 ENCLOSURES AND CABINETS
A. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush
latch.
1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard
enamel.
2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency-resistant
paint.
B. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel box with removable interior panel
and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
1. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to
match panelboards.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 - 3 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ow
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.05 COORDINATION ow
A. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways and boxes with other construction AK
elements to ensure adequate headroom, working clearance, and access.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS .k
2.01 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
aw
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B. IMC: ANSI C80.6. ""
C. Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1.
on
D. Plastic-Coated IMC and Fittings: NEMA RN 1.
E. EMT and Fittings: ANSI C80.3.
1. Fittings: Compression type.
F. FMC: Aluminum.
G. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. °
H. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit/tubing materials.
2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC.
B. LFNC: UL 1660.
2.03 METAL WIREWAYS
A. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated. .
B. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints,
adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with .,
wireways as required for complete system.
C. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system ..,
and to comply with NFPA 70.
D. Wireway Covers: Flanged-and-gasketed type. ,
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 - 2 of 7
WA
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
no NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 260533
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
P"
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical
wiring.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor-
box service fittings.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
B. FMC: Flexible metal conduit.
C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
D. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
E. RMC: Rigid metal conduit.
F. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide raceways and boxes specified in this Section that are
"" listed and labeled (As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100).
B. Comply with NECA's "Standard of Installation."
40
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 260533 - 1 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ow
C. Equipment Grounding-Wire Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-
type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be
terminated with winged pressure-type connectors.
D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: Where metallic raceways terminate at ,k
metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate
each conduit with a grounding bushing.
1. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus
or terminal in housing.
2. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with
grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, except as otherwise
indicated.
E. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals
according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where these
requirements are not available, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4868.
F. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct
circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies
recommended by manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other
standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately
compressed on grounding conductor.
G. Moisture Protection: Where insulated grounding conductors are connected to
grounding rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal
against moisture penetration of insulation and cable.
ft
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in
nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables.
B. Separately Derived Systems: Refer to drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment according to NEC requirements,
except where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements.
B. Grounding Conductors: Route along the shortest and straightest paths possible,
except as otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where
they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
C. Underground Grounding Conductors: Use bare copper wire. Bury at least 24 inches
below grade.
D. Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding
conductors of associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners.
Use braided-type bonding straps.
E. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment
shutoff valve.
F. Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate as detailed on
drawings.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. General: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is
minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection
methods so metals in direct contact will be compatible, and free of galvanic action.
1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and to
make contact points closer in order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to
prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for
underground connections. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds
that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not
acceptable.
GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 an
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS VW
2.02 WIRE AND CABLE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Conductors and Cables."
1. Material: Use only copper wire for both insulated and bare grounding
conductors in direct contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and '
similar materials.
B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green color insulation.
C. Grounding-Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.
D. Underground Conductors: Bare, stranded, except as otherwise indicated.
E. Bare Copper Conductors: Conform to the following:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS
A. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed-copper bars of rectangular cross section.
2.04 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units. *�
B. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty type.
C. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Provided in kit form and selected per
manufacturer's written instructions for specific types, sizes, and combinations of
conductors and connected items. . ►
PART 3 - EXECUTION ,
3.01 APPLICATION
A. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Comply with NEC Article 250 for types, sizes, and
quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where specific types, larger
sizes, or more conductors than required by NEC are indicated.
1. Install insulated equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for all
feeders and branch circuits.
GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 260526
GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for grounding of electrical systems and equipment and basic
requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems.
Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other
Sections of these Specifications.
B. Related Section: The following Section contains requirements that relate to this
00 Section:
1. Division 26 Section "Conductors and Cables" for requirements for grounding
conductors.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70.
B. Comply with UL 467.
1. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed
and labeled (As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS
A. Governing Requirements: Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are
in excess of National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements, the more stringent
requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern.
GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test
stated in NETA ATS - 1999, Section 7.3.2.
2. Certify compliance with test parameters.
3. Document test report data and include in Maintenance Manual.
B. Correct malfunctioning conductors and cables at Project site, where possible, and MW
retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units
and retest.
END OF SECTION
w.
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install wires and cables as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions
and NECA's "Standard of Installation."
B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary;
compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed
manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure
values.
C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable
grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.
D. Install exposed cables, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural
members, and follow surface contours where possible.
E. Support cables according to Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
Methods."
F. Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements according to Division 07 Section
"Through Penetration Firestopping."
G. Identify wires and cables according to Wiring Methods Schedule.
3.04 CONNECTIONS
- A. Conductor Splices: Keep to minimum.
B. Install splices and taps that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and
insulation ratings than conductors being spliced.
C. Use splice and tap connectors compatible with conductor material.
D. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack.
E. Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed
by manufacturer.
F. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use
those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: For feeders and service entrance conductors, upon completion of the
installation of wires and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized,
demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3 of 4
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLES vs'
A. UL-listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable .10
construction, and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications"
Article.
B. Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 3. 'R"
C. Thermoplastic Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 5.
D. Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 7.
E. Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 8.
F. Factory Fabricated Cables.
1. Metal-Clad Cable: Type MC; UL Standard 1569.
G. Conductor Material: Copper.
H. Stranding: Solid conductor for No. 14 AWG and smaller; stranded conductor for
larger than No. 14 AWG.
I. Minimum Size: Refer to Wiring Methods Schedule on drawings.
..
2.02 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. UL-listed, factory-fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, Am
type, and class for application and service indicated.
.o
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION MW
A. Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting -0
performance of wires and cables.
1. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been we
corrected.
3.02 WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS 00
A. Selection of Conductor and Cable Insulation: Refer to Wiring Methods Schedule on
drawings. am
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 260519
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 - General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices,
and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less.
B. Related Sections include the following: Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification."
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide wires and cables specified in this Section that are
listed and labeled (as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100).
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. Comply with NECA, Standards for Installation.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver wires and cables according to NEMA WC 26.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of cables with other installations.
B. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated, as required to suit field
conditions.
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 an
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Refer to Division 01 for cutting and patching requirements, in regard to providing "
access for electrical installations, and for the restoration of disturbed surfaces.
3.05 TOUCH-UP PAINTING
A. Thoroughly clean damaged areas and provide finishing materials matching those in
place, as to type, number of coats, color, texture, etc. to restore the work to a finish
equal to the undamaged surrounding areas.
B. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for
timing and application of successive coats.
END OF SECTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260505 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended
ceilings.
7. In vertical runs, arrange support so the load produced by the weight of the
raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit
supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.
B. Install metal channels for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control
enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless
` components are mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength.
C. In open overhead spaces, cast boxes threaded to raceways need not be separately
supported, except where used for fixture support; support sheet-metal boxes directly
from the building structure or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are used, attach
the bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an
approved fastener not more than 24 inches from the box.
D. Install for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls, except where
core-drilled holes are used. Install for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry
and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies.
Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls.
E. Provide firestopping for all penetrations of electrical work penetrations of fire-rated
floor and wall assemblies. Firestopping shall be executed as Section "Firestopping".
F. Securely fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware to the building
structure. Perform fastening according to the following:
1. Fasten by means of wood screws on wood; toggle bolts on hollow masonry
units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid masonry; and by
machine screws to steel.
2. Welding to steel structure is not permitted.
3. Attaching to steel roof deck is not permitted.
4. In partitions of light steel construction use sheet-metal screws.
5. Drill holes in concrete so holes do not cut reinforcing bars.
6. Fill and seal holes drilled in concrete and not used.
7. Select fasteners so the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent
of the proof-test load.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260505 - 5 of 6
AM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS "
A. Install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom
where mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated.
B. Install items level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems
and components, except where otherwise indicated.
C. Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with
other installations.
D. Give right of way to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope
3.02 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING METHODS
00
A. Material Selection For Supporting Devices, Anchors and Fasteners: Refer to the
Wiring Methods Schedule on drawings.
B. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selecting supports.
C. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry all loads, times a safety factor of at least 4.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Raceway Supports: Comply with NFPA 70 and the following requirements:
1. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selecting and installing
supports.
2. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support '
raceways. Provide U bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware
necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits.
3. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-
type hangers.
4. Spare Capacity: Size supports for multiple conduits so capacity can be
increased by a 10 percent minimum in the future.
5. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable iron pipe
hangers or clamps.
6. Spring Steel Clamp: Specifically designed for supporting single conduits or
tubing. May be used in lieu of malleable iron hangers for 3/4-inch and smaller
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260505 - 4 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.03 ANCHORS AND FASTENERS
A. Carbon Steel bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A.
B. Stainless Steel Fasteners: Screws and bolts: ASTM F 593, Group 1; Nuts: ASTM F
594, Group 1
,w C. Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF-B-561.
D. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92.
E. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-111.
F. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF-W-92.
G. Drilled-In Expansion Anchors: Either of the following:
1. Stud type expansion anchors complying with FS FF-S-325, Group II, Type 4,
Class 1.
2. Sleeve type expansion anchors complying with FS FF-S-325, Group II, Type 3,
Class 3.
H. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-588, type, class, and style as required.
I. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84.
J. Low Temp Wall Panel Fastener: Stainless steel threaded machine screw,
mechanically joined to a slotted rivet aluminum sleeve; "Fabloc" as manufactured by
Textron.
K. Sheet Metal Screws: Machine, pan heads or hex-drive heads, size as selected by
Installer.
2.04 TOUCH-UP PAINT
A. For Equipment: Provided by equipment manufacturer and selected to match
equipment finish.
B. For Non-equipment Surfaces: Matching type and color of undamaged, existing
adjacent finish.
C. For Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.
260505 - 3 of 6
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors where electrical items requiring
access are concealed by finished surfaces.
G. Coordinate installing electrical identification after completion of finishing where
identification is applied to field-finished surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Beam Clamps: Malleable iron, 1-1/4" by 3/16" stock; 5/16" cross bolt;
approximately 22 pounds per 100 units for 1" size.
B. One-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting rigid metal conduit; galvanized steel; with '
back plate, approximately 7 pounds per 100 units.
C. Conduit Clamps: For supporting electrical metal tubing or rigid conduit; galvanized WN
stamped steel with bolt, approximately 7 pounds per 100 units.
D. Round Steel Rod: Minimum diameter: 3/8".
E. All Thread Rod: Plated: minimum diameter 3/8".
F. Fabricated Supporting Devices: Contractor to provide required structural steel
shapes for added support where required.
G. U-Channel strut and angle support systems, hangers, anchors, sleeves, brackets,
fabricated items, and fasteners are designed to provide secure support from the
building structure for electrical components.
1. Fittings and accessories mate and match with channels and are from the same
manufacturer.
H. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps,
threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, bar
hangers, and spring steel clamps or "click"- type hangers.
2.02 SLEEVES *+*
A. Sheet-Metal Sleeves: 24 gage or heavier galvanized sheet steel, round tube, closed
with welded longitudinal joint.
B. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain
ends.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260505 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 260505
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for supporting devices for electrical components, cutting and
patching for electrical construction, and touchup painting.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70 (the National Electric Code (NEC) for components and
installation.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled (as terms are defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100).
1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate electrical equipment installation with other building components.
B. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of
construction to allow for electrical installations.
C. Coordinate installing required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for
efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring
positioning prior to closing in the building.
E. Coordinate connecting electrical service to components furnished under other
Sections.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 260505 - 1 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 W'
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
1.06 SEISMIC REQUIRMENTS
A. The codes and regulations of the local authority with jurisdiction over this project "
contain provisions for designs that include proper protection for seismic incidents.
These provisions apply to various work items included in the work covered by this
Section and Division.
B. Reference is made to Section 014113 "Regulatory Seismic Requirements". Here the
overall concept and procedure for addressing seismic considerations are set forth.
1.07 RATED CONSTRUCTION
A. Maintain integrity of fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings where electrical items
penetrate rated construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS—GENERAL
A. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in cast-
in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
B. Sequence, coordinate and integrate installations of electrical materials and
equipment for efficient flow of installation. Give particular attention to large
equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in building.
C. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials
and equipment to provide maximum headroom possible.
D. Locate operating and control equipment properly to provide easy access and arrange
entire electrical installations with adequate access for operation and maintenance.
END OF SECTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500 - 2 of 2
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
pop HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 260500
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 - General Requirements, and Section 260500 govern all Work of
Division 26.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 through 14 and 21 through 25) may
contain requirements related to Division 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides general requirements related to all sections of Division 26.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Throughout the Division 26 Sections, reference is made to one or more of the
following, which shall mean the same document:
1. The National Electric Code
2. NFPA 70 (Standard of NFPA, International, Inc.- formerly the National Fire
" protection Association).
3. NEC (acronym for National Electric Code)
1.04 GMP/PROCESS AREA CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Refer to drawings for schedule of area classifications. Specific requirements for work
within classified areas is contained in individual specification sections, as applicable.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE STANDARDS AND SYMBOLS
A. Electrical installations shall comply with applicable requirements and
recommendations of standards published by listed agencies and trade associations,
except to extent more detailed and stringent requirements are indicated or required
by governing regulations.
1. Specific standards, organizations, and agencies are listed in individual
specification sections.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500 - 1 of 2
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .w
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Unit is level on base and is flashed in exterior wall.
2. Unit casing has no visible damage.
3. Compressor, air-cooled condenser coil, and fans have no visible damage. ,
4. Labels are clearly visible.
5. Controls are connected and operable.
6. Shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps are removed.
7. Filters are installed and clean.
8. Drain pan and drain line are installed correctly.
B. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements in Division 26 Sections.
C. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions, including the following: "
1. Lubricate bearings on fan.
2. Check fan-wheel rotation for correct direction without vibration and binding.
D. After startup service and performance test, change filters.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust initial temperature set points.
B. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied •
conditions. Provide up to two visits to site outside normal occupancy hours for this
purpose, without additional cost.
00
END OF SECTION
.a
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONERS 238113 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
!*� NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances
and tolerances.
B. Install wall sleeves in finished wall assembly; seal and weatherproof. Joint-sealant
materials and applications are specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping to machine to allow service and maintenance.
C. Electrical System Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 26
Sections for power wiring, switches, and motor controls.
D. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
E. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use
those specified in UL 486A and UL 4868.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps.
2. After installing packaged terminal air conditioners and after electrical circuitry
has been energized, test for compliance with requirements.
3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to
confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.
4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
B. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above.
3.04 STARTUP SERVICE
A. After installation, verify the following:
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONERS 238113 - 5 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Condensate Drain: Drain pan to direct condensate to outdoor coil for re-
evaporation.
H. Outdoor Fan: Propeller type with separate motor having a quiet noise rating.
2.03 CONTROLS
A. Control Module: Unit-mounted adjustable thermostat with heat anticipator, off-heat-
auto-cool switch, and high-low fan switch.
1. Control Panel Door: Lockable with key.
B. Low Ambient Lockout Control: Prevents cooling-cycle operation below 40 deg F,
outdoor-air temperature.
C. Heat-Pump Ambient Control: Field-adjustable switch changes to heat-pump heating
operation above 40 deg F and to supplemental heating below plus 25 deg F.
D. Fan-Cycle Switch: Allows fan operating mode to be either continuous or cycled on
and off by thermostat.
E. Temperature-Limit Control: Prevents occupant from exceeding preset setup
temperature.
F. Compressor Override: Manual switch prevents compressor operation.
G. Remote Control: Standard unit-mounted controls with remote-mounted, low-voltage no
thermostat.
H. Programmable Thermostat: Microcomputer based with manual changeover from **
cooling to heating.
I. Reverse-Cycle Defrost: Solid-state sensor monitors frost build-up on indoor coil and .�
reverses unit to melt frost.
J. Outdoor Air: Manual intake damper. Open intake when unit indoor air fan runs. �•.
2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Sound-Power Level Ratings: Factory test to comply with ARI 270, "Sound Rating of
Outdoor Unitary Equipment."
B. Unit Performance Ratings: Factory test to comply with ARI 310/380, "Packaged
Terminal Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps."
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONERS 238113 - 4 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Trane Company (The); North American Commercial Group. (design basis)
2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Description: Factory-assembled and tested, self-contained, packaged terminal air
conditioner with room cabinet, electric refrigeration system, heating, and
temperature controls; fully charged with refrigerant and filled with oil.
B. Cabinet: 0.052-inch-thick, galvanized steel with removable front panel with
concealed latches.
1. Mounting: Wall with wall sleeve.
2. Finish: Baked enamel.
3. Discharge Grille and Access Door: Extruded-aluminum discharge grille, with
hinged door in top of cabinet for access to controls.
4. Wall Sleeves: Galvanized steel with polyester finish.
5. Louvers: Extruded aluminum with enamel finish.
6. Outdoor-Air Intake: Minimum 35 cfm with operable damper and replaceable
filter.
C. Refrigeration System: Direct-expansion indoor coil with capillary restrictor,
hermetically sealed scroll compressor with internal spring isolation, external isolation,
and overload protection. Include the following:
1. Outdoor coil and fan.
2. Accumulator.
3. Constant-pressure expansion valve.
4. Reversing valve.
5. Refrigerant Charge: R-22.
D. Indoor Fan: Forward curved, centrifugal, with two-speed motor having a quiet noise
rating and positive-pressure ventilation damper with concealed manual operator.
E. Filters: Washable polyurethane in molded plastic frame.
F. Electric-Resistance Heating Coil: Nickel-chromium-wire, electric-resistance heating
elements with contactor and high-temperature-limit switch.
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONERS 238113 - 3 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
packaged terminal air conditioners and are based on the specific system indicated.
Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements."
1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except
with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive
explanatory data to Architect for review.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section 230500"'Basic HVAC Requirements."
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
D. Energy-Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1,
"Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."
E. Coefficient of Performance: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE/IESNA
90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential
Buildings." *
F. Units shall be designed to operate with HCFC-free refrigerants.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of packaged terminal air conditioners and wall
construction with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them.
1.06 WARRANTY �.
A. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date of
Substantial Completion, including components and labor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1. Carrier Corp.
2. GE Co.; GE Appliances.
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONERS 238113 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 238113
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 -14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
�. A. This Section includes packaged terminal air conditioners and their accessories and
controls, in the following configurations:
1. Through the wall.
2. Heating and cooling unit.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished
specialties, and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings: Show installation details for wall penetrations.
1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Field quality-control test reports.
D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by
manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for packaged terminal air
conditioners.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged terminal air conditioners to include
in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
F. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONERS 238113 - 1 of 6
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) "
w
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
,■. NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Manually operate dampers from fully closed to fully open position and record
fan performance.
D. Refer to Division 23 Section "HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for modular
indoor air-handling system testing, adjusting, and balancing.
3.06 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Clean air-handling units internally, on completion of installation, according to
manufacturer's written instructions. Clean fan interiors to remove foreign material
and construction dirt and dust. Vacuum clean fan wheels, cabinets, and coils
entering air face.
B. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing modular
indoor air-handling and air-distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new
.. filters.
3.08 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain modular indoor air-handling units. Refer
to Division 01 Section "Project Closeout."
END OF SECTION
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 9 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 A"
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
1. Leak Test: After installation, fill water and steam coils with water and test coils
and connections for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. "
2. Fan Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units
to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning
units, replace with new units, and retest.
3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
3.05 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
B. Final Checks before Startup: Perform the following:
1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.
2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that
connections to piping, ducts, and electrical systems are complete. Verify that
proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and
disconnect switches.
3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section.
4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and
verify free fan wheel rotation and smooth bearing operations. Reconnect fan
drive system, align belts, and install belt guards.
5. Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory-
recommended lubricants.
6. Set outside- and return-air mixing dampers to minimum outside-air setting.
7. Install clean filters. ••
8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers
in connected duct systems are in fully open position.
C. Starting procedures for air-handling units include the following:
1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel.
Adjust fan to indicated rpm.
2. Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage.
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 8 of 9
oft
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. 95% Final Filters: Disposable cartridge type with holding frame.
1. Media: Nonfiberglass, synthetic microfiber.
2. Frame: Galvanized steel.
3. Holding Frames: Welded, stainless steel with gaskets and fasteners.
4. MERV Rating of 15.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install air handling units level and plumb, in accordance to manufacturer's written
instruction.
1. Platform Units: Support units from steel support frame.
B. Arrange installation of units to provide access space around air-handling units for
service and maintenance.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.
C. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23
Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories.
D. Electrical: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 26 Sections for power
wiring, switches, and motor controls.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and
electrical connections. Report results in writing.
w
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 7 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.06 CONTROLS
A. General:
I. The equipment furnished shall be factory wired. All electrical components
necessary for proper operation shall be furnished, installed, connected and
ready for operation.
2. A U.L. approved disconnecting device with internally mounted circuit breaker
with suitable AIC rating shall be furnished for disconnecting electrical service
from equipment. The disconnect switch's handle on the face of the cabinet
shall be so interlocked such that the cabinet door shall open only with handle in
the"OFF"position. Operating handle shall be equipped with a "defeater" so
the door can be opened using a special tool while the handle is in the"ON"
position, the handle shall be lockable in the"OFF" position.
3. A motor control panel (MCP) is to be mounted on the unit for main incoming
power, power distribution, controls, etc.
B. Unit Mounted Motor Control Panel:
1. Provide a NEMA 4 control panel for each unit complete with NEMA rated
disconnect switch, circuit breaker, control transformer, and motor starter.
Provide two (2) normally open auxiliary contacts with starter. *
C. Start/stop control of the equipment provided by Division 26.
2.07 FILTER SECTION
A. Filters: Comply with NFPA 90A. •�
B. Filter Section: Provide filter holding frames arranged for flat orientation, with access
doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side. ••
C. Prefilters Disposable Panel Filters: Factory-fabricated, viscous-coated, flat-panel-
type, disposable air filters with holding frames. ,.
1. Media: Interlaced glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive.
2. Frame: Galvanized steel with metal grid on outlet side, steel rod grid on inlet
side, hinged, and with pull and retaining handles.
3. Holding Frames: Welded, stainless steel with gaskets and fasteners.
4. MERV Rating of 8.
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 6 of 9
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
4W NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Turned, ground, and polished hot-rolled steel with keyway. Ship with a
no protective coating of lubricating oil.
2. Designed to operate at no more than 70 percent of first critical speed at top of
fan's speed range.
F. Grease-Lubricated Shaft Bearings: Self-aligning, pillow-block-type, tapered roller
bearings with double-locking collars and two-piece, cast-iron housing. Provide
extended lube line to outside of casing.
," 1. Roller-Bearing Rating Life: ABMA 11, L10 of 120,000 hours.
G. Belt Drives: Factory mounted, with final alignment and belt adjustment made after
no installation and with 1.5 service factor based on fan motor.
1. Pulleys: Cast iron or cast steel with split, tapered bushing; dynamically
OW balanced at factory.
2. Belts: Oil resistant, nonsparking, and nonstatic; matched for multiple belt
4, drives.
3. Belt Guards: Fabricate to OSHA/SMACNA requirements; 0.1046-inch- thick,
3/4-inch diamond-mesh wire screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent;
prime coated.
4. Motor Mount: Adjustable for belt tensioning.
H. Vibration Control: Install fans on open-spring vibration isolators having a minimum
of 1-inch static deflection and side snubbers.
I. Fan-Section Source Quality Control:
1. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating
Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Test fans according to AMCA
300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Fans shall bear
40 AMCA-certified sound ratings seal.
2. Factory test fan performance for flow rate, pressure, power, air density,
on rotation speed, and efficiency. Establish ratings according to AMCA 210,
"Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating."
`o 2.05 COILS
A. Provide future coil space.
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 5 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Fan Section: Doors.
2. Coil Section: Doors.
3. Damper Section: Doors.
4. Filter Section: Doors to allow periodic removal and installation of filters.
MW
C. Condensate Drain Pans: Formed sections of stainless steel sheet complying with
requirements in ASHRAE 62. Fabricate pans with slopes in two planes.
.w
1. Drain Connections: Both ends of pan, 1-1/2 inch minimum in each section.
2. Units with stacked coils shall have an intermediate drain pan or drain trough to
collect condensate from top coil.
2.04 FAN SECTION up
A. Fan-Section Construction: Belt-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel,
fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, and support ""
structure and equipped with formed-steel channel base for integral mounting of fan,
motor, and casing panels. Mount fan with vibration isolation.
am
B. Centrifugal Fan Housings: Formed- and reinforced-steel panels to make curved
scroll housings with shaped cutoff, spun-metal inlet bell, and access doors or panels
to allow entry to internal parts and components. 00
1. Panel Bracing: Steel angle- or channel-iron member supports for mounting and
supporting fan scroll, wheel, motor, and accessories. am
2. Performance Class: AMCA 99-2408, Class I.
M"
3. Horizontal Flanged Split Housing: Bolted construction.
C. Fan Assemblies: Statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous
operation at maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower.
D. Airfoil-Fan Wheels: Steel construction with smooth-curved inlet flange, heavy ••
backplate, and hollow die-formed airfoil-shaped blades continuously welded at tip
flange and backplate; cast-iron or cast-steel hub riveted to backplate and fastened
to shaft with set screws.
E. Shafts: Statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous operation
at maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower, with final alignment and belt
adjustment made after installation.
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 4 of 9
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
w. NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products
by the following:
1. Trane Company (The). (design basis)
B. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are to be
used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for Other
Products (see Section 016000, 2.03), and provide full product data for each product,
and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design basis product specified
herein.
1. Carrier
2.02 AIR-HANDLING
A. Air-handling units shall be factory assembled and consist of fans, motor and drive
assembly, damper, filters, condensate pans, control devices, and accessories.
2.03 CABINET
A. Materials: Formed and reinforced double-wall insulated panels, with joints between
sections sealed.
1. Housing Construction: The exterior casing shall be constructed of 20 gauge, G-
90 galvanized steel and painted with primer. The unit shall be insulated with 2
inch, 1.89 pound per square foot, rigid, rot-proof, polystyrene insulation. The
interior of the unit shall be completely lined with 18 gauge galvanized steel
liner. The interior liner shall be watertight to allow for interior cleaning of the
unit. Slope roof away from service doors.
2. Unit Floor: The floor decks of each section shall be composed of an underside
sheathing of 16 gauge, galvanized steel. Between the sheathing and the floor
surface shall be a minimum of 4 inch rigid, non-combustible fiberglass
insulation. Each section shall be complete with drain pans which shall be
stainless steel, including the drain pan under the cooling coil.
3. Frame Construction: The unit shall have an electrically welded, 8 inch
structural steel frame. Lifting lugs shall be provided at the base on the corners
of each section of the air-handling unit.
B. Access Doors: 16 gauge, G-90 exterior and 16 gauge galvanized steel interior,
complete with three 9 inch heavy duty stainless steel hinges, two heavy duty chrome
plated latches, handles, and neoprene gaskets. Access doors shall be walk-in type
with drip shield above doors. Provide access doors in the following locations:
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 3 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
3. Maintenance data for air-handling units.
C. Field Quality-Control Test Reports: From manufacturer.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
B. NFPA Compliance: Air-handling units and components shall be designed, fabricated,
and installed in compliance with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems."
C. ARI Certification: Air-handling units and their components shall be factory tested
according to ARI 430, "Central-Station Air-Handling Units," and shall be listed and
labeled by ARI.
D. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section"Basic HVAC Requirements."
E. Comply with NFPA 70. *
1.04 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members.
1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Filters: One set for each air-handling unit. ..
2. Fan Belts: One set for each air-handling unit fan.
3. Gaskets: One set for each access door.
4. Sheave: One alternate set of sheaves (and belts if required).
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 2 of 9
0•
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 237713
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes constant-volume, modular, air-handling units for indoor
installations.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Testing, Adjusting and Balancing"
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each air-handling unit indicated. Include the following:
1. Certified fan-performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.
2. Motor ratings, electrical characteristics, and motor and fan accessories.
3. Material gages and finishes.
4. Filters with performance characteristics.
5. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
6. Control components.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Include manufacturer detailing dimensions, required clearances, components,
weights, method of field assembly, and location and size of each field
connection.
GMP AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237713 - 1 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
19. Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers,
refrigeration, and normal and emergency shutdown.
20. Measure and record airflow. Plot fan volumes on fan curve.
21. Verify operation of remote panel, including pilot-operation and failure modes. MR
Inspect the following:
a. High-limit heat.
b. Alarms. '""
22. After startup and performance testing, change filters, verify bearing lubrication,
and adjust belt tension. OR
C. Remove and replace malfunctioning components that do not pass tests and
inspections and retest as specified above.
D. Prepare written report of the results of startup services.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust initial temperature set points.
B. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. Refer to Division 01 Section
"Project Closeout."
END OF SECTION
DIRECT-FIRED, OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS 237434 - 8 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions and perform the following:
1. Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber.
2. Inspect casing insulation for integrity, moisture content, and adhesion.
3. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
4. Verify that controls are connected and operable.
5. Verify that filters are installed.
„ 6. Purge gas line.
7. Inspect and adjust vibration isolators.
8. Verify bearing lubrication.
9. Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration
and binding.
10. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.
11. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.
12. Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report.
13. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify
sequences.
14. Operate unit for run-in period recommended by manufacturer.
15. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing and
adjust burner for peak efficiency:
a. Measure gas pressure on manifold.
b. Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber.
c. Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum
firing rate and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.
16. Calibrate thermostats.
17. Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits.
18. Inspect dampers, if any, for proper stroke and interlock with return-air
dampers.
DIRECT-FIRED, OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS 237434 - 7 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Im
1. Operates gas valve to maintain discharge-air temperature with factory-mounted
sensor in fan outlet. "`
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
installation of units.
B. Examine roughing-in for piping, ducts, and electrical systems to verify actual
locations of connections before equipment installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install gas-fired units according to NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code."
B. Install and secure direct-fired H&V units on platform, and coordinate roof
penetrations and flashing with roof construction. do
C. Install controls and equipment shipped by manufacturer for field installation with
direct-fired H&V units. *�
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping Connections: Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and
specialties. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.
1. Gas Piping: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Natural Gas
Piping." Connect gas piping with shutoff valve and union and with sufficient
clearance for burner removal and service. Provide AGA-approved flexible .�
connectors.
B. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Section
"Metal Ducts." Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply
ducts to direct-fired H&V units with flexible duct connectors. Flexible duct
connectors are specified in Division 23 ductwork sections.
3.04 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
DIRECT-FIRED, OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS 237434 - 6 of 8
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
s. NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Pilot: Electrically ignited by hot-surface ceramic igniter.
D. Safety Controls:
1. Gas Manifold: Safety switches and controls to comply with ANSI standards IRI.
2. Purge-Period Timer: Automatically delays burner ignition and bypasses low-
limit control.
3. Airflow Proving Switch: Dual pressure switch senses correct airflow before
energizing pilot and requires airflow to be maintained within minimum and
maximum pressure settings across burner.
4. Manual-Reset, High-Limit Control Device: Stops burner and closes main gas
valve if high-limit temperature is exceeded.
5. Gas Train: Redundant, automatic main gas valves, electric pilot valve,
electronic-modulating temperature control valve, main and pilot gas regulators,
main and pilot manual shutoff valves, main and pilot pressure taps, and high-
low gas pressure switches.
6. Safety Lockout Switch: Locks out ignition sequence if burner fails to light after
three tries. Controls are reset manually by turning the unit off and on.
7. Control Transformer: Integrally mounted 24-V ac.
2.09 CONTROLS
A. Factory-wired, fuse-protected control transformer, connection for power supply and
field-wired unit to remote control panel.
B. Control Panel: Remote panel, with engraved plastic cover, and the following lights
and switches (Trane System 44 or equal):
1. Summer-winter, heat-off-fan switch. Automatic changeover.
2. Supply-fan operation indicating light.
3. Heating operation indicating light.
4. Thermostat.
5. Dirty-filter indicating light operated by unit-mounted differential pressure
switch.
C. Temperature Control: Operates gas valve to maintain supply-air or room
temperature.
DIRECT-FIRED, OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS 237434 - 5 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 go
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS NMI
C. Drive: V-belt drive with matching fan pulley and adjustable motor sheaves and belt
assembly.
D. Mounting: Fan wheel, motor, and drives shall be mounted in fan casing with spring
isolators.
2.05 OUTDOOR-AIR INTAKE
A. Outdoor-Air Hood: Galvanized steel with rain baffles, bird screen, and finish to
match cabinet; and sized to supply maximum 100 percent outdoor air.
2.06 AIR FILTERS
A. Comply with NFPA 90A.
B. Disposable Panel Filters: 1-inch-thick, factory-fabricated, flat-panel-type, disposable
air filters with holding frames, with a minimum efficiency report value of 6 according
to ASHRAE 52.2 and 90 percent average arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1.
1. Media: Interlaced glass fibers. '"
2. Frame: Galvanized steel.
2.07 DAMPERS
A. Fan-Discharge Dampers: Galvanized-steel, opposed-blade damper. ..
B. Damper Operator: Direct coupled, electronic with spring return or fully modulating
as required by the control sequence. ***
2.08 DIRECT-FIRED GAS FURNACE
A. Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired; and complying with ANSI Z83.4,
"Direct Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Heaters"; ANSI Z83.18, "Direct Gas-Fired Industrial Air
Heaters"; and NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." .+►
B. Outside Unit External Housing: Weatherproof steel cabinet with integral support
inserts. .•
1. External Casing and Cabinet Finish: Baked enamel over corrosion-resistant-
treated surface in color to match fan section.
C. Burners: Cast-iron burner with stainless steel mixing plates.
1. Control Valve: Modulating with minimum turndown ratio of 25:1.
2. Fuel: Natural gas. ,
DIRECT-FIRED, OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS 237434 - 4 of 8
I"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
MW NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
7. Hastings Industries; Division of Eric, Inc.
8. Modine Mfg. Co.; Commercial HVAC&R Division.
9. Reznor-Thomas & Betts Corporation; Mechanical Products Division.
10. Trane Company (The); Unitary Products Group. (design basis)
11. Weather-Rite, Inc.
2.02 PACKAGED UNITS
A. Factory-assembled, prewired, self-contained unit consisting of cabinet, supply fan,
controls, filters, and direct-fired gas furnace to be installed outside the building.
2.03 CABINET
• A. Cabinet: Double-wall galvanized-steel panels, formed to ensure rigidity and
supported by galvanized-steel channels or structural channel supports with lifting
lugs. Cabinet shall be fully weatherized for outside installation.
B. Access Doors: Piano hinged with cam-lock fasteners for furnace and fan motor
assemblies on both sides of unit.
C. Internal Insulation: Fibrous-glass duct lining, comply with ASTM C 1071, Type II,
�. applied on complete unit.
1. Thickness: 1 inch.
2. Insulation Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
3. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel suitable for adhesive attachment,
mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to casing without damaging
liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing air
leakage.
D. Finish: Heat-resistant, baked enamel.
E. Discharge: Horizontal-pattern, galvanized-steel assembly with diffusers
incorporating individually adjustable vanes.
2.04 SUPPLY AIR FAN
A. Fan Type: Centrifugal, rated according to AMCA 210; statically and dynamically
balanced, galvanized steel; mounted on solid-steel shaft with heavy-duty, self-
aligning, permanently lubricated ball bearings.
B. Motor: Open dripproof, two-speed motor.
4"
DIRECT-FIRED, OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS 237434 - 3 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
D. Comply with NFPA 70. ON
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size, location, installation, and structural capacity of roof curbs, Am
equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 07
Section "Roof Specialties and Accessories."
B. Coordinate size, location and installation of unit manufacturer's roof curbs and
equipment supports with roof Installer.
1. Coordinate installation of restrained vibration isolation roof-curb rails.
1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Filters: One set for each unit.
2. Fan Belts: One set for each unit.
.m
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1. AbsolutAire, Inc.
2. Applied Air; Mestek, Inc.
3. Cambridge Engineering, Inc.
4. E. K. Campbell Co.; Mechanical Products Division of Thomas & Betts .,
Corporation.
5. Engineered Air.
6. Greenheck.
DIRECT-FIRED, OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS 237434 - 2 of 8
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
an NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 237434
DIRECT-FIRED. OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
r•
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
„ A. This Section includes direct-fired H&V units.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories.
„ B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,
loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and
size of each field connection. Prepare the following by or under the supervision of a
qualified professional engineer:
1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Startup service reports.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For units to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
.. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
direct-fired H&V units and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to
00 Division 01 Section "Products, Materials, and Equipment.”
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "Basic HVAC Requirements.”
.�r
DIRECT-FIRED, OUTDOOR MAKEUP-AIR UNITS 237434 - 1 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
3.07 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain RTUs. Refer to Division 01 Section
"Demonstration and Training."
END OF SECTION
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 12 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
19. Inspect outdoor-air dampers for proper stroke and interlock with return-air
dampers.
20. Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following when ambient
is a minimum of 15 deg F above return-air temperature:
a. Coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
b. Coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
c. Outdoor-air, dry-bulb temperature.
d. Outdoor-air-coil, discharge-air, dry-bulb temperature.
21. Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers,
refrigeration, and normal and emergency shutdown.
22. Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan
volumes on fan curve.
a. Supply-air volume.
b. Return-air volume.
C. Relief-air volume.
d. Outdoor-air intake volume.
23. Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following:
a. Compressor refrigerant suction and hot-gas pressures.
b. Short circuiting of air through condenser coil or from condenser fans to
outdoor-air intake.
24. Verify operation of remote panel including pilot-light operation and failure
modes. Inspect the following:
a. High-temperature limit on gas-fired heat exchanger.
b. Low-temperature safety operation.
c. Filter high-pressure differential alarm.
25. After startup and performance testing and prior to Substantial Completion,
replace existing filters with new filters.
3.06 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied
PM conditions. Provide up to one visits to site during other-than-normal occupancy
hours for this purpose.
B. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing RTU and
air-distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filters.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 11 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 '
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.05 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions and do the following:
1. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing.
2. Inspect for visible damage to compressor, coils, and fans.
3. Inspect internal insulation.
4. Verify that labels are clearly visible.
5. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
6. Verify that controls are connected and operable.
7. Verify that filters are installed.
8. Clean condenser coil and inspect for construction debris.
9. Remove packing from vibration isolators.
10. Inspect operation of barometric relief dampers. *
11. Verify lubrication on fan and motor bearings.
12. Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration
and binding.
13. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.
14. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions. ,
a. Start refrigeration system.
b. Do not operate below recommended low-ambient temperature.
15. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify
sequences.
16. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer.
17. Calibrate thermostats.
18. Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 10 of 12
4"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
am NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." Secure RTUs to upper curb rail, and secure
curb base to roof framing or concrete base with anchor bolts.
B. Unit Support: Install unit level. Coordinate wall penetrations and flashing with wall
construction. Secure RTUs to structural support with anchor bolts.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Install condensate drain, minimum connection size, with trap and indirect connection
to nearest roof drain or area drain.
B. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings
indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection
requirements:
1. Install ducts to termination at top of roof curb.
2. Remove roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out
decking under entire roof curb.
3. Install return-air duct continuously through roof structure.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations,
including connections. Report results in writing.
B. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations,
including connections, and to assist in testing. Report results in writing.
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. After installing RTUs and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units
for compliance with requirements.
2. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps.
3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to
confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.
4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 9 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
no
2.11 ROOF CURBS
A. Roof curbs with vibration isolators and wind or seismic restraints are specified in
Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B. Materials: Galvanized steel with corrosion-protection coating, watertight gaskets,
and factory-installed wood nailer; complying with NRCA standards.
1. Curb Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
a. Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I or II.
b. Thickness: 1 inch.
2. Application: Factory applied with adhesive and mechanical fasteners to the
internal surface of curb.
a. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
b. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment,
mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging
liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing
leakage in cabinet.
c. Liner materials applied in this location shall have air-stream surface coated
with a temperature-resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated
fibrous mat or fabric depending on service air velocity.
d. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
C. Curb Height: 14 inches.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION . ►
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance of RTUs.
B. Examine roughing-in for BTUs to verify actual locations of piping and duct
connections before equipment installation.
C. Examine roofs for suitable conditions where BTUs will be installed.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Roof Curb: Install on roof structure or concrete base, level and secure, according to
NRCA's "Low-Slope Membrane Roofing Construction Details Manual," Illustration
"Raised Curb Detail for Rooftop Air Handling Units and Ducts." Install RTUs on curbs
and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction specified in
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 8 of 12
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Damper Motor: Modulating with adjustable minimum position.
2. Relief-Air Damper: Gravity actuated with bird screen and hood.
2.08 ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION
A. Provide for single connection of power to unit with unit-mounted disconnect switch
accessible from outside unit and control-circuit transformer with built-in overcurrent
protection.
2.09 CONTROLS
A. Basic Unit Controls:
1. Control-voltage transformer.
.� 2. Wall-mounted thermostat or sensor with the following features:
a. Heat-cool-off switch.
b. Fan on-auto switch.
c. Fan-speed switch.
d. Automatic changeover.
e. Adjustable deadband.
.. f. Exposed set point.
g. Exposed indication.
h. Degree F indication.
i. Unoccupied-period-override push button.
j. Data entry and access port to input temperature set points, occupied and
unoccupied periods, and output room temperature, supply-air
temperature, operating mode, and status.
2.10 ACCESSORIES
A. Electric heater with integral thermostat maintains minimum 50 deg F temperature in
gas burner compartment.
B. Duplex, 115-V, ground-fault-interrupter outlet with 15-A overcurrent protection.
Include transformer if required. Outlet shall be energized even if the unit main
disconnect is open.
C. Low-ambient kit using staged condenser fans for operation down to 35 deg F.
D. Filter differential pressure switch with sensor tubing on either side of filter. Set for
final filter pressure loss.
E. Coil guards of painted, galvanized-steel wire.
F. Hail guards of galvanized steel, painted to match casing.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 7 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 sm
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
No
B. Compressor: Hermetic, reciprocating, mounted on vibration isolators; with internal
overcurrent and high-temperature protection, internal pressure relief, and crankcase
heater. "
C. Refrigeration Specialties:
1. Refrigerant Charge: R-410A.
2. Expansion valve with replaceable thermostatic element.
3. Refrigerant filter/dryer.
4. Manual-reset high-pressure safety switch.
5. Automatic-reset low-pressure safety switch.
6. Minimum off-time relay.
7. Automatic-reset compressor motor thermal overload.
8. Brass service valves installed in compressor suction and liquid lines.
9. Low-ambient kit high-pressure sensor.
10. Hot-gas reheat solenoid valve with a replaceable magnetic coil.
11. Hot-gas bypass solenoid valve with a replaceable magnetic coil. *■
12. Four-way reversing valve with a replaceable magnetic coil, thermostatic
expansion valves with bypass check valves, and a suction line accumulator. -*
2.06 AIR FILTRATION
A. Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting
value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2.
1. Glass Fiber: Minimum 80 percent arrestance, and MERV 5.
2.07 DAMPERS ,
A. Outdoor-Air Damper: Linked damper blades, for 0 to 25 percent outdoor air, with
manual damper filter.
B. Outdoor- and Return-Air Mixing Dampers: Parallel- or opposed-blade galvanized-
steel dampers mechanically fastened to cadmium plated for galvanized-steel „
operating rod in reinforced cabinet. Connect operating rods with common linkage
and interconnect linkages so dampers operate simultaneously.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 6 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
^ " NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Aluminum-plate fin and seamless internally grooved copper tube in steel casing
with equalizing-type vertical distributor.
2. Polymer strip shall prevent all copper coil from contacting steel coil frame or
• condensate pan.
3. Coil Split: Interlaced.
4. Baked phenolic coating.
5. Condensate Drain Pan: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resistant coating
formed with pitch and drain connections complying with ASHRAE 62.
B. Outdoor-Air Refrigerant Coil:
1. Aluminum-plate fin and seamless internally grooved copper tube in steel casing
with equalizing-type vertical distributor.
2. Polymer strip shall prevent all copper coil from contacting steel coil frame or
condensate pan.
3. Cathodic epoxy coating.
C. Electric-Resistance Heating:
1. Open Heating Elements: Resistance wire of 80 percent nickel and 20 percent
chromium, supported and insulated by floating ceramic bushings recessed into
casing openings, fastened to supporting brackets, and mounted in galvanized-
steel frame. Terminate elements in stainless steel machine-staked terminals
secured with stainless-steel hardware.
2. Overtemperature Protection: Disk-type, automatically reset, thermal-cutout,
safety device; serviceable through terminal box.
3. Overcurrent Protection: Manual-reset thermal cutouts, factory wired in each
heater stage.
4. Control Panel: Unit mounted with disconnecting means and overcurrent
protection. Include the following controls:
a. Step Controller: Pilot lights and override toggle switch for each step.
b. Time-delay relay.
c. Airflow proving switch.
2.05 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT COMPONENTS
A. Number of Refrigerant Circuits: Two (2).
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 5 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Exterior Casing Material: Galvanized steel with factory-painted finish, with pitched
roof panels and knockouts with grommet seals for electrical and piping connections
and lifting lugs.
1. Exterior Casing Thickness: 0.052 inch thick. am
C. Inner Casing Fabrication Requirements:
am
1. Inside Casing: Galvanized steel, 0.034 inch thick, perforated 40 percent free
area.
D. Casing Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1. Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I.
2. Thickness: 1/2 inch.
3. Liner materials shall have air-stream surface coated with an erosion- and
temperature-resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or
fabric.
4. Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I.
E. Condensate Drain Pans: Formed sections of galvanized steel sheet, a minimum of 2
inches deep, and complying with ASHRAE 62.
1. Double-Wall Construction: Fill space between walls with foam insulation and
seal moisture tight.
40
2. Drain Connections: Threaded nipple.
3. Pan-Top Surface Coating: Corrosion-resistant compound.
2.03 FANS
A. Belt-Driven Supply-Air Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with
permanently lubricated, single-speed motor installed on an adjustable fan base
resiliently mounted in the casing. Aluminum or painted-steel wheels, and .�
galvanized- or painted-steel fan scrolls.
B. Condenser-Coil Fan: Propeller, mounted on shaft of permanently lubricated motor.
2.04 COILS
A. Supply-Air Refrigerant Coil:
MW
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 4 of 12
AM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
No E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
replace components of BTUs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
1. Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than
five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Control Boards: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than
three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion.
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Fan Belts: One set for each belt-driven fan.
2. Filters: One set of filters for each unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1. Carrier Corporation.
2. McQuay International.
3. Trane; American Standard Companies, Inc. (design basis)
4. YORK International Corporation.
2.02 CASING
A. General Fabrication Requirements for Casings: Formed and reinforced double-wall
insulated panels, fabricated to allow removal for access to internal parts and
components, with joints between sections sealed.
4M
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 3 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 s'
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
F. Supply-Air Fan: The fan providing supply air to conditioned space. "Supply air" is
defined as the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating
apparatus.
G. Supply-Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrigerant coil in the supply-air stream to absorb heat Am
(provide cooling) during cooling operations and to reject heat (provide heating)
during heating operations. "Supply air" is defined as the air entering a space from
air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus. am
1.04 SUBMITTALS
..
A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each RTU, including rated
capacities, dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties,
and accessories. ""
B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,
loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and
size of each field connection.
1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Field quality-control test reports.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For RTUs to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
.m
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ARI Compliance: 00
1. Comply with ARI 210/240 and ARI 340/360 for testing and rating energy
efficiencies for RTUs.
2. Comply with ARI 270 for testing and rating sound performance for RTUs.
B. ASHRAE Compliance:
1. Comply with ASHRAE 15 for refrigeration system safety.
2. Comply with ASHRAE 33 for methods of testing cooling and heating coils.
3. Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 for minimum efficiency of heating and
cooling.
C. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.
D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 2 of 12
AM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
'00 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 237413
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
w 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes packaged, central-station air-handling units with the following
components and accessories:
1. Direct-expansion cooling.
2. Heat-pump refrigeration components.
3. Electric-heating coils.
4. Integral, space temperature controls.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. DDC: Direct-digital controls.
,rw
B. ECM: Electrically commutated motor.
C. Outdoor-Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrigerant coil in the outdoor-air stream to reject heat
during cooling operations and to absorb heat during heating operations. "Outdoor
air" is defined as the air outside the building or taken from outdoors and not
previously circulated through the system.
D. Outdoor-Air Refrigerant-Coil Fan: The outdoor-air refrigerant-coil fan in RTUs.
"Outdoor air" is defined as the air outside the building or taken from outdoors and
not previously circulated through the system.
E. RTU: Rooftop unit. As used in this Section, this abbreviation means packaged,
outdoor, central-station air-handling units. This abbreviation is used regardless of
"" whether the unit is mounted on the roof or on a concrete base on ground.
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 237413 - 1 of 12
.,
wo
..
Ow
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
dw
.m
im
.m
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. After installation, adjust diffusers and grilles to air patterns indicated or as directed,
before starting air balancing.
END OF SECTION
GMP DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 233719 - 3 of 3
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .«
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Finish: 2B.
4. Construction: The bottom of the drop box shall be double wall construction
with a minimum of one inch polystyrene insulation. The insulation shall be
completely enclosed within the stainless steel. Casing shall be completely
watertight to allow for full cleaning of the drop box.
5. Register Material: Aluminum.
6. Pattern: Four way directional.
7. Mounting: Support of the unit shall be with two stainless steel support
channels under the base.
8. Dampers: Manually adjustable opposed blade stainless steel volume dampers.
9. Accessories:
a. Full collar duct connection.
10. Options:
a. Hinged registers for cleaning and inspection.
2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers and grilles according to ASHRAE 70,
"Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas where diffusers and grilles are to be installed for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance
of equipment. .#
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install diffusers and grilles level and plumb. .,
B. Install diffusers and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and
maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
GMP DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 233719 - 2 of 3
Am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ow NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 233719
OR
GMP DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes special application diffusers and grilles.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 23 Section"Diffusers and Grilles"for standard diffusers and grilles.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "Basic HVAC Requirements."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
w
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 GMP DROP BOX DIFFUSERS AND RETURNS
A. Supply Drop Box:
1. Manufacturer: Evapco
2. Box Material: 18 gauge, 304 stainless steel.
4,0
GMP DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 233719 - 1 of 3
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 'AM
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
we
of panel for round and square units, and at T-bars for slot units. For units installed
in 24-inch x 48-inch ceiling panels, center unit in closest 1/2 of the length of the
ceiling panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, '""
notify Architect for a determination of final location.
C. Provide independently supported ductwork at inlet to round ceiling diffusers. """
D. Install diffusers and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and
maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. I"`
3.03 ADJUSTING
as
A. After installation, adjust diffusers and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed,
before starting air balancing.
am
3.04 CLEANING
A. After installation of diffusers and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed
surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers and grilles that have
damaged finishes.
END OF SECTION
.ow
HVAC DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 233713 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.04 LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES
A. Linear Fixed Slot Diffuser and Grilles:
1. Manufacturers:
a. A&J Manufacturing (design basis)
b. Carnes.
c. Krueger.
d. Titus.
2. Material — Plenum: Stainless steel.
3. Material —Grille Assembly: Stainless steel.
4. Finish — Face: Stainless steel.
5. Finish — Pattern Controller: Baked enamel. Black.
6. Slot Width: 3/4 inch.
7. Border Type: Type to match mounting surface, refer to architectural reflected
ceiling plan. Provide with center notch.
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers and grilles according to ASHRAE 70,
"Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas where diffusers and grilles are to be installed for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance
of equipment.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
ON
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install diffusers and grilles level and plumb.
B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of
ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to
achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw,
and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable.
For units installed in lay-in 24-inch x 24-inch ceiling panels, locate units in the center
r.
HVAC DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 233713 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
am
c. Krueger
d. Price Industries
e. Titus (design basis)
f. Tuttle & Bailey
2. Material: Aluminum frame and core.
3. Finish: Baked enamel, white.
4. Face Arrangement: 1/2-by-1/2-by-1/2-inch grid core.
5. Frame: 1-1/4 inches maximum wide.
6. Border Type: Type to match mounting surface, refer to architectural reflected
ceiling plan.
7. Mounting: Countersunk screw for surface mount installation; concealed
mounting for lay in installation.
2.03 CEILING DIFFUSERS
A. Square Ceiling Diffusers:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Anemostat; a Mestek Company.
b. Carnes.
c. Krueger. .�
d. METALAIRE, Inc.; Metal Industries Inc.
e. Price Industries.
f. Titus. (design basis) • �
g. Tuttle & Bailey.
2. Material: Steel.
3. Finish: Baked enamel, white.
4. Face Style: Three cone.
5. Border Type: Type to match mounting surface, refer to architectural reflected
ceiling plan.
6. Pattern: Fixed.
7. Accessories: Equalizing grid.
8. Provide sectorizing baffles to restrict the discharge air directions as indicated on
drawings.
HVAC DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 233713 - 2 of 4
Ow
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
to NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 233713
go
HVAC DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes diffusers and grilles.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Not required.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section"Basic HVAC Requirements."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 GRILLES
A. Eggcrate Grilles:
0
1. Manufacturers:
a. Anemostat; a Mestek Company
b. Carnes
+w
HVAC DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 233713 - 1 of 4
�s
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
�w
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
B. Adjust belt tension.
C. Lubricate bearings.
3.05 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, internally clean fans according to manufacturer's
written instructions. Remove foreign material and construction debris. Vacuum fan
wheel and cabinet.
B. After completing system installation, including outlet fitting and devices, inspect
exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged
finishes.
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules.
B. Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01 Section "Operating and
Maintenance Data."
C. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
END OF SECTION
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 9 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 Am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
m
A. Equipment Startup Checks:
1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.
2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that
connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that
proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and '""`
disconnect switches.
3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete.
4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and
verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan
drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards.
5. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts.
6. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers
in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position.
7. Disable automatic temperature-control operators.
B. Starting Procedures:
1. Energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm.
2. Measure and record motor voltage and amperage.
C. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace
with new units, and retest.
D. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls
and equipment.
E. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators.
F. Refer to Division 23 Section "HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for testing,
adjusting, and balancing procedures.
G. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow.
H. Repair or replace malfunctioning units. Retest as specified above after repairs or
replacements are made.
.d
em
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 8 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Insulated Housing: 1/2-inch thick internal insulation.
4. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100
percent to less than 50 percent.
2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Sound-Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan
Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA
„ 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans.” Label fans with the
AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.
B. Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of
rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210,
"Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating."
�w
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install power ventilators level and plumb.
B. Secure roof-mounting fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. Refer to
Division 07 Section "Roof Specialties and Accessories" for installation of roof curbs.
C. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure; use steel wire or metal straps.
D. Support suspended units from structure using threaded steel rods and spring
hangers.
E. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.
F. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 23 Section "HVAC
Identification."
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23
Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories.
Make final duct connections with flexible connectors where indicated on the
drawings. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23 ductwork sections.
B. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance.
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 7 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 a,
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ow
1. Cook, Loren Company (design basis) am
B. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are to be
used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for Other
Products (see Section 016000, 2.03), and provide full product data for each product, No
and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design basis product specified
herein.
.R
1. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp.
2. Aerovent; a Twin City Fan Company on
3. Bayley Fans, Lau Commercial Industrial Fans/Lau Industries
..
4. Greenheck Fan Corp.
5. Penn Ventilation Companies, Inc. dw
C. Description: In-line, belt-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, outlet
guide vanes, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly,
mounting brackets, accessories, and scheduled options.
D. Housing: Galvanized steel with inlet and outlet flanges.
E. Belt-Driven Units: Motor mounted on adjustable base, with adjustable sheaves,
enclosure around belts within fan housing, and lubricating tubes from fan bearings
extended to outside of fan housing.
F. Fan Wheels: Aluminum, airfoil blades welded to aluminum hub. .
G. Belt-Driven Units: Provide galvanized or painted steel motor and drive covers.
H. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection factory
mounted on fan housing and factory wired to motor.
I. Inlet and Outlet Fan Guard: 1/2- by 1-inch mech of galvanized steel in removable
frame. Provide guards for unit inlets or outlets that are not connected to ductwork.
J. Isolation: Rubber-in-shear vibration isolators.
K. Provide the following options where scheduled on the drawings:
1. Backdraft Damper: Counter balanced, parallel blade, backdraft dampers in a
galvanized frame; factory set to close when fan stops. . ,
2. Volume-Control Damper: Manually operated with quadrant lock, located in fan
outlet.
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 6 of 9
AM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are to be
used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for Other
Products (see Section 016000, 2.03), and provide full product data for each product,
,., and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design basis product specified
herein.
1. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp.
2. Aerovent; a Twin City Fan Company
v
3. Greenheck Fan Corp.
4. Penn Ventilation Companies, Inc.
C. Description: Direct-driven centrifugal fans designed for installing in ceiling or wall or
for concealed in-line applications, consisting of housing, wheel, motor and
disconnecting means, accessories, and scheduled options.
D. Housing: Steel, lined with acoustical insulation.
E. Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds,
motor, and fan wheel shall be removable for service.
F. Grille: Aluminum, louvered grille with flange on intake and thumbscrew attachment
to fan housing.
G. Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and
receptacle for motor plug-in.
H. Isolation: Rubber-in-shear vibration isolators.
I. Provide the following options where scheduled on the drawings:
1. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100
percent to less than 50 percent.
2. Manual Starter Switch: Single-pole rocker switch assembly with cover and pilot
light.
3. Filter: Washable aluminum to fit between fan and grille.
4. Manufacturer's standard roof jack or wall cap, and transition fittings.
2.03 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products
by the following:
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 5 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.
F. Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing, with the following
features:
1. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub.
2. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball
bearings, rating life ABMA 9, L50 of 200,000 hours.
3. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley.
4. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream.
G. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted
inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit.
A
H. Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire.
I. Hinged Curb Cap: Aluminum hinged arrangement permitting service and
maintenance for fans up to 100 pounds gross weight.
J. Provide the following options where scheduled on the drawings:
1. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100
percent to less than 50 percent.
2. Backdraft Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, mounted in curb base;
factory set to close when fan stops.
3. Electric Motorized Dampers: Parallel-blade dampers mounted in curb base with
electric actuator; wired to close when fan stops. "`
4. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-inch-thick,
rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch wood nailer. •
Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base.
a. Configuration: Built-in cant and mounting flange.
b. Overall Height: As scheduled on drawings. ••�
c. Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope.
d. Metal Liner: Galvanized steel.
2.02 CEILING-MOUNTING VENTILATORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products
by the following:
1. Cook, Loren Company (design basis)
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 4 of 9
P0
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
!* NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members.
B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
These items are specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Specialties and Accessories."
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Belts: One set for each belt-driven unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products
by the following:
1. Cook, Loren Company. (design basis)
B. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are to be
used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for Other
Products (see Section 016000, 2.03), and provide full product data for each product,
and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design basis product specified
herein.
1. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp.
2. Aerovent; a Twin City Fan Company
3. Greenheck Fan Cop.
4W
4. Penn Ventilation Companies, Inc.
C. Description: Belt-driven or direct-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing,
wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb base,
accessories, and scheduled options.
D. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-
"" piece, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone.
1. Upblast Units: Provide spun-aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge air
upward, with rain and snow drains.
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 3 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical
accessories.
4. Material gages and finishes, including color charts.
5. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,
loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and
size of each field connection.
C. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between
manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
D. Maintenance Data: For power ventilators to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 01. am
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in '"
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
MW
B. AMCA Compliance: Products shall comply with performance requirements and shall
be licensed to use the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. Products shall bear the AMCA
Certified ratings seal for both sound and air performance. wo
C. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA
standards. oft
D. UL Standard: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705.
•0,
E. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "Basic HVAC Requirements."
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver fans as factory-assembled unit, to the extent allowable by shipping ..
limitations, with protective crating and covering.
B. Disassemble and reassemble units, as required for moving to final location, .,
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Lift and support units with manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 2 of 9
O
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 233423
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Centrifugal roof ventilators.
2. Ceiling-mounting ventilators.
3. In-line centrifugal fans.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 07 Section "Roof Specialties and Accessories"for roof curb installation.
2. Division 23 Section"HVAC Identification"for equipment nameplate
requirements.
1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Project Altitude: Base air ratings on sea-level conditions.
B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, accessories, and
scheduled options for each type of product indicated and include the following:
1. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.
2. Certified fan sound-power ratings.
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233423 - 1 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION -
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Scrub inside and outside of duct system clean with antibacterial detergent
dampened cloths approved by Owner, rinse with clean water, and completely
dry all surfaces.
ow
G. Cleanliness Verification:
1. Inspect metal ducts for contaminants.
2. Wipe interior surfaces with white or black tissues.
3. Wipe exterior surfaces of ducts exposed to view in GMP areas with white or
black tissues.
4. Where contaminants are visible on the tissue, re-clean and reinspect ducts to
the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.06 ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
A. Adjust manual volume dampers in ducts, outlets, and inlets to achieve design air
flow.
B. Refer to Division 23 Section "HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing"for detailed
procedures.
END OF SECTION
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 10 of 10
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
*• NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-
fourth of failure (proof-test) load.
3.04 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors where equipment is not
internally isolated, only where indicated on the drawings.
3.05 CLEANING NEW SYSTEMS
A. Perform the following cleaning procedures as required by the Quality Assurance
Article in Part 1 of this Section.
B. Perform cleaning before air balancing and start-up of connected air handling
equipment.
1. Where start-up of connected air handling equipment has already occurred,
inspect and clean air handling equipment internal surfaces and components,
including coils, fans, and dampers to the satisfaction of the Owner.
C. Use service openings, as required, for physical and mechanical entry and for
inspection.
1. Remove and reinstall ceiling sections to gain access during the cleaning
process.
D. Vent vacuuming system to the outside. Include filtration to contain debris removed
from HVAC systems, and locate exhaust down wind and away from air intakes and
other points of entry into building.
E. Clean the duct systems by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
1. Air outlets and inlets (diffusers and grilles).
2. Ducts, duct accessories, and damper actuators.
F. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract
contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from
building.
2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning.
Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being
cleaned are under negative pressure.
3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces
without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 9 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg.
B. Refer to the"HVAC Duct Material Schedule"on the drawings for specific application
of ductwork for each HVAC system.
3.02 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Install ducts according to SMACNA "Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction
Standards" and "Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards", unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
C. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for ""
connections.
D. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.
E. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and
permanent enclosure elements of building. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch,
plus allowance for insulation thickness.
.m
F. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, sprinkler systems, lighting layouts, and
similar finished work.
wo
G. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer
vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.
aft
H. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations:
1. Where ducts pass through exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal
spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet
metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides
by at least 1-1/2 inches. go
2. Where ducts pass through interior partitions or walls, refer to details on the
drawings.
3.03 HANGING AND SUPPORTING
me
A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each
branch intersection. Co-locate supports with duct reinforcement and transverse
joints. No
B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor.
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 8 of 10
4W
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
GMP areas shall have all edges and ends continuously sealed to duct face with FDA
approved sealant as specified in Division 07 applied along entire perimeter of
reinforcement to prevent moisture and dirt entrance to area between reinforcement
and duct face.
C. Transverse Joints: Flanged.
1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA"Round Industrial Duct Construction
Standards," Figure 15-5, Details 1 thru 4, with FDA approved sealant as
specified in Division 07.
2. Flanged joints exposed to view in GMP areas shall have all flanges and ends
continuously sealed to duct face with FDA approved sealant as specified in
Division 07 applied along entire perimeter of duct flanges to prevent moisture
and dirt entrance to area between flanges and duct face.
2.11 DUCT ACCESSORIES
A. Manual Volume Dampers: Greenheck Model HCD for rectangular ducts, Model HCDR
for round ducts, stainless steel construction, 3V blade configuration for rectangular
ducts and butterfly blade configuration for round ducts. Dampers shall be opposed-
blade design, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside of air stream, stainless
steel sleeve bearings and stainless steel external manual hand quadrant (extended
to face of duct insulation where insulated), suitable for horizontal or vertical
installations.
B. Access Doors: Fabricated of stainless steel as detailed on the drawings and in
accordance with SMACNA"Rectangular (and Round) Industrial Duct Construction
Standards."
1. Locate access doors as indicated on the drawings.
C. Flexible Connectors: Factory fabricated non-metallic EPDM or Neoprene®
compounds reinforced with polyester fabric, FDA approved for food applications.
1. Manufacturer and Product: Proco Products, Inc. Series 500, Style 520. (design
basis)
D. Turning Vanes: Provide only where indicated on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DUCT APPLICATIONS
A. Static-Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the
following:
1. Supply Ducts: 3-inch wg.
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 7 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 Am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
1. Duct Class: Class 1.
2. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts with minimum number of joints and in
lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure ,
class.
3. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to
SMACNA "Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards."
B. Fabricate elbows using die-formed, gored, or welded segmented construction.
Fabricate segmented elbows to comply with SMACNA "Round Industrial Duct
Construction Standards," Figure 15-7. Bend radius of segmented, die-formed, and
gored elbows shall be 1-1/2 times duct diameter. 2-piece mitered elbows are
prohibited.
C. Duct Branches: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA "Round Industrial Duct
Construction Standards," Figure 15-9, with metal thicknesses specified for "°
longitudinal-seam straight ducts. 90 degree branch fittings shall be a combination of
45 degree lateral branch and 45 degree elbow.
2.09 FLANGED ROUND DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
A. Longitudinal Seams: Welded in accordance with SMACNA"Round Industrial Duct "*
Construction Standards,"with no longitudinal seams on the bottom of ducts.
B. Duct Reinforcements: Reinforced ductwork exposed to view in GMP areas shall have
all edges and ends continuously welded to duct face to prevent moisture entrance to
area between reinforcement and duct face.
..
C. Transverse Joints: Flanged.
1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA"Round Industrial Duct Construction
Standards," Figure 15-5, Details 1 thru 4.
2. Flanged joints exposed to view in GMP areas shall have all flanges and ends
continuously welded to duct face to prevent moisture entrance to area between
flange and duct face.
2.10 MECHANICAL JOINT (MJ) ROUND DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
A. Longitudinal Seams: Spiral Seam or butt-welded in accordance with SMACNA
"Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards," Figure 15-1, with no longitudinal
seams on the bottom of ducts.
B. Duct Reinforcements: Reinforcement between duct joints shall be avoided.
Reinforcements may be spot or stitch welded to ducts. Reinforcements secured with
screws are prohibited in GMP ductwork. Reinforced ductwork exposed to view in
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 6 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.07 MECHANICAL JOINT(M3) RECTANGULAR DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
A. Longitudinal Corner Seams: Pittsburgh lock type in accordance with SMACNA
"Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards,"with no longitudinal seams on
bottom of ducts, other than corners. All seams shall have FDA approved sealant as
specified in Division 07 applied along entire length of seam on the inside of the duct
prior to delivery to the jobsite.
B. Duct Reinforcements: Reinforcement between duct joints shall be avoided.
Reinforcements may be spot or stitch welded to ducts. Reinforcements secured with
screws are prohibited in GMP ductwork. Reinforced ductwork exposed to view in
GMP areas shall have all edges and ends continuously sealed to duct face with FDA
approved sealant as specified in Division 07 applied along entire perimeter of
4W reinforcement to prevent moisture and dirt entrance to area between reinforcement
and duct face.
C. Transverse Joints: Construct transverse joints with one of the following methods.
1. Formed-on joints: Fabricate transverse joints to comply with SMACNA"HVAC
Duct Construction Standards -- Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, Type T-24, T-
24a, or T-25a.
2. Slide-On Joints:
a. Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--
Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4"Slip-On Flange"Type, spot welded to
.� duct, using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement
size and spacing, and joint reinforcement. Provide Neoprene® gaskets,
metal cleats, and bolted corners.
40 b. All slide-on joints shall have FDA approved sealant, as specified in Division
07, applied along entire length of joint on the inside of the duct prior to
delivery to the jobsite to prevent moisture and dirt accumulation between
the slip-on flange and the duct.
c. All slide-on ductwork joints exposed to view in GMP areas shall have FDA
approved sealant, as specified in Division 07, applied along entire length
of joint on the outside of the duct prior to delivery to the jobsite to
prevent moisture and dirt accumulation between the slip-on flange and
the duct.
d. Manufacturer and Product:
1) Ductmate stainless steel'35'for ducts less than 30 inch wide.
2) Ductmate stainless steel'45'for ducts 30 inch wide and greater.
2.08 ROUND DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Fabricate ducts, transitions, and offsets, according to SMACNA "Round Industrial
Duct Construction Standards," Figure 15-11, and complying with requirements for
metal thickness, and reinforcing and intervals. Limit angular tapers to 15 degrees
per side for contracting tapers and 10 degrees per side for expanding tapers, unless
indicated otherwise.
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 5 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
E. Hardware: Select bolt lengths to allow no more than 0.5-inch exposed threads
beyond nut. " '
2.05 RECTANGULAR DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Fabricate duct sections, transitions, and offsets, according to SMACNA "Rectangular
Industrial Duct Construction Standards," and complying with requirements for metal
thickness, and reinforcing types and intervals. Limit angular tapers to 30 degrees for
contracting tapers and 20 degrees for expanding tapers, unless indicated otherwise.
1. Duct Class: Class 1.
2. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts with minimum number of joints and in
lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure
class.
3. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to
SMACNA "Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards."
B. Fabricate elbows and branch connections according to SMACNA "Rectangular '
Industrial Duct Construction Standards" and complying with requirements for metal
thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, and joint intervals.
C. Fabricate duct fittings to match adjoining ducts, and to comply with duct
requirements as applicable to fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate
elbows, branch takeoffs, and other directional change fittings with center-line radius .w
equal to 1-1/2 times associated duct width. Where 1-1/2 duct width radius fittings
will not physically fit in the available space, fittings with centerline radius equal to 1
duct width may be used. Where 1 duct width centerline radius fittings will not
physically fit, square mitered fittings with 6 inch inside radius may be used.
2.06 FLANGED RECTANGULAR DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
A. Longitudinal Corner Seams: Welded in accordance with SMACNA"Rectangular
Industrial Duct Construction Standards,"with no longitudinal seams on bottom of ' +
ducts, other than corners.
B. Duct Reinforcements: Reinforced ductwork exposed to view in GMP areas shall have .�
all edges and ends continuously welded to duct face to prevent moisture entrance to
area between reinforcement and duct face.
C. Transverse Joints: Fabricate transverse joints to comply with SMACNA"HVAC Duct
Construction Standards -- Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, Type T-22.
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 4 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
a. Inspect metal ducts for contaminants.
b. Wipe interior surfaces with white or black tissues.
c. Wipe exterior surfaces of ducts exposed to view in GMP areas with white
or black tissues.
d. Where contaminants are visible on the tissue, re-clean and reinspect ducts
to the satisfaction of the Owner.
4. Failure to Maintain Duct System Cleanliness: Where cleanliness of duct system
has not been maintained throughout the project as described above, follow the
procedures in Part 3 Article"Cleaning New Systems."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
�r
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
# 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. Comply with SMACNA "Rectangular (and Round) Industrial Duct Construction
Standards" for material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless
otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks,
roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 480, Type 304L for welded ducts, and having a No. 2D
finish for concealed ducts and No. 2B for exposed ducts.
2.03 GASKET MATERIALS
A. Flange Gaskets: White Nitrile sheet, FDA approved for food applications.
2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Refer to"HVAC Hanger and Support Material Schedule" on drawings for
materials and application of hangers and supports.
B. Building Attachments: Fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which
hangers are being attached.
C. Hanger Rods: Rod sizes complying with SMACNA "Rectangular (and Round)
Industrial Duct Construction Standards"for steel rod diameters.
' D. Trapeze Supports: Shapes complying with ASTM A 36.
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 3 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that
proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total
pressure.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural
Welding Code--Steel," for hangers and supports and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal
Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. '"
B. SMACNA Compliance: Fabricate and install rectangular stainless steel duct systems
to comply with SMACNA"Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards" as
limited by this specification section and the drawings.
C. SMACNA Compliance: Fabricate and install round stainless steel duct systems to
comply with SMACNA"Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards" as limited by
this specification section and the drawings.
D. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section"Basic HVAC Requirements."
E. Duct System Cleanliness Compliance: Maintain the cleanliness of ductwork materials,
components, and accessories at all times. Turn over duct systems only in clean new
condition to the Owner. k
1. Prior to Installation: Protect stored materials and components from the
elements, corrosion, and physical damage.
2. During Installation: Clean ductwork, components, and accessories as they are
installed and cover openings to prevent foreign materials, dust, and moisture
from entering ductwork. Protect installed ductwork, components, accessories,
insulation and jackets from damage and construction debris due to other work
in the installation area until systems are turned over to the Owner. Protect non-
metallic duct jackets from debris, dirt, and dust.
3. Prior to Turning Over to Owner: Clean inside of ductwork and outside of
ductwork and insulation jackets. Remove all debris and wipe away all dust.
Inspect inside and outside of ductwork as follows to confirm that duct systems
are ready to turn over to the Owner: ,
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 2 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 233133
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 —General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following types of rectangular and round stainless steel
ducts and duct accessories for supply and exhaust air-distribution systems in
pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 3-inch wg, serving Class A GMP areas:
1. Welded Joint Construction.
2. Flanged Joint Construction.
3. Mechanical Joint Construction.
B. All air handling systems serving Class A GMP areas shall have supply air and exhaust
air ductwork, fittings, access doors, supports and joints fabricated in such a way that
there are no protrusions (e.g., sheet metal screws or tabs) or unsealed lap joints on
the interior of the ductwork. This requirement applies to the entire run of all
ductwork systems servicing Class A GMP areas.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 23 Section "GMP Diffusers and Grilles" for air devices associated with
GMP ductwork systems.
2. Division 23 Section "GMP Galvanized Steel Ducts" for GMP galvanized steel
ductwork systems.
1.03 SYSTEM DESIGN
A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size of air-moving and -
distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to layout or
configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect.
40
GMP STAINLESS STEEL DUCTS 233133 - 1 of 10
an
.m
.R.
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) "
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Clean the duct systems by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
1. Air outlets and inlets (diffusers and grilles).
2. Ducts, duct accessories, and damper actuators.
F. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract
contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from
building.
2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning.
Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being
cleaned are under negative pressure.
3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces
without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
4. Scrub inside and outside of duct system clean with antibacterial detergent
dampened cloths approved by Owner, rinse with clean water, and completely
dry all surfaces.
G. Cleanliness Verification:
1. Inspect metal ducts for contaminants.
2. Wipe interior surfaces with white or black tissues.
3. Wipe exterior surfaces of ducts exposed to view in GMP areas with white or
black tissues.
4. Where contaminants are visible on the tissue, re-clean and reinspect ducts to
60 the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.07 ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
A. Adjust manual volume dampers in ducts, outlets, and inlets to achieve design air
flow.
B. Refer to Division 23 Section "HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing"for detailed
procedures.
END OF SECTION
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 9 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .w
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS go
B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor.
C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-
fourth of failure (proof-test) load.
3.04 TOUCH-UP PAINTING
A. General: Perform touch-up work immediately after welding, bolting, and other
operations which damage or abrade finish. Wire-brush damaged areas prior to
touch-up.
B. Galvanizing Repair: Immediately after field assembly and installation operations are
complete (prior to installation for surfaces which will be concealed), clean and
prepare welds, bolted connections, and other abraded or damaged areas of
galvanizing, and paint with galvanizing repair paint. Perform work in accordance
with ASTM A 780 and paint manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more
restrictive.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils.
2. Apply product per manufacturer's recommendations.
3.05 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors where equipment is not
internally isolated, only where indicated on the drawings.
3.06 CLEANING NEW SYSTEMS
A. Perform the following cleaning procedures as required by the Quality Assurance
Article in Part 1 of this Section.
B. Perform cleaning before air balancing and start-up of connected air handling *�
equipment.
1. Where start-up of connected air handling equipment has already occurred,
inspect and clean air handling equipment internal surfaces and components,
including coils, fans, and dampers to the satisfaction of the Owner.
C. Use service openings, as required, for physical and mechanical entry and for
inspection.
1. Remove and reinstall ceiling sections to gain access during the cleaning
process.
D. Vent vacuuming system to the outside. Include filtration to contain debris removed
from HVAC systems, and locate exhaust down wind and away from air intakes and
other points of entry into building. +rte
.a
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 8 of 9
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
wr 2. Return Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg.
3. Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg.
B. Refer to the"HVAC Duct Material Schedule"on the drawings for specific application
of ductwork for each HVAC system.
3.02 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Install ducts according to SMACNA "Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction
Standards" and "Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards", unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
C. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for
connections.
D. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.
E. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and
permanent enclosure elements of building. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch,
plus allowance for insulation thickness.
F. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, sprinkler systems, lighting layouts, and
similar finished work.
G. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer
vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.
H. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations:
1. Where ducts pass through exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal
spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet
metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides
by at least 1-1/2 inches.
2. Where ducts pass through interior partitions or walls, refer to details on the
drawings.
3.03 HANGING AND SUPPORTING
A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each
branch intersection. Co-locate supports with duct reinforcement and transverse
joints.
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 7 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS aw
duct, using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement
size and spacing, and joint reinforcement. Provide Neoprene@ gaskets,
metal cleats, and bolted corners.
b. All slide-on joints shall have FDA approved sealant, as specified in Division
07, applied along entire length of joint on the inside of the duct prior to ,
delivery to the jobsite to prevent moisture and dirt accumulation between
the slip-on flange and the duct.
c. All slide-on ductwork joints exposed to view in GMP areas shall have FDA
approved sealant, as specified in Division 07, applied along entire length
of joint on the outside of the duct prior to delivery to the jobsite to
prevent moisture and dirt accumulation between the slip-on flange and
the duct.
d. Manufacturer and Product:
1) Ductmate'35'for ducts less than 30 inch wide.
2) Ductmate '45'for ducts 30 inch wide and greater. or
2.09 DUCT ACCESSORIES
Wo
A. Manual Volume Dampers: Greenheck Model HCD for rectangular ducts, Model HCDR
for round ducts, galvanized steel construction, 3V blade configuration for rectangular
ducts and butterfly blade configuration for round ducts. Dampers shall be opposed- '00
blade design, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside of air stream, stainless
steel sleeve bearings and galvanized steel external manual hand quadrant (extended
to face of duct insulation where insulated), suitable for horizontal or vertical
installations.
B. Access Doors: Fabricated of galvanized steel as detailed on the drawings and in
accordance with SMACNA"Rectangular (and Round) Industrial Duct Construction
Standards."
1. Locate access doors as indicated on the drawings.
C. Flexible Connectors: Factory fabricated non-metallic EPDM or Neoprene®
compounds reinforced with polyester fabric, FDA approved for food applications.
1. Manufacturer and Product: Proco Products, Inc. Series 500, Style 520. (design
basis) •
D. Turning Vanes: Provide only where indicated on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
on
3.01 DUCT APPLICATIONS
A. Static-Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the
following:
1. Supply Ducts: 3-inch wg. ,
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 6 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Fabricate duct fittings to match adjoining ducts, and to comply with duct
Ob requirements as applicable to fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate
elbows, branch takeoffs, and other directional change fittings with center-line radius
equal to 1-1/2 times associated duct width. Where 1-1/2 duct width radius fittings
will not physically fit in the available space, fittings with centerline radius equal to 1
duct width may be used. Where 1 duct width centerline radius fittings will not
physically fit, square mitered fittings with 6 inch inside radius may be used.
D. Tie Rods: Internal tie rods are prohibited.
2.07 FLANGED RECTANGULAR DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
A. Longitudinal Corner Seams: Welded in accordance with SMACNA"Rectangular
Industrial Duct Construction Standards,"with no longitudinal seams on bottom of
ducts, other than corners.
B. Duct Reinforcements: Reinforced ductwork exposed to view in GMP areas shall have
all edges and ends continuously welded to duct face to prevent moisture entrance to
area between reinforcement and duct face.
C. Transverse Joints: Fabricate transverse joints to comply with SMACNA"HVAC Duct
Construction Standards -- Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, Type T-22.
«0
2.08 MECHANICAL JOINT (MJ) RECTANGULAR DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
A. Longitudinal Corner Seams: Pittsburgh lock type in accordance with SMACNA
"Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards, with no longitudinal seams on
bottom of ducts, other than corners. All seams shall have FDA approved sealant as
specified in Division 07 applied along entire length of seam on the inside of the duct
prior to delivery to the jobsite.
B. Duct Reinforcements: Reinforcement between duct joints shall be avoided.
Reinforcements may be spot or stitch welded to ducts. Reinforcements secured with
screws are prohibited in GMP ductwork. Reinforced ductwork exposed to view in
GMP areas shall have all edges and ends continuously sealed to duct face with FDA
approved sealant as specified in Division 07 applied along entire perimeter of
reinforcement to prevent moisture and dirt entrance to area between reinforcement
and duct face.
C. Transverse Joints: Construct transverse joints with one of the following methods.
1. Formed-on joints: Fabricate transverse joints to comply with SMACNA HVAC
Duct Construction Standards -- Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, Type T-24, T-
24a, or T-25a.
2. Slide-On Joints:
a. Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--
'"' Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4"Slip-On Flange"Type, spot welded to
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 5 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 wo
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
on
B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: One coat of"Epoxy Mastic Aluminum II", over one coat of
"Zinc Clad IV Primer", all products by The Sherwin-Williams Company. Surface
preparation, material, mixing, and all aspects of application shall be in accordance
with manufacturer's specifications.
C. This paint application is the responsibility of the contractor for work of this Section,
and shall be executed by a qualified painting contractor.
2.04 GASKET MATERIALS
A. Flange Gaskets: White Nitrile sheet, FDA approved for food applications.
2.05 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Refer to"HVAC Hanger and Support Material Schedule" on drawings for
materials and application of hangers and supports.
B. Building Attachments: Fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which
hangers are being attached.
C. Hanger Rods: Rod sizes complying with SMACNA "Rectangular (and Round) "
Industrial Duct Construction Standards"for steel rod diameters.
D. Trapeze Supports: Shapes complying with ASTM A 36.
E. Hardware: Select bolt lengths to allow no more than 0.5-inch exposed threads
beyond nut.
2.06 RECTANGULAR DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
r�
A. Fabricate duct sections, transitions, and offsets, according to SMACNA "Rectangular
Industrial Duct Construction Standards," and complying with requirements for metal
thickness, and reinforcing types and intervals. Limit angular tapers to 30 degrees for
contracting tapers and 20 degrees for expanding tapers, unless indicated otherwise.
1. Duct Class: Class 1.
2. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts with minimum number of joints and in
lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure ,
class.
3. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to
SMACNA "Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards."
B. Fabricate elbows and branch connections according to SMACNA "Rectangular
Industrial Duct Construction Standards" and complying with requirements for metal
thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, and joint intervals.
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 4 of 9
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
• NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Prior to Turning Over to Owner: Clean inside of ductwork and outside of
ductwork and insulation jackets. Remove all debris and wipe away all dust.
Inspect inside and outside of ductwork as follows to confirm that duct systems
are ready to turn over to the Owner:
a. Inspect metal ducts for contaminants.
b. Wipe interior surfaces with white or black tissues.
c. Wipe exterior surfaces of ducts exposed to view in GMP areas with white
or black tissues.
d. Where contaminants are visible on the tissue, re-clean and reinspect ducts
to the satisfaction of the Owner.
4. Failure to Maintain Duct System Cleanliness: Where cleanliness of duct system
has not been maintained throughout the project as described above, follow the
procedures in Part 3 Article"Cleaning New Systems."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. Comply with SMACNA "Rectangular (and Round) Industrial Duct Construction
Standards" for material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless
otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks,
roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653 and
having G90 coating designation; ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for
surfaces exposed to view.
2.03 GALVANIZING REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Zinc-rich paint specifically formulated and intended for
repairing hot-dip galvanized surfaces and complying with MIL-P-21035 or SSPC-
Paint-20, with minimum zinc dust content of 85% by weight (dry film).
1. "ZRC Galvilite"; by ZRC Wordlwide, 145 Enterprise Dr., Marshfield, MA 02050;
1-800-831-3275.
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 3 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 "~
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
MW
1.03 SYSTEM DESIGN
A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size of air-moving and -
distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to layout or
configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect.
Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that
proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total
pressure.
NX
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. A
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural
Welding Code--Steel," for hangers and supports and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal
Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding.
B. SMACNA Compliance: Fabricate and install rectangular galvanized steel duct
systems to comply with SMACNA"Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction
Standards"as limited by this specification section and the drawings.
C. SMACNA Compliance: Fabricate and install round galvanized steel duct systems to
comply with SMACNA"Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards"as limited by
this specification section and the drawings.
D. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the �..
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "Basic HVAC Requirements."
E. Duct System Cleanliness Compliance: Maintain the cleanliness of ductwork materials,
components, and accessories at all times. Turn over duct systems only in clean new
condition to the Owner.
1. Prior to Installation: Protect stored materials and components from the
elements, corrosion, and physical damage.
2. During Installation: Clean ductwork, components, and accessories as they are
installed and cover openings to prevent foreign materials, dust, and moisture
from entering ductwork. Protect installed ductwork, components, accessories, On
insulation and jackets from damage and construction debris due to other work
in the installation area until systems are turned over to the Owner. Protect non-
metallic duct jackets from debris, dirt, and dust.
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 2 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 233123
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 -14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following types of rectangular and round galvanized steel
ducts and duct accessories for supply, return, outside, and exhaust air-distribution
systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 3-inch wg, serving Class A and B
GMP areas:
1. Welded Joint Construction.
2. Flanged Joint Construction.
3. Mechanical Joint Construction.
B. All air handling systems serving Class A and Class B GMP areas shall have supply air,
return air and exhaust air ductwork, fittings, access doors, supports and joints
fabricated in such a way that there are no protrusions (e.g., sheet metal screws or
tabs) or unsealed lap joints on the interior of the ductwork. This requirement
applies to the entire run of all ductwork systems servicing Class A and Class B GMP
• areas.
w
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 23 Section "GMP Diffusers and Grilles" for air devices associated with
GMP ductwork systems.
M
2. Division 23 Section "HVAC Metal Ducts" for non-GMP ductwork systems.
3. Division 23 Section "GMP Stainless Steel Ducts" for GMP stainless steel
ductwork systems.
wr
GMP GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS 233123 1 of 9
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) ""
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract
contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from
building.
2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning.
Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being
cleaned are under negative pressure.
3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces
without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
4. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan
operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and
cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins.
G. Cleanliness Verification:
1. Visually inspect metal ducts for contaminants.
2. Where contaminants are discovered, re-clean and re-inspect ducts.
END OF SECTION
s
a
W
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 15 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Install ductwork at inlet and outlet of fans as indicated on drawings and conforming
to SMACNA's"HVAC Systems Duct Design,"Chapter 6 to obtain the lowest possible
System Effect Factor.
3.09 CLEANING NEW SYSTEMS
A. Perform the following cleaning procedures as required by the Quality Assurance
Article in Part 1 of this Section.
B. Perform cleaning before air balancing and start-up of connected air handling
equipment.
C. Use service openings, as required, for physical and mechanical entry and for
inspection.
1. Disconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.
2. Remove and reinstall ceiling sections to gain access during the cleaning
process.
D. Vent vacuuming system to the outside. Include filtration to contain debris removed
from HVAC systems, and locate exhaust down wind and away from air intakes and
other points of entry into building.
E. Clean the following metal duct systems by removing surface contaminants and
deposits: ■-
1. Air outlets and inlets (diffusers and grilles).
2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except
ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles,
dampers, and drive assemblies.
3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil
section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans,
humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate
collectors and drains.
4. Coils and related components.
5. Return-air ducts, dampers, and actuators except in ceiling plenums and
mechanical equipment rooms.
6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 14 of 15
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
no NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.07 PAINTING AND TOUCH-UP
0
A. General: Perform touch-up work immediately after welding, bolting, and other
operations which damage or abrade finish. Wire-brush damaged areas prior to
touch-up.
B. Galvanizing Repair: Immediately after field assembly and installation operations are
complete (prior to installation for surfaces which will be concealed), clean and
prepare welds, bolted connections, and other abraded or damaged areas of
galvanizing, and paint with galvanizing repair paint. Perform work in accordance
with ASTM A 780 and paint manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more
restrictive.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils.
2. Apply product per manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Paint interiors of metal ducts that have metal surface visible through supply, return,
or exhaust inlets or outlets, for 24 inches upstream of inlet or outlet. Apply one coat
of flat, black, latex finish coat over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint
materials and application requirements are specified in Division 09 Section"Field
Painting."
3.08 CONNECTIONS
A. Install flexible connectors at each duct connection to the following equipment:
1. Fan-powered HVAC equipment that has external vibration isolators (not
internally isolated).
2. Where indicated on drawings.
B. Install flexible ducts at each duct connection to the following equipment:
1. Diffusers with round connections, maximum length 5-feet long. Do not use
flexible ducts to change directions.
2. Inlet of terminal units, maximum 2-foot long. Do not use flexible ducts to
change directions.
3. Where indicated on drawings.
O.
C. Seal inner core of flexible ducts to ductwork, diffusers, and terminal equipment with
a minimum of 2 wraps of flexible duct sealing tape or flexible duct sealing mastic
ON applied per manufacturer's instructions, and secure with stainless steel flexible duct
clamp. Secure outer jacket independently of inner core with nylon flexible duct
clamp. Flexible duct tape, flexible duct mastic, and clamps are specified in Part 2 of
this Section.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 13 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.05 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION OF HVAC DUCT ACCESSORIES
A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts, and as indicated on
drawings.
B. When installing volume dampers in ducts with duct liner, avoid damage to and
erosion of duct liner.
C. Provide manual volume dampers where indicated on drawings and at points on
supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches lead from larger ducts as
required for air balancing. Install at a minimum of two duct widths from branch
takeoff.
D. Install duct access doors to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining
accessories as follows:
1. Upstream of multi-blade manual volume dampers and turning vanes, providing
access for removing debris that may collect at vanes.
E. Install rectangular access doors in ductwork. Determine location of doors in
ductwork and size of doors to best provide access for specific application. Consider
ladder requirements and obstructions such as table and shelving below ceilings, and
ceiling tees, lights, and other similar items in determining door locations. As a
general guideline provide the following access door sizes based on the width or
height of the duct to be installed in:
1. 10 inch duct: 6 by 6 door.
2. 12 inch duct: 8 by 8 door. •
3. 14 inch duct: 10 by 10 door.
4. 16 inch duct: 12 by 12 door.
3.06 HANGING AND SUPPORTING
A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each
branch intersection.
B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor.
C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-
fourth of failure (proof-test) load.
D. Support flexible ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--
Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-9 and 3-10.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 12 of 15
w
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
g, D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
E. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for
on connections.
F. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and
P„ perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.
G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and
permanent enclosure elements of building.
H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
I. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid
partitions unless specifically indicated on drawings.
J. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting
layouts, and similar finished work.
K. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions
and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction
openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal
thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. Refer to
drawings for specific installation details.
L. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and
exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping
sealant. Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 07
Section "Through-Penetration Fire Stopping." Refer to drawings for specific
installation details.
3.03 ROUND DUCT, SPECIAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install round ducts in lengths not less than 10 feet unless interrupted by fittings.
B. Install interior, center-bead slip couplings tight to duct wall surface. Secure
couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 15 inches, with a
minimum of 3 screws in each coupling.
3.04 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING
A. Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards--Metal and Flexible," Chapter 1 and Table 1-2 for duct pressure class
indicated.
B. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 11 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 a'
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Flexible Ducts:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc.
b. Hart &Cooley, Inc.
.w
2. Insulated Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically
wound, spring-steel wire; R-4.2 fibrous-glass insulation; aluminumized vapor
barrier film.
a. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 0.5-inch wg negative.
b. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm.
c. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F.
3. Stainless Steel Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless steel band with cadmium-plated
hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action, in sizes 3 through 18
inches to suit duct size.
4. Nylon Flexible Duct Clamps: UL 181B listed, Nylon® plastic self-locking tie, "*
length to suit duct size.
No
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DUCT APPLICATIONS am
A. Static-Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the
following:
1. Supply Ducts (general): 3-inch wg.
2. Return Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg.
3. Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg. .�
B. Refer to the "HVAC Duct Material Schedule"on drawings for specific application of
ductwork for each HVAC system. 40
3.02 GENERAL DUCT INSTALLATION
no
A. Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards--Metal and Flexible," with the following limiting requirements, and as
specifically indicated on the drawings. „w,
B. Maintain the cleanliness and integrity of ductwork, accessories, and components at
all times. Comply with Quality Assurance requirements in Part 1 of this Section.
C. Do not install damaged ductwork, accessories, components, or hangers and
supports. ..
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 10 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Damper Hardware: Metallic galvanized or zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial,
lockable handle, and locking nut. Include elevated stand-off for insulated duct
installation.
C. Turning Vanes:
1. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal
and Flexible" for vanes and vane runners. Vane runners shall automatically
align vanes.
2. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate 2 inch radius, single-vane, curved
blades of galvanized sheet steel set 1-1/2 inch o.c.; and set into Type 1 vane
runners suitable for duct mounting.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Ductmate Industries, Inc.
2) Duro Dyne Corp.
3) Hart& Cooley, Inc.
4) Ward Industries, Inc.
D. Flexible Connectors:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. (design basis)
b. Duro Dyne Corp.
c. Hart &Cooley, Inc.
d. Ventfabrics, Inc.
e. Ward Industries, Inc.
2. General Description: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and
adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1.
3. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3 inches wide
attached to two strips of 3-inch-wide, 0.028-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel.
Provide end connection types to suit specific applications.
a. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with
Neoprene®.
1) Minimum Weight: 30 oz./sq. yd.
2) Tensile Strength: 480 Ibf/inch in the warp and 360 Ibf/inch in the
filling.
3) Service Temperature: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F.
b. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated
with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone.
1) Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd.
2) Tensile Strength: 250 Ibf/inch in the warp and 275 Ibf/inch in the
filling.
3) Service Temperature: Minus 10 to plus 250 deg F.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 9 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
.ft
a. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized sheet steel channels, minimum of
0.064 inch thick, with mitered and welded corners; flangeless frames for
installing in ducts. so
b. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 0.064-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel.
c. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel, 1/2 inch hex.
d. Bearings: Oil-impregnated bronze for installation in 3-inch wg pressure am
class and molded synthetic for installation in 2-inch wg pressure class duct
systems.
e. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. "'
4. Control Shaft: Galvanized or plated steel, length and number of mountings
appropriate to connect linkage of each damper in multi-damper assembly.
5. Damper Hardware: Metallic galvanized or zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial,
lockable handle, and locking nut. Include elevated stand-off for insulated duct
installation.
B. Manual Volume Dampers, Round Ductwork: am
1. Manufacturers:
a. Air Balance, Inc. am
b. Greenheck.
c. Hart & Cooley, Inc.
d. McGill AirFlow Corporation. go
e. Ruskin Company.
2. General Description: Factory fabricated, with required hardware and ..
accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold
single-blade damper in a fixed position without vibration. Close duct
penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure +
class.
3. Standard Volume Dampers, 20 inch and Smaller: Single-blade design, standard �•.
leakage rating, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.
a. Steel Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, minimum of 0.064 inch thick with
flangeless frames for installing in round ducts.
b. Roll-Formed Steel Blade: 0.064-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel.
c. Blade Axle: Galvanized steel, 3/8 inch square.
d. Bearings: Oil-impregnated bronze for installation in 3-inch wg pressure
class and molded synthetic for installation in 2-inch wg pressure class duct
systems.
4. Volume Dampers, 21 inch and Larger: Provide round-to-square duct
transition(s) and multiple blade, opposed-blade damper as specified for
rectangular ducts.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 8 of 15
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
�,. NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Round Fittings, General: Fabricate fittings to match adjoining ducts, and to comply
with duct requirements as applicable to fittings. Provide fitting types as indicated on
drawings.
D. Round Tees and Taps: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate tees and taps to
comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible,"
Figure 3-4 and 3-5, using 45 degree lateral and conical tees and taps, with metal
thicknesses specified for longitudinal-seam straight ducts in Table 3-2.
1. 90 degree tees and taps are not permitted.
E. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with reduced entrance to branch taps and with no
excess material projecting from fitting onto branch tap entrance.
F. Elbows: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate elbows with center-line radius
equal to 1-1/2 times associated duct diameter to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-3, using pleated, stamped, or
welded 5-segment mitered construction. Where installation requirements prevent
the use of fitting types indicated on the drawings and/or with center-line radius
equal to 1-1/2 times the duct diameter, provide fittings with center-line radius equal
to 1 times associated duct diameter.
1. Adjustable and segmented standing seam elbows are not permitted.
G. Round and Round-to-Rectangular Transitions: Limit angular tapers to 30-degrees
for contracting tapers and 20-degrees for expanding tapers, unless otherwise
indicated on drawings.
2.08 GALVANIZED STEEL DUCT ACCESSORIES
A. Manual Volume Dampers, Rectangular Ductwork:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Air Balance, Inc.
b. Greenheck.
c. Hart & Cooley, Inc.
d. McGill AirFlow Corporation.
e. Ruskin Company.
2. General Description: Factory fabricated galvanized steel construction, with
required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability.
40 Include hand locking device to hold damper blades in a fixed position without
vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct
consistent with pressure class.
3. Standard Volume Damper: Single-blade for 10 inch and smaller ducts and
multiple blade, opposed-blade design for 11 inch and larger ducts, with
standard leakage rating, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 7 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ""
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
go
D. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches
and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of non-braced
panel area unless ducts are lined.
E. Rectangular Fittings, General: Fabricate fittings to match adjoining ducts, and to
comply with duct requirements as applicable to fittings. Provide fitting types as
indicated on drawings.
F. Rectangular Elbows, Branch Take-Offs, and Tees: Except as otherwise indicated,
fabricate elbows, branch take-offs, and tees with center-line radius equal to 1-1/2
times associated duct width. Where installation requirements prevent the use of
fitting types indicated on the drawings and/or with center-line radius equal to 1-1/2
times the duct width, provide the following elbow types in the order of preference
listed to minimize duct design pressure drop:
1. Radius fitting with center-line radius equal to the associated duct width.
2. Square fitting with inside radius equal to 6 inches.
3. Square fitting with turning vanes. Turning vanes are specified in Part 2 Article
"Galvanized Steel Duct Accessories. w*
G. Rectangular Transitions: Limit angular tapers to 30-degrees for contracting tapers
and 20-degrees for expanding tapers, unless otherwise indicated on drawings.
2.07 ROUND GALVANIZED STEEL DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
A. Round Ducts: Fabricate galvanized steel round ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" using spiral lock-seam
construction.
1. Longitudinal-seam duct construction is not permitted.
B. Transverse Joints: Provide the following joint construction.
1. Ducts up to 20 Inches in Diameter: Interior, center-beaded slip coupling,
sealed before and after fastening, attached with sheet metal screws. Construct
joint according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3-2, Type RT-1.
a. Drawband, Type RT-3, and crimp, Type RT-5, joints are not permitted.
2. Ducts 21 to 72 Inches in Diameter: Three-piece, gasketed, flanged joint
consisting of two internal flanges with sealant and one external closure band
with gasket.
a. Manufacturer and Product:
1) Ductmate Spiralmate® Connection System.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 6 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
• NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws;
compatible with duct materials.
2.06 RECTANGULAR GALVANIZED STEEL DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate galvanized steel ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch
connections, and other construction according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" and complying with requirements for
metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint
intervals.
1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement
and rigidity class required for pressure class.
2. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."
B. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock construction.
C. Transverse Joints: Provide the following joint construction.
1. Ducts Less Than 30 Inch Wide: Provide one of the following methods.
a. Drive Slip/"S" Slip: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, Type T-1 through
T-6.
b. Formed-On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, Type T-25a and
T-25b, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details.
1) Manufacturer:
" a) Lockformer.
c. Slip-On Flange: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4"Slip-On Flange"
Type, using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness,
reinforcement size and spacing, joint reinforcement, and gaskets. Provide
metal cleat and corner clips.
1) Manufacturer and Product:
a) Ductmate'35'.
2. Ducts 30 Inch Wide and Greater, provide the following:
a. Slip-On Flange: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4"Slip-On Flange"
Type, mechanically fastened to duct, using manufacturer's guidelines for
material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, joint reinforcement,
and gaskets. Provide metal cleat and bolted corners.
1) Manufacturer and Product:
a) Ductmate'45'.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 5 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. "ZRC Galvilite"; by ZRC Wordlwide, 145 Enterprise Dr., Marshfield, MA 02050;
1-800-831-3275.
B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: One coat of"Epoxy Mastic Aluminum II", over one coat of
"Zinc Clad IV Primer", all products by The Sherwin-Williams Company. Surface
preparation, material, mixing, and all aspects of application shall be in accordance
with manufacturer's specifications.
1. This paint application is the responsibility of the contractor for work of this
Section, and shall be executed by a qualified painting contractor.
2.04 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is limited to materials of
adhesive or mastic nature for metal ducts, and does not includes tapes and
combinations of open-weave fabric strips and mastics. Application of tape is limited
to sealing flexible ducts. Refer to Part 3 of this Section for specific application of
sealant materials.
B. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV
light when cured, UL 723 listed, and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1
ducts.
C. Flanged Joint Mastic: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant
complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use 0.
D. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.
E. Flexible Duct Tape: UL 181B listed, adhesive tape.
F. Flexible Duct Mastic: UL 18161isted, brush-on liquid sealant.
2.05 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts or fasteners appropriate for construction
materials to which hangers are being attached.
B. Hanger Materials and Components: Provide materials and components compatible
with duct materials.
1. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards--Metal and Flexible" for steel sheet width and thickness and for steel
rod diameters.
2. Galvanized Steel Duct Supports: Galvanized steel sheet and ASTM A 36,
galvanized-steel shapes and plates.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 4 of 15
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Failure to Maintain Duct System Cleanliness: Where cleanliness of duct system
has not been maintained throughout the project as described above, follow the
procedures in Part 3 Article"Cleaning New Systems."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers listed.
2.02 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
w. A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for
material thicknesses; and duct construction methods as indicated in this Section.
Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653, mill-
phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view.
1. Coating designation G-90 for all outdoor ductwork and outside air intake
ductwork.
2. Coating designation G-90 for all indoor supply and return air ductwork.
3. Coating designation G-90 for all toilet room and general exhaust ductwork
unless noted otherwise.
C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Materials compatible with duct materials. Provide
galvanized steel materials for galvanized steel ducts, aluminum materials for
aluminum ducts, and stainless steel materials for stainless steel ducts.
D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or
less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. Application of tie
rods is limited to galvanized steel ducts.
2.03 GALVANIZING REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Zinc-rich paint specifically formulated and intended for
repairing hot-dip galvanized surfaces and complying with MIL-P-21035 or SSPC-
Paint-20, with minimum zinc dust content of 85% by weight (dry film).
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 3 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Division 23 Section "GMP Stainless Steel Ducts" for GMP stainless steel
ductwork systems.
4. Division 23 Section "GMP Galvanized Steel Ducts" for GMP galvanized steel
ductwork systems.
1.03 SYSTEM DESIGN
A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size and type of air-
moving and -distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to
layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by
Architect. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing
that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system
total pressure.
.0
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. SMACNA Compliance: Fabricate and install HVAC duct systems to comply with '®
SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards— Metal and Flexible,"as limited by
this specification section and the drawings.
am
B. NFPA Compliance:
1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." *
2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "Basic HVAC Requirements".
D. Duct System Cleanliness Compliance: Maintain the cleanliness of ductwork
materials, components, and accessories at all times. Turn over only clean duct
systems in new condition to Owner. ..
1. Prior to Installation: Protect from the elements, corrosion, and physical
damage while stored on project site.
2. During Installation: Clean ductwork, components, and accessories as they are
installed and cover openings to prevent foreign materials, dust, and moisture ••
from entering ductwork. Protect installed ductwork from damage and
construction debris due to other work in installation area until systems are
turned over to Owner.
3. Prior to Turning Over to Owner: Clean outside of ductwork, remove debris, and
wipe dust from top of ducts. Inspect outside and inside of ductwork to confirm
that duct system is acceptable to turn over to Owner.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 2 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 233113
HVAC METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
low
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following non-GMP metal duct systems and associated
hangers and supports for HVAC supply, return, outside, and exhaust air-distribution
systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 3-inch wg:
1. Single-wall rectangular and round galvanized steel systems.
B. This Section includes the following metal duct accessories for HVAC supply, return,
outside, and exhaust air-distribution systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to
plus 3-inch wg:
1. Manual volume dampers.
2. Turning vanes.
3. Duct access doors.
4. Flexible connectors.
5. Flexible ducts.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 23 Section "Diffusers and Grilles" for air inlets and outlets associated
with HVAC duct system specified in this section.
2. Division 23 Section "HVAC Duct Insulation"for field-applied insulation of HVAC
metal ductwork.
HVAC METAL DUCTS 233113 - 1 of 15
mm
am
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
AMR
Im
OR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Perform the following tests on steam and condensate piping:
1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of
damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible
with piping may be used.
2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release
trapped air. Use drip legs installed at low points for complete draining of liquid.
3. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5
times the design pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure
for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify
that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90
percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in
Appendix A of ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping."
4. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes,
examine piping,joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by
tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until
there are no leaks.
5. Prepare written report of testing.
3.13 ADJUSTING
A. Perform these adjustments before operating the system:
1. Open valves to fully open position.
3.14 CLEANING
A. Flush steam and condensate piping with clean water. Remove and clean or replace
strainer screens.
END OF SECTION
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 15 of 15
"M
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ow
2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. so
3. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
4. NPS 2: Maximum span, 13 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
5. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
6. NPS 3: Maximum span, 15 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
7. NPS 4: Maximum span, 17 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
D. Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10-foot intervals between floors.
3.10 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "HVAC Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for joint
construction requirements for threaded, welded, and flanged joints.
3.11 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Size for supply and return piping connections shall be same as for equipment
connections. ' ^
B. Install traps and control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.
4W
C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If multiple, parallel
control valves are installed, only one bypass is required.
D. Install vacuum breaker downstream from control valve and bypass and close to coil
inlet connection.
E. Install a drip leg at coil outlet.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .�
A. Prepare steam and condensate piping according to ASME 831.9 and as follows:
1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during
test.
2. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers.
3. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its
closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to
valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 14 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
++ NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
J. Anchor piping for proper direction of expansion and contraction.
K. Install drip legs at low points and natural drainage points such as ends of mains,
bottoms of risers, and ahead of pressure regulators, control valves, isolation valves,
pipe bends, and expansion joints.
1. On straight runs with no natural drainage points, install drip legs at intervals
not exceeding 200 feet.
2. Size drip legs at vertical risers same size as pipe and extend beyond rise. Size
drip legs at other locations same diameter as main. In steam mains NPS 6 and
larger, dirt leg size can be reduced, but to no less than NPS 4.
3. Install gate valve at drip legs, dirt pockets, and strainer drains to allow removal
of dirt and scale.
4. Install steam traps close to drip legs.
„! 3.08 STEAM-TRAP INSTALLATION
A. Install steam traps in accessible locations as close as possible to connected
equipment, but not more than 48 inches from connected equipment.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, install gate valve, strainer, and union upstream
from trap; install union, check valve, and gate valve downstream from trap.
3.09 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 23 Section "HVAC
Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports."
B. Install the following pipe attachments:
1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet
long.
2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20
feet or longer.
3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or
longer, supported on a trapeze.
4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs.
C. Install hangers with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:
1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 13 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 NO
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
1. At discharge of each steam condensate pump.
3.05 LP STEAM-TRAP APPLICATIONS
A. Thermostatic Traps: Convectors and finned-tube radiation.
B. Float and Thermostatic Traps: Steam main and riser drip legs, heat exchangers, and
heating coils. Am
3.06 HP STEAM-TRAP APPLICATIONS
A. Thermostatic Traps: Convectors and finned-tube radiation.
B. Inverted Bucket Traps: Steam main and riser drip legs.
C. Float and Thermostatic Traps: Heat exchangers and heating coils.
3.07 PIPING INSTALLATIONS
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "HVAC Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for basic
piping installation requirements.
B. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation
and servicing of valves.
C. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4
threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as
required for system drainage.
D. Install steam supply piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent downward in direction **
of steam flow.
E. Install condensate return piping at a uniform grade of 0.4 percent downward in
direction of condensate flow.
F. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side down. •
G. Unless otherwise indicated, install branch connections to steam mains using 45-
degree fittings in main pipe, with the takeoff coming out the top of the main pipe. ..
Use of 90-degree tee fittings is permissible if 45-degree fittings are impractical. If
length of branch takeoff is less than 10 feet, pitch branch line down toward mains at
a 0.4 percent grade.
H. Install unions in piping NPS 2 and smaller adjacent to each valve, at final
connections of each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. .
I. Install flanges in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger at final connections of each piece of
equipment and elsewhere as indicated. ..
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 12 of 15
W
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows:
1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level, and in vertical
position with flow direction up and pressure under the disc.
G. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into
service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking
occurs.
3.04 THERMOMETER AND PRESSURE GAGE INSTALLATION
A. Install thermometers, pressure gages, and accessories according to manufacturers'
written instructions for applications where used.
B. Install thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions to allow reading by
observer standing on floor.
C. Install thermometers and pressure gages in the following locations and elsewhere as
indicated:
1. At outlet of steam condensate pump receivers where factory thermometers are
not provided.
2. At steam condensate inlet to deaerators, condensate surge and storage tanks.
D. Install thermometer wells in vertical position in piping tees where thermometers are
indicated.
1. Install wells with stem extending minimum of 2 inches into fluid.
2. Fill wells with oil or graphite and secure caps.
E. Install pressure gages in piping tee or weld-o-let fitting located on pipe at most
readable position. Install pressure gage valve and siphon in vertical position and
above centerline of pipe where installed in horizontal pipes.
F. Install pressure gages with siphon and pressure gage valve in the following steam
supply locations and elsewhere as indicated:
1. At inlet of each steam coil.
OR 2. At inlet of each steam heat exchanger.
3. Upstream and downstream of each pressure-reducing valve.
G. Install pressure gages with pulsation dampener and pressure gage valve in the
following steam condensate locations and elsewhere as indicated:
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 11 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS so
B. Steam Piping, NPS 2-1/2 through NPS 12: Schedule 40 steel pipe, with welded
joints using Schedule 40 wrought-steel welding fittings and Class 150 wrought-steel
flanges. ' "
C. Condensate Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Schedule 80 steel pipe, with threaded joints
using Class 300 malleable-iron fittings. "'
3.02 VALVE APPLICATIONS
am
A. General-Duty Valve Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following valve
types:
a.
1. Shutoff Duty: Gate and ball valves.
2. Throttling Duty: Globe and ball valves. an
B. Provide valves with SWP equal to or greater that the system design pressure as
follows: am
1. For 100-psig steam piping, install Class 150 or 150-psig SWP valves or greater.
Wo
2. For high pressure steam condensate piping, install Class 125 or 125-SWP valves
or greater.
aw
C. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same
types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted.
No
D. Provide valve types compatible with piping materials as follows:
1. Black Steel Piping: Bronze and cast-iron valves. No
2. Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, at inlet
connection to each steam trap, and elsewhere as indicated. *
3.03 GENERAL-DUTY VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow
service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.
B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. „
D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
E. Install chainwheel operators on valves NPS 4 and larger and more than 96 inches
above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor elevation.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 10 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Inverted Bucket Traps: Cast-iron body and cap, pressure rated for 250 psig;
stainless-steel head and seat; stainless steel valve retainer, lever, and guide pin
assembly; and brass or stainless steel bucket.
1. Strainer: Integral stainless steel inlet strainer within the trap body.
2. Air Vent: Stainless steel thermostatic vent.
2.14 THERMOSTATIC AIR VENTS AND VACUUM BREAKERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1. Armstrong International, Inc.
2. ITT Hoffman; ITT Fluid Technology Corp.
3. Johnson Corp. (The).
4. Spirax Sarco, Inc.
B. Quick Vents: Cast-iron or brass body, with balanced-pressure, stainless steel or
monel thermostatic bellows and stainless steel heads and seats.
C. Float Vents: Cast-iron or brass body, seamless brass float, balanced-pressure
thermostatic bellows, and replaceable stainless steel seat, float, and head.
D. Vacuum Breakers: 150-psig steam working pressure, 365 deg F maximum operating
temperature, brass or stainless steel body, and stainless-steel retainer, spring, and
ball; with plain or threaded outlet.
2.15 STRAINERS
A. Y-Pattern Strainers: 250-psig working steam pressure; ASTM A 126, Class B cast-
iron body; stainless steel screen, No. 20 mesh for NPS 2 and smaller and
manufacturer's recommended perforations for NPS 2-1/2 and larger; tapped blowoff
plug. Threaded connections for strainers NPS 2 and smaller and flanged connections
for strainers NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 STEAM PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Steam Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Schedule 80 steel pipe, with threaded joints using
Class 300 malleable iron fittings. Exception: Provide Schedule 10S, stainless steel
with welded joints for exposed piping in Class A areas.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 9 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS so
E. Pressure-Gage Accessories: oft
1. Syphons: 1/4-inch straight coil of schedule 40 T304 or T316 stainless steel
tubing with threads on each end. no
2. Pulsation Dampeners: 1/4-inch, T303 or T316 stainless steel body, field
serviceable, with three pistons for use with various viscosity fluids, 5000 psig
maximum pressure. aim
F. Pressure Gage Valves: 1/4-inch, T303 or T316 stainless steel ball or needle valve,
stainless steel seat and Teflon packing, 5000 psig maximum pressure, 500 deg F we
maximum temperature.
2.13 STEAM TRAPS so
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following: ON
1. Armstrong International, Inc. (design basis)
.A
2. Dunham-Bush, Inc.
3. ITT Hoffman; ITT Fluid Technology Corp. ow
4. Spirax Sarco, Inc.
W.
B. Thermostatic Traps:
1. Class 125, bronze angle-pattern body with integral union tailpiece and screw-in ON
cap; balanced-pressure, stainless steel or monel bellow element; and
renewable, hardened stainless steel head and seat.
2. Class 250, cast iron angle-pattern body, bolted cap; balanced-pressure,
stainless steel bellows, and renewable hardened stainless steel head and seat.
C. Thermodynamic Traps: Stainless steel body and screw-in cap; maximum operating
pressure of 600 psig; stainless steel disc and seat; threaded ends.
D. Float and Thermostatic Traps: ASTM A 126, cast-iron body and bolted cap;
renewable, stainless steel float mechanism with renewable, hardened stainless steel
head and seat; maximum operating pressure of 125 psig; balanced-pressure,
stainless steel or monel thermostatic bellow element.
1. Thermostatic air vent capable of withstanding 45 deg F of superheat and
resisting water hammer without sustaining damage.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 8 of 15
0
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Thermometers, General:
1. Scale Range: Temperature ranges for services listed as follows:
a. Steam Condensate: 50 to 400 deg F, with 2-degree scale divisions.
2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range span or plus or minus one scale
division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range span.
3. Description: Direct-mounted universal-angle bimetal dial thermometer.
4. Case: Stainless steel with 5-inch-diameter clear acrylic plastic lens.
5. Adjustable Joint: Finish to match case, 180-degree adjustment in vertical
plane, 360-degree adjustment in horizontal plane, with locking device.
6. Element: Bimetal coil.
7. Scale: Satin-faced nonreflective-aluminum with permanently etched markings.
8. Stem: Stainless steel for separable socket of length to suit installation.
C. Thermometer Wells:
1. Description: Stainless-steel thermometer well.
2. Pressure Rating: Not less than piping system design pressure.
3. Stem Length: To extend 2 inches into fluid.
fa 4. Extension for Insulated Piping: 2 inches nominal, but not less than thickness of
insulation.
D. Pressure Gages:
1. Description: ASME B40.1, Grade A phosphor-bronze Bourdon-tube pressure
gage, liquid filled, with bottom connection.
2. Case: Stainless steel with 4-1/2-inch-diameter clear acrylic plastic lens.
3. Connector: Brass, 1/4-inch.
4. Scale: White-coated aluminum, with permanently etched markings.
5. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range span.
6. Range: Conform to the following:
a. Vacuum: 30 inches Hg of vacuum to 15 psig of pressure.
b. Fluids Under Pressure: 2 times operating pressure.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 7 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 00
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Am
2.10 CAST STEEL GLOBE VALVES
A. Cast Steel Globe Valves, General: Dimensions conforming to ANSI B16.5, and
B16.10, B16.25.
B. Class 150, Cast Steel Globe Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger): Cast steel body with
bronze trim.
2.11 VALVE CHAINWHEEL ACTUATORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Babbitt Steam Specialty Co.
2. Roto Hammer Industries, Inc.
B. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, brackets, and chain.
1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile iron or Cast iron, of type and size
required for valve.
2. Brackets: Type, number, size, and fasteners required to mount actuator on
valve.
3. Chain: Hot-dip, galvanized steel, of size required to fit sprocket rim.
2.12 THERMOMETERS AND PRESSURE GAGES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1. Bimetal Dial Thermometers:
a. Ashcroft by Dresser Industries, Instrument Div. .w
b. Marsh Instrument Co.
c. Marshalltown Instruments, Inc.
d. H.O. Trerice Co.
e. Weiss Instruments, Inc.
f. Weksler Instruments Corp.
2. Pressure Gages:
a. Ashcroft by Dresser Industries, Instrument Div.
b. Marsh Instrument Co.
C. Marshalltown Instruments, Inc.
d. H.O. Trerice Co.
e. Weiss Instruments, Inc. ++*
f. Weksler Instruments Corp.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 6 of 15
OR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
8. The Wm. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
2.04 BRONZE CHECK VALVES
A. Bronze Check Valves, General: MSS SP-80.
B. Type 4, Class 150, Bronze Swing Check Valves (NPS 2 and Smaller): Bronze body
with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat.
2.05 GRAY-IRON SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Gray-Iron Swing Check Valves, General: MSS SP-71.
B. Type 1, Class 125, Gray-Iron Swing Check Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger): Gray-iron
body with metal seats.
2.06 CAST STEEL SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Cast Steel Swing Check Valves, General: Face-to-face dimensions of flanged valves
conforming to ANSI 816.10.
B. Class 150, Cast Steel Swing Check Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger): Cast steel body
with stainless steel trim, and flanged ends.
2.07 BRONZE GATE VALVES
A. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze Gate Valves (NPS 2 and Smaller): Bronze body with rising
stem, bronze solid wedge, and union-ring bonnet.
2.08 CAST-IRON GATE VALVES
A. Cast-Iron Gate Valves, General: MSS SP-70, Type I.
B. Class 125, OS&Y, Bronze-Mounted, Cast-Iron Gate Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger):
Cast-iron body with bronze trim, rising stem, and solid-wedge disc.
C. Class 250, OS&Y, Bronze-Mounted, Cast-Iron Gate Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger):
Cast-iron body with bronze trim, rising stem, and solid-wedge disc.
2.09 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES
A. Bronze Globe Valves, General: MSS SP-80, with ferrous-alloy handwheel.
B. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze Globe Valves (NPS 2 and Smaller): Bronze body with
PTFE disc, and union-ring bonnet.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 5 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.03 VALVES
A. Gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves are specified in this section.
B. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of each valve.
C. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded or socket welded ends to match
adjoining pipe construction, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Iron, Steel, or Stainless Steel Valves: NPS 2-1/2 and larger with flanged ends,
unless otherwise indicated.
E. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: In accordance with ASME/ANSI 816.34
and not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures.
F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Valve Actuators:
1. Chainwheel: For attachment to valves, of size and mounting height, as
indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article in Part 3.
2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.
3. Lever Handle: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller.
H. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves. ^"
I. Valve Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast-iron valves, ASME 816.5 for steel valves, and
ASME B16.24 for bronze valves. .�
J. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
or more of the following:
1. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div.
2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
3. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. •
4. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div.
5. Jamesbury, Inc.
6. Milwaukee Valve Company. ..
7. NIBCO INC.Powell Company.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 4 of 15
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.02 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Steel Pipe, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASTM A 53, Type S (seamless), Grade B, Schedule
80, black steel, plain ends.
B. Steel Pipe, NPS 2-1/2 through NPS 12: ASTM A 53, Type E (electric-resistance
welded), Grade B, Schedules 40 and 80, black steel, plain ends.
C. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53, Schedules 40 and 80, black
steel; seamless for NPS 2 and smaller and electric-resistance welded for NPS 2-1/2
and larger.
D. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125, 150, and 300.
E. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3; Classes 150 and 300.
F. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 250 and 300.
.M G. Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 125 and
250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced.
.A H. Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining
pipe.
I. Wrought-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and
gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings:
1. Material Group: 1.1.
2. End Connections: Butt welding.
'W 3. Facings: Raised face.
J. Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-
'"" reinforcing protective jacket; 150-psig minimum working pressure and 250 deg F
maximum operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded-end
connections to match equipment connected and shall be capable of 3/4-inch
misalignment.
K. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and for chemical
analysis of pipe being welded.
L. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled; and
design temperatures and pressures.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 3 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS fto
2. Test results that comply with requirements. an
3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements.
D. Maintenance Data: For steam traps, vacuum breakers, and meters to include in ow
maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.
.o
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 4W
B. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for
materials, products, and installation for systems up to 125 psig. Comply with ASME
B31.1 "Power Piping"for materials, products and installation for systems above 125
psig up to 150 psig. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate
ASME label. Fabricate and stamp flash tanks to comply with the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1.
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section"Basic HVAC Requirements."
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of steam and condensate piping and suspension
system components with other construction. we
B. Coordinate pipe sleeve installation for foundation wall penetrations.
oft
C. Coordinate pipe fitting pressure classes with products specified in related Sections.
D. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. no
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03
Sections.
.o
E. Coordinate installation of pipe sleeves for penetrations through exterior walls and
floor assemblies. Coordinate with requirements for firestopping specified in Division
07 Section "Through-Penetration Fire Stopping" for fire and smoke wall and floor
assemblies.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPING MATERIALS
A. General: Refer to Part 3 piping application articles for applications of pipe and fitting
materials. •*
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 2 of 15
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
00 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 232213
00
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING
.w
PART 1 - GENERAL
on 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
so
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
so
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
Am
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes steam and condensate piping and specialties for systems up to
150 psig.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for general
�. piping materials and installation requirements.
2. Division 23 Section "HVAC Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports" for
pipe supports, product descriptions, and installation requirements. Hanger and
support spacing is specified in this Section.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. HP Systems: High-pressure systems operating at 15 psig or more.
B. LP Systems: Low-pressure systems operating at less than 15 psig.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of safety valve, pressure reducing valve and steam trap
indicated, including rated capacities and accessories.
B. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel.
C. Field Test Reports: Written reports of tests specified in Part 3 of this Section.
Include the following:
" 1. Test procedures used.
STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 1 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Check pump for proper direction of rotation.
3. Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure.
4. Check air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and
operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type).
5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. "
6. Check operation of automatic bypass valves.
7. Check and set operating temperatures of boilers, chillers, and cooling towers to
design requirements.
8. Lubricate motors and bearings.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water. Remove and clean or replace
strainer screens. After cleaning and flushing hydronic piping systems, but before
balancing, remove disposable fine-mesh strainers in pump suction diffusers.
END OF SECTION
s►.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 14 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
• NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions
due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion
joints from testing.
3. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers.
4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its
,�. closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to
valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment.
5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test
pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of
overpressure during test.
B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping:
1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of
damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible
with piping may be used.
w 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release
trapped air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of liquid.
3. Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that
system is full of water.
w
4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5
times the design pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure
.� for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify
that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90
percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in
Appendix A of ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping."
5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes,
examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by
tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until
there are no leaks.
6. Prepare written report of testing.
3.10 ADJUSTING
A. Mark calibrated nameplates of pump discharge valves after hydronic system
balancing has been completed, to permanently indicate final balanced position.
B. Perform these adjustments before operating the system:
1. Open valves to fully open position. Close coil bypass valves.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 13 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.06 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION
A. Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere
as required for system air venting.
B. Install automatic air vents in mechanical equipment rooms only at high points of
system piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air
venting.
C. Install in-line air separators in pump suction lines. Install piping to compression tank
with a 2 percent upward slope toward tank. Install drain valve on units NPS 2 and
larger.
D. Install combination air separator and strainer in pump suction lines. Install piping to
compression tank with a 2 percent upward slope toward tank. Install blowdown
piping with gate valve; extend to nearest drain.
E. Install expansion tanks on floor. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, and
ensure tank is properly charged with air to suit system design requirements.
3.07 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Size for supply and return piping connections shall be same as for equipment
connections.
B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.
C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If multiple, parallel
control valves are installed, only one bypass is required.
D. Install ports for pressure and temperature gages at coil inlet connections.
3.08 CHEMICAL TREATMENT
A. Perform an analysis of supply water to determine the type and quantities of chemical
treatment needed to keep system free of scale, corrosion, and fouling.
B. Fill system and perform initial chemical treatment.
3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows:
1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during
test.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 12 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20
feet or longer.
3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or
longer, supported on a trapeze.
4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs.
C. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum
rod sizes:
Pipe Size Max Span Min Rod Dia.
NPS ft. in.
NPS 3/4 Maximum span, 7 feet Minimum rod size, 1/4 inch
NPS 1 Maximum span, 7 feet Minimum rod size, 1/4 inch
NPS 1-1/2 Maximum span, 9 feet Minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
NPS 2 Maximum span, 10 feet Minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
NPS 2-1/2 Maximum span, 11 feet Minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
NPS 3 Maximum span, 12 feet Minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
NPS 4 Maximum span, 14 feet Minimum rod size, 1/2 inch
NPS 6 Maximum span, 17 feet Minimum rod size, 1/2 inch
D. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum
rod sizes:
Pipe Size Max Span Min Rod Dia.
NPS ft. in.
NPS 2 Maximum span, 4 feet Minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
NPS 3-1/2 Maximum span, 4 feet Minimum rod size, 1/2 inch
NPS 5 Maximum span, 4 feet Minimum rod size, 5/8 inch
NPS 6 Maximum span, 6 feet Minimum rod size, 7/8 inch
3.05 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "HVAC Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for joint
construction requirements for soldered and brazed joints in copper tubing; threaded,
welded, and flanged joints in steel piping.
B. Solvent-Cemented, Thermoplastic Pipe and Fitting Joints: Conform to ASTM D2846.
Handle cleaners, primers, and solvent cements according to ASTM F 402.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 11 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 No
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
E. Install safety valves on hot-water generators and elsewhere as required by the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Install safety-valve discharge piping, without
valves, to floor. Comply with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section
VIII, Division 1, for installation requirements.
F. Install pressure-reducing valves on hot-water generators and elsewhere as required
to regulate system pressure. oft
3.03 PIPING INSTALLATIONS
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "HVAC Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for basic
piping installation requirements.
B. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation
and servicing of valves.
C. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4
threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as
required for system drainage.
D. Install chilled water piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of
flow.
E. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in �*
main pipe, with the takeoff coming out the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed
risers, install the takeoff coming out the top of the main pipe.
G. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure-reducing valve,
solenoid valve, in-line pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and
ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of
strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2.
H. Anchor piping for proper direction of expansion and contraction. ..
3.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 23 Section "HVAC
Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports." Comply with requirements below for
maximum spacing of supports.
B. Install the following pipe attachments:
1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet
long.
No
o.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 10 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
■ NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Basket Strainers: 125-psig working pressure; high-tensile cast-iron body (ASTM A
126, Class B), flanged-end connections, bolted cover, perforated stainless steel
basket, and bottom drain connection.
E. Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-
reinforcing protective jacket; 150-psig minimum working pressure and 250 deg F
maximum operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged- or threaded-end
connections to match equipment connected and shall be capable of 3/4-inch
misalignment.
F. Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors: Fiber-reinforced rubber body with steel
flanges drilled to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges; operating
temperatures up to 250 deg F and pressures up to 150 psig.
G. Packed, Slip, Expansion Joints: 150-psig minimum working pressure, steel pipe
fitting consisting of telescoping body and slip-pipe sections, packing ring, packing,
limit rods, flanged ends, and chrome-plated finish on slip-pipe telescoping section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING APPLICATIONS
40 A. Chilled Water (CHS &CHR), NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Schedule 40 steel pipe with
welded and flanged joints.
B. Process Chilled Water (HS (P) & CHR(P)) Piping: Schedule 80, PVC, socket weld.
3.02 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. General-Duty Valve Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following valve
types:
1. Shutoff Duty: Gate, ball, and butterfly valves.
2. Throttling Duty: Globe, ball, and butterfly valves.
B. Install shutoff duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, at supply
connection to each piece of equipment, unless only one piece of equipment is
connected in the branch line. Install throttling duty valves at each branch
connection to return mains, at return connections to each piece of equipment, and
elsewhere as indicated.
C. Install calibrated balancing valves in the return water line of each heating or cooling
element and elsewhere as required to facilitate system balancing.
D. Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control
flow direction.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 9 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 A
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Class 150, Cast Steel Globe Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger): Cast steel body with
bronze trim.
2.11 VALVE CHAINWHEEL ACTUATORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Babbitt Steam Specialty Co.
2. Roto Hammer Industries, Inc.
B. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, brackets, and chain.
1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile iron or Cast iron, of type and size
required for valve.
2. Brackets: Type, number, size, and fasteners required to mount actuator on
valve.
3. Chain: Hot-dip, galvanized steel, of size required to fit sprocket rim.
2.12 PVC PLASTIC VALVES
A. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Union type, full port with socket or threaded ends.
B. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Lug type with locking, lever handle, flanged
ends.
C. Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Diaphragm or ball type with socket or threaded
ends.
D. Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Swing or ball type with flanged ends.
2.13 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
A. Manual Air Vent: Bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150-psig working MOW
pressure; 225 deg F operating temperature; manually operated with screwdriver or
thumbscrew; with NPS 1/8 discharge connection and NPS 1/2 inlet connection.
B. Automatic Air Vent: Designed to vent automatically with float principle; bronze body
and nonferrous internal parts; 150-psig working pressure; 240 deg F operating
temperature; with NPS 1/4 discharge connection and NPS 1/2 inlet connection. .�
C. Y-Pattern Strainers: 125-psig working pressure; cast-iron body (ASTM A 126, Class
B), flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger, threaded connections for NPS 2 and
smaller, bolted cover, perforated stainless-steel basket, and bottom drain
connection.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 8 of 14
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Brass or ferrous-metal body, designed for 300 psig at 250 deg F with corrosion-
resistant, tamperproof, self-cleaning, piston-spring assembly easily removable
for inspection or replacement.
3. Combination assemblies, including bronze ball valve and brass alloy control
valve, with stainless steel piston and spring, fitted with pressure and
temperature test valves, and designed for 300 psig at 250 deg.
4. Manufacturers:
a. Flow Design, Inc.
b. Griswold Controls.
2.06 GRAY-IRON SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Gray-Iron Swing Check Valves, General: MSS SP-71.
B. Type 1, Class 125, Gray-Iron Swing Check Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger): Gray-iron
body with metal seats.
2.07 CAST STEEL SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Cast Steel Swing Check Valves, General: Face-to-face dimensions of flanged valves
conforming to ANSI B16.10.
B. Class 150, Cast Steel Swing Check Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger): Cast steel body
with stainless steel trim, and flanged ends.
2.08 BRONZE GATE VALVES
A. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze Gate Valves (NPS 2 and Smaller): Bronze body with rising
stem, bronze solid wedge, and union-ring bonnet.
2.09 CAST-IRON GATE VALVES
A. Cast-Iron Gate Valves, General: MSS SP-70, Type I.
B. Class 125, OS&Y, Bronze-Mounted, Cast-Iron Gate Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger):
Cast-iron body with bronze trim, rising stem, and solid-wedge disc.
C. Class 250, OS&Y, Bronze-Mounted, Cast-Iron Gate Valves (NPS 2-1/2 and Larger):
Cast-iron body with bronze trim, rising stem, and solid-wedge disc.
2.10 CAST STEEL GLOBE VALVES
A. Cast Steel Globe Valves, General: Dimensions conforming to ANSI B16.5, and
B16.10, B16.25.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 7 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS om
ends. Valves shall have calibrated orifice or venturi, connections for portable
differential pressure meter with integral check valves and seals, and be equipped oft
with a memory stop to retain set position.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bell and Gossett Circuit Setter Plus. (design basis)
b. Gerand Engineering Company.
c. Griswold Controls.
d. ITT Bell &Gossett; 117 Fluid Technology Corp.
e. Taco, Inc.
M. Calibrated Balancing Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Cast-iron or steel body, ball
type, 125-psig working pressure, 250 deg F maximum operating temperature, and
having flanged connections. Valves shall have calibrated orifice or venturi,
connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral check valves and
seals, and be equipped with a memory stop to retain set position.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bell and Gossett Circuit Setter Plus. (design basis)
b. Gerand Engineering Company.
c. Griswold Controls. ""
d. ITT Bell &Gossett; ITT Fluid Technology Corp.
e. Taco, Inc.
N. Safety Valves: Diaphragm-operated, bronze or brass body with brass and rubber,
wetted, internal working parts; shall suit system pressure and heat capacity and
shall comply with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV. we
1. Manufacturers:
a. Amtrol, Inc. '"
b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
c. Conbraco Industries, Inc.
d. ITT McDonnell & Miller Div.; ITT Fluid Technology Corp. **
e. Kunkle Valve Division.
f. Spence Engineering Company, Inc.
.w
0. Automatic Flow-Control Valves: Gray-iron body, factory set to maintain constant
flow with plus or minus 5 percent over system pressure fluctuations, and equipped
with a readout kit including flow meter, probes, hoses, flow charts, and carrying ••
case. Each valve shall have an identification tag attached by chain, and be factory
marked with the zone identification, valve number, and flow rate. Valve shall be line
size and one of the following designs:
1. Gray-iron or brass body, designed for 175 psig at 200 deg F with stainless steel
piston and spring. "*
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 6 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. PVC Plastic Valves: PVC construction with seats, seals, and other components
suitable for intended service and minimum working pressures.
F. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B16.34
and not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures.
G. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated.
H. Valve Actuators:
1. Chainwheel: For attachment to valves, of size and mounting height, as
indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article in Part 3.
2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.
3. Lever Handle: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller.
I. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves.
J. Valve Flanges: ASME 816.1 for cast-iron valves, ASME B16.5 for steel valves, and
ASME 816.24 for bronze valves.
K. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
or more of the following:
1. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div.
2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
3. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
4. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div.
5. Jamesbury, Inc.
6. Milwaukee Valve Company.
7. NIBCO INC.
8. Powell Company, The Wm.
9. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
10. Ashai Company.
L. Calibrated Balancing Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body, ball type, 125-psig
working pressure, 250 deg F maximum operating temperature, and having threaded
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 5 of 14
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
I. Wrought Cast- and Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5,
including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, ,
and facings:
1. Material Group: 1.1.
2. End Connections: Butt welding.
3. Facings: Raised face.
J. Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-
reinforcing protective jacket; 150-psig minimum working pressure and 250 deg F
maximum operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded-end
connections to match equipment connected and shall be capable of 3/4-inch
misalignment.
K. Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors: Fiber-reinforced rubber body with steel
flanges drilled to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges; operating
temperatures up to 250 deg F and pressures up to 150 psig.
L. Packed, Slip, Expansion Joints: 150-psig minimum working pressure, steel pipe
fitting consisting of telescoping body and slip-pipe sections, packing ring, packing,
limit rods, flanged ends, and chrome-plated finish on slip-pipe telescoping section.
M. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and for chemical
analysis of pipe being welded.
N. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled; and
design temperatures and pressures.
2.04 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. PVC Schedule 80 Pipe: ASTM D 1785.
1. PVC Schedule 80 Fittings: ASTM D 2467, socket type.
2.05 VALVES, GENERAL
A. Gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves are specified in this section.
B. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of each valve.
C. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded or socket welded ends to match
adjoining pipe construction, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Iron, Steel Valves: NPS 2-1/2 and larger with flanged ends, unless otherwise
indicated.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 4 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ow NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply for product selection.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers required.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the manufacturers specified.
2.02 PIPING MATERIALS
A. General: Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe and
fitting materials.
2.03 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Steel Pipe, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASTM A 53, Type S (seamless), Grade A, Schedule
40, black steel, plain ends.
B. Steel Pipe, NPS 2-1/2 through NPS 12: ASTM A 53, Type E (electric-resistance
welded), Grade A, Schedule 40, black steel, plain ends.
C. Steel Pipe, NPS 14 through NPS 18: ASTM A 53, Type E (electric-resistance welded)
or Type S (seamless), Grade A, Schedule 30, black steel, plain ends.
1. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, black steel;
seamless for NPS 2 and smaller and electric-resistance welded for NPS 2-1/2
and larger.
D. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250.
E. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300.
F. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300.
G. Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 125 and 250;
raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced.
H. Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining
pipe.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 3 of 14
we
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .M
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements.
.M
C. Maintenance Data: For hydronic specialties and special-duty valves to include in
maintenance manuals specified in Division 01.
no
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
B. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for va
materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear
the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks
to comply with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1. no
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section"Basic HVAC Requirements." am
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of hydronic piping and suspension system am
components with other construction.
B. Coordinate pipe sleeve installations for foundation wall penetrations. ""
C. Coordinate piping installation with roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof
penetrations. Roof specialties are specified in Division 07 Sections.
D. Coordinate pipe fitting pressure classes with products specified in related Sections.
E. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in 03 Sections.
F. Coordinate installation of pipe sleeves for penetrations through exterior walls and
floor assemblies. Coordinate with requirements for firestopping specified in 07
Section "Through-Penetration Firestopping" for fire and smoke wall and floor
assemblies.
1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS go
A. Water Treatment Chemicals: Furnish sufficient chemicals for initial system startup
and for preventive maintenance for one year from date of Substantial Completion. •
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 2 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 232113
HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
„ A. This Section includes piping, special-duty valves, and hydronic specialties for chilled-
water cooling, and chilled water (process) systems; makeup water for these
systems; and condensate drain piping.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 07 Section "Through-Penetration Firestopping” for materials and
methods for sealing pipe penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.
2. Division 07 Section "Joint Sealers" for materials and methods for sealing pipe
penetrations through exterior walls.
3. Division 23 Section "HVAC Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports" for
Pi e supports, product descriptions, and installation requirements. Hanger and
support spacing is specified in this Section.
4. Division 23 Section "Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, motors, and accessories for
hydronic piping.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of special-duty valve indicated. Include flow and
pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for diverting fittings,
calibrated balancing valves, and automatic flow-control valves.
B. Field Test Reports: Written reports of tests specified in Part 3 of this Section.
Include the following:
1. Test procedures used.
HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 - 1 of 14
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS AM
2. Thickness per Layer: 2 inch.
3. Number of Layers: Two.
4. Field-Applied Jacket: Aluminum. `
a. Aluminum Thickness: 0.024 inch.
5. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. `•
Am
END OF SECTION
oft
..
GMP DUCT INSULATION 230723 - 8 of 8
We
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA 308 NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.05 DUCT SYSTEM APPLICATIONS
A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this
Section.
B. Insulate and jacket ductwork in 13ccordance with Duct Material Schedule on drawing
M002.
C. Insulate the following plenums and duct systems:
1. Indoor exposed outside air ductwork.
40 2. Outdoor exposed supply ductwork.
D. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the
following systems, materials, and equipment:
1. Factory-insulated plenums, casings, terminal boxes, and filter boxes and
sections.
2. Flexible connectors.
3. Vibration-control devices.
4. Testing agency labels and stamps.
5. Nameplates and data plate.;.
6. Access panels and doors in air-distribution systems.
3.06 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM APPLICATION SCHEDULE
A. Service: Rectangular, outside air ducts.
1. Material: Polyisocyanurate
2. Thickness per Layer: 1-1/2 inch.
3. Number of Layers: One.
"! 4. Field-Applied Jacket: NonC.
3.07 OUTDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM APPLICATION SCHEDULE
A. Service: Rectangular supply, air ducts.
1. Material: Polyisocya nu rate
GMP DUCT INSULATION 230723 - 7 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ON
R. Terminate insulation at fire/smoke damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition
penetrations.
S. Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor
support at top of floor.
1. For insulation indicated to have vapor retarders, taper termination and seal
insulation ends with vapor retarder mastic.
3.04 POLYISOCYANU RATE
A. Board Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure board insulation with anchor pins
and speed washers.
1. Space anchor pins as follows:
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints,
and 16 inches o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c.
each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional
pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular
ducts and plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
2. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel
with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching
insulation facing.
3. Secure board joints together with butt joint sealer per manufacture's
recommendations.
4. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
segment for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as
possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Apply insulation on round and �•�•
flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
5. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the
insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of the same material used to insulate
duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor
pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 00
6. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for
insulation.
7. Seal all joints with appropriate tape for board. Install per manufacturer's
recommendation.
GMP DUCT INSULATION 230723 - 6 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
I. Apply insulation over fittings and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor-
retarder integrity, unless otherwi;;e indicated.
J. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in
insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor retarder
mastic. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor
attachments.
K. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are
indicated, seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material
manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.
L. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows:
1. Pull jacket tight and smooth.
2. Joints and Seams: Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by
insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.
3. Vapor Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on
seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.
M. Cut insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent
compressing insulation to less than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.
N. Install vapor retarder mastic on ducts and plenums scheduled to receive vapor
retarders.
1. Ducts with Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and seal with
vapor retarder mastic and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as
insulation. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to
maintain vapor retarder seal.
0. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top
of roof flashing.
1. Seal penetrations with vapor retarder mastic.
2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation
ends.
3. Seal insulation to roof flashing with vapor retarder mastic.
P. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls
and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions.
Q. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Refer to Division 07 for firestopping and
fire resistant joint sealers.
GMP DUCT INSULATION 230723 - 5 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 MW
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ..
1. Butt Joint Sealer: RTV Silicone vapor barrier type, moisture and water
resistant, 97% solids by weight, non hardening, flexible with service
temperature range from -50 F to +200 F, Daxcel 161D of Childers CP-70.
2. Tack Coat and Finish Coat: Polymeric resin, water based coating. Childers Chil- A,
Perm CP-35.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove
materials that will adversely affect insulation application.
3.03 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's
written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; and free of voids
throughout the length of ducts and fittings.
B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and
thicknesses required for each duct system.
C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.
Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket
in either wet or dry state.
D. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. *�
E. Seal joints and seams with vapor retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a
vapor retarder.
F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
G. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints
with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.
H. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.
GMP DUCT INSULATION 230723 - 4 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
% by volume. Maximum water vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 4.0 perm-inches.
Thermal Conductivity: 0.19 Btu x inch/h x sq. ft x deg F average at 75°F mean
temperature, ASTM C518.
► 2.03 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper
and aluminum foil.
C. Aluminum Jacket: Sheets manufactured from aluminum alloy complying with ASTM B
209, and having an integrally bonded moisture barrier over entire surface in contact
40 with insulation.
1. Moisture Barrier: 1-mil thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper.
2.04 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
A. Reinforcing Membrane: High strength, open weave, pre-sized fiberglass cloth.
Membrane weight 5.8 oz per sq yd; thickness .030"; warp 200lb/inch; fill 200lb/inch.
1. Tape Width: 6 x 6 inches. Childers Chil-Glas #5
B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket:
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick.
C. Weld-Attached Anchor Pins and Washers: Copper-coated steel pin for capacitor-
discharge welding and galvanized speed washer. Pin length sufficient for insulation
thickness indicated.
1. Welded Pin Holding Capacity: 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the
attached surface.
D. Adhesive-Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and
washer manufactured for attach ment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length
sufficient for insulation thicknes!; indicated.
1. Adhesive: Recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for
surface temperatures of clUcts, and plenums; and to achieve a holding capacity of 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface.
2.05 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are
compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
GMP DUCT INSULATION 230723 - 3 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with ..
appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use
temperature.
B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical and other damage.
C. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site. "`
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for insulation application.
1.06 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after testing duct systems. Insulation application
may begin on segments of ducts that have satisfactory test results.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: The Contractor shall guarantee that materials furnished and install to be
free of defects for a period of one year from the time of Substantial Completion of
the project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product section.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products, by
one of the manufacturers specified.
..
2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Polyisocya nu rate Insulation:
1. Manufacturers:
a. The Dow Chemical Company
b. Johns Manville
C. Hunter
B. Polyisocyan u rate Insulation: Polyurethane modified polyisocyna u rate cellular plastic
board with scrim and foil face. ASTM C-591, Type I, for use on flat surfaces,
temperature range -150°F to 220°F. Maximum water absorption: ASTM D2842; 0.04
GMP DUCT INSULATION 230723 - 2 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA 3013 NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECITON 230723
GMP DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes semirigid duct, and plenum insulation; insulating cements;
field-applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 07 Section "Throuiih-Penetration Fire Stopping" for firestopping
materials and requirement; for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.
2. Division 23 Section "HVAC Pipe Insulation" for insulation for piping systems.
3. Division 23 Section "HVAC Duct Insulation" for insulation for duct systems.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to
those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting
10 agency acceptable to authorities, having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and
jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate
markings of applicable testing aid inspecting agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 150 or less.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section"Basic HVAC Requirements."
rv- GMP DUCT INSULATION 230723 - 1 of 8
..
Am
.o
4,0,
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
..
.n
."
UO
..
no
P"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Service: Steam and condensate.
1. Operating Temperature: 450 deg F and lower.
2. Insulation Material: Calcium silicate.
3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses:
a. Pipe, 1-1/4 to 4: 2 for Mineral Fiber
b. Pipe, 1-1/4 to 4: 2 for Calcium Silicate
c. Pipe, 1-1/2 to 4: 2-1/2 for Calcium Silicate
d. Pipe, 5 to 10: 3-1/2 for Calcium Silicate
4. Field-Applied Jacket (Calci im Silicate): Foil and paper, PVC.
5. Vapor Retarder Required: No.
6. Finish: None.
END OF SECTION
+�w
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 13 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 �.
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Fire-suppression piping.
4. Below-grade piping, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow regulators.
3.09 INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, vapor
retarders, and field-applied jackets.
B. Application schedules identify piping system and indicate pipe size ranges and
material, thickness, and jacket requirements.
C. Service: Condensate drain piping - Interior.
1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg F.
2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber.
3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses:
a. Pipe, 1/2 to 3: 1/2
4. Field-Applied Jacket: None.
5. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes.
6. Finish: None.
D. Service: Chilled-water supply and return (CHS &CHR, CHS(P)).
1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 75 deg F.
2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber.
3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses:
a. Pipe, 1/2 to 4: 1 for Mineral Fiber
b. Pipe, 5 to 10: 2 for Mineral Fiber
4. Field-Applied Jacket:
a. Indoor: PVC
b. Outdoor: Aluminum
5. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes.
6. Finish: None.
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 12 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.07 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICAIZON
A. Apply glass-cloth jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation
with factory-applied jackets.
AW
1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and
joints.
go
2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch-thick coats of jacket manufacturer's
recommended adhesive.
3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw
insulation.
B. Foil and Paper Jackets: Apply foil and paper jackets where indicated.
1. Draw jacket material smooti and tight.
2. Apply lap or joint strips with the same material as jacket.
3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
4. Apply jackets with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch-wide joint
strips at end joints.
5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor retarder jackets and exposed
insulation with vapor retarder mastic.
C. Apply PVC jacket where indicated, with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
D. Apply metal jacket where indicated, with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and
end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with
weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with
stainless steel bands 12 inches c.c. and at end joints.
3.08 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS
A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this
Section.
'k B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the
following systems, materials, and equipment:
1. Flexible connectors.
2. Vibration-control devices.
230719 - 11 of 13
HVAC PIPE INSULATION
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 WN
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
spaced at 12-inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless steel bands at 12-
inch intervals.
3. Apply a skim coat of mineral-fiber, hydraulic-setting cement to surface of
installed insulation. When dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press
on one layer of glass cloth or tape. Overlap edges at least 1 inch. Apply finish
coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape. Thin the finish coat to
achieve smooth finish.
B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows:
1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and
bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block
insulation of the same material and thickness as pipe insulation.
4. Finish flange insulation the same as pipe insulation.
C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows:
1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments
of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written
instructions. ;
2. When premolded sections of insulation are not available, apply mitered sections
of calcium silicate insulation. Secure insulation materials with stainless-steel
wire.
3. Finish insulation of fittings the same as pipe insulation.
D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows:
1. Apply mitered segments of calcium silicate insulation to valve body. Arrange
insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange insulation for access to strainer
basket without disturbing insulation.
2. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
3. Finish valve and specialty insulation the same as pipe insulation.
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 10 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet
insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation.
0% 4. Apply canvas jacket materiel with manufacturer's recommended adhesive,
overlapping seams at least l inch, and seal joints with vapor retarder mastic.
C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows:
1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments
of pipe insulation when ava table.
2. When premolded sections cf insulation are not available, apply mitered sections
of cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or
bands.
3. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers. Overlap PVC covers on pipe
insulation jackets at least 1 inch at each end. Secure fitting covers with
manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor
retarder mastic.
D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows:
1. Apply premolded segments of cellular-glass insulation or glass-fiber blanket
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to
allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange
insulation for access to strainer basket without disturbing insulation.
2. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
3. Use preformed standard PVC fitting covers for valve sizes where available.
Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal
seams with tape and vapor retarder mastic.
4. For larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available, seal insulation with
canvas jacket and sealing compound recommended by the insulation material
manufacturer.
3.06 CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Apply insulation to straight piper and tubes as follows:
1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with stainless steel bands at 12-inch
intervals and tighten without deforming insulation materials.
2. Apply two-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3
inches. Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel wire
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 9 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 wo
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or
bands.
3. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers.
D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows:
1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments
of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
2. When premolded insulation sections are not available, apply glass-fiber blanket
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to
allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange
insulation for access to strainer basket without disturbing insulation.
3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Use preformed standard PVC fitting covers for valve sizes where available.
Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal
seams with tape and vapor retarder mastic.
5. For larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available, seal insulation with
canvas jacket and sealing compound recommended by the insulation material ^�
manufacturer.
3.05 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows:
1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands without
deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints
with vapor retarder mastic.
3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
the insulation materials manufacturer and seal with vapor retarder mastic. .M
B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows:
1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and
bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation.
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 8 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
!FM NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
R. Floor Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through floor assembly.
1. For insulation with vapor retarders, seal insulation with vapor retarder mastic
where floor supports penetrate vapor retarder.
3.04 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows:
1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands
without deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints
with vapor retarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at
intervals of 15 to 20 feet to form a vapor retarder between pipe insulation
segments.
3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched
staples at 6 inches o.c.
4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
the insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor retarder mastic.
B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows:
1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and
bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation.
ON
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket
insulation.
4. Apply canvas jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive,
overlapping seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with vapor retarder mastic.
C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows:
1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments
of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
2. When premolded insulation elbows and fittings are not available, apply mitered
sections of pipe insulation, or glass-fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 7 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ow
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation
on anchor legs at least 12 inches from point of attachment to pipe and taper
insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the
insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.
3. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal
insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound
recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install
shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the
hanger, support, and shield.
M. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are
indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended
by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.
N. Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate.
0. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows:
1. Pull jacket tight and smooth.
2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples
along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches o.c.
3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Apply
insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to
receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge
at 4 inches o.c.
a. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor
retarder.
4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on
seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings.
5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal
voids with vapor-retarder mastic. ..'
P. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls
and floors. .�
Q. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through
penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
1. Firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 07 Section
"Through-Penetration Fire Stopping."
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 6 of 13
PW
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that
will adversely affect insulation application.
3.03 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's
written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids
throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties.
B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and
thicknesses required for each pirling system.
C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.
Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket
in either wet or dry state.
D. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs.
E. Apply multiple layers of insulatioi with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and
specialties.
G. Seal joints and seams with vapor retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a
vapor retarder.
H. Keep insulation materials dry du,ing application and finishing.
I. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints
with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.
J. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.
K. Apply insulation over fittings, va Ives, and specialties, with continuous thermal and
vapor retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for
applying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties.
L. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in
insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor retarder
mastic.
1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 5 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Standard PVC Fitting Covers: Factory-fabricated fitting covers manufactured from
20-mil-thick, high-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC.
1. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves,
flanges, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap
and supply covers for lavatories for the disabled.
2. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
E. Aluminum Jacket: Factory cut and rolled to indicated sizes. Comply with ASTM B
209, 3003 alloy, H-14 temper.
1. Finish and Thickness: Stucco-embossed finish, 0.016 inch thick.
2. Moisture Barrier: 1-mil-thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper.
3. Elbows: Preformed, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows; same
material, finish, and thickness as jacket.
2.04 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for
tape. Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.
1. Tape Width: 4 inches.
B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket:
1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick.
2. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick.
C. Wire: 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062-inch, soft-annealed,
galvanized steel.
2.05 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are •
compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. ..,
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 4 of 13
go
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Glass f bers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying
with the following:
1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory-
applied, all-purpose, vapor-retarder jacket.
2. Fire-Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C in the following classes and
grades:
a. Class 1, Grade A for binding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass-fiber
insulation, for sealing edges of glass-fiber insulation, and for bonding
lagging cloth to unfaced glass-fiber insulation.
b. Class 2, Grade A for bending glass-fiber insulation to metal surfaces.
3. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water-resistant, vapor-retarder mastic for
indoor applications. Comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II.
4. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Selting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with
ASTM C 449/C 449M.
B. Extruded Polystyrene Insulation (XPS): Styrofoam brand extruded polystyrene
cellular plastic foam. Comply wi':h ASTM C 578, "Preformed Cellular Polystyrene
Thermal Insulation," temperature range -65°F to 165°F. Maximum water
absorption: ASTM D2842; 03% by volume. Maximum water vapor transmission:
ASTM E96; 1.5 perm-inches. Thermal Conductivity: 025. Btu x inch/h x sq. ft. x deg
F average at 75°F mean temperature, ASTM C518.
C. Calcium Silicate Insulation: Preformed pipe sections of noncombustible, inorganic,
hydrous calcium silicate with a nonasbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with
ASTM C 533, Type I.
D. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for
dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.
2.03 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper
and aluminum foil.
C. PVC Jacket: High-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC; 20 mils thick; roll stock ready for
shop or field cutting and forming.
1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
"* 2. PVC Jacket Color: White.
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 3 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
no
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "Basic HVAC Requirements."
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical and other damage.
B. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 23 Section "HVAC Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application.
C. Coordinate installation and testing of steam or electric heat tracing.
1.06 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required,
after installing and testing heat-trace tape. Insulation application may begin on
segments of piping that have satisfactory test results.
no
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
No
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one w*
of the following:
1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: .�
a. CertainTeed Manson.
b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH.
c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
d. Schuller International, Inc.
2. Extruded Polystyrene Insulation:
a. The Dow Chemical Company.
b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH.
c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
3. Calcium Silicate Insulation:
a. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
b. Pabco.
c. Schuller International, Inc.
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 2 of 13
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
,., NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECT]:ON 230719
HVAC PI FIE INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 1 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 2 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes preformed, rigid and flexible pipe insulation; insulating
cements; field-applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing
compounds.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 07 Section "Through-Penetration Fire Stopping" for firestopping
materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.
2. Division 23 duct insulation sections for insulation for ducts and plenums.
3. Division 23 Section "HVAC Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports" for
pipe insulation shields and protection saddles.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to
those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and
jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate
markings of applicable testing arid inspecting agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 150 or less.
HVAC PIPE INSULATION 230719 - 1 of 13
No
no
..
No
Im
No
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
!+ NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Service: Rectangular, outside air ducts, exposed.
1. Material: Mineral-fiber board.
2. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
� . 3. Number of Layers: One.
4. Field-Applied Jacket: Glass cloth.
5. Vapor Retarder Required: None.
END OF SECTION
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 9 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the
following systems, materials, and equipment:
1. Metal ducts with duct liner.
2. Factory-insulated flexible ducts.
3. Factory-insulated plenums, casings, terminal boxes, and filter boxes and
sections.
4. Flexible connectors.
5. Vibration-control devices.
6. Testing agency labels and stamps.
7. Nameplates and data plates.
8. Access panels and doors in air-distribution systems.
9. Return and exhaust ductwork more than 10 feet from exterior penetration.
3.06 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM APPLICATION SCHEDULE (TRUCKER AREA AND
BREAK ROOM ADDITION) Mo
A. Service: Round and rectangular, supply and air ducts, concealed.
1. Material: Mineral-fiber blanket.
2. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
3. Number of Layers: One.
4. Field-Applied Jacket: None.
5. Vapor Retarder Required: None.
B. Service: Rectangular, return.
1. Material: Mineral-fiber blanket.
2. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches.
3. Number of Layers: One.
4. Field-Applied Jacket: None.
5. Vapor Retarder Required: None.
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 8 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
,�• NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings
and transitions.
3. Space anchor pins as follows:
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints,
and 16 inches o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c.
each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional
ow pins and clips to hold i nsulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular
ducts and plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
4. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel
with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching
insulation facing.
5. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by
removing 2 inches from onE! edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure
laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1h-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover
with pressure-sensitive tapE! having same facing as insulation.
6. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
segment for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as
possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Apply insulation on round and
flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
" 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the
insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of the same material used to insulate
duct. Secure on alternabrici sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor
pins spaced 6 inches o.c.
8. Apply vapor-retarder mastic: to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation
" indicated to receive vapor retarder.
3.05 DUCT SYSTEM APPLICATIONS
fA
A. Materials and thicknesses for systems listed below are specified in schedules at the
end of this Section.
B. Insulate the following plenums and duct systems:
1. Indoor concealed supply and indoor concealed return ductwork.
2. Indoor exposed, outside air, ductwork.
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 7 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings
and transitions.
3. Install anchor pins and speed washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts
and sides of vertical ducts as follows: ""
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints,
and 16 inches o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c.
each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional
pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular
ducts and plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
4. Impale insulation over anchors and attach speed washers.
5. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel
with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching
insulation facing.
6. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by
removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure
laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover
with pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.
7. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and
end joints. Secure with steel band at end joints and spaced a maximum of 18
inches o.c.
8. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
segment for each surface. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows ..
with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
9. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the +�•
insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of the same material used to insulate
duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor
pins spaced 6 inches o.c.
10. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation
indicated to receive vapor retarder.
B. Board Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure board insulation with adhesive
and anchor pins and speed washers. •.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per
square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. .�
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 6 of 9
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
M. Cut insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent
ow compressing insulation to less than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.
N. Install vapor-retarder mastic on ducts and plenums scheduled to receive vapor
retarders.
1. Ducts with Vapor Retarders; Overlap insulation facing at seams and seal with
vapor-retarder mastic and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as
insulation. Repair puncture3, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to
maintain vapor-retarder seal.
2. Ducts without Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and secure
with outward clinching staples and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing
as insulation.
0. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulat on for interior applications to a point even with top
of roof flashing.
1. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic.
2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation
ends.
3. Seal insulation to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic.
P. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls
and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions.
Q. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire/smoke
damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Refer to Division 07 for
firestopping and fire resistant joint sealers.
R. Terminate insulation at fire/smoke damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition
penetrations.
S. Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor
support at top of floor.
1. For insulation indicated to have vapor retarders, taper termination and seal
insulation ends with vapor-retarder mastic.
3.04 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APIPLICATION
A. Blanket Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure blanket insulation with adhesive
and anchor pins and speed washers.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per
square foot, for 100 percent: coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 5 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's
written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; and free of voids
throughout the length of ducts and fittings.
B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms,jackets, and
thicknesses required for each duct system.
C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.
Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket
in either wet or dry state. "
D. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
E. Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a
vapor retarder.
F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
G. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints
with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.
H. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.
I. Apply insulation over fittings and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor-
retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. �*
J. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in
insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder
mastic. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor
attachments.
K. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are
indicated, seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material
manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. •�.
L. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows:
1. Pull jacket tight and smooth.
2. Joints and Seams: Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by .�
insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.
3. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on
seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 4 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOE! NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II, without facing and with all-service jacket
manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film.
2.03 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
A. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket:
1. Aluminum: 0.007 inch thick.
B. Weld-Attached Anchor Pins and Washers: Copper-coated steel pin for capacitor-
discharge welding and galvanized speed washer. Pin length sufficient for insulation
thickness indicated.
1. Welded Pin Holding Capacity: 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the
attached surface.
C. Adhesive-Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and
washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length
sufficient for insulation thickness indicated.
1. Adhesive: Recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for
surface temperatures of ducts, plenums, and breechings; and to achieve a
holding capacity of 100 lb fir direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface.
2.04 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are
compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
- 3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
and other conditions affecting pffformance of insulation application.
' B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove
materials that will adversely affect insulation application.
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 3 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .W
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 150 or less.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "Basic HVAC Requirements."
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with
appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use
temperature.
B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical and other damage.
C. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for insulation application.
1.06 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after testing duct systems. Insulation application
may begin on segments of ducts that have satisfactory test results.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1. CertainTeed Manson
2. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH
3. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
all
4. Schuller International, Inc.
2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS ..
A. Mineral-Fiber Board Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IB, without facing and with all-service jacket .f
manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film.
am
so
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 2 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOE NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 230713
HVAC DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes semirigid and flexible duct, and plenum insulation; insulating
cements; field-applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing
compounds.
B. Related Sections include the following:
EDIT LIST BELOW FOR SPEC SECTION APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT
1. Division 07 Section "Through-Penetration Fire Stopping" for firestopping
materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.
2. Division 09 Section "Field P 3inting"for painted finishes.
3. Division 23 Section "HVAC Piping Insulation" for insulation for piping systems.
4. Division 23 Section "GMP Duct Insulation" for insulation associated with duct
systems serving GMP areas,
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to
those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and
jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate
markings of applicable testing arid inspecting agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 50 or IESS.
HVAC DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 1 of 9
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) "`
Im
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOEL NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. TAB firm shall recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the
final report and balancing device settings to include all changes and resubmit
the final report.
►. 7. Request a second final inspection. If the second final inspection also fails,
Owner shall contract the services of another TAB firm to complete the testing
and balancing in accordance with the Contract Documents and deduct the cost
of the services from the final payment.
3.17 ADDITIONAL TESTS
A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional testing and balancing to verify
that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual
conditions.
B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak
summer and winter conditions, perform additional testing, inspecting, and adjusting
during near-peak summer and winter conditions.
END OF SECTION
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 19 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ..
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Im
J. Instrument Calibration Reports:
1. Report Data:
a. Instrument type and make.
b. Serial number.
c. Application.
d. Dates of use.
e. Dates of calibration.
3.16 INSPECTIONS
A. Initial Inspection:
1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly
check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the
final test and balance readings documented in the Final Report.
2. Randomly check the following for each system:
a. Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets.
b. Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor.
Compare the reading to the set point.
c. Measure space pressure of at least 10 percent of locations.
d. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position.
e. Note deviations to the Contract Documents in the Final Report.
B. Final Inspection:
1. After initial inspection is complete and evidence by random checks verifies that
testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final �*
report, request that a final inspection be made by Owner.
2. TAB firm test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence
of Owner.
3. Owner shall randomly select measurements documented in the final report to
be rechecked. The rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total
measurements recorded, or the extent of measurements that can be
accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. •*�
4. If the rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements
documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the .�
measurements shall be noted as "FAILED."
5. If the number of"FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the
total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and
balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 18 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOE; NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center, and amount of adjustments in
inches.
g. Number of belts, make, and size.
3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Total airflow rate in cfm.
b. Total system static pressure in inches wg.
c. Fan rpm.
d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
e. Suction static pressure in inches wg.
H. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a
grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following:
1. Report Data:
a. System and air-handling unit number.
b. Location and zone.
c. Traverse air temperature in deg F.
d. Duct static pressure it inches wg.
e. Duct size in inches.
f. Duct area in sq. ft.
g. Indicated airflow rate in cfm.
h. Indicated velocity in fpm.
i. Actual airflow rate in (,fm.
j. Actual average velocity in fpm.
k. Barometric pressure in psig.
I. Air-Terminal-Device Reports:
1. Unit Data:
a. System and air-handling unit identification.
b. Location and zone.
OR c. Test apparatus used.
d. Area served.
e. Air-terminal-device make.
f. Air-terminal-device number from system diagram.
g. Air-terminal-device type and model number.
h. Air-terminal-device size.
i. Air-terminal-device effective area in sq. ft.
2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Airflow rate in cfm.
b. Air velocity in fpm.
c. Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm.
d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm.
e. Final airflow rate in cfm.
f. Final velocity in fpm.
g. Space temperature in deg F.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 17 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .M
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS MR
f. Unit arrangement and class.
g. Discharge arrangement.
h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
i. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center, and amount of adjustments in
inches.
j. Number of belts, make, and size.
k. Number of filters, type, and size.
2. Motor Data:
a. Make and frame type and size.
b. Horsepower and rpm.
c. Volts, phase, and hertz.
d. Full-load amperage and service factor.
e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center, and amount of adjustments in
inches.
3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Total airflow rate in cfm.
b. Total system static pressure in inches wg.
c. Fan rpm.
d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg.
f. Outside airflow in cfm. °
g. Return airflow in cfm.
h. Outside-air damper position.
i. Return-air damper position. ■*
G. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
1. Fan Data:
a. System identification.
b. Location.
C. Make and type.
d. Model number and size.
e. Manufacturer's serial number.
f. Arrangement and class.
g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
h. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center, and amount of adjustments in ••
inches.
2. Motor Data:
a. Make and frame type and size.
b. Horsepower and rpm.
c. Volts, phase, and hertz.
d. Full-load amperage and service factor.
e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 16 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
10. Table of Contents with the :otal number of pages defined for each section of
„ the report. Number each page in the report.
11. Summary of contents including the following:
a. Indicated versus final performance.
b. Notable characteristics of systems.
c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings.
14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports varies from
indicated values.
�• 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:
a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
b. Conditions of filters.
c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils.
e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch
diameter.
f. Settings for supply-air,, static-pressure controller.
g. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
E. System Diagrams: Include scheinatic layouts of air and hydronic distribution
systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following:
1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.
2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes,
3. Pipe and valve sizes and locations.
4. Terminal units.
5. Position of balancing devices.
F. Air-Handling Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the
following:
1. Unit Data: Include the following:
a. Unit identification.
b. Location.
c. Make and type.
d. Model number and unit size.
e. Manufacturer's serial number.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 15 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ®,
3.15 FINAL REPORT
A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond am
paper, in three-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and
balanced systems. on
B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified
testing and balancing engineer. ow
1. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of
calibration. ON
C. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field report data, include the
following:
1. Pump curves.
2. Fan curves.
3. Manufacturers' test data.
4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
5. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include Shop
Drawings and Product Data.
D. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following
data in the final report, as applicable:
1. Title page.
2. Name and address of TAB firm.
3. Project name.
4. Project location.
5. Architect's name and address.
6. Engineer's name and address.
7. Contractor's name and address.
8. Report date.
9. Signature of TAB firm who certifies the report.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 14 of 19
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
as NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Check the sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device
04 positions and correlate with airflow and water flow measurements. Note the speed
of response to input changes.
G. Check the interaction of electrically operated switch transducers.
H. Check the interaction of interlock and lockout systems.
I. Check main control supply-air pressure and observe compressor and dryer
operations.
J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine whether the
system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply.
K. Note operation of electric actua,.ors using spring return for proper fail-safe
operations.
3.13 TOLERANCES
A. Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances:
1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10
percent.
2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent.
3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 10 percent.
4. Cooling-Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 5 percent.
3.14 REPORTING
A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents
as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for
systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems'
balancing devices to facilitate paper performance measuring and balancing.
Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to
allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices.
B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed
procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of
deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a
separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple
floors.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 13 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ON
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
1. Evaporator-water entering and leaving temperatures, pressure drop, and water so
flow.
2. If water-cooled chillers, condenser-water entering and leaving temperatures,
pressure drop, and water flow.
3. Evaporator and condenser refrigerant temperatures and pressures, using
instruments furnished by chiller manufacturer.
4. Power factor if factory-installed instrumentation is furnished for measuring
kilowatt.
5. Kilowatt input if factory-installed instrumentation is furnished for measuring
kilowatt.
6. Capacity: Calculate in tons of cooling.
7. If air-cooled chillers, verify condenser-fan rotation and record fan and motor
data including number of fans and entering- and leaving-air temperatures.
3.11 PROCEDURES FOR TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS
A. During TAB, report the need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the
automatic temperature-control system.
B. Measure indoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of two
successive eight-hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness
of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied.
C. Measure outside-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures.
3.12 TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION
A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned.
ow
B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely
affect control functions.
C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual
measurements.
D. Check the operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature
controllers).
E. Check free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve
operators.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 12 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOE; NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage, voltage,
rpm, pump heads, and systems' pressures and temperatures including outdoor-air
temperature.
G. Measure the differential-pressure control valve settings existing at the conclusions of
balancing.
3.08 PROCEDURES FOR STEAM SYSTEIMS
A. Measure and record upstream and downstream pressure of each piece of
equipment.
B. Measure and record upstream and downstream steam pressure of pressure-reducing
valves.
C. Check the setting and operation of automatic temperature-control valves, self-
contained control valves, and pressure-reducing valves. Record the final setting.
D. Check the settings and operation of each safety valve. Record settings.
' E. Verify the operation of each steam trap.
3.09 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS
A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Tess: at final balanced conditions and record the
following data:
1. Manufacturer, model, and serial numbers.
2. Motor horsepower rating.
3. Motor rpm.
4. Efficiency rating.
5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating.
3.10 PROCEDURES FOR CHILLERS
A. Balance water flow through each evaporator and condenser to within specified
tolerances of indicated flow with all pumps operating. With only one chiller
operating in a multiple chiller installation, do not exceed the flow for the maximum
tube velocity recommended by the chiller manufacturer. Measure and record the
following data with each chiller operating at design conditions:
00
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 11 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS oft
8. Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually
operated. AM
3.07 PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS
la
A. Measure water flow at pumps. Use the following procedures, except for positive-
displacement pumps:
1. Verify impeller size by operating the pump with the discharge valve closed.
Read pressure differential across the pump. Convert pressure to head and
correct for differences in gage heights. Note the point on manufacturer's pump
curve at zero flow and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size.
2. Check system resistance. With all valves open, read pressure differential across ""
the pump and mark pump manufacturer's head-capacity curve. Adjust pump
discharge valve until indicated water flow is achieved.
3. Verify pump-motor brake horsepower. Calculate the intended brake
horsepower for the system based on pump manufacturer's performance data.
Compare calculated brake horsepower with nameplate data on the pump
motor. Report conditions where actual amperage exceeds motor nameplate
amperage.
4. Report flow rates that are not within plus or minus 5 percent of design.
B. Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presettings.
C. Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance.
1. System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow-
pressure-drop relationship may be used as a flow-indicating device.
D. Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve
flow that is 5 percent greater than indicated flow.
E. Adjust balancing stations to within specified tolerances of indicated flow rate as
follows:
1. Determine the balancing station with the highest percentage over indicated
flow.
2. Adjust each station in turn, beginning with the station with the highest
percentage over indicated flow and proceeding to the station with the lowest
percentage over indicated flow.
3. Record settings and mark balancing devices.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 10 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted.
Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within
specified tolerances.
C. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's
written instructions and calculating factors.
D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlet; for each space to indicated airflows within specified
tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than
extractors and the dampers at air terminals.
1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of
indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations
prescribed by the Contract documents.
2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
3.06 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS
A. Prepare test reports with pertinent design data and number in sequence starting at
pump to end of system. Check the sum of branch-circuit flows against approved
pump flow rate. Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent.
B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" piping layouts.
C. Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in
addition to the general preparatiDn procedures specified above:
WA
1. Open all manual valves for maximum flow.
2. Check expansion tank liquid level.
3. Check makeup-water-station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest
vent.
4. Check flow-control valves for specified sequence of operation and set at
indicated flow.
5. Set differential-pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do
not set at fully closed position when pump is positive-displacement type unless
several terminal valves are kept open.
6. Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers.
7. Check pump-motor load. Ii- motor is overloaded, throttle main flow-balancing
device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 9 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 on
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
J. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components.
K. Check for proper sealing of air duct system. 4M
3.05 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS
wo
A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan
speed listed by fan manufacturer. AM
1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows:
a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as
practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and go
transitions.
b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible
connection. .ft
C. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near
the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream
from duct restrictions.
2. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling
unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment.
a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance
personnel must change filters.
3. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design
static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect
factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. ..
Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions.
4. Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower
than indicated speed. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes,
and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes.
5. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult
equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers
and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. ••
Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, economizer, and any other
operating modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.
B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to
indicated airflows within specified tolerances.
1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and
adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for
Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and
inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 8 of 19
Am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOE, NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.
7. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations
can be met.
3.03 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the
procedures contained in AABC's 'National Standards for Testing and Balancing
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Corditioning Systems" and this Section.
B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to
the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After
testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials
identical to those removed. Resl:ore vapor barrier and finish according to insulation
Specifications for this Project.
C. Mark equipment and balancing device settings with paint or other suitable,
permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve position
indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final
settings.
D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.
3.04 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS
A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors
and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet
volumes with required fan volurr es.
B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.
C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow
measurements.
D. Check airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and
exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
E. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
H. Check for airflow blockages.
I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 7 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
M. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and
controls.
N. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following:
1. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices are operated by the intended
controller.
2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller.
3. Automatic modulating and shutoff valves, including two-way valves and three-
way mixing and diverting valves, are properly connected. ""
4. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold
walls.
5. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions.
6. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract
Documents.
7. Controller set points are set at indicated values.
8. Interlocked systems are operating.
9. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to indicated values.
O. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures.
Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set
points if different from indicated values.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.
B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the
following:
1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete.
2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air.
3. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. �*
5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 6 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA 3O13 NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
e NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer
wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume
dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and
locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective
balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation.
B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment.
C. Examine Project Record Documents described in Division 01 Section "Project Record
Documents."
D. Examine design data, including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design
assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of
philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. Relate
performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects
that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in
all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce performance
ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those
presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate
system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and
Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Duct Design,"
Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions.
F. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and
that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Sections
have been performed.
G. Examine system and equipment test reports.
H. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing
devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices,
balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed,
and that their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for
efficient system and equipment operation.
I. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting
and balancing.
J. Examine HVAC equipment to ensure that clean filters have been installed, bearings
are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is
ready for operation.
K. Examine strainers for clean screE!ns and proper perforations.
L. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 5 of 19
.m
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS so
G. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section"Basic HVAC Requirements." am
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during 40
entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize
conflicts with Owner's operations. aft
B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before
Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize ow
conflicts with Owner's operations.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and
equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems
and equipment to support and assist TAB activities.
B. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test
dates and times.
C. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems
have been satisfactorily completed. am
1.08 WARRANTY
ow
A. National Project Performance Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on AABC's "National
Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
Systems" forms stating that AABC will assist in completing requirements of the
Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents.
Guarantee includes the following provisions:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and ••
to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems
and equipment.
1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions
of Contract.
un
am
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 4 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA 3013 NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Certified TAB Reports: Submit two copies of reports prepared, as specified in this
.► Section, on approved forms certified by TAB firm.
E. Sample Report Forms: Submit two sets of sample TAB report forms.
F. Warranties specified in this Section.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. TAB Firm Qualifications: Engage a TAB firm certified by AABC.
B. TAB Conference: Meet with Owner's and Architect's representatives on approval of
TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the
details. Ensure the participation of TAB team members, equipment manufacturers'
authorized service representatives, HVAC controls installers, and other support
personnel. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and
40 location.
1. Agenda Items: Include at least the following:
a. Submittal distribution requirements.
b. The Contract Documents examination report.
c. TAB plan.
d. Work schedule and Project-site access requirements.
e. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors.
f. Coordination of documentation and communication flow.
C. Certification of TAB Reports: Certify TAB field data reports. This certification
includes the following:
' 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified
TAB reports.
' 2. Certify that TAB team complied with approved TAB plan and the procedures
specified and referenced in this Specification.
D. TAB Report Forms: Use standard forms from AABC's "National Standards for Testing
and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems."
E. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in AABC's "National
Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
Systems."
F. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every six months or more
frequently if required by instrument manufacturer.
40
1. Keep an updated record of instrument calibration that indicates date of
calibration and the name of party performing instrument calibration.
WX
so
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 3 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. NC: Noise criteria.
F. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield
repeatable results. an
G. RC: Room criteria.
H. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. ON
I. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of
measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. so
J. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the
suction side. '"o
K. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions
that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.
L. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance
ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when
the fan was performance tested.
M. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. ""'
N. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or
leaves the distribution system. "K'
0. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of systems or equipment.
P. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Firm: The entity responsible for performing
and reporting TAB procedures.
an
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 a
copies of evidence that TAB firm and this Project's TAB team members meet the
qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
am
B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from Contractor's Notice
to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in
Part 3. no
C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed,
submit 2 copies of TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in Part 3 a
"Preparation" Article. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on
this Project.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 2 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 230593
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
w
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes TAB to produce design objectives for the following:
1. Air Systems:
a. Constant-volume air systems.
2. Hydronic Piping Systems:
a. Constant-flow systems.
3. Steam systems.
4. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly.
5. Reporting results of activitiE!s and procedures specified in this Section.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow roe and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such
as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper.
" B. Balance: To proportion flows wii:hin the distribution system, including submains,
branches, and terminals, according to indicated quantities.
C. Barrier or Boundary: Construction, either vertical or horizontal, such as walls, floors,
and ceilings that are designed and constructed to restrict the movement of airflow,
smoke, odors, and other pollutants.
D. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more
factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby
more heat is withdrawn from a Pierson's skin than is normally dissipated.
HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230593 - 1 of 19
g.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Green: For cold-air supply ducts.
2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts.
3. Blue: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts.
4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust.
5. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-
thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
B. Locate markers near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at
maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed
by removable ceiling system.
3.05 VALVE TAG INSTALLATION 00
A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves;
valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; plumbing fixture supply stops; X0
shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and HVAC
terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units.
List tagged valves in a valve schedule. Aft
B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color
scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following: no
1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches, round. em
b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.
c. Fire Protection: 1-1/2 inches, round.
d. Gas: 1-1/2 inches, round. ""
e. Steam: 1-1/2 inches, round.
3.06 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION am
A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items
where required. "'
3.07 ADJUSTING
A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually
blocked by other work.
END OF SECTION
HVAC IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 8 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOSS NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
A. Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install
with flow indication arrows showing direction of flow.
1. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Pretensioned pipe
markers. Use size to ensure a tight fit.
2. Pipes with OD, Including Ir sulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Self-adhesive pipe
markers. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, at least 3/4 inch wide,
* lapped at least 1-1/2 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full
circumference of pipe.
+ 3. Pipes with OD, Including Irsulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Shaped pipe
markers. Use size to match pipe and secure with fasteners.
4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Self-adhesive pipe
markers. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, at least 1-1/2 inches
wide, lapped at least 3 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full
circumference of pipe.
B. Locate pipe markers and color bends where piping is exposed in finished spaces;
machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and
plenums; and exterior nonconce pled locations as follows:
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal
units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and nonaccessible enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of
concealed piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25
feet in areas of congested piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced
markers.
.. 3.04 DUCT IDENTIFICATION
A. Install duct markers with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color
codes:
HVAC IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 7 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
c. Meters, gages, thermometers, and similar units.
d. Fuel-burning units, including boilers, furnaces, heaters, stills, and
absorption units.
e. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, and similar motor-driven units.
f. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, cooling towers, and similar
equipment.
g. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes.
h. Packaged HVAC central-station and zone-type units.
i. Tanks and pressure vessels.
j. Strainers, filters, water-treatment systems, and similar equipment.
C. Install equipment signs with screws or permanent adhesive on or near each major """
item of mechanical equipment. Locate signs where accessible and visible.
1. Identify mechanical equipment with equipment markers in the following color No
codes:
a. Green: For cooling equipment and components.
b. Yellow: For heating equipment and components. so
c. Orange: For combination cooling and heating equipment and
components. No
2. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-
thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
3. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements,
indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper
operations, and identify units.
4. Include signs for the following general categories of equipment:
a. Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous
units such as gas outlets.
b. Fuel-burning units, including boilers, furnaces, heaters, stills, and
absorption units.
C. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, and similar motor-driven units. -�
d. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, cooling towers, and similar
equipment.
e. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes. •••
f. Packaged HVAC central-station and zone-type units.
g. Tanks and pressure vessels.
h. Strainers, filters, water-treatment systems, and similar equipment. .
D. Install access panel markers with screws on equipment access panels.
HVAC IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 6 of 8
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOE, NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Color: Yellow background with black lettering.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATIONS, GENERAL
A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 23 Sections. If
more than single-type material, device, or label is specified for listed applications,
selection is Installer's option.
3.02 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of
mechanical equipment that does not have nameplate or has nameplate that is
damaged or located where not easily visible. Locate nameplates where accessible
and visible. Include nameplates for the following general categories of equipment:
1. Fuel-burning units, including boilers, furnaces, heaters, stills, and absorption
units.
2. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, and similar motor-driven units.
3. Heat exchangers, coils, evaporators, cooling towers, heat recovery units, and
similar equipment.
4. Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes.
5. Packaged HVAC central-station and zone-type units.
B. Install equipment markers with permanent adhesive on or near each major item of
mechanical equipment. Data required for markers may be included on signs, and
markers may be omitted if both ,ire indicated.
1. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-
thirds to three-fourths the Faze of principal lettering.
2. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements,
indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper
operations, and identify units.
3. Locate markers where accessible and visible. Include markers for the following
general categories of equipment:
a. Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous
units such as gas outlets.
b. Fire department hose valves and hose stations.
HVAC IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 5 of 8
a
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS so
B. Pretensioned Pipe Markers: Precoiled semirigid plastic formed to cover full ON
circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without adhesive.
C. Shaped Pipe Markers: Preformed semirigid plastic formed to partially cover
circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe with mechanical fasteners that do not .�
penetrate insulation vapor barrier.
D. Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers: Plastic with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-
adhesive back.
E. Plastic Tape: Continuously printed, vinyl tape at least 3 mils thick with pressure-
sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back.
1. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: "
3/4 inch minimum.
2. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches or Larger: AM
1-1/2 inches minimum.
2.03 DUCT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
A. Duct Markers: Engraved, color-coded laminated plastic. Include direction and
quantity of airflow and duct service (such as supply, return, and exhaust). Include
contact-type, permanent adhesive.
2.04 VALVE TAGS
A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system
abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers, with numbering scheme. Provide 5/32-inch hole °
for fastener.
1. Material: 0.0375-inch-thick stainless steel. ..
2. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass beaded chain.
2.05 WARNING TAGS
A. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags; of
plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing.
1. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches minimum.
2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire.
3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as DANGER, CAUTION, or DO
NOT OPERATE.
HVAC IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 4 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
± * NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Size: 2-1/2 by 4 inches for control devices, dampers, and valves; 4-1/2 by 6
inches for equipment.
C. Equipment Signs: ASTM D 709, 7-ype I, cellulose, paper-base, phenolic-resin-
laminate engraving stock; Grade ES-2, black surface, black phenolic core, with white
melamine subcore, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate in sizes required for
message. Provide holes for mechanical fastening.
1. Data: Instructions for operation of equipment and for safety procedures.
2. Engraving: Manufacturer's standard letter style, of sizes and with terms to
match equipment identification.
VIF u 3. Thickness: 1/16 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Thickness: 1/16 inch for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8 inches in length, and 1/8
inch for larger units.
5. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless steel screws or contact-type, permanent
adhesive.
D. Access Panel and Door Markers: 1/16-inch-thick, engraved laminated plastic, with
abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to identification. Provide 1/8-inch
center hole for attachment.
1. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless steel screws or contact-type, permanent
adhesive.
2.02 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
A. Manufactured Pipe Markers, General: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering
indicating service, and showing direction of flow.
1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary
for each application length.
3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Full-band pipe
markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location.
4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Either full-band or
strip-type pipe markers at least three times letter height and of length required
for label.
5. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both
ON directions; or as separate u-iit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow.
HVAC IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 3 of 8
owl
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of ..
Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of
identification devices for piping.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section"'Basic HVAC Requirements."
1.0S COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and
painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and
doors.
C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar
concealment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
A. Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent
attachment on equipment.
1. Data:
a. Manufacturer, product name, model number, and serial number. "
b. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data.
C. Labels of tested compliances.
2. Location: Accessible and visible.
3. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment.
B. Equipment Markers: Engraved, color-coded laminated plastic. Include contact-type,
permanent adhesive.
1. Terminology: Match schedules as closely as possible.
2. Data:
a. Name and plan number.
b. Equipment service.
c. Design capacity.
d. Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving
conditions, and speed.
HVAC IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 2 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 230553
HVAC IDDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their
installation:
1. Equipment nameplates.
2. Equipment markers.
3. Equipment signs.
4. Access panel and door markers.
5. Pipe markers.
6. Duct markers.
7. Valve tags.
8. Warning tags.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each
identification material and device.
C. Valve numbering scheme.
HVAC IDENTIFICATION 230553 - 1 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Am
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and
contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.04 ADJUSTING ..
A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and
to achieve indicated slope of pipe.
B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches.
3.05 PAINTING
A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas
immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for
shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted
surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0
mils.
B. Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09
Section "Field Painting."
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
AW
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 10 of 10
AN
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA )013 NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME 1331.1 for power piping
and ASME 631.9 for building services piping.
2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor
0- barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining
insulation.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel
weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on
rollers.
3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 4C, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier.
Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel
weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on
rollers.
4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe; Not less than the following:
a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2; 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
b. NPS 4: 12 inches Ionia and 0.06 inch thick.
c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts.
wa»
6. Insert Material: Length at !east as long as protective shield.
7. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping
insulation.
8. Secure shields with two (2) stainless steel bands.
3.03 METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous rietal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and
equipment supports.
B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that
cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWi D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and
with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without unde-cut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 9 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange
for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-
fabricated trapeze pipe hangers.
1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe ,k,
size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified
above for individual pipe hangers.
2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being am
supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.
C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping
and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems.
D. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated
piping.
E. Fastener System Installation:
1. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and
completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written `,w
instructions.
F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts,
washers, and other accessories.
G. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
H. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel.
Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and
strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install
concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install
reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
I. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and
stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
J. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 (for power piping) and ASME
B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded.
K. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:
1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project
through insulation.
b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger
shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. r«�
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 8 of 10
AP
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
7. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams.
8. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of
steel I-beams for heavy loads.
9. Linked-Steel Clamps with E=ye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of
steel I-beams for heavy loads, with link extensions.
10. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to
structural steel.
11. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending
from above by using clip a id rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.
b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb.
K. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids
with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by
manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation.
3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.
L. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are
not specified in piping system Sections.
M. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that
are not specified in piping system Sections.
N. Use mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required
in concrete construction.
' 0. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support
supply and waste piping for pluribing fixtures.
3.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install
so hangers, supports, clamps, and ,attachments as required to properly support piping
from building structure.
0A
OR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 7 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 on
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
,o
7. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2
to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and
contraction might occur. ""'
H. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types: on
1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS
3/4 to NPS 20. "'
2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers,
NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. ow
I. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy
loads. �*+
2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings.
4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various «�
types of building attachments.
5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping
installations.
J. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping ■»
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to •
suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.
2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar- ..
joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape.
3. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange �►a
of beams.
4. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams ,.
if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large.
5. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
6. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required
tangent to flange edge.
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 6 of 10
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICA17IONS
A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping
systems and equipment.
B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and
equipment that will not have field-applied finish.
D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where
attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.
E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
F. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports for Loads Over 300 Pounds: Hanging loads
over 300 pounds shall be attached to structural framing members using beam
clamps on both flanges of members. The following types of beam clamps are not
acceptable for this application:
1. MSS Type 19, 20, 23, and 27.
G. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated above and on
drawings, and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following
types:
1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hargers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated
or insulated stationary piper, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F
pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation.
3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension
of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of
insulation.
4. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to
allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.
5. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
6. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30,
from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction
might occur.
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 5 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.
3. PHS Industries, Inc.
..
4. Pipe Shields, Inc.
C. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533,
Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier. go
D. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type AW
I calcium silicate.
E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference
of pipe. 'w
F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.
G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating
below ambient air temperature.
2.06 FASTENER SYSTEMS
A. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type zinc-coated steel, for use in
hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities
appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
1. Manufacturers:
a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
b. Empire Industries, Inc.
c. Hilti, Inc.
d. ITW Ramset/Red Head.
e. MKT Fastening, LLC.
f. Powers Fasteners.
2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and
galvanized. +
B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement,
nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 4 of 10
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA J013 NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
o NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Anvil Corp.
io
6. National Pipe Hanger Corporation.
O► 7. PHD Manufacturing, Inc.
8. PHS Industries, Inc.
C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for
support of bearing surface of piping.
2.03 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS
A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly
made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and
U-bolts.
2.04 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel
channels and other components.
B. Manufacturers:
1. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Cu.; ERISTRUT Div.
3. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
4. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd.
C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated.
D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
2.05 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS
A. Description: 100-psig-minimum, compressive-strength insulation insert encased in
sheet metal shield.
B. Manufacturers:
1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 3 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 an
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS AN
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting
combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of
supported equipment and connected systems and components.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
low
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural
Welding Code--Steel."
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: ON
1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
ow
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "Basic HVAC Requirements."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
so
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements 'o
apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by '~
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 00
A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer
to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger •
and support types.
B. Manufacturers:
1. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
2. Empire Industries, Inc.
3. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. ;
4. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc.
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 2 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECT ON 230529
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requiremeits and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02—14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for mechanical system
piping and equipment:
1. Steel pipe hangers and supports.
2. Trapeze pipe hangers.
3. Metal framing systems.
4. Thermal-hanger shield insets.
5. Fastener systems.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates
for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports.
2. Division 23 Section "HVAC Pipe Expansion Components" for pipe guides and
anchors.
3. Division 23 ductwork secticn(s) for duct hangers and supports.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers
and Supports."
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 230529 - 1 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 No
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
,ON
I. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and
fittings according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and
solvent cements.
.r,
2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes.
3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/1) 2846M Appendix.
4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC
socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number
PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855.
5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138
Appendix.
J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.
K. PP Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean
cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
ow
1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
3.03 PIPING CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Provide unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, in locations required for assembly ..
of threaded piping, in locations requiring disassembly for servicing of
equipment or specialty, and as otherwise indicated on the drawings.
2. Provide flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and
specialties and at final connection to each piece of equipment.
3. Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar
metals.
END OF SECTION
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 10 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ow; NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements
to expand and make watertight seal.
Q. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with listed firestop systems
in accordance with Division 07 Section "Through-Penetration Fire Stopping".
R. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
S. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for
roughing-in requirements.
3.02 PIPING 3OINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23
Sections specifying piping systems.
B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes aid remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings
before assembly.
D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 313, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated,
to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
00 E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and
Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS
A5.8.
F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove
burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry
seal threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open
welds.
G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes
and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for
service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants
on bolt threads.
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 9 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 "
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
N. Provide sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry interior walls and
concrete floor and roof slabs.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. ,R
a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment
areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level.
2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space
between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a. Galvanized Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
b. Galvanized Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating
gypsum-board partitions.
4. Seal annular space between sleeves through non-rated interior walls and floors
and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and "
location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and
installation.
0. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space
between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Provide hot dipped galvanized steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in
diameter.
2. Provide fabricated hot dipped galvanized steel "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches
and larger in diameter. Provide a minimum of 4 tabs at a maximum of 6 inches
on center around perimeter of sleeves for anchoring to framing of other than
concrete walls.
Aft
3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing
elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve.
Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe
and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements
to expand and make watertight seal.
P. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Provide cast-iron "wall pipes" for
sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to
allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing ,..�
mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing
elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve.
Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 8 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JCB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement
of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations.
Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved.
C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in
equipment rooms, shafts, tunnels, and service areas.
D. Install piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are
prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
removal.
F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G. Install piping at indicated slopes.
H. Install piping free of sags and tends.
I. Provide fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.
K. Provide system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system
operating pressure.
L. Provide escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the
following:
1. Provide one-piece escutcheons for new piping.
' 2. Provide two piece split type escutcheons for existing piping.
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: Provide deep-pattern
type.
3. Chrome-Plated Piping: Cart-brass type.
4. Bare Piping at Wall and Fluor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Cast-brass or
stamped-steel type.
5. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Cast-brass or stamped-
steel type.
6. Provide 316 stainless steel escutcheons in GMP classified spaces as indicated on
drawings.
0"! M. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
4
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 7 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
pipe internal temperatures above 180°F. Provide glass fiber reinforced plastic
(Composite) seals for all other applications.
4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Include one for each sealing element with grip
length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Provide carbon
steel bolts and nuts with corrosion resistant coating where exposed to ambient
temperatures. Provide 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts for seals with pipe
internal temperatures above 180°F and below ambient temperatures, and for
all other applications.
2.07 SLEEVES
A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with
welded longitudinal joint.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
C. Cast Iron: Cast Iron "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain
ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
2.08 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID
to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that ..
completely covers opening.
B. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
C. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
D. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome-plated
finish.
E. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips,
and chrome-plated finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING SYSTEMS—COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 6 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Manufacturers:
a. Central Plastics Company.
b. Hart Industries, International, Inc.
c. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-
psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Central Plastics Company.
b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
c. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Division.
E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include
flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene
bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Central Plastics Company.
c. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-
psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.
2.06 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular sealing elE!ment unit, designed for field assembly, to fill
annular space between pipe anc sleeve.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Metraflex Co.
c. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2. Sealing Elements: Interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type
and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. Provide EPDM
intumescent fire stop compound for sleeve seals in fire rated wall and floor
penetrations. Provide NBR (Nitrite Rubber) seals for oil, solvent, and solvent
resistant applications. Provide silicone seals for pipes with internal
temperatures above 180°F. Provide EPDM sleeve seals for all other
applications.
3. Pressure Plates: Include tvvo for each sealing element. Provide 316 stainless
steel for sleeve seals in fire rated wall and floor penetrations and for seals with
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 5 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .�
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Manufacturers:
a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div.
c. Smith-Blair, Inc.
2. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling.
3. Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type
coupling.
4. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting.
B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with
manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass
insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end.
1. Manufacturers: As specified in other Division 23 sections for CPVC and PVC
pipe and fittings. '"
C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11
equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-
joint end.
1. Manufacturers: As specified in other Division 23 sections for CPVC and PVC
pipe and fittings.
D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. '
Include brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.
1. Manufacturers: As specified in other Division 23 sections for CPVC and PVC *`
pipe and fittings.
E. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM A,
C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and
corrosion-resistant metal band on each end.
1. Manufacturers: As specified in other Division 23 sections for CPVC and PVC
pipe and fittings.
2.05 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, .�
solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum
working pressure at 180 deg F.
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 4 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping
system contents.
1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness
unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
a. Full-Face Type: For flit-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze
flanges.
„ b. Narrow-Face Type: Fc r raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.
2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and
full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide hot dipped galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers for services with
temperatures below ambient.
D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by
piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
ow
E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux
according to ASTM B 813.
F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-
duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for
refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:
1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235.
P
2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.
3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.
4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138.
I. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer.
2.04 TRANSITION FITTINGS
A. AWWA Transition Couplings: Se me size as, and with pressure rating at least equal
to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined.
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 3 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. PP: Polypropylene plastic.
B. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, G"
"Structural Welding Code--Steel."
B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding
processes involved and that certification is current. *
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 23 Section "HVAC General Requirements."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the manufacturers specified.
go
2.02 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials .•
and joining methods.
B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. . ,
2.03 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed
below.
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 2 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 230505
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division ;23.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the followir g:
1. Pipe joining materials.
2. Transition fittings.
3. Dielectric fittings.
4. Mechanical sleeve seals.
5. Sleeves.
6. Escutcheons.
7. Grout.
MW 8. Piping systems-common requirements.
9. Piping joints and connections.
1.03 ABBREVIATIONS
A. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiere-styrene plastic.
2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
HVAC BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 230505 - 1 of 10
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) '"'
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. The Contractor shall remove any tools, equipment, excess material, scrap, waste and
all other debris resulting from his work from the jobsite, at the completion of the
work.
END OF SECTION
OM
O•
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 15 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
no
of the mechanical specifications. Attach tag indicating date lubrication was
performed.
B. No machinery or equipment shall be rotated or set into operation until the lubricant
requirement has been fulfilled and tag attached.
C. Check motors for lubrication. No motor is to be turned over, even for test, until
proper lubrication is made. Lubrication to be provided per manufacturer's
recommendations. •�
3.11 INSTALLATION DATA, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Immediately upon receipt, and prior to final payment, turn over to Owner, all
installation or maintenance instructions, catalog cuts, control data, shop drawings,
assembly arrangements, spare parts and repair kits, erection plans, etc., received
with factory delivered equipment.
B. Furnish minimum of three (3) copies (unless more are specified in individual
sections) to Owner, of complete instruction manuals and prints on all operating
equipment furnished under this contract. Manuals shall be complete with repair
instructions, replacement parts list, suggested spare parts list and complete *�
operating instructions.
3.12 COMPLETION OF WORK
A. Before final payment, complete all work as called for on drawings and in
specifications and make corrections of defective work as found, to include but not **
necessarily be limited to the following:
1. Permits and Inspections
2. Valve Tags
3. Final Occupancy Inspection
4. Project Record Drawings
5. Mechanical Equipment and Maintenance Manuals
6. Guarantee '
7. Instructions to Owner
3.13 CLEANING/FINALE
A. On a weekly basis, clean and clear work areas to the sanitation level and instructions
of the Owner.
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 14 of 15 ..
OW COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
go NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
No 1. All work that is removed except as specifically mentioned as being turned over
to Owner, shall become the property of this contractor and shall be removed
from the premises unless its reuse is specifically called for as part of this
P. contract or approved by Owner.
C. No piping that is removed shall be reused. All rerouted piping and ductwork shall be
on new.
D. The Contractor shall include as h s work, all final connections on all extensions of
on existing services. All removal or relocating of existing services shall be made at a
time so designated by Owner, so as to cause the minimum of interference with plant
operation.
RM 3.08 FLASHINGS
A. This Contractor shall be responsible for counter-flashing of roof exhaust fans, supply
Wo and exhaust hoods, piping, ducting, curbed openings and supports shown on the
Construction Drawings.
' 1. Counter-flashing shall be coordinated and properly constructed in conjunction
with flashing provided undE!r other sections of these specifications, for weather-
tight closures.
B. This Contractor shall flash miscellaneous vents, reliefs and other pipe risers which
extend through the roof in accordance with Section 15040, with 4 lb. sheet lead
extending 12 in. in all directions from the base of the vent and not less than 10 in.
above the finished roof. Contractor shall clamp 24 gauge galvanized counter
flashing to the pipe above the flashing and turn out the seal and the lip of the
counter flashing above the clamp.
3.09 TRIMMING
A. Inspect ductwork, pipe support,;, etc., installed in occupied and maintenance spaces
for sharp angles which protrude into path of occupants and may cause injury.
1. Modify, trim, or cover such protrusions with a suitable and durable padding
material to prevent injuries;.
2. At protrusions less than 6'..8" above finished floor, add caution tape, along full
length of lower edge of pn)trusion; tape to be 3"wide, safety yellow in color.
3.10 LUBRICATION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish and apply complete lubrication for all mechanical equipment provided as a
part of this contract. Perform all lubrication in accordance with the written
recommendations of the equipment manufacturer or as defined in individual sections
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS
230500 - 13 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. After grout has set, securely tighten anchor bolts.
3.05 INSERTS/EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Provide all necessary concrete inserts, sleeves, and anchors required to be
embedded for work. Sleeves shall be provided as called for in individual plumbing
and piping specifications.
B. Provide sleeves and steel framed openings for all pipes and ducts passing through
walls, partitions, floor slabs, foundations and ceilings.
C. Setting of sleeves shall coincide with work in progress. Set sleeves in forms prior to
placing concrete. Set sleeves in masonry as erection progresses.
1. Sleeves in concrete or masonry shall have welded lugs to insure anchorage.
2. Set and anchor all sleeves in a substantial manner to prevent them from being
dislodged.
3.06 PROTECTION OF ROOF
A. The Contractor is cautioned that extreme care shall be exercised in any activity
involving contact with the installed roof membrane.
B. Construct protective plywood runways, 3/4" thick minimum, across the roof for
moving, setting and installing equipment. No activity on the roof shall be permitted ■*
without this protection. Start runways at the point of origin of any equipment placed
on roof and terminate at the point of installation on curb or base.
C. At completion of work, completely remove without damage to roofing system, these
protective items and runways.
D. Any gouges, tear, punctures, errors in cuts, and other damage caused by the
Contractor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1. All repairs necessary to bring the roofing system to its original condition shall
be made by others (roofing contractor), and paid for by the Contractor
responsible for the damage. ••�
3.07 REMOVAL, ALTERATION, AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal, alteration and relocation of all
existing work as part of this contract as called for on drawings, in the specifications
or as required by field conditions.
B. The Contractor shall not remove any piping, ductwork, etc., without specific approval
of Owner. .,
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 12 of 15
wo
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
manufacturer's recommendations, as shown on the drawings and called for in
the specifications.
C. The Contractor shall provide for handling, setting, and alignment of all electric
•� motors which are delivered to the jobsite separate from equipment furnished as a
part of these specifications.
D. The Contractor shall arrange for the manufacturer to align and dowel on support
frames all motor and coupling connected compressors, fans and pumps, prior to
shipment. After installation, and prior to operation, field check alignment and
doweling and correct the alignment as required for proper operation.
E. Through-Wall Penetrations: The indicated fire-rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors shall be maintained at all penetrations.
1. Such penetrations shall be properly sealed, by worker skilled in the application
of, and in accordance with the requirements of Division 7 Section"Through-
Penetration Fire Stopping".
3.04 BASES AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide all support provisions (concrete bases, rods, clamps,
cradles, plates, frames, supports, connectors, stiffeners, etc.) required for
installation of mechanical equipment.
B. The Contractor shall provide the required isolation mounting springs, anchor bolts,
supporting structures, bass, duct and pipe supports, hangers, anchors, guides,
bracing, etc. for properly supporting ducting, piping and equipment subject to
earthquake forces, in accordance with NFPA 13, with ANSI A58.1 and/or with Local
Building Codes.
C. Concrete bases, pads, and foundations shall be located and sized by the mechanical
Contractor requiring the same. Concrete work shall be performed by workers skilled
in such work, and in accord with techniques, and finishing as set out in Division 3
Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete.'''
D. When installing floor-mounted equipment on concrete bases, the Contractor shall
bring equipment to required level and alignment using shims or jackscrews. Shims,
if used, must be cut short enough to insure complete covering by at least 0.5' of
grout.
'M E. Place a full bed of grout to assure uniform bearing and to minimize or eliminate dirt-
accumulating crevices.
1. Use a non-shrink, high strength grout; CE. Spec. CRD-C621, and apply as per
manufacturer's instructions,
a. Product shall be°MasterFlow 928-T Grout", by Degussa Construction
Chemicals.
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 11 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
.o
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. The Contractor shall visit the premises and become thoroughly acquainted with the
conditions to be encountered in the installation of the work shown on the drawings
and described in the specifications.
B. Re-examine each work area just prior to the start of work in that area to ascertain
any conditions that prohibit or inhibit proper installation as required.
C. In both instances, noted above;
1. Report, in writing, any conditions that will prevent proper installation of
equipment.
2. Do not start installation work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Start
of work shall be construed as acceptance of conditions, and no extra will be
allowed to cover the work which has not been included in the bid due to failure
to thoroughly examine the premises.
3.02 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS—GENERAL
A. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in cast-
in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
B. Sequence, coordinate and integrate installations of mechanical materials and
equipment for efficient flow of installation. Give particular attention to large
equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in building. ••
C. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials
and equipment to provide maximum headroom possible. ..�
D. Locate operating and control equipment properly to provide easy access and arrange
entire mechanical installations with adequate access for operation and maintenance. .�.
3.03 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION DETAILS
A. The Contractor shall be fully familiar with the equipment that is to be installed.
B. Establish with Owner, the date when the equipment is to be delivered to the jobsite.
At that time, make a thorough inspection to Contractors' and Owner's satisfaction
that the equipment has not been damaged during shipment and that it is complete
as per Owner approved shop drawings, copies of which will be made available.
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for accepting the equipment, unloading it
from the shipping carrier, storing as necessary, and installing it as per the
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 10 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
+w NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.13 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. All materials, equipment and accessories and devices, shall be properly packaged, in
cartons, mounted on skids, covered and otherwise protected from damage during
handling, transit, delivery and sb)rage.
B. Store only in areas designated, z nd occupy the minimum area possible.
C. Store off the floor, and away from traffic, and as otherwise recommended by
manufacturers.
1.14 WARRANTIES
A. Some Division 23 Sections require warranties on the equipment or work specified.
B. Submit proper warranty docume!its as required in Submittals, above, and as
otherwise required by other requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREME14TS
A. Where required by these specifications, or codes, standards and regulations,
material shall bear Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) labels, in keeping with such
a standard has been established and listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
B. Provide sleeves, access panels, E!tc. for penetration of all building surfaces.
1. Provide suitable, and correctly sized sleeves and steel framed openings for all
pipes and ducts passing through walls, partitions, floor slabs, foundations,
ceilings and roofs.
2. Provide stainless steel escutcheons, split type, for all pipes and ducts passing
through sleeves in walls and ceilings; use plates large enough to cover sleeves.
Clamp plates to pipe.
a. Manufacturers shall be Anvil International or equivalent Crane Co.
C. Provide access panels in floors, walls, ceilings, partitions, etc., for access and
maintenance of all valves, equipment, dampers, clean outs, etc.
1. Match access panels in appearance and construction, to be compatible with the
surrounding area.
2. Location and style subject to the approval of Owner.
3. Utilize commercially manufactured frames and doors/panels, as specified
elsewhere, to the limit practical.
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 9 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ..
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4W
m. The Contractor shall post names and telephone numbers of doctors,
ambulance, and other emergency services in a prominent place at the job
site.
n. The Contractor shall only take photos for purposes of construction
progress and shall obtain prior clearance through Owner. No pictures shall
be taken of equipment or existing operations. No pictures shall be used
for publication unless cleared through the Owner.
o. The Contractor using cutting oils or other materials likely to discolor or
stain shall take suitable precautions to protect floors and slabs from such
stains or discolorations.
p. No work shall be done in manufacturing areas nor shall utility services be
disrupted without prior approval of Owner.
B. Comparison of Mechanical Drawings with Site Conditions: The following procedures
are required tasks of all mechanical contractors:
1. The drawings accompanying these specifications are diagrammatic. They do
not show every condition, offset, bend, or elbow which may be required for the
various materials, equipment, piping, and ductwork systems for installation in
the space allotted.
a. Follow the drawings as closely as is practical and install additional bends
and offsets where required for the installation of the work, but not shown
on the contract drawings.
b. The cost of adapting Contractor's work to jobsite conditions shall not be
considered as the basis of an extra cost to the Contract.
2. The Contractor shall examine the drawings and the limitations of the space
available for the equipment to be installed and make any minor changes in the
location of material, equipment, piping, etc., from that shown on the plans,
such changes shall not be considered as the basis of an extra charge to the
contract. Owner shall be consulted before proceeding with such changes.
3. Subject to Owner's approval and without cost to Owner, make such variations
from the drawings and specifications as may be necessary to obviate
unforeseen interferences. Adapt work to the requirements of all other trades,
which, together with work covered in these specifications, will be necessary to *�
complete the project.
4. The Contractor shall furnish and install all base and support provisions for ..
installation of his equipment, ducting, piping, etc. including all motors, whether
or not illustrated on the design drawings, unless directed otherwise by Owner.
5. The Contractor shall provide for all sleeves, flashing, openings and patching
required in existing and new construction for work defined in these
specifications and drawings.
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 8 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. In addition to all other rules and restrictions, the Contractor shall obtain and
follow the Owner's safety policies and rules, as well as the plant rules for
outside Contractors.
2. Contractors and Contractors' employees shall be fully aware of and shall comply
with all plant rules, safety regulations, procedures and restrictions as to access,
working areas, working conditions and types of tools and equipment to be used
during the installation work.
a. Smoking is prohibited throughout the plant except in designated areas.
3. Good manufacturing and jot) site practices shall be observed for all work inside
the building structure. These practices are outlined below:
a. All work done within Owner's existing facilities shall be scheduled two (2)
weeks in advance. (Exceptions in case of emergencies.)
b. Only authorized Contractor's personnel shall be allowed within existing
operations. Their movement shall be restricted to the applicable areas.
They shall be logged in and out daily.
c. Contractor shall be assigned an area in which to store and use his
equipment. Work areas must be kept clean and orderly at all times.
d. Eating is allowed in designated areas only. Remnants of workers' lunches
and other discarded food or food wrappers shall be deposited,
immediately after use, in covered containers.
e. The Contractor shall keep construction site clean of debris. There will be
no job site fires for burning trash. All trash is to be removed from
construction site and rot allowed to accumulate.
f. Security requirements, such as guard service and fencing, shall be
determined per the mutual agreement between the Owner and the
Contractor.
g. The Contractor shall provide dustproof protection at all openings into
existing facilities.
h. The Contractor shall maintain proper fire extinguishing equipment. Be
sure that a fire watch is maintained when welding or cutting is in
operation. Do not close any sprinkler control valve or other main water
supply valves without first advising the Owner of the necessity for doing
so and allowing time fir proper precautions to be taken.
i. All fire protection equi 0ment shall be maintained at maximum operational
status at all times. When it becomes necessary to close down any
equipment for repairs or alterations, the Owner shall be informed and, in
turn, shall arrange to contact the local insurance representative, local fire
department (where applicable) and plant personnel.
j. Unauthorized possession of Owner's property, goods, or products shall not
be tolerated.
k. Owner assumes no responsibility for the Contractor's or Contractor's
workers' property, therefore, all tools shall be kept under lock when not in
use.
I. Contractor's personnel shall not have use of Owner's facilities (i.e.
lunchroom, restroom, parking lot, etc.). Provisions for these personal
services will be established at the time of the contract negotiations.
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 7 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Any work performed by, or materials installed by Contractor, found to be
unsatisfactory upon inspection by the Owner shall be rectified by the Contractor
at his expense.
G. Cast-in-place concrete pads and bases, for mechanical equipment shall be installed
by workers skilled in such work, and in accord with Section 03300, Cast-In-Place
Concrete.
1. Mechanical contractor/installer shall be responsible for location, layout and size
of pads/bases.
H. Cutting and patching to provide for work of this Section shall be executed in accord
with Section 01045, Cutting and Patching.
1.09 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
A. The codes and regulations of the local authority with jurisdiction over this project
contain provisions for designs that include proper protection for seismic incidents.
These provisions apply to various work items included in the work covered by this
Section.
B. Reference is made to Section 01061, Regulatory Seismic Requirements. Here the
overall concept and procedure for addressing seismic considerations are set forth.
..
1. Contractor shall determine scope of work, per Section 01061, and ensure that
all work required is in compliance with applicable seismic provisions.
ow
1.10 RATED CONSTRUCTION
A. Where rated for fire resistance, and/or structural capacity, maintain integrity of rated .w
walls, floors, or ceilings where mechanical elements penetrate.
1. Where work of this section penetrates a fire-rated assembly, the penetration
shall be firestopped, in accordance with Division 07 Section "Through-
Penetration Fire Stopping."
2. Firestop work shall be performed only by workers skilled in installation of such
systems.
1.11 GMP/PROCESS AREA CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Refer to drawings for schedule of area classifications. Specific requirements for work
within classified areas is contained in individual specification sections, as applicable.
1.12 PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS
A. Plant Rules: Observe good manufacturing and job site practices at existing plants:
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 6 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor(s) shall employ only skilled craftsmen regularly engaged in the
appropriate trade for both Division 23 work, and associated work as indicated.
B. All personnel employed by the Contractor(s) shall be fully qualified to do the work
and shall be familiar with the systems involved, the equipment used, and how they
operate.
1. All Contractor personnel shall observe all plant rules described in this section
and those included in Division 00 of this document if applicable.
C. Welding shall only be performed by welders specifically certified for each type(s) of
welding required to be performed. All applicable welding certificates for each
certified welder shall remain on file on the project site during the duration of the
project construction. Welding certificates shall be presented upon request by Owner
or Architect.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of welding done by its
organization and shall repair or replace any work not in accordance with these
specifications.
E. All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be new and free from defects.
1. No materials, equipment, ductwork, piping, etc., whether furnished by the
Contractor or the Owner shall be installed or used in a fabrication assembly if
the items are physically damaged or functionally defective.
F. All work performed by Contractor(s) shall be of best, professional quality and
executed in a safe manner.
1. Each Contractor and all employees shall observe all job site work rules.
2. The Contractor shall not perform any work during periods in which
environmental or site conditions may adversely affect the serviceability of the
installation.
3. The Contractor, in performing his work, shall not damage, destroy or otherwise
reduce the serviceability of an existing installation or work performed by others
including, but not limited to, roofing, insulated panels, floors, structural steel,
and buried piping.
4. The Contractor shall repair any damage at his own expense and at the direction
and approval of the Owner. If conflicts arise, the Contractor shall immediately
report them to the Owner far resolution.
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 5 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. All submitted information shall be specific to the project, and clearly identified if
standard information sheets are used.
C. Shop Drawings: Contractor shall submit shop drawings, as provided for in the
General Conditions and Division 01 specifications.
1. Shop drawings, as specified in the various technical Sections, are required for
all manufactured equipment, packaged (shop fabricated) equipment, ductwork
layouts with construction details, piping system valves, piping accessories and
specialties, vessels and tanks, insulation materials, equipment manufacturer's
control diagrams and apparatus panels, equipment operating and control
panels, etc., applicable to the work covered in these specifications and
accompanying drawings.
2. Installation shop drawings shall clearly indicate weights and methods of
attachment to the building structure as well as steel sizes, dimensions and
locations.
3. Indicate motor manufacturers name on shop drawings for electric motor driven
equipment.
4. Make piping and ductwork shop drawings to the same scale (or larger) as the
contract drawings.
5. Shop drawings not in compliance with above requirements will be returned
without review for correction and resubmittal.
D. Samples: The Contractor shall obtain samples of such items as insulation, factory
finishes of materials, painting, piping, etc., for satisfactory review by Owner, prior to
procuring.
E. Miscellaneous: Submit copies of all certificates, warranties, permits, inspection
reports, test results, etc. required in the various other Sections.
F. As-Built Drawings:
1. Upon completion of the work and prior to final payment, furnish Owner with a
minimum of two (2) sets of"As-Built"drawings (unless more are specified in
individual sections). .
2. As-built drawings shall be submitted 10 days after completion of work.
3. Underground services installed under this contract shall be located to the
nearest foot, measured by distance from column centers.
.X
am
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 4 of 15
:ACA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Install equipment with parts readily accessible for inspection and maintenance.
Extra compensation will not be allowed for dismantling equipment to obtain entrance
into building.
D. Protect at all times, all work, fixtures, equipment and materials against weather and
physical damage during handling and in storage at jobsite.
1. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs and protect against dirt, water, freezing,
chemical, or mechanical injury.
E. The Contractor(s) shall determinE! and be responsible for providing the proper
location, size, configuration, and character of all holes, sleeves, chases, and other
openings required during construction. Give all concerned contractors due and
proper notification in regard to se me.
1. Use craftsmen skilled in the appropriate trades for all cutting, fitting, patching,
repairing, and finishing of masonry, concrete, metal, carpentry, etc., work that
may be required in this specification.
2. No structural members shall be cut, drilled, or in any manner weakened to
accommodate the installation of work performed under this contract.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 013323 "Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples"for proper
filing procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit product specific information, including but not limited to,
legible catalog cuts, schedules, capacities, piping hook-ups, setting drawings, etc.,
shall include the following:
1. Cross referencing to drawings numbers, room names and/or numbers, and
specification article number, paragraph and page number.
2. Shipping and operating weights, support points and weight per point.
3. Installation data consisting of dimensions, setting details, vibration isolation,
number of components or sub assemblies, erection instruction, anchoring
methods and locations.
4. Applicable performance data consisting of specified design capabilities, i.e.,
" gpm, btu, rpm, bhp, pressure drops, design and operating pressures,
temperatures, performance curves, noise level curves, power characteristics
and consumption, efficiencies, etc.
5. Warranty period (months), start-up service (man-days), time period for
instructing owner personnel in operation and maintenance (man-days).
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 3 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 up
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
7. ANSI B31.5 Code for Pressure Piping.
am
8. National Safety Council (NSC).
9. ANSI A58.1 - Flexible and Flexibly Mounted Equipment. "o
10. Applicable Local Building Codes, and reference standards.
.W
11. Other regulations/rules of the local authority having jurisdiction.
12. State Industrial Commission Labor Department. No
13. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Working plans as used in all Division 23 Sections refer to documents (including
drawings and calculations) prepared pursuant to requirements in the applicable
standards, and necessary for obtaining approval of authority having jurisdiction.
B. Coordination drawings as required in other Division 23 Sections are a form of"shop
drawings", but primarily intended to indicate how the specific items or equipment
are incorporated into the current project.
C. Other applicable definitions for the various systems and equipment are located in the
applicable reference standards, and in each of the Division 23 technical Sections.
1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Project Altitude: Base airflow ratings and heating and cooling capacities on sea-level
conditions.
so
1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall determine that equipment proposed to be furnished can be
brought into building and installed in the space available.
B. This Section addresses the general, overall aspect of all work in the Division.
1. This included furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, electric motors,
apparatus, supports, sleeves, embedded concrete inserts, etc., services,
permanent and temporary facilities, necessary for all work.
2. Also, included is the testing, adjusting, retesting and readjusting as required to
place all systems in an approved operating condition, as indicated on the
drawings, called for in these specifications, and as required by job conditions.
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 2 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 230500
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 —General Requirements and Section 230500 govern all Work of
Division 23.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21-22, and 24-26) may contain
requirements related to Division ::3.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides general overview parameters and procedures, which apply to all
work specified in all Sections of Division 23.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Mechanical installations shall comply with applicable requirements and
recommendations of standards published by listed agencies and trade associations,
except to extent detailed and stri igent requirements are indicated or required by
governing regulations.
B. The following is a partial list of the agencies, publications, codes, regulations and
standards applicable to the HVAC work for the Contractor's convenience. The edition
required by code/regulation, or the latest edition shall apply unless otherwise noted:
1. SMACNA Manuals - Duct Construction Standards and Balancing and Adjustment
of Air Distribution Systems.
2. American National Standard Code, Mechanical Refrigeration, ANSI B9. ASHRAE
Standard 15-1994.
3. FDA, 21 CFR Part 110, Good Manufacturing Practice in Manufacturing, Packing
or Holding Human Food.
4. OSHA Standards, Part 1910, Title 29 of CFR.
" 5. USDA Regulations as Administered by Food Safety and Inspection Services
(FSIS).
6. NFPA, International (NFPA).
BASIC HVAC REQUIREMENTS 230500 - 1 of 15
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
OR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect water supplies from water distribution piping to fixtures.
C. Connect drain piping from fixtures to drainage piping.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height.
B. Adjust water-cooler temperature settings to 50°F.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Water Cooler Testing: After electrical circuitry has been energized, test for
compliance with requirements. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
B. Repair or replace malfunctioning units. Retest as specified above after repairs or
replacements are made.
3.07 CLEANING
A. After completing fixture installation, inspect unit. Remove paint splatters and other
spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish.
B. Clean fixtures, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS 224700 - 5 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 an
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of
piping connections before fixture installation. Verify that sizes and locations of
piping and types of supports match those indicated.
B. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 APPLICATIONS
A. Use carrier off-floor supports for wall-hanging fixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Use chrome-plated brass or copper tube, fittings, and valves in locations exposed to
view. Plain copper tube, fittings, and valves may be used in concealed locations.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install off-floor supports affixed to building substrate and attach wall-hanging
fixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Install mounting frames affixed to building construction and attach recessed water
coolers to mounting frames, unless otherwise indicated. WA
C. Install fixtures level and plumb.
M
D. Install water-supply piping with shutoff valve on supply to each fixture to be
connected to water distribution piping. Use ball or globe valve. Install valves in
locations where they can be easily reached for operation. Refer to Division 22
Section "Valves" for general-duty valves.
E. Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be connected to
sanitary drainage system.
F. Install pipe escutcheons at wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use ••
deep-pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. Refer
to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for
escutcheons.
G. Seal joints between fixtures and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part,
mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Refer to ,..
Division 07 Section "Joint Sealers" for sealant and installation requirements.
H. Install water coolers per manufacturer's written instructions.
ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS 224700 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Halsey Taylor
3. Haws Corporation
4. Oasis Corp (design basis)
B. Water Coolers: ARI 1010, Type FIB, pressure with bubbler.
1. Bubbler: One, with automatic stream regulator, located on each cabinet deck.
2. Supply: NPS 3/8 with ball or globe valve.
3. Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/4 minimum horizontal waste and trap complying with
ASME A112.18.1M.
4. Cooling System: Electric, with hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, air-
,,, cooled condensing unit, corrosion-resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion-
resistant-metal storage tank, and adjustable thermostat.
5. Support: Refer to"Fixture Supports"article.
a. Semi-Recessed: Mounting frame or brackets for attaching to substrate.
b. Recessed: Mounting frame for attaching to substrate.
6. Cooling capacity: Based on cooling flow capacity from 80°F to 50°F with 0°F
ambient temperature.
2.02 FIXTURE SUPPORTS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the manufacturers listed.
1. Josam Co.
2. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
3. Tyler Pipe
4. Zurn Specifications Drainage Operation
B. Off Floor, Plumbing Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M, water-cooler carriers.
Include vertical, steel uprights with feet and tie rods and bearing plates with
mounting studs matching fixture to be supported.
1. Type I: Hanger-type carrier with two vertical uprights.
2. Supports for Accessible Fixtures: Include rectangular, vertical, steel uprights
instead of steel pipe uprights.
ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS 224700 - 3 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. 0&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Product Data: Include rated capacities, installed weights, furnished specialties,
accessories, and electrical characteristics for each type of fixture specified.
2. Maintenance Data: For fixtures specified.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and
Usable Buildings and Facilities"and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities
Act"; about fixtures for people with disabilities. �*
D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in the U.S. Architectural &
Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
(UFAS), 1985-494-187" about fixtures for people with disabilities.
E. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health *
Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.
F. ARI Standard: Comply with ARI 1010, "Self-Contained, Mechanically Refrigerated
Drinking-Water Coolers," for water coolers and with ARI's "Directory of Certified
Drinking Water Coolers" for type and style classifications.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate roughing-in and final fixture locations, and verify that fixtures can be •
installed to comply with original design and referenced standards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS ..
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the manufacturers listed:
1. Elkay Manufacturing Co.
ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS 224700 - 2 of 5
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 224700
ELECTRIC %HATER COOLERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
40 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Electric water coolers.
2. Fixture supports.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Accessible Drinking Fountain and Water Cooler: Fixture that can be approached and
used by people with disabilities.
B. Drinking Fountain: Fixture with nozzle for delivering stream of water for drinking.
C. Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of fixture.
D. Fixture: Drinking fountain or water cooler.
E. Water Cooler: Electrically powered fixture for generating and delivering cooled
drinking water.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/Engineer
for"'Design Basis" products.
ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS 224700 - 1 of 5
w
.M.
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Install escutcheons on piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished
locations. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and
Methods" for escutcheons.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect hot- and cold-water-supply piping to hot- and cold-water-tempering
equipment. Connect tempered-water piping to emergency plumbing fixtures.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust or replace fixture flow regulators for proper flow.
B. Adjust equipment temperature settings.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Mechanical-Component Testing: After plumbing connections have been made, test
for compliance with requirements. Verify ability to achieve indicated capacities and
temperatures.
B. Repair or replace malfunctioning units. Retest as specified above after repairs or
replacements are made.
C. Report test results in writing.
END OF SECTION
4W
ON
ew
EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 5 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS so
5. Encon Safety Products
B. Hot- and Cold- Water-Tempering Equipment: Factory-fabricated equipment
including water thermostatic mixing valve designed to provide 85 deg F potable
water at emergency plumbing fixtures, to maintain temperature at plus or minus 5
deg F throughout required 15-minute test period, and in case of unit failure to
continue cold-water flow, with union connections, controls, corrosion-resistant metal
piping, and enclosure.
C. Pressure Drop Requirement: Thermostatic mixing valve shall have a pressure drop
of not greater than 10 psi at 30 gpm.
2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Certify performance of plumbed emergency plumbing fixtures by independent testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of
piping connections before plumbed emergency plumbing fixture installation.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
40
3.02 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION
A. Assemble emergency plumbing fixture piping, fittings, control valves, and other
components according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install fixtures level and plumb. .�
C. Fasten fixtures to substrate.
.f.
D. Omit shutoff valves on supplies to emergency equipment.
1. Exception: Where shutoff valves are required by local authorities having •
jurisdiction, or shown on drawings, or are installed in piping branches to
plumbing fixtures that include emergency fixtures, use ball or gate valves that
can be chained or locked in open position. Install valves in locations where
they can easily be reached for operation. Refer to Division 22 Section "Valves"
for general - duty shutoff valves.
E. Install dielectric fitting in supply piping to fixture if piping and fixture connections are
made of different metals. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping
Materials and Methods" for dielectric fittings.
EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 COMBINATION EYEWASH SAFETY SHOWER UNITS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the manufacturers listed.
1. Bradley Corporation
2. Guardian Equipment Co.
3. Haws Corporation
4. Speakman Co. (design basis)
5. Encon Safety Products
B. Equipment:
1. Piping: Galvanized steel or stainless steel, as indicated on the Drawings.
a. Unit Supply: NPS 1-1/4 minimum.
b. Shower Supply: NPS 1 with flow regulator and stay-open control valve.
c. Eye/Face Wash Supply: NPS 1/2 with flow regulator and stay-open
control valve.
2. Shower Capacity: Deliver potable water at rate not less than 20 gpm for at
least 15 minutes or, if required by authorities having jurisdiction, deliver water
at a rate of 30 gpm for 15 minutes.
a. Control-Valve Actuator: Pull rod.
b. Shower Head: 8-inch minimum diameter.
3. Eye/Face Wash Equipment: With capacity to deliver potable water at rate not
less than 3.0 gpm for at least 15 minutes.
a. Control-Valve Actuator: Push handle.
2.02 WATER-TEMPERING EQUIPMENT
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Water-Tempering
Equipment by one of the following:
1. Haws Corporation (design basis)
2. Lawler Manufacturing Co., Inc.
3. Leonard Valve Co.
4. Speakman Co.
EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 3 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. 0&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Product Data: Include flow rates and capacities, installed weights, furnished
specialties, and accessories for each product indicated.
2. Flow Requirement Report: Submit verification of minimum flow rate required
by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Maintenance Data: For emergency plumbing fixtures specified.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
C. ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z358.1, "Emergency Eyewash and Shower
Equipment," as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and
Usable Buildings and Facilities" and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities
Act"; about plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.
E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in U.S. Architectural & **
Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
(UFAS), 1985-494-187" about plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.
F. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486,
"Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.
G. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health
Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.
H. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with all applicable codes and laws including
requirements of OSHA and other authorities having jurisdiction.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate roughing-in and final plumbing fixture locations, and verify that fixtures
can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards.
EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 224500
EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following emergency plumbing fixtures:
1. Combination eyewash safety shower units.
2. Water-tempering equipment.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Accessible Fixture: Emergency plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered,
and used by people with disabilities.
B. Plumbed Emergency Plumbing Fixture: Fixture with fixed, potable-water supply.
Ow C. Tepid: Approximately 85 deg F temperature.
0
1. Allowable Variation: Plus or minus 5 deg F.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
"` A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
"' B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/
Engineer for"Design Basis" products.
C. Informational Submittals:
1. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements.
EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 1 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 `
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall
strainers and spouts.
2. Remove sediment and debris from drains.
3.07 PROTECTION am
A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
4W
B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by
Owner.
.r
END OF SECTION
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224293 - 8 of 8
om
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Install utility-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected
to utility distribution piping. Install stops in locations where they can be easily
reached for operation.
D. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly
connected to drainage system.
E. Install traps on fixture outlets.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect utility supplies from utility distribution piping to fixtures.
C. Connect drain piping from fixtures to drainage piping.
D. Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Connect fixtures with water
supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping. Use size fittings required to match
fixtures. Connect to plumbing piping.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verify that installed fixtures are of the sanitary quality and types specified for
locations where installed.
B. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified
components.
C. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
a•
D. Test installed fixtures for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and
components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
fixtures, fittings, and controls.
B. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning
methods and materials. Do the following:
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224293 - 7 of 8
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Substitutions (see Section 01610), and provide full product data for each product,
and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design basis product specified
herein.
1. Advance Tabco
2. Unitherm Food Systems
C. Hand Sink: "
1. Model: 501, floor mount.
2. Material: 304 stainless steel, heavy gauge, electro-polished finish.
3. Configuration: 14 in x 17 in x 7 in deep bowl with integral welded 10 in high
backsplash with stainless steel mounting bracket and non-breakable soap
dispenser.
4. Spout: Chrome plated brass, with aerator.
5. Valves: Foot operated.
6. Drain Outlet: Reference drawing schedule.
7. Shut Off Valves: 1/2 in stainless steel ball valves.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for air, water and waste piping systems and supports to verify
actual locations and sizes of piping connections and that locations and types of
supports match those indicated, before sanitation plumbing fixture installation. Use
manufacturer's roughing-in data if roughing-in data are not indicated.
B. Examine walls, floors, and columns for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be
installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 FIXTURE INSTALLATION
A. Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers'
written instructions. •
B. Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written instructions and
roughing-in drawings. �►
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224293 - 6 of 8
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
9. Vacuum Breaker: Integral or factory-installed, non-removable, manual-drain-
type, hose connection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011.
2.02 HOSE REELS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirement, provide standard products
of the following:
1. Reelcraft (design basis)
B. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are to be
used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for
Substitutions (see Section 01610), and provide full product data for each product,
and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design basis product specified
herein.
1. Hannay Reels, Inc.
2. Strahman Valves, Inc.
C. Sanitary Duty:
1. Model: Hi-sanitary, spring rewind, wall mount.
2. Material of Construction: 304 stainless steel.
3. Spring: Heavy-duty internal rewind spring motor.
4. Operation: Ratchet assembly locks reel when desired length of hose has been
pulled out; tug on hose unlocks the reel and spring motor retracts the hose.
5. Hose: Manufacturer's standard (RS) for service fluid, temperature and
pressure; 50 feet long, red.
6. Nozzle: Stainless steel, red, water saver type.
7. Vacuum Breaker: Integral or factory-installed, non-removable, manual-drain-
type, hose connection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011.
2.03 HAND SINKS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirement, provide standard products
of the following:
1. Columbia Products Co. (design basis)
B. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are to be
used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224293 - 5 of 8
wa
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .4
and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design basis product specified
herein. A*
1. Armstrong International, Inc.
2. Leonard Valve Company
3. T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
C. Single-Temperature Water Hose Stations (HS-2):
1. Model: M-156N for wall mount.
2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1.
3. Mounting Plate: Stainless steel.
4. Hose-Rack Material: Stainless steel.
5. Body Material: Bronze.
6. Supply Fitting: NPS 3/4 globe valve and check valve, bronze.
7. Nozzle & Hose: Reference drawing schedule.
8. Vacuum Breaker: Integral or factory-installed, non-removable, manual-drain-
type, hose connection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011.
D. Hot-and-Cold Water Hose Stations (HS-1):
4W
1. Model: M-750 TM temperature indicating, wall mount.
2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1. ""
3. Mounting Plate: Stainless steel.
4. Hose-Rack Material: Stainless steel.
5. Body Material: Stainless steel. O.
6. Supply Fitting: Two NPS 3/4 globe valves and check valves, stainless steel.
ON
7. Hose: Manufacturer's standard for service fluid, temperature and pressure; 50
feet long, red.
8. Nozzle: S-77 stainless steel spray nozzle, red.
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224293 - 4 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1M.
3. Tubular Brass Drainage Fittings and Piping: ASME A112.18.1M.
H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous components:
1. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
2. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.
3. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate roughing-in and final sanitation plumbing fixture locations, and verify that
fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards.
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
„ packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and
size installed.
�. 2. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and
size installed.
3. Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate
compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HOSE STATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products
of the following:
1. Strahman Valves Inc. (design basis)
B. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are to be
used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for
Substitutions (see Section 01610), and provide full product data for each product,
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224293 - 3 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates for each type
of fixture indicated. „
2. Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures, faucets and flushometers specified.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures and other components of each
category through one source from a single manufacturer.
1. Exception: If fixtures or other components are not available from a single
manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for
that category.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the ""
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
C. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health ow
Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.
D. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that "`
are compatible.
E. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for ««
fixtures:
1. Hand Sinks: NSF 2 construction. AM
2. Stainless Steel Fixtures Other Than Service Sinks: ASME A112.19.3M.
oft
F. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
sink faucets:
1. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME
A112.18.3M.
2. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1M.
3. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
4. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
5. Supply and Drain Fittings: ASME A112.18.1M.
G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for ••
miscellaneous fittings:
1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. **
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224293 - 2 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 224293
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
+ ► 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
w.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
, . A. This Section includes the following sanitation plumbing fixtures and related
components:
1. Hose Stations.
2. Hose Reels.
3. Hand Sinks.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings
specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, drains and
tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/
Engineer for"Design Basis" products.
C. O&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Product Data: Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories,
appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports and indicate materials and
SANITATION PLUMBING FIXTURES 224293 - 1 of 8
..
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) '"
go
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verify that installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where
installed.
B. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified
components.
C. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation.
Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure
until units operate properly.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
fixtures, fittings, and controls.
B. Operate and adjust controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and
controls.
C. Adjust water pressure at faucets, shower valves, and flushometer valves to produce
proper flow and stream.
D. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning
methods and materials. Do the following:
" 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall
strainers and spouts.
` 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by
Owner.
END OF SECTION
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 11 of 11
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
H. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected
to drainage system. .
I. Install toilet seats on water closets.
J. Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if .�
faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if
required. .�.
K. Install water-supply, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies
at stop valves.
L. Install faucet, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet
spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include
adapters if required.
M. Install traps on fixture outlets. 004
1. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps.
N. Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations oft
and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to
conceal protruding fittings. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Aft
Materials and Methods" for escutcheons.
0. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, one-
part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Refer "
to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealers" for sealant and installation requirements.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect water supplies from water distribution piping to fixtures.
C. Connect drain piping from fixtures to drainage piping.
D. Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Connect fixtures with water .�
supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping. Use size fittings required to match
fixtures. Connect to plumbing piping.
E. Supply and Waste Connections to Fixtures and Equipment Specified in Other
Sections: Connect fixtures and equipment with water supplies, stops, risers, traps,
and waste piping specified. Use size fittings required to match fixtures and
equipment. Connect to plumbing piping.
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 10 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for water soil and for waste piping systems and supports to
verify actual locations and sizes of piping connections and that locations and types of
supports match those indicated, before plumbing fixture installation. Use
manufacturer's roughing-in data if roughing-in data are not indicated.
B. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be
installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 FIXTURE INSTALLATION
A. Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers'
written instructions.
B. For wall-hanging fixtures, install off-floor supports affixed to building substrate.
1. Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures.
2. Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping.
3. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible
fixtures.
C. Install back-outlet, wall-hanging fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to
supports.
D. Install wall-hanging fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.
E. Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written instructions and
roughing-in drawings.
F. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected
to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe
spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached
for operation.
1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valve if stops are not specified with fixture.
Refer to Division 22 Section "Valves" for general-duty valves.
G. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly
connected to sanitary drainage system.
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 9 of 11
w
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. Crane Plumbing/Fiat Products.
c. Kohler Co.
d. U.S. Industries, Eljer Plumbingware Div.
2. Type: Elongated with siphon-jet design.
3. Height: As indicated on the drawings.
4. Design Consumption: 1.6 gal./flush.
5. Color: White.
6. Flushometer: Reference paragraph "Flushometers".
7. Toilet Seat: Reference paragraph "Toilet Seats".
8. Fixture Support: Reference paragraph "Fixture Supports".
2.08 LAVATORIES
A. Lavatories, Style LA: Wall-hanging, vitreous-china fixture.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers listed. A*
a. American Standard, Inc. (design basis)
b. Kohler Co.
c. U.S. Industries, Eljer Plumbingware Div.
d. Crane Plumbing/Fiat Products.
2. Type: Self draining deck.
3. Size: 15-1/2 by 13-1/2 inches rectangular.
4. Faucet Hole Punching: As indicated on the drawings.
5. Faucet Hole Location: Top.
6. Color: White.
7. Faucet: As indicated on the drawings.
8. Supplies: NPS 3/8 chrome-plated copper with stops.
9. Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/4 chrome-plated cast-brass trap and wall escutcheon.
Nk
10. Protective Shielding Guard[s]: Reference paragraph "Shielding Guards".
11. Fixture Support: Reference paragraph "Fixture Supports". •
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 8 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.05 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS
A. Protective Shielding Guard: Manufactured, plastic enclosure for covering for hot-
and cold-water supplies and trap and drain piping and complying with ADA
requirements.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Truebro, Inc.
b. McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc.
c. Plumberex Specialty Products Inc.
2.06 FIXTURE SUPPORTS
A. Water-Closet Support: Water-closet combination carrier designed for accessible and
standard mounting height. Include single or double, vertical or horizontal, hub-and-
spigot or hubless waste fitting as required for piping arrangement; faceplates;
couplings with gaskets; feet; and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture.
Include additional extension coupling, faceplate, and feet for installation in wide pipe
space.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by
one of the manufacturers listed.
a. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Co.
b. Josam Co.
c. Tyler Pipe Co.
d. Watts Drainage Products
e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group
B. Lavatory Support: Type I, lavatory carrier with exposed arms and tie rods, Type II,
lavatory carrier with concealed arms and tie rod, or Type III, lavatory carrier with
hanger plate and tie rod. Include steel uprights with feet. Designed for accessible
and standard mounting height.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Co.
b. Josam Co.
- c. Tyler Pipe Co.
d. Watts Drainage Products
e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group
2.07 WATER CLOSETS
A. Water Closets, Style WA: Wall-hanging, back-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed
for flushometer valve operation.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers listed.
a. American Standard, Inc. (design basis)
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 7 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 `
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
11. Transformer: For hard-wired electric sensor, 120 VAC/24 VAC 50 VA.
2.03 FLUSHOMETERS
A. Flushometer: Cast-brass body with corrosion-resistant internal components, control
stop with check valve, vacuum breaker, and copper or brass tubing, and polished
chrome-plated finish on exposed parts.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers listed.
a. Sloan Valve Co. (design basis)
b. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Flush Valve no
2. Internal Design: Diaphragm operation. MR
3. Style: Exposed.
4. Inlet Size: NPS 1 for water closets, NPS 3/4 for urinals. o""
5. Trip Mechanism: Hard-wired, electric-sensor. No
6. Consumption: 1.0 gal./flush for urinals and 1.6 gal./flush for water closets.
7. Tailpiece Size: NPS 3/4 for urinals, NPS 1-1/2 for water closets and standard '''
length to top of bowl.
8. Transformer: For hardwired electric sensor, 120VAC/24VAC 50VA. °1°
2.04 TOILET SEATS
am
A. Toilet Seat: Solid plastic.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by .o
one of the manufacturers listed.
a. Bemis Manufacturing Co. (design basis)
b. Church Seat Co. so
c. Kohler Co.
2. Configuration: Open front without cover.
3. Size: Elongated.
4. Class: Standard commercial or Heavy-duty commercial as indicated on
drawings.
5. Hinge Type: SC, self-sustaining, check.
6. Color: White.
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 6 of 11
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
9. Water-Closet Tank, Repair Kits: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type
installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. For fixture descriptions in other Part 2 articles where the subparagraph titles
"Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers and their products or
manufacturers only, the following requirements apply for product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the manufacturers specified in other Part 2 articles.
2.02 LAVATORY FAUCETS
A. Lavatory Faucet: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets
with supplies and fixture holes and outlet with spout and fixture receptor.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers listed.
a. American Standard, Inc.
b. Kohler Co.
c. T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
d. Elkay Manufacturing Co.
e. Sloan Valve Co. (design basis - sensor operation)
f. Zurn Industries, Inc.
2. Maximum Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Body Material: Cast brass.
4. Finish: Polished chrome plate.
5. Mounting: Deck, exposed.
6. Handle(s): N/A.
7. Inlet(s): NPS 3/8.
8. Spout: Rigid.
9. Spout Outlet: 0.5 gpm Aerator flow restrictor.
10. Drain: Reference drawing schedule.
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 5 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 A
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
L. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for Am
miscellaneous components:
1. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
2. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.
3. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
4. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5.
5. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate roughing-in and final plumbing fixture locations, and verify that fixtures
can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards.
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and
size installed. -�
2. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and
size installed.
3. Faucet, Laminar-Flow Fittings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and
size installed, but not less than 2 of each type and size.
4. Faucet, Flow-Control Fittings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and
size installed.
5. Supply, Flow-Control Fittings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and
size installed.
6. Flushometer Valve, Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type
installed, but not less than 12 of each type. .0
7. Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate
compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above. a
8. Flushometer Tank, Repair Kits: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type
installed, but not less than 2 of each type. No
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 4 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Hand Sinks: NSF 2 construction.
2. Stainless Steel Fixtures Other Than Service Sinks: ASME A112.19.3M.
3. Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME Al 12.19.2M.
4. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME Al 12.19.5.
5. Water-Closet, Flushometer Tank Trim: ASSE 1037.
J. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
lavatory faucets:
1. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M.
2. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME
A112.18.3M.
3. Faucet Hose: ASTM D 3901.
4. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1M.
5. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011.
6. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME 81.20.7.
7. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
8. NSF Materials: NSF 61.
9. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
10. Supply and Drain Fittings: ASME A112.18.1M.
11. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951.
K. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous fittings:
1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1M.
3. Plastic Tubular Fittings and Piping: ASTM F 409.
4. Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951.
5. Tubular Brass Drainage Fittings and Piping: ASME A112.18.1M.
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 3 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS -
C. O&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Product Data: Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories,
appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports and indicate materials and
finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates for each type
of fixture indicated. ...
2. Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures, faucets and flushometers specified.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of
each category through one source from a single manufacturer.
1. Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a
single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified
for that category.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and
Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and
Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; about plumbing fixtures for
people with disabilities.
E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in U.S. Architectural &
Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
(UFAS), 1985-494-187" about plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.
F. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486,
"Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.
G. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components--Health
Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.
H. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that
are compatible.
I. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
plumbing fixtures:
low
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 2 of 11
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
PW NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 224200
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
+ 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes plumbing fixtures and related components.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 22 Section "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures."
2. Division 22 Section "Electric Water Coolers."
3. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping Specialties" for backflow
preventers and specialty fixtures not in this Section.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by
people with disabilities.
B. Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings
specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower
heads, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty
valves are included where indicated.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/
# Engineer for"Design Basis" products.
PLUMBING FIXTURES 224200 - 1 of 11
,.c
N
.w
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Install pressure gage(s) on outlet of commercial electric water- heater piping. Refer
to Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages" for pressure gages.
F. Fill water heaters with water.
G. Charge thermal expansion tanks with air.
3.02 CONNECTIONS
++ A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to water heaters to allow service and maintenance. Arrange
piping for easy removal of water heaters.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Leak Test: After installation, test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no
leaks exist.
2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, confirm proper
operation.
3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
B. Remove and replace water heaters that do not pass tests and inspections and retest
as specified above.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300 - 5 of 5
sm.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS 00
2.03 THERMAL EXPANSION TANKS
40
A. Description: Steel pressure-rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory-
installed butyl-rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system-
operating pressure at tank.
1. Manufacturers:
a. AMTROL Inc. (design basis) .
b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
c. Honeywell Sparco.
d. Watts Regulator Co.
2. Construction:
a. Tappings: Factory-fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and
labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1, pipe thread.
b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable-water
tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and
outlets.
c. Air-Charging Valve: Factory installed.
d. Working-Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
2.04 WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES
A. Drain Pans: Corrosion-resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less
than base of water heater and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION
A. Install water heaters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design,
and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible.
B. Install combination temperature and pressure relief valves in top portion of storage
tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend
commercial-water-heater relief-valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic
water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto
closest floor drain.
C. Install water-heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into
open drains or over floor drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water
piping for water heaters that do not have tank drains. Refer to Division 22 Section
"Water Distribution Piping Specialties" for hose-end drain valves. -*
D. Install thermometer on inlet and outlet piping of water heaters. Refer to Division 22
Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers. 4.
.m
ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 LIGHT-COMMERCIAL, STORAGE ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS
A. Description: Comply with UL 174 or UL 1453 for storage electric water heaters and
listed by manufacturer for commercial applications. Capacity not less than six
gallons and not more than 40 gallons and input not more than 12 kW.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bradford White Corporation.
b. Electric Heater Company (The); Hubbell Heaters Division.
c. Rheem Water Heater Div.; Rheem Manufacturing Company.
d. Smith, A. 0. Water Products Company. (design basis)
2. Storage-Tank Construction: Steel, vertical arrangement.
a. Tappings: ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.
b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
c. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable-water
tank linings, including extending lining material into tappings.
3. Factory-Installed Storage-Tank Appurtenances:
a. Anode Rod: Replaceable magnesium.
b. Dip Tube: Provide unless cold-water inlet is near bottom of tank.
c. Drain Valve: ASSE 1005.
d. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2.
e. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish.
f. Heat Trap Fittings: Inlet type in cold-water inlet and outlet type in hot-
water outlet.
g. Heating Elements: Electric, screw-in immersion type.
" h. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat for each element.
i. Safety Control: High-temperature-limit cutoff device or system.
j. Relief Valve: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC
25.3 for combination temperature and pressure relief valves. Include
relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure
setting less than water heater working-pressure rating. Select relief valve
with sensing element that extends into storage tank.
4. Special Requirements: NSF 5 construction with legs for off-floor installation.
ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300 - 3 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
.m
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain same type of electric water heaters through one source
from a single manufacturer.
B. Product Options: Drawings indicate requirements of electric water heaters and are
based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Products,
Materials, and Equipment."
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
E. ASME Compliance: Where indicated, fabricate and label commercial water heater
storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII,
Division 1.
F. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects;
Sections 1 through 9," for all components that will be in contact with potable water.
1.05 COORDINATION *
A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with Architectural and Structural
Drawings.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace components of electric water heaters that fail in materials or
workmanship within specified warranty period. ••
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including storage tank and supports. .»
b. Faulty operation of controls.
c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
use.
2. Warranty Period(s): From date of Substantial Completion:
a. Light-Commercial Electric Water Heaters:
1) Storage Tank: Three years.
2) Controls and Other Components: One year.
b. Thermal Expansion Tanks: One year.
ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300 - 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 223300
ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following electric water heaters:
1. Light-commercial, storage electric water heaters.
2. Thermal expansion tanks.
3. Water heater accessories.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect Engineer
for"Design Basis" products.
C. 0&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Product Data: For each type and size of water heater specified. Include
dimensional information, rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished
specialties, accessories, and electrical characteristics.
2. Operation and Maintenance Data: For electric water heaters specified.
4*
3. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300 - 1 of 5
Ow
am
4m
40
00
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.10 PAINTING
A. Use materials and procedures in Division 09 painting Sections.
B. Paint exterior, pressure regulators, and specialty valves.
1. Color: Yellow.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test, inspect, and purge piping according to NFPA 54 and requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory
results are obtained.
C. Verify capacities and pressure ratings of pressure regulators, valves, and specialties.
D. Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators.
E. Verify that specified piping tests are complete.
END OF SECTION
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 9 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 MW
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS so
C. Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field
welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction.
3.07 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Pipe hanger and support and equipment support materials and installation
requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment
Hangers and Supports."
B. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and
minimum rod sizes:
1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
2. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. .�
4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
5. NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.
3.08 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance. Yee1i
C. Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve
upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream .k
from valve.
D. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as
close as practical to inlet of each appliance using gas.
3.09 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment
nameplate or sign on, pressure regulator, and specialty valve. .�
1. Text: In addition to name of identified unit, distinguish between multiple units,
inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency
precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations.
2. Nameplates, pipe identification, and signs are specified in Division 22 Section «.
"Plumbing Identification."
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 8 of 9
a'w
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air
ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts,
or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts.
a. Exception: Accessible above-ceiling space specified above.
C. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect.
Include outlets of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and
emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing.
1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged
or capped. Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3
inches long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between
bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap.
D. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below
grade or floors, and in floor channels, unless indicated to be exposed to view.
E. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers.
F. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with
level side down.
G. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.
H. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection
to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on
flanged devices.
I. Install strainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator.
J. Install pressure gage downstream from each line pressure regulator. Pressure gages
are specified in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages."
K. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger
connections.
L. Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside
building, and vent to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing
elbow fittings with corrosion-resistant insect screens in large end.
3.06 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic piping joint construction is specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic
Piping Materials and Methods."
B. Use materials suitable for fuel gas.
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 7 of 9
w.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Refer to the"Utility, Process, and Ingredient Pipe Material Schedule"on drawings for
applications of pipe, tube, fitting and joining materials.
C. Gas Service Piping at Meters and Regulators, More Than 5 psig: Steel pipe, steel
welding fittings, and welded joints.
3.04 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or
gas stop.
B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve.
C. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 2 to 5 psig: Gas valve.
D. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.
E. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Plug valve or general-duty valve.
F. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.
G. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Plug valve.
3.05 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing
Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
B. Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in mot
airtight conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded
joints. Vent conduit to outside and terminate with screened vent cap.
1. Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces,
subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such
spaces are used as plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings.
2. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect piping
from physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls. •
a. Exception: Piping passing through partitions or walls.
3. In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in
Part 2 "Protective Coating" Article may be installed in masonry walls, subject to
approval of authorities having jurisdiction.
.w
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 6 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.05 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. Description: Single stage and suitable for fuel gas service. Include steel jacket and
corrosion-resistant components, elevation compensator, and atmospheric vent.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
r a. Line Pressure Regulators:
1) American Meter Company.
2) Fisher Controls International, Inc.; Division of Emerson.
3) Maxitrol Company.
4) National Meter Industries, Inc.
5) Richards Industries, Inc.; Jordan Valve Div.
6) Schlumberger Limited; Gas Div.
2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe
"a threads.
3. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME 816.5 for steel
flanges.
4. Line Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.80 with 10-psig inlet pressure rating.
B. Pressure Regulator Vents: Factory- or field-installed, corrosion-resistant screen in
opening if not connected to vent piping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for fuel gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping
connections before equipment installation.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of
piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to
determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section.
3.03 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS
A. Flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings with pressure ratings same as or
higher than system pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless
otherwise indicated.
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 5 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
b. Jomar International Ltd.
c. Legend Valve and Fitting, Inc.
d. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
e. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div.
f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
D. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or
square head, ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly
valve with stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-
psig minimum pressure rating.
E. Gas Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASME B16.33 and CSA International-listed bronze
body and 125-psig pressure rating.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
a. Crane Valves.
b. Grinnell Corp.
c. Honeywell International Inc.
d. Jomar International Ltd.
e. Legend Valve and Fitting, Inc.
f. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
g. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div.
h. NIBCO INC.
i. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
2. Tamperproof Feature: Include design for locking.
F. Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ASME B16.38 and MSS SP-78 cast-iron,
lubricated plug valves, with 125-psig pressure rating.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
a. Flow Control Equipment, Inc.
b. Milliken Valve Co., Inc.
c. Nordstrom Valves, Inc.
d. Walworth Co.
2. Tamperproof Feature: Include design for locking. ,
G. General-Duty Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ASME 816.38, cast-iron body, suitable
for fuel gas service, with "WOG" indicated on valve body, and 125-psig pressure
rating.
1. Gate Valves: MSS SP-70, OS&Y type with solid wedge.
2. Butterfly Valves: MSS SP-67, lug type with lever handle.
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 4 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPING MATERIALS
00
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
joining materials.
2.02 PIPES, TUBES, FITTINGS, AND JOINING MATERIALS
r A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E or S; Grade B; black. Wall thickness of wrought-
steel pipe shall comply with ASME B36.10M.
1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern,
with threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.
2. Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel or ASME 816.11, forged
steel.
AO 3. Unions: ASME 816.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat,
ground joint, and threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.
4. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.
5. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.
6. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.
2.03 PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy.
' 2.04 SPECIALTY VALVES
A. Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe
threads.
B. Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel
flanges.
C. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and CSA International listed.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div.
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 3 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS wo
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/
Engineer for"Design Basis" products.
C. O&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Product Data: For the following:
a. Specialty valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical
connection data of selected models.
b. Pressure regulators. Include pressure rating, capacity, and settings of
selected models.
2. Operation and Maintenance Data: For natural gas specialties and accessories
to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code: Section IX.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section"Basic Plumbing Requirements."
C. Electrical Components and Devices: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and
marked for intended use.
D. NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code."
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and legally dispose of liquids from drips in -�
existing gas piping. Handle cautiously to avoid spillage and ignition. Notify fuel gas
supplier. Handle flammable liquids used by Installer with proper precautions and do
not leave on premises from end of one day to beginning of next day.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or
others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging
to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility
interruptions. ..►
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
44
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 2 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 221623
NATURAL-GAS PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes fuel gas piping within the building. Products include the
following:
1. Pipe, tube, fittings, and joining materials.
2. Protective pipe and fitting coating.
3. Piping specialties.
4. Specialty valves.
5. Pressure regulators.
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Gas System Pressures: Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is 10 psig, and is
reduced to secondary pressure of 0.5 psig or less.
B. Design values of fuel gas supplied for these systems are as follows:
1. Nominal Heating Value: 1000 Btu/cu. ft.
" 2. Nominal Specific Gravity: 0.6.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
fo
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
NATURAL-GAS PIPING 221623 - 1 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
11. NPS 8: 24 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
G. Install supports for vertical, Schedule 40, steel piping every 15 feet.
3.08 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to specialties and equipment to allow service and
maintenance.
C. Connect piping to air compressors, accessories, and specialties with shutoff valve
and union or flanged connection.
3.09 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Install identifying labels and devices for general-service compressed-air piping
systems. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Identification" for labeling and
identification materials.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests'and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Test and adjust piping safety controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
safety controls.
2. Piping Leak Tests: Test new and modified parts of existing piping. Cap and fill
general-service compressed-air piping with oil-free dry air or gaseous nitrogen
to pressure of 50 psig above system operating pressure, but not less than 150
psig. Isolate test source and let stand for four hours to equalize temperature.
Refill system, if required, to test pressure; hold for two hours with no drop in
pressure.
a. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
3. Report results in writing.
END OF SECTION
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 10 of 10
10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.07 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports"
for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following:
1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps.
2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel, clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable, roller hangers.
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44,
pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment
Hangers and Supports."
C. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling.
D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
E. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum
rods.
F. Install hangers for Schedule 40, steel piping with the following maximum horizontal
spacing and minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 1/4 to NPS 1/2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 3/4 to NPS 1-1/4: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 1-1/2: 12 feet with 3/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 2: 12 feet with 3/8-inch rod.
5. NPS 2-1/2: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
I
6. NPS 3: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
7. NPS 3-1/2: 16 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
8. NPS 4: 17 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
9. NPS 5: 19 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
10. NPS 6: 21 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
- COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 9 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
7. Gate Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, OS&Y, bronze-mounted
cast iron.
D. General-Duty Valves:
1. Non-Classified Location Equipment Isolation NPS 2 and Smaller: Safety- "
exhaust copper-alloy ball valve with exhaust vent and pressure rating at least
as great as piping system operating pressure.
E. Stainless Steel Piping:
1. Equipment Isolation NPS 2 and Smaller: Safety-Exhaust, Stainless Steel Ball '`
Valves.
3.04 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for basic
piping installation.
B. Install air piping between compressors and dryers and drain piping with 1 percent
slope downward in direction of airflow.
C. Install eccentric reducers where piping is reduced in direction of flow, with bottoms
of both pipes and reducer fitting flush.
D. Install branch connections to compressed-air mains from top of main. Provide dirt
leg and ball valve at end of each main and branch and at low points.
3.05 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for basic
piping and valve installation.
B. Install shutoff valve at each connection to and from general-service compressed-air
specialties, equipment, and accessories. Install strainer where indicated.
C. Install check valves to maintain correct direction of fluid flow to and from
compressed-air piping specialties and equipment.
D. Install safety valves where recommended by specialty manufacturers.
3.06 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for basic
piping joint construction.
B. Dissimilar Metal Piping Material Joints: Use dielectric fittings.
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 8 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Install nipples, flanges, unions, transition and special fittings, and valves with
pressure ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications
►A below, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Joining of Dissimilar Metal Piping: Use dielectric fittings. Refer to Division 22
Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for dielectric fitting types.
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Dielectric unions.
d*
2. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Dielectric flanges.
3. NPS 5 and Larger: Dielectric flange kits.
C. Refer to the"Utility, Process and Ingredient Pipe Material Schedule"on drawings for
application of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials.
3.03 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not
indicated, use the following:
40
1. Shutoff Service: Ball or butterfly valves.
40 2. Throttling Service: Ball or butterfly.
B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same
types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted.
C. Compressed-Air Piping: Use the following types of valves:
1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Two-piece, 600-psig CWP rating, copper alloy.
2. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Two-piece, 1000-psig CWP rating, stainless
steel.
3. Equipment-Isolation Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Safety-exhaust, bronze.
4. Equipment-Isolation Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Safety-exhaust, stainless
steel.
5. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Grooved end, 200 psig CWP rating,
ferrous alloy, with NBR liner.
6. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 200-psig, wafer-type, 316 stainless
steel.
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 7 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ow
b. Milton Industries, Inc.
c. Parker Hannifin Corporation; Fluid Connectors Group; Quick Coupling Div.
d. Schrader-Bridgeport/Standard Thomson.
2. Automatic-Shutoff Quick Couplings: Straight-through brass body with O-ring or
gasket seal and stainless steel or nickel-plated-steel operating parts.
a. Socket End: With one-way valve and threaded inlet for connection to
piping or threaded hose fitting.
b. Plug End: Flow-sensor-bleeder, check-valve type with serrated outlet for
attaching hose.
D. Hose Assemblies: Compatible hose, clamps, couplings, and splicers suitable for
compressed-air service, of nominal diameter indicated, and rated for 300-psig
minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Hose: Reinforced single- or double-wire-braid, CR-covered hose for
compressed-air service.
2. Hose Clamps: Stainless steel clamps or bands.
3. Hose Couplings: Two-piece, straight-through, threaded stainless steel O-ring or
gasket-seal swivel coupling with serrated ends for connecting two sections of
hose.
4. Hose Splicers: One-piece, straight-through stainless steel fitting with serrated
ends for connecting two sections of hose.
2.13 IDENTIFICATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Identification" for identification of piping, ►
valves, gages, and specialties.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Interruption of Existing Compressed-Air Service: Do not interrupt compressed-air
service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following
conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary compressed-air
service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed interruption of
compressed-air service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of compressed-air service without Owner's
written permission.
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 6 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.10 STAINLESS STEEL BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Stainless Steel Butterfly Valves: 200-psig, wafer-type valve, 316 stainless steel
body, stem and disc, EDPM seat, reinforced Teflon inboard stem bearings, manual
operator with locking device.
2.11 CAST-IRON GATE VALVES
A. Cast-Iron Gate Valves, General: MSS SP-70, Type I.
B. Class 125, OS&Y, Bronze-Mounted, Cast-Iron Gate Valves: Cast-iron body with
bronze trim, rising stem, and solid-wedge disc.
2.12 SPECIALTIES
A. Point of use air-line pressure regulators:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Arrow Pneumatics, Inc.
b. Ingersol-Rand Company
c. Speedaire
d. Wilkerson Corp.
2. Regulators: Bronze body rated 200 psig, direct acting, spring-loaded manual
pressure-setting adjustment (5-125 psig), diaphragm operated.
B. Point of use air-line filters:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Arrow Pneumatics, Inc.
b. Ingersol-Rand Company
c. Kaeser Compressors, Inc.
d. Speedaire
e. Van Air Systems, Inc.
f. Wilkerson Corp.
2. Mechanical Filters: Two-stage, mechanical-separation-type, 5-micron filter
element, sizes as indicated on the drawings. Metal bowl, manual drain cock.
3. Coalescing Filters: Coalescing type with activated carbon capable of removing
water and oil aerosols down to 0.5 micron; with color-change dye to indicate
when carbon is saturated, metal bowl.
C. Quick Couplings: Assembly with locking-mechanism feature for quick connection
and disconnection of compressed-air hose.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Aeroquip Corporation.
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 5 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 r.
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. Milwaukee Valve Company.
7. NIBCO INC.
8. Powell Company, The Wm.
9. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
2.07 COPPER-ALLOY BALL VALVES
A. Copper-Alloy Ball Valves, General: MSS SP-110.
B. Two-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: Bronze body with full-port, chrome-plated
bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600-psig minimum CWP rating and blowout-
proof stem. *
1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the following: *VA
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.: Apollo Div. (design basis); No substitutions
allowed.
C. Safety-Exhaust, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: Two-piece bronze body with exhaust vent
opening, chrome-plated ball with vent, blowout-proof stem, locking handle, and
working pressure rating for compressed air of at least 125 psig of 600-psig CWP.
2.08 STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES
A. Stainless Steel Ball Valves, General: MSS SP-110.
B. Two-Piece, Stainless Steel Ball Valves: 316 stainless steel body with full-port, solid
stainless steel ball with uniform diameter; reinforced PTFE seats; stainless steel lever
handle with vinyl grip; and 1000 psig minimum CWP rating and blowout-proof
stainless steel stem.
1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the following:
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.: Apollo Div. (design basis); No substitutions
allowed.
C. Safety-Exhaust, Stainless Steel Ball Valves: Two-piece T304 stainless steel body
with exhaust vent opening to relieve downstream pressure, chrome-plated ball with
vent, blowout-proof stem, locking handle, 600-psig CWP.
2.09 FERROUS-ALLOY BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Grooved-End, 200-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves: Ductile-iron or
steel body with grooved or shouldered ends.
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 4 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Stainless Steel Flanges: ASTM A-182, Grade TP 304L stainless steel, Class 150,
raised face, slip-on, flange facing: 125-250AA with circular lay, ANSI B16.5.
2.05 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods"for
joining materials not in this Section.
2.06 VALVES, GENERAL
A. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves.
B. Bronze or Stainless Steel Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded or socket welded
ends to match adjoining pipe construction, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Iron, Steel, or Stainless Steel Valves: NPS 2-1/2 and larger with flanged ends,
unless otherwise indicated.
D. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: In accordance with ASME/ANSI 816.34
and not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures.
E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Valve Actuators:
1. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.
2. Lever Handle: For quarter-turn valves NPS 4 and smaller.
G. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves.
H. Valve Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast-iron valves, ASME B16.5 for steel valves, and
ASME B16.24 for bronze valves.
I. Manufacturers: Where a specific manufacturer is not listed for a particular valve
type, provide products by one or more of the following:
1. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div.
2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
3. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
4. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div.
5. Jamesbury, Inc.
01
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 3 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
in
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
aw
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements ""
apply for product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by am
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 PIPING MATERIALS 40
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
joining materials. ®*
2.03 BLACK STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
06
A. Schedule 10, Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, Grade A, black.
1. Grooved-End Fittings and Couplings: 00
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products by one of the following:
1) Anvil International, Inc. an
2) Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
3) Victaulic Company
4) Ward Manufacturing, Inc. *b
b. Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron castings or ASTM
A 536, ductile-iron casting; with grooves according to AWWA C606 and
dimensions matching steel pipe. ..
c. Couplings: AWWA C606 or UL 213, for steel-pipe dimensions and rated
for 300-psig minimum working pressure. Include ferrous housing
sections, gasket suitable for compressed air, and bolts and nuts. Provide
EDPM gaskets.
2.04 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Stainless Steel Pipe: ASTM A 312, Type ERW or Seamless, Grade TP 304L stainless
steel, Schedule 40S, ANSI B36.19, ends prepared for socket welding. �•
1. Stainless Steel Cast Fittings: ASTM A 351, Type CF8/304 stainless steel, Class
150, socket weld ends, MSS-SP-114.
B. Stainless Steel Pipe: ASTM A 312, Type ERW or Seamless, Grade TP 304L stainless
steel, Schedule 10S, ANSI B36.19, ends prepared for butt welding.
1. Stainless Steel Fittings: ASTM A 403, Grade WP 304L stainless steel, Schedule
10S, butt weld ends, ANSI B16.9. A
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 2 of 10
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 221513
COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes piping and related specialties for general-service compressed-
air systems operating at 125 psig and less.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber.
B. Low-Pressure Compressed-Air Piping: System of compressed-air piping and
specialties operating at pressures of 125 psig and less.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/
Engineer for"Design Basis" products.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
B. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for low-pressure compressed-
air piping.
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
- COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING 221513 - 1 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .w
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or
debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.
B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.
END OF SECTION
OR
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 10 of 10
we COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage
shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required:
1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch thickness or
thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch thickness or
thinner.
2. Copper Sheets: Solder joints of copper sheets.
B. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded
in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane.
1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10
inches, and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe.
2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches
around sleeve.
3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least
8 inches around specialty.
C. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement.
D. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device.
E. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially
made flashing fittings, according to Division 07 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal."
F. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or
secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess.
G. Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks
and retest until no leaks exist.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 9 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
..
2. Set SST floor drains to match elevation of surrounding finished floor. Set CI
floor drains with grates depressed according to the following drainage area
radii:
a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less
than 1/4-inch total depression.
3. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain
and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where
penetrated.
4. Install individual traps for floor drains, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Install roof flashing assemblies on stack vents and vent stacks that extend through
roof.
G. Install flashing fittings on stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof.
H. Install through-penetration firestop assemblies in plastic conductors and stacks at
floor penetrations.
I. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub 1 inch above floor, unless
indicated otherwise.
J. Install air-gap fittings on indirect-waste piping discharge into drainage system.
K. Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with
waterproof membrane.
L. Install expansion joints on vertical stacks and conductors. Position expansion joints
for easy access and maintenance.
M. Install wood-blocking reinforcement for wall-mounting-type specialties.
N. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes
unless trap is indicated.
0. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished
locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if -�
required to conceal protruding pipe fittings.
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. ..
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 8 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, with 0.20 percent copper content and 0.04-
, „ inch minimum thickness, unless otherwise indicated. Include G90 hot-dip
galvanized, mill-phosphatized finish for painting if indicated.
D. Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil
minimum thickness.
E. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened.
F. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar
accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being
installed.
G. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy.
H. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for
piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.
B. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the
following, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage
piping unless larger cleanout is indicated.
2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.
3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100
feet for larger piping.
4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.
C. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush
with finished floor.
D. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of
types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall.
E. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains
flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 7 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Sleeve Flashing Device:
Ma
1. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron fitting, with clamping device, that forms
sleeve for pipe floor penetrations of floor membrane. Include galvanized-steel
pipe extension in top of fitting that will extend 1 inch above finished floor and No
galvanized-steel pipe extension in bottom of fitting that will extend through
floor slab.
an
2. Size: As required for close fit to riser or stack piping.
D. Stack Flashing Fittings: an
1. Description: Counterflashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for
terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent
pipe.
2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack.
E. Expansion Joints:
1. Standard: ASME A112.21.2M.
2. Body: Cast iron with bronze sleeve, packing, and gland. O°
3. End Connections: Matching connected piping.
4. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent piping.
2.06 FLASHING MATERIALS
A. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following
minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated:
1. General Use: 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch thickness.
2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0469-inch thickness.
3. Burning: 6-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch thickness. ..�
B. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152, of the following minimum weights and thicknesses,
unless otherwise indicated:
1. General Applications: 12 oz./sq. ft.
2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 8 oz./sq. ft.
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 6 of 10
go
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.03 ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES
A. Roof Flashing Assemblies:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Acorn Engineering Company; Elmdor/Stoneman Div.
b. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd.
B. Description: Manufactured assembly made of 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch- or 6.0-
lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch-thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 6 inches
from pipe, with galvanized-steel boot reinforcement and counterflashing fitting.
1. Open-Top Vent Cap: Without cap.
2. Low-Silhouette Vent Cap: With vandal-proof vent cap.
3. Extended Vent Cap: With field-installed, vandal-proof vent cap.
2.04 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP ASSEMBLIES
A. Through-Penetration Firestop Assemblies:
1. Reference Section 07841.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Hub Drains:
1. Standards: Comply with ASTM A74 and ASME A112.3.1.
2. Description: As indicated on drawings.
3. Size: Same as connected waste piping with increaser fitting of size indicated.
B. Air-Gap Fittings:
1. Standard: ASME A112.1.2, for fitting designed to ensure fixed, positive air gap
between installed inlet and outlet piping.
2. Body: Bronze or cast iron.
3. Inlet: Opening in top of body.
4. Outlet: Larger than inlet.
5. Size: Same as connected waste piping and with inlet large enough for
'O associated indirect waste piping.
NO
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 5 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
4. Body Material: As indicated on drawings.
5. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout
size.
6. Wall Access: As indicated on drawings.
2.02 FLOOR DRAINS
A. Standards: Comply with A112.6.3 and A112.3.1.
B. Floor Drains:
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products by the
following:
a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. (design basis for
other than SST)
b. Kusel Equipment Co. (design basis for SST)
2. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are
to be used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for
Other Products (see Section 01600, 2.03), and provide full product data for
each product, and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design
basis product specified herein. *�
a. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
3. Body Material: As indicated on drawings. *
4. Seepage Flange: As indicated on drawings.
5. Anchor Flange: As indicated on drawings.
6. Clamping Device: As indicated on drawings.
7. Outlet: Bottom.
8. Sediment Bucket: As indicated on drawings.
9. Top or Strainer Material: As indicated on drawings.
10. Top Loading Classification: As indicated on drawings.
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 4 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
4. Body Material: As indicated on drawings.
5. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout
size.
C. Floor Cleanouts:
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products by the
following:
a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. (design basis for
other than SST)
b. Kusel Equipment Co. (design basis for SST)
2. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are
to be used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for
Other Products (see Section 01600, 2.03), and provide full product data for
each product, and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design
basis product specified herein.
a. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
4. Body Material: As indicated on drawings.
5. Clamping Device: As indicated on drawings.
6. Outlet Connection: As indicated on drawings.
7. Frame and Cover Shape: As indicated on drawings.
8. Top Loading Classification: As indicated on drawings.
D. Wall Cleanouts:
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products by the
following:
a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. (design basis)
2. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are
to be used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for
Other Products (see Section 01600, 2.03), and provide full product data for
each product, and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design
basis product specified herein.
a. Watts Drainage Products Inc.
b. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 3 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Informational Submittals:
1. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and
accessories for the following:
a. Floor drains.
b. Trench drains.
D. 0&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823; "
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each drainage piping product specified.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified
testing agency.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
C. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic
piping specialty components.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations. **
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CLEANOUTS
A. Standards: Comply with A112.36.2M and A112.3.1.
B. Exposed Cleanouts:
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products by the
following:
a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. (design basis)
2. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are
to be used in lieu of the"design basis"manufacturer, follow the procedures for
Other Products (see Section 01600, 2.03), and provide full product data for
each product, and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design
basis product specified herein.
a. Watts Drainage Products Inc.
b. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 2 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
• NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 221399
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
w C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02—14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following drainage piping specialties:
1. Cleanouts.
2. Floor drains.
3. Roof flashing assemblies.
4. Through-penetration firestop assemblies.
5. Miscellaneous drainage piping specialties.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
B. SST: Stainless steel.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/Engineer
for"Design Basis" products.
4W
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221399 - 1 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping systems and parts of existing systems
that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in
segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of
portion of system tested.
2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced piping
until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or
concealed before it was tested.
3. Rough Plumbing Test Procedure: Test piping at completion of piping roughing-
in. Tightly close all openings in piping system, and fill with water to point of
overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before test
starts through completion of test, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for
leaks. *"
4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures and equipment
have been set and their traps filled with water, test connections and prove
gastight and watertight. Plug stack openings on roof and building drain where
it leaves building, and introduce air into system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg.
Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of fixture to measure pressure. Air
pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout
period of inspection. Inspect fixture connections for gas and water leaks.
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system or portion
thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.
6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.09 CLEANING
A. Use procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if not prescribed, use
procedures described below: .,
1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended,
or repaired before using. ,.
2. Clean piping by flushing with potable water.
END OF SECTION
PROCESS WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221333 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. NPS 8: 48 inches with 7/8-inch rod.
G. Install supports for vertical PP piping every 72 inches.
H. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.06 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. The following are
specific connection requirements.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
C. Connect process waste piping to sinks, specialties, accessories, and equipment. Use
chemical-resistant coupling, adapter, or fitting as required for materials being joined.
3.07 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements
in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Identification."
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Process Waste Piping Inspection:
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put drainage and vent piping into operation until it is
inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of
authorities having jurisdiction:
a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping system before
concealing after system roughing-in and before setting fixtures and
equipment.
b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having
jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with
requirements.
3. Reinspections: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass
test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities
" having jurisdiction.
B. Process Waste Piping Testing: Test systems according to procedures of authorities
having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedure, according to the following:
PROCESS WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221333 - 5 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 +"
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ow
D. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.
3.04 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for basic
piping joint construction. If specific joint construction is not indicated, follow piping
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with both
system materials.
3.05 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports"
for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following:
1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or MSS Type 42, riser clamps.
2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
c. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, .�
pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. +
B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment
Hangers and Supports."
C. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling.
D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
E. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 ,.
inch.
F. Install vinyl-coated hangers for PP piping with the following maximum horizontal ,.
spacing and minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 2: 33 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3: 42 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 6: 48 inches with 3/4-inch rod.
PROCESS WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221333 - 4 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings: ASME A112.3.1, ASTM A 666, Type 316L, stainless
steel drainage pipe and fittings; with socket and spigot ends for gasket joints.
Include piping manufacturer's FPM lip-seal rubber gaskets shaped to fit socket
groove and having plastic backup ring.
2.04 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for
commonly used joining materials.
B. Couplings: Assemblies with combination of clamps, gaskets, sleeves, and threaded
or flanged parts; compatible with piping and system liquid; and made by piping
manufacturer for joining system piping.
C. Adapters and Transition Fittings: Assemblies with combination of clamps, couplings,
adapters, gaskets, and threaded or flanged parts; compatible with piping and system
liquid; and made for joining different piping materials.
D. Flanges: Assemblies of companion flanges gasket complying with ASME 1316.21 and
compatible with system liquid, and bolts and nuts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION
A. Refer to Division 02 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
IW 3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure
rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Refer to"Drainage and Vent Pipe Material Schedule"on the drawings for application
of pipe materials, fittings, and joining methods.
3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for basic
piping installation.
B. Install piping next to equipment, accessories, and specialties to allow service and
maintenance.
C. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure
rating may be used, unless otherwise indicated.
PROCESS WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221333 - 3 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ""
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain pipe, fittings, and joining materials for each piping
system through one source from a single manufacturer.
1. Exception: Piping from different manufacturers may be used in same system if
indicated and suitable transition fittings matching both piping materials are
used.
B. Product Options: Drawings indicate requirements of process waste specialties and
are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Products,
Materials, and Equipment."
C. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing
laboratory.
D. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store piping and specialties with sealing plugs in ends or with end
protection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following wo
requirement applies for product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the manufacturers specified.
2.02 PIPING MATERIALS ..
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
joining materials. WA
2.03 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS
..
A. PP Drainage Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 1412, pipe extruded and drainage-pattern
fittings molded, with Schedule 40 dimensions, from PP resin with fire-retardant
additive complying with ASTM D 4101. Include fusion-joint ends.
1. Exception: Pipe and fittings made from PP resin without fire-retardant additive
may be used for underground installation.
PROCESS WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221333 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 221333
PROCESS WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
w B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following piping and specialties for process waste systems:
1. Polypropylene drainage pipe and fittings.
" 1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Process Waste and Vent: Gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage and vent piping
system separated from the building sanitary waste and vent systems by an
interceptor or waste treatment system and serving processing areas of the building.
' B. PP: Polypropylene plastic.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure-Piping Pressure Rating: 10-foot head of water.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/
Engineer.
C. Informational Submittals:
1. Field quality-control test reports.
PROCESS WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221333 - 1 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
so
Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this
pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air
throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas
and water leaks.
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion
thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained.
6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.08 CLEANING
to
A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt am
and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. *"
3.09 PROTECTION
A. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of
water-based latex paint.
END OF SECTION
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 8 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but
not smaller than required by plumbing code.
4. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if
indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for
connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities
having jurisdiction.
1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction
to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
�r
B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or
inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
` C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having
jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:
1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have
been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments,
submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of
piping tested.
2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced
drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work
that was covered or concealed before it was tested.
3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except
outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system
and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water.
" From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water
level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.
*" 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and
traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and
watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they
leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 7 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 '!
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal
spacing and minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod.
5. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 60 inches with 7/8-inch rod.
F. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.
G. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 3: 72 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
3. NPS 4 and 5: 78 inches with 5/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 6: 90 inches with 3/4-inch rod.
5. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 96 inches with 7/8-inch rod.
H. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches. �*
I. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.06 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition .�
fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.
C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: ..
1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller
than required by plumbing code.
2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes
indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 6 of 8
Am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
00 J. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-
grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing.
K. Install PVC soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2665.
L. Install underground PVC soil and waste drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321.
M. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved
by authorities having jurisdiction.
3.04 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section
"Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
B. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's
"Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.
C. Join hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints.
D. . PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665.
3.05 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and
Equipment Hangers and Supports." Install the following:
1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
2. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs according to the following:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
C. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44,
pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment
Hangers and Supports."
C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inchminimum
rods.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 5 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ON
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
No
3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Sanitary sewer piping outside the building is specified in Division 02 Section "Exterior '"'
Sewerage Systems."
B. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing ON
Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
C. Install cleanouts at grade where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary "'"
sewers.
D. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service
pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links
required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are
specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
E. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." "
F. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using
appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep
1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from
horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2
fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight 4*
tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of
flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if
pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction
of flow is prohibited.
G. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install *
true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place
hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's
written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation
requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.
H. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes,
unless otherwise indicated:
1. Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping .F
NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4
and larger, unless indicated otherwise on drawings.
2. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.
I. Install engineered soil and waste drainage and vent piping systems as follows: .„
1. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards of authorities having
jurisdiction.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 4 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.04 HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
B. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion-
resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.
1. Heavy-Duty, Shielded, Stainless Steel Couplings: With stainless steel shield,
stainless steel bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
2.05 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, Schedule 40 drain, waste, and vent.
1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain,
waste, and vent patterns.
2.06 SPECIAL PIPE FITTINGS
A. Flexible, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric,
sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring, ends of same sizes
as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening
mechanism on each end.
1. Sleeve Materials:
a. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber.
" b. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC.
C. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with
pipe materials being joined.
B. Shielded Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve
with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal
tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION
A. Refer to Division 02 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Refer to"Drainage and Vent Pipe Material Schedule"on the drawings for application
of pipe materials, fittings, and joining methods.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 3 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 '
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect
Engineer.
C. Informational Submittals: ""
1. Field quality-control test reports.
am
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing
agency.
B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials,"
for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain,
waste, and vent piping; "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF-tubular" for plastic
continuous waste piping; and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping. **
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements." �.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirement
applies to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and ..
joining materials.
2.03 HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS .�
A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class.
B. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 2 of 8
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 221316
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following for soil, waste, and vent piping inside the
building:
1. Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
2. Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
3. PVC Pipe and Fittings.
4. Special Pipe Fittings.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 22 Section "Process Waste Piping" for process waste and vent piping
systems.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum
working pressure, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 1 of 8
Sm
no
4W
am
me
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) .m
AM
OR
s.
40
so
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties.
3.03 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment
nameplate or sign on or near each of the following:
1. Pressure vacuum breakers.
2. Intermediate atmospheric-vent backflow preventers.
B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements,
indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper
operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in
Division 22 Section "Plumbing Identification."
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and prepare test reports:
1. Test each backflow preventer according to authorities having jurisdiction and
the device's reference standard.
B. Remove and replace malfunctioning water distribution piping specialties and retest
as specified above.
C. Submit a backflow preventer schedule to generate a record of devices for yearly
inspection.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Set field-adjustable pressure set points of water pressure-reducing valves.
B. Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves.
C. Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated water mixing
valves.
END OF SECTION
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 7 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 a.
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS go
1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard
products by the following:
a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. (design basis) 04
2. Standard: ASSE 1044, lavatory P-trap with 1/2-inch, primer tube connection.
3. P-Trap: 1-1/2 inch, satin chrome-plated, cast brass.
4. Primer Tube: 1/2-inch chrome-plated brass tube with 1/2-inch compression
connection.
5. Wall Escutcheon: Chrome-plated, brass.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for
piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.
B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and
systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of
contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection
with air-gap fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation
of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate
air-gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are
not acceptable for this application.
2. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.
C. Install water regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gages
on inlet and outlet.
D. Install water control valves with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure
gages on inlet and outlet.
E. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted.
F. Install air vents at high points of water piping. Install drain piping and discharge •
onto floor drain.
G. Install trap-seal primer systems with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a ,.
minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust
system for proper flow.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 6 of 7
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
+0 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. Outlet: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 and cap with brass
chain.
C. Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves:
1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for ball valves or MSS SP-80 for gate valves.
2. Pressure Rating: 200-psig minimum CWP or Class 125.
3. Size: NPS 3/4.
4. Body: Copper alloy or ASTM B 62 bronze.
5. Drain: NPS 1/8 side outlet with cap.
2.04 AIR VENTS
A. Bolted-Construction Automatic Air Vents:
1. Body: Bronze.
2. Float: Replaceable, corrosion-resistant metal.
3. Mechanism and Seat: Stainless steel.
�. 4. Size: NPS 3/8 or NPS 1/2 minimum inlet.
5. Inlet and Vent Outlet End Connections: Threaded.
B. Welded-Construction Automatic Air Vents:
1. Body: Stainless steel.
2. Pressure Rating: 150-psig minimum pressure rating.
3. Float: Replaceable, corrosion-resistant metal.
4. Mechanism and Seat: Stainless steel.
5. Size: NPS 3/8 minimum inlet.
" 6. Inlet and Vent Outlet End Connections: Threaded.
2.05 TRAP-SEAL PRIMER VALVES
A. Drainage-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Valves:
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 5 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,
3. Standard: ASSE 1012.
4. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications.
5. Size: NPS 3/4.
6. Body: Bronze.
7. End Connections: Union, solder joint.
8. Finish: Rough bronze.
2.03 DRAIN VALVES
A. Ball-Valve-Type, Hose-End Drain Valves: ""
1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for standard-port, two-piece ball valves.
2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig minimum CWP.
3. Size: NPS 3/4.
4. Body: Copper alloy.
5. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable.
7. Handle: Vinyl-covered steel.
8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint.
9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden-hose thread complying with ASME �.
B1.20.7 and cap with brass chain.
B. Gate-Valve-Type, Hose-End Drain Valves:
1. Standard: MSS SP-80 for gate valves.
2. Pressure Rating: 200-psig minimum CWP or Class 125.
3. Size: NPS 3/4.
4. Body: ASTM B 62 bronze.
5. Inlet: NPS 3/4 threaded or solder joint.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 4 of 7
NO
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 VACUUM BREAKERS
A. Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers:
1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard
products by the following:
a. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. (design basis)
2. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are
to be used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for
Other Products (see Section 01600, 2.03), and provide full product data for
each product, and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design
basis product specified herein.
a. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.
3. Standard: ASSE 1001.
4. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3, as required to match connected piping.
5. Body: Bronze.
6. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded.
7. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is
not chrome finished.
2.02 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Intermediate Atmospheric-Vent Backflow Preventers:
1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard
products by the following:
a. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. (design basis)
2. Where it is proposed that materials of one of the following manufacturers are
to be used in lieu of the"design basis" manufacturer, follow the procedures for
Other Products (see Section 01600, 2.03), and provide full product data for
each product, and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design
basis product specified herein.
a. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 3 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 4W
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Division 22 Section"Sanitation Plumbing Fixtures"for hose stations and
cleaning equipment.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Working Pressure for Water distribution Piping Specialties: 125-psig CWP,
unless otherwise indicated.
B. Refer to the Drawings for additional performance information and characteristics of
piping specialties where referenced from this specification section.
am
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. CWP: Cold working pressure.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect /
Engineer for"Design Basis" products.
C. O&M Manuals: O&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents
as follows, shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with
Section 017823; A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Product Data: For water distribution piping specialties, including rated
capacities, pressure classification, standards of conformance, materials and
construction, configuration, dimensions including connection sizes, types, and
locations, and accessories.
2. Operation and Maintenance Data: For water distribution piping specialties.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
B. NSF Compliance:
1. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for
plastic water distribution piping components.
2. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects;
Sections 1 through 9." .A
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 2 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 221119
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES
�r
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. All piping specialties specified within this Section are to have a minimum cold
working pressure (CWP) of 125-psig for use in 125-psig water distribution systems
operating up to 120 deg F. Where 125-psig components are not available, the next
higher pressure class component is to be provided.
B. This Section includes the following water distribution piping specialties:
1. Vacuum preventers.
2. Backflow preventers.
3. Strainers.
4. Drain valves.
5. Air vents.
6. Trap-seal primer valves.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 22 Section""Plumbing Fixtures"for flush valve trap Division 22 Section
" "Meters and Gages" for thermometers, pressure gages, and flow meters in
water distribution piping.
2. Division 22 Section "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures" for water tempering
equipment.
3. Division 22 Section "Electric Water Coolers" for water filters for water coolers.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 1 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.
Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.
C. Clean interior of water distribution piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work
progresses.
END OF SECTION
mot
am
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 10 of 10
wo
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
+! NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
indicated in Article 1.04"Performance Requirements". Isolate test source and
allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects
that must be repaired.
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof
until satisfactory results are obtained.
6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.09 ADJUSTING
A. Perform the following adjustments before operation:
1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.
2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
3. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary
sealing of piping during installation.
4. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
5. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as
specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use.
6. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and
operation.
3.10 CLEANING
A. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping as follows:
1. Purge new piping and parts of existing water distribution piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired before using.
2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having
jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either
AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below:
' a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not
appear at outlets.
b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:
1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least
50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24
hours.
2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least
200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.
c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming
from system after the standing time.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 9 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
I. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.07 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and
maintenance.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect water distribution piping as follows:
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected
and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of
authorities having jurisdiction:
a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before
concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having
jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with
requirements.
c. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not
pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for
reinspection.
d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Test water distribution piping as follows: °
1. Fill distribution water piping. Check components to determine that they are not
air bound and that piping is full of water. �-
2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have
been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, •*
submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of
piping tested.
3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced water distribution water piping
uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose
work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.
4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating
pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 8 of 10
to
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44,
pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment
Hangers and Supports."
C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8
inch.
E. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
5. NPS 3 and NPS 3-1/2: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
7. NPS 6: 12 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
8. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 12 feet with 7/8-inch rod.
F. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet.
G. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
5. NPS 3: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
H. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.
O
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 7 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 am
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS sm
D. Use fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
E. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are W""
not permitted unless expressly indicated.
F. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit ON
proper insulation applications.
G. All pipe installations in GMP areas shall be exposed to view (unless indicated to be
concealed).
H. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent
elements of the building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1-inch
clearance outside the insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling
panels to allow for panel removal.
I. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying full
insulation and servicing of valves.
J. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished
locations and within cabinetry. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal
protruding pipe fittings. Refer to "Plumbing Pipe Hanger and Support Material
Schedule"on drawings for escutcheon materials.
K. Install under-building-slab copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook."
an
3.05 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section *10
"Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead- am
free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.
3.06 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Ift
A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing
Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports." Install the following: .�
1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
c. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls, if indicated.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 6 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping where indicated on the Drawings and
where connecting to equipment, specialties, or valves that have flanged connections.
Provide flange gaskets compatible with potable water.
3.03 VALVE APPLICATION
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not
�w► indicated, the following requirements apply:
1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 3 and smaller. Use
butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 4 and larger.
2. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 3 and smaller. Use
butterfly valves for piping NPS 4 and larger.
3. Hot-Water-Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves.
4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.
B. Grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping.
C. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing
fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water
supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops.
D. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in
horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping.
1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches.
2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated on the Drawings.
3.04 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing
Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams)
indicate the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and
arrangement of piping layout take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss,
expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Installation work will
follow as closely as possible all piping-detail drawings and specifications. If
deviations from any of the drawings or specifications are necessary, they will be
done only WITH PRIOR APPROVAL by Architect/Engineer.
- C. Unless otherwise indicated, install water distribution piping level without pitch and
plumb.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 5 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.05 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Stainless Steel Pipe: ASTM A 312, Type ERW or Seamless, Grade TP304L stainless
steel, Schedule 40S, ANSI B36.19, ends prepared for socket welding.
1. Stainless Steel Cast Fittings: ASTM A 351, Type CF8/304 stainless steel, Class "
150, socket weld ends, MSS-SP-114.
2. Stainless Steel Forged Fittings: ASTM A 182, Type F304L stainless steel, Class
3000, socket weld ends, ANSI B16.11.
2.06 VALVES
A. Balancing and drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Water Distribution
Piping Specialties."
2.07 IDENTIFICATION
A. Refer to Division 22 section "Plumbing Identification"for identification of piping,
valves, gages, and specialties.
Alm
1. Potable Cold Water: POTABLE COLD WATER
2. Potable Hot Water: POTABLE HOT WATER
3. Non-potable Cold Water: NON-POTABLE COLD WATER
4. Non-potable Hot Water: NON-POTABLE HOT WATER
2.08 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide hanger and support materials in accordance with "Plumbing Pipe Hanger and
Support Material Schedule"on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION
A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 02 Section
"Earthwork."
3.02 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS
A. Refer to the"Utility, Process, and Ingredient Pipe Material Schedule"on drawings for
applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 4 of 10
PR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
OR NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.02 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other
manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and
ends compatible with, piping to be joined.
2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, factory- or
field-prepared grooved ends.
1. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53 or ASTM A 106, Schedule
40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method.
2. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, hexagonal-stock body, with
ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal, bronze seating surface and female threaded
ends, galvanized.
3. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125, galvanized.
4. Cast-Iron, Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125, galvanized.
w 5. Steel-Piping, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM A 47, galvanized, malleable-iron
casting; ASTM A 106, galvanized steel pipe; or ASTM A 536, galvanized, ductile-
iron casting; with dimensions matching steel pipe.
6. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings:
a. Manufacturers:
1) Anvil International
2) Victaulic Company of America (design basis)
b. Couplings shall be ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536 Grade 65-45-12,
Style 07 rigid (Zero-flex) with gaskets suitable for the application
indicated.
2.04 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, drawn temper.
1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22,
wrought- copper, solder-joint fittings.
2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with
ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint ends.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 3 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 aw
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Non-Potable Water: Water not safe for drinking, personal or culinary utilization;
(extended from and separated from the potable water supply by approved backflow
preventers).
C. Service Meter: The main water meter, furnished by the Utility Company, metering
all domestic water entering the building.
D. Sub-metering Meter: A special-purpose water meter installed downstream of the
building service water meter serving purposes such as metering makeup water to
cooling towers, deaerators, and other utility equipment or process equipment.
E. EPDM: Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide components and installation capable of producing water piping systems with
a minimum cold working pressure (CWP) of 125 psig, unless otherwise indicated.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect
Engineer for"Design Basis" products.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing
agency.
B. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections
1 through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components. -�
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements." *�
PART 2 - PRODUCTS "
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
ift
ow
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 2 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 221116
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
,► 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes water distribution piping systems located underground within
five feet of a building's exterior wall and below buildings; and above ground piping
located within, outside of, and above buildings.
B. This Section includes the following potable water piping systems:
1. Potable Cold Water (PCW)
2. Potable Hot Water (PHW)
C. This section includes the following non-potable water piping systems:
1. Non-potable Cold Water (NPCW)
2. Non-potable Hot Water (NPHW)
D. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping Specialties" for water distribution
piping specialties.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Potable Water: Water free from impurities present in amounts sufficient to cause
disease or harmful physiological effects and conforming to the bacteriological and
chemical quality requirements of the Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards
or the regulations of the public health authority having jurisdiction.
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 - 1 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ..
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: WA
a. Pipe, 1/2 to 3: 1/2 for Mineral Fiber
3. Field-Applied Jacket: PVC. go
4. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes.
5. Finish: None.
F. Service: Potable hot water (PHW) and Non-potable hot water (NPWH).
1. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber.
2. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses:
a. Steel or Copper Pipe, 1/2 to 3: 1/2 for Mineral Fiber
3. Field-Applied Jacket: None.
END OF SECTION
4W
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 10 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
! NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Below-grade piping, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings, unless potential for personnel injury.
6. Air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow regulators.
3.08 INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, vapor
retarders, and field-applied jackets.
B. Application schedules identify piping system and indicate pipe size ranges and
material, thickness, and jacket requirements.
C. Service: Domestic cold, hot and recirculated hot water, and tempered water.
1. Operating Temperature: 60 to 140 deg F.
2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber.
3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses:
a. Pipe, 1/2 to 1 1/4: 1/2 for Mineral Fiber
b. Pipe, 1-1/2 to 3: 1/2 for Mineral Fiber
4. Field-Applied Jacket: None.
5. Vapor Retarder Required: No.
6. Finish: None.
D. Service: Exposed sanitary drains and domestic water supplies and stops for fixtures
for the disabled.
1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 120 deg F.
2. Insulation Material: Molded Vinyl.
3. Insulation Thickness: 1.
4. Field-Applied Jacket: PVC P-trap and supply covers.
5. Vapor Retarder Required: No.
6. Finish: None.
E. Service: Potable cold water (PCW) and Non-potable cold water (NPCW).
1. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 9 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ..
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows:
1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments
of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
2. When premolded insulation sections are not available, apply glass-fiber blanket
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to
allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange
insulation for access to stainer basket without disturbing insulation.
3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Use preformed standard PVC fitting covers for valve sizes where available. AM
Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal
seams with tape and vapor retarder mastic.
5. For larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available, seal insulation with
canvas jacket and sealing compound recommended by the insulation material
manufacturer.
3.OS MOLDED CLOSED CELL VINYL
A. Apply insulation to P-trap, tailpiece assembly, and angle stop valve assembly as
follows:
1. Comply with manufacturers installation requirements.
3.06 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION
A. Apply PVC jacket where indicated, with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
3.07 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS
A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this
Section.
B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the
following systems, materials, and equipment:
RM
1. Flexible connectors.
2. Vibration-control devices. oft
3. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 8 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows:
1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands
without deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints
with vapor retarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at
intervals of 15 to 20 feet to form a vapor retarder between pipe insulation
segments.
„ 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched
staples at 6 inches o.c.
4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
the insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor retarder mastic.
B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows:
1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and
bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket
insulation.
4. Apply canvas jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive,
overlapping seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with vapor retarder mastic.
C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows:
1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments
of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
2. When premolded insulation elbows and fittings are not available, apply mitered
sections of pipe insulation, or glass-fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal
to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or
bands.
3. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 7 of 10
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20
ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as .�
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples
along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches o.c.
3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Apply
insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to
receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge
at 4 inches o.c.
a. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor
retarder.
4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on
seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings.
5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal
voids with vapor-retarder mastic.
P. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top
of roof flashing.
1. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic.
2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation a"
ends.
3. Extend metal jacket of exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches WoRi
below top of roof flashing.
4. Seal metal jacket to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic.
Q. Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below-grade exterior walls, terminate
insulation flush with mechanical sleeve seal. Seal terminations with vapor retarder
mastic.
R. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls *
and floors.
S. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through
penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
1. Firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 07 Section
"Through-Penetration Fire Stopping."
T. Floor Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through floor assembly. ..
1. For insulation with vapor retarders, seal insulation with vapor retarder mastic
where floor supports penetrate vapor retarder.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 6 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and
specialties.
G. Seal joints and seams with vapor retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a
vapor retarder.
H. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
I. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints
with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.
J. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.
K. Apply insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties, with continuous thermal and
vapor retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for
applying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties.
L. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in
insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor retarder
mastic.
1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation
on anchor legs at least 12 inches from point of attachment to pipe and taper
insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the
insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.
3. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal
insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound
recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install
shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the
hanger, support, and shield.
M. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are
indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended
by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder.
N. Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate.
0. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows:
1. Pull jacket tight and smooth.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 5 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 s"
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS AO
2. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. oft
2.04 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
A. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket: `"w
1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick.
2. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick.
B. Wire: 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062-inch, soft-annealed,
galvanized steel.
2.05 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are
compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION "
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that
will adversely affect insulation application. ■*
3.03 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's
written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids
throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. ••
B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and
thicknesses required for each piping system.
C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.
Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket
in either wet or dry state.
D. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 4 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. Plumberex.
! " c. The Keeney Manufacturing Company.
2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying
with the following:
1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory-
applied, all-purpose, vapor-retarder jacket.
2. Blanket Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II, without facing.
3. Fire-Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C in the following classes and
grades:
a. Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass-fiber
insulation, for sealing edges of glass-fiber insulation, and for bonding
lagging cloth to unfaced glass-fiber insulation.
b. Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass-fiber insulation to metal surfaces.
4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water-resistant, vapor-retarder mastic for
indoor applications. Comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II.
B. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for
dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.
C. Molded Vinyl Closed Cell Vinyl: Comply with ADA and ASTM D 635.
2.03 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper
and aluminum foil.
C. PVC Jacket: High-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC; 20 mils thick; roll stock ready for
shop or field cutting and forming.
1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
2. PVC Jacket Color: White.
D. Standard PVC Fitting Covers: Factory-fabricated fitting covers manufactured from
20-mil-thick, high-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC.
1. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves,
flanges, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap
and supply covers for lavatories for the disabled.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 3 of 10
Ao
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS swo
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 50 or less. ..
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-
developed rating of 150 or less.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section"Basic Plumbing Requirements." .�
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with
appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use
temperature. .�
B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical and other damage.
C. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site.
1.06 COORDINATION ,,,
A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application.
1.07 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required,
after installing and testing heat-trace tape. Insulation application may begin on
segments of piping that have satisfactory test results.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation:
a. CertainTeed Manson.
b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH.
c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
d. Schuller International, Inc.
2. Molded Closed Cell Vinyl:
a. Truebro.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 2 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 220719
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
z° B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes preformed, rigid and flexible pipe insulation; insulating
cements; field-applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing
compounds.
�w
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 07 Section "Through Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping
materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.
O 2. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Equipment Insulation" for insulation materials
and application for pumps, tanks, hydronic specialties, and other equipment.
3. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports" for
pipe insulation shields and protection saddles.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to
those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and
jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate
markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION 220719 - 1 of 10
WNW
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,
3.05 VALVE SCHEDULE INSTALLATION
A. Mount valve schedule on wall in accessible location in each major equipment room.
3.06 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION
A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items
where required.
3.07 ADJUSTING
A. Relocate plumbing identification materials and devices that have become visually
blocked by other work.
3.08 CLEANING
A. Clean faces of plumbing identification devices.
END OF SECTION
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 - 8 of 8
An
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal
units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
r 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and nonaccessible enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of
OR concealed piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 20 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25
feet in areas of congested piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced
markers.
3.04 VALVE TAG INSTALLATION
A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves;
valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; plumbing fixture supply stops;
shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and HVAC
terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units.
List tagged valves in a valve schedule.
B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color
scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following:
1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.
b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches, round.
c. Fire Protection: 1-1/2 inches, square.
d. Gas: 1-1/2 inches, square.
.;
2. Valve-Tag Color:
a. Cold Water: Green.
b. Hot Water: Blue.
c. Fire Protection: Red.
' d. Gas: Yellow.
3. Letter Color:
a. Cold Water: White.
b. Hot Water: White.
c. Fire Protection: Black.
d. Gas: Black.
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 - 7 of 8
iwA
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Identify plumbing equipment with equipment markers in the following color
codes:
a. Blue: For plumbing equipment and components.
2. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-
thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
3. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements,
indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper
operations, and identify units.
4. Include signs for the following general categories of equipment:
a. Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous "
units such as gas outlets.
b. Gas pressured regulators and similar equipment.
c. Meters, gages, thermometers, and similar units.
d. Strainers, filters, and similar equipment.
D. Install access panel markers with screws on equipment access panels.
3.03 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
AW
A. Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install
with flow indication arrows showing direction of flow.
1. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Pretensioned pipe
markers. Use size to ensure a tight fit.
2. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Self-adhesive pipe
markers. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, 1-1/2 inches wide, lapped
at least 1-1/2 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full �*
circumference of pipe.
3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Shaped pipe *�
markers. Use size to match pipe and secure with fasteners.
4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Self-adhesive pipe
markers. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, at least 1-1/2 inches
wide, lapped at least 3 inches at both ends of pipe marker, and covering full
circumference of pipe.
B. Locate pipe markers and color bands where piping is exposed in finished spaces;
machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and •
plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations as follows:
1. Near each valve and control device.
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 - 6 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATIONS, GENERAL
A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 22 Sections. If
more than single-type material, device, or label is specified for listed applications,
selection is Installer's option.
3.02 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
r• A. Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of
plumbing equipment that does not have nameplate or has nameplate that is
damaged or located where not easily visible. Locate nameplates where accessible
and visible. Include nameplates for the following general categories of equipment:
1. Fuel-burning units, including water heaters.
2. Pumps and similar motor-driven units.
3. Air compressors and similar equipment.
4. Heat exchangers, coils, and similar equipment.
B. Install equipment markers with permanent adhesive on or near each major item of
plumbing equipment. Data required for markers may be included on signs, and
markers may be omitted if both are indicated.
1. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-
thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
2. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements,
indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper
operations, and identify units.
3. Locate markers where accessible and visible. Include markers for the following
general categories of equipment:
a. Main control and operating valves.
b. Gas pressured regulators and similar equipment.
c. Meters, gages, thermometers, and similar units.
d. Strainers, filters, and similar equipment.
C. Install equipment signs with screws or permanent adhesive on or near each major
item of plumbing equipment. Locate signs where accessible and visible.
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 - 5 of 8
low
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS go
B. Pretensioned Pipe Markers: Precoiled semirigid plastic formed to cover full
circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without adhesive. ,f,
C. Shaped Pipe Markers: Preformed semirigid plastic formed to partially cover
circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe with mechanical fasteners that do not 00
penetrate insulation vapor barrier.
D. Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers: Plastic with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-
adhesive back.
E. Plastic Tape: Continuously printed, vinyl tape at least 3 mils thick with pressure-
sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back.
1. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches:
3/4 inch minimum.
2. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches or Larger:
1-1/2 inches minimum.
2.03 VALVE TAGS
A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system
abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers, with numbering scheme. Provide 5/32-inch hole
for fastener.
1. Material: 0.0375-inch-thick stainless steel.
2. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass beaded chain.
2.04 WARNING TAGS
A. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags; of
plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing.
1. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches minimum.
2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire.
3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as DANGER, CAUTION, or DO ..
NOT OPERATE.
4. Color: Yellow background with black lettering. �*
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 - 4 of 8
AW
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
o. NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Size: 2-1/2 by 4 inches for control devices, dampers, and valves; 4-1/2 by 6
inches for equipment.
* C. Equipment Signs: ASTM D 709, Type I, cellulose, paper-base, phenolic-resin-
laminate engraving stock; Grade ES-2, black surface, black phenolic core, with white
melamine subcore, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate in sizes required for
message. Provide holes for mechanical fastening.
1. Data: Instructions for operation of equipment and for safety procedures.
2. Engraving: Manufacturer's standard letter style, of sizes and with terms to
match equipment identification.
3. Thickness: 1/16 inch for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8 inches in length, and 1/8
inch for larger units.
4. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless steel screws or contact-type, permanent
adhesive.
D. Access Panel and Door Markers: 1/16-inch-thick, engraved laminated plastic, with
abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to identification. Provide 1/8-inch
center hole for attachment.
1. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless steel screws or contact-type, permanent
adhesive.
2.02 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
A. Manufactured Pipe Markers, General: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering
indicating service, and showing direction of flow.
1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary
for each application length.
3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches: Full-band pipe
markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location.
4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches and Larger: Either full-band or
strip-type pipe markers at least three times letter height and of length required
for label.
5. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both
directions; or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow.
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 - 3 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of
Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of
identification devices for piping.
B. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section ""Basic Plumbing Requirements."
1.05 COORDINATION
Alk
A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and
painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and
doors.
C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar
concealment.
Ak
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES 4W
A. Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent
attachment on equipment.
1. Data:
a. Manufacturer, product name, model number, and serial number.
b. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data.
c. Labels of tested compliances.
2. Location: Accessible and visible.
3. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment.
B. Equipment Markers: Engraved, color-coded laminated plastic. Include contact-type,
permanent adhesive.
1. Terminology: Match schedules as closely as possible.
2. Data:
a. Name and plan number.
b. Equipment service. 40.
c. Design capacity.
d. Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and leaving
conditions, and speed.
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 - 2 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 220553
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following plumbing identification materials and their
installation:
1. Equipment nameplates.
2. Equipment markers.
3. Equipment signs.
4. Access panel and door markers.
5. Pipe markers.
6. Valve tags.
7. Valve schedules.
8. Warning tags.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals: Action submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/Engineer
for"Design Basis" products.
PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 - 1 of 8
4w
Sm
,w
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0
mils.
B. Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09
Section "Field Painting."
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
+1�
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 15 of 15
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
3.03 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 06
A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or
to support equipment above floor.
B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing
surface.
C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
3.04 METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and
equipment supports.
B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that
cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and
with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and
contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and
to achieve indicated slope of pipe.
B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. �.
3.06 PAINTING
A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas
immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for
shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up Feld-painted :..
surfaces.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 14 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install
reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.
K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and
stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 (for power piping) and ASME
B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded.
M. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:
1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project
through insulation.
b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger
shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME 831.1 for power piping
and ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor
barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining
insulation.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel
weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on
rollers.
3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier.
,* Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel
weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on
rollers.
4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick.
e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick.
5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts.
6. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.
'"0i 7. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping
insulation.
8. Secure shields with two (2) stainless steel bands.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 13 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install
hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping
from building structure.
B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange
for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-
fabricated trapeze pipe hangers.
1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe
size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified
above for individual pipe hangers.
2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being
supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.
C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping
and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems.
D. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated '
piping.
E. Fastener System Installation:
1. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and
completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
F. Pipe Stand Installation:
1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounting Type: Assemble components and
mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane.
2. Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe
stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. Refer to Division 07 •
Section "Roof Specialties and Accessories" for curbs.
G. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, .
washers, and other accessories.
H. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. ow
I. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
-0
J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel.
Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and
strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install ,
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 12 of 15
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping
movement.
2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not
exceed 1-1/4 inches.
3. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll
hanger with springs.
4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or
thermal expansion in piping systems.
5. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit
variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping
system from hanger.
6. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and
limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of
piping system from base support.
7. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and
limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of
piping system from trapeze support.
8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer
of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected
equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-
adjustment capability. These supports include the following types:
a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally.
b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically.
c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze
member.
M. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are
not specified in piping system Sections.
N. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that
are not specified in piping system Sections.
0. Use mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required
in concrete construction.
P. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support
supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 11 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams
if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large.
6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required
tangent to flange edge.
8. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams.
9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of
steel I-beams for heavy loads.
10. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of
steel I-beams for heavy loads, with link extensions.
11. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to
structural steel. lift
12. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending
from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:
a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.
b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.
c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb.
13. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.
14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is
required.
15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to
linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited.
K. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids
with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by
manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation.
3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.
L. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 10 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
+ » NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS
24, if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might
occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary.
21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS
2 to NPS 30, if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be
required in addition to expansion and contraction.
H. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS
3/4 to NPS 20.
2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers,
NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps.
I. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy
loads.
2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations.
3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings.
4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various
types of building attachments.
5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping
installations.
J. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to
suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.
2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-
joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape.
3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange
of beams, channels, or angles.
4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange
of beams.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 9 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. Adjustable Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of
noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8.
7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated
stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated
stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.
9. Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of
noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2.
10. Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11):
For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8.
11. Extension Hinged or 2-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of
noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3.
12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion
or contraction.
14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36,
with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.
15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36,
with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-
bolt to retain pipe.
16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support
for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel
pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.
17. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30,
from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction
might occur.
18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 WN
to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and
contraction might occur.
19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if
longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but
vertical adjustment is not necessary.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 8 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS
A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping
systems and equipment.
B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and
equipment that will not have field-applied finish.
D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where
attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.
E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
F. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports for Loads Over 300 Pounds: Hanging loads
over 300 pounds shall be attached to structural framing members using beam
clamps on both flanges of members. The following types of beam clamps are not
acceptable for this application:
1. MSS Type 19, 20, 23, and 27.
G. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated above and on
drawings, and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following
types:
1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated
or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F
pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation.
3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension
of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of
insulation.
4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS
1/2 to NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required.
5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to
allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 7 of 15
..
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS °
E. High-Type, Multiple-Pipe Stand: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal .b
members, and pipe supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Portable Pipe Hangers.
2. Bases: One or more plastic.
3. Vertical Members: Two or more protective-coated-steel channels.
4. Horizontal Member: Protective-coated-steel channel.
5. Pipe Supports: Galvanized-steel, clevis-type pipe hangers.
F. Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe support made from
structural-steel shape, continuous-thread rods, and rollers for mounting on
permanent stationary roof curb.
2.08 PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS
A. Description: IAPMO PS 42, system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for
positioning piping in pipe spaces for plumbing fixtures for commercial applications.
B. Manufacturers:
1. C & S Mfg. Corp.
2. HOLDRITE Corp.; Hubbard Enterprises.
3. Samco Stamping, Inc.
2.09 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from
structural-steel shapes.
2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and
galvanized.
B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement,
nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. +
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 6 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.06 FASTENER SYSTEMS
A. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, for use in hardened portland
cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
1. Manufacturers:
a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
b. Empire Industries, Inc.
c. Hilti, Inc.
d. ITW Ramset/Red Head.
e. MKT Fastening, LLC.
f. Powers Fasteners.
2.07 PIPE STAND FABRICATION
A. Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured
corrosion-resistant components to support roof-mounted piping.
B. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral-rod-roller, pipe clamps, or
V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
1. Manufacturers:
a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.
b. MIRO Industries.
C. Low-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic base unit with plastic roller, for roof
installation without membrane penetration.
1. Manufacturers:
a. MIRO Industries.
D. High-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members,
and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
1. Manufacturers:
a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.
b. MIRO Industries.
c. Portable Pipe Hangers.
"' 2. Base: Plastic.
3. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium-plated-steel or stainless steel,
10 continuous-thread rods.
4. Horizontal Member: Cadmium-plated-steel or stainless steel rod with plastic or
stainless steel, roller-type pipe support.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 5 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ""
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div.
3. GS Metals Corp.
4. Power-Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd.
5. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
6. Tolco Inc.
7. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd.
C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated.
D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
2.05 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS
A. Description: 100-psig-minimum, compressive-strength insulation insert encased in
sheet metal shield.
06,
B. Manufacturers:
1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.
3. PHS Industries, Inc.
4. Pipe Shields, Inc.
5. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc.
6. Value Engineered Products, Inc.
C. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533,
Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier.
D. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type
I calcium silicate.
E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference
of pipe.
F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.
G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating
below ambient air temperature.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 4 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Bergen-Power Pipe Supports.
3. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
4. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
5. Empire Industries, Inc.
6. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.
7. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc.
8. Anvil Corp.
9. GS Metals Corp.
10. National Pipe Hanger Corporation.
11. PHD Manufacturing, Inc.
12. PHS Industries, Inc.
13. Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
14. Tolco Inc.
C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.
D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for
support of bearing surface of piping.
2.03 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS
A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly
made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and
U-bolts.
2.04 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel
channels and other components.
" B. Manufacturers:
1. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 3 of 15
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ow
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers
and Supports."
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting
combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.
B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of
supported equipment and connected systems and components.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to PAWS D1.1, "Structural
Welding Code--Steel."
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: * .
1. AWS DIA, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
AW
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements A*
apply to product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by oft
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS two
A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer
to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger ,
and support types.
B. Manufacturers:
1. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.
A^
Am
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 220529 - 2 of 15
ON COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 220529
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02—14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for mechanical system
piping and equipment:
1. Steel pipe hangers and supports.
2. Trapeze pipe hangers.
3. Fiberglass pipe hangers.
4. Metal framing systems.
5. Fiberglass strut systems.
6. Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
7. Fastener systems.
8. Pipe stands.
9. Pipe positioning systems.
10. Equipment supports.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates
for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports.
220529 - 1 of 15
PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
go
wo
..
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ow NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar
metals.
END OF SECTION
WAO
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 11 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes
and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for
service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants
on bolt threads.
I. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and
fittings according to the following:
I. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and
solvent cements.
2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. **
3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/1) 2846M Appendix.
4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC
socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number
PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. .�
5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138
Appendix.
A
J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.
K. PP Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean
cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
3.03 PIPING CONNECTIONS ~"
A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: ,
1. Provide unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, in locations required for assembly
of threaded piping, in locations requiring disassembly for servicing of
equipment or specialty, and as otherwise indicated on the drawings.
2. Provide flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and 40
specialties and at final connection to each piece of equipment.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 10 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
• NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
P. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Provide cast-iron "wall pipes" for
,n sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to
allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing
mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing
elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve.
Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe
and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements
to expand and make watertight seal.
Q. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with listed firestop systems
in accordance with Division 07 Section "Through-Penetration Fire Stopping".
R. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
S. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for
roughing-in requirements.
3.02 PIPING 30INT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22
Sections specifying piping systems.
B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings
before assembly.
D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated,
to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook, using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and
Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS
A5.8.
F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove
burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
P•
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry
seal threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open
welds.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 9 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Cast-brass or stamped-
steel type.
6. Provide 316 stainless steel escutcheons in GMP classified spaces as indicated on
drawings.
M. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
N. Provide sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry interior walls and
concrete floor and roof slabs.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment
areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level.
2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space
between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a. Galvanized Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
b. Galvanized Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating
gypsum-board partitions.
4. Seal annular space between sleeves through non-rated interior walls and floors ..
and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and
location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealers" for materials and
installation.
O. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space
between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Provide hot dipped galvanized steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in
diameter.
2. Provide fabricated hot dipped galvanized steel "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches •
and larger in diameter. Provide a minimum of 4 tabs at a maximum of 6 inches
on center around perimeter of sleeves for anchoring to framing of other than
concrete walls.
3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing
elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve.
Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe
and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements
to expand and make watertight seal.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 8 of 11
�. COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
•* NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING SYSTEMS—COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement
of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations.
Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved.
C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in
equipment rooms, shafts, tunnels, and service areas.
D. Install piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are
prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
removal.
F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G. Install piping at indicated slopes.
H. Install piping free of sags and bends.
I. Provide fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.
K. Provide system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system
operating pressure.
L. Provide escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the
following:
1. Provide one-piece escutcheons for new piping.
2. Provide two piece split type escutcheons for existing piping.
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: Provide deep-pattern
type.
3. Chrome-Plated Piping: Cast-brass type.
4. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Cast-brass or
stamped-steel type.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 7 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Pressure Plates: Include two for each sealing element. Provide 316 stainless
steel for sleeve seals in fire rated wall and floor penetrations and for seals with
pipe internal temperatures above 180°F. Provide glass fiber reinforced plastic
(Composite) seals for all other applications.
4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Include one for each sealing element with grip
length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Provide carbon
steel bolts and nuts with corrosion resistant coating where exposed to ambient
temperatures. Provide 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts for seals with pipe "
internal temperatures above 180°F and below ambient temperatures, and for
all other applications.
.m
2.07 SLEEVES
A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with 40
welded longitudinal joint.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. a*
C. Cast Iron: Cast Iron "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain
ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. ••
2.08 ESCUTCHEONS
0
A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID
to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that
completely covers opening.
B. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
C. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
A
D. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome-plated
finish.
E. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, w.
and chrome-plated finish.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 6 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum
working pressure at 180 deg F.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Central Plastics Company.
b. Hart Industries, International, Inc.
c. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-
,�„ psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Central Plastics Company.
b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
c. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Division.
E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include
flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene
bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Central Plastics Company.
c. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-
psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.
PM 2.06 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill
annular space between pipe and sleeve.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Metraflex Co.
c. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2. Sealing Elements: Interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type
and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. Provide EPDM
intumescent fire stop compound for sleeve seals in fire rated wall and floor
penetrations. Provide NBR (Nitrile Rubber) seals for oil, solvent, and solvent
resistant applications. Provide silicone seals for pipes with internal
temperatures above 180°F. Provide EPDM sleeve seals for all other
applications.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 5 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 on
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
.m
1. Manufacturers:
a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
b. Dresser Industries, Inc.; DMD Div.
c. Smith-Blair, Inc.
2. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling.
3. Underground Piping NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type
coupling.
4. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting.
B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with
manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass
insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end.
1. Manufacturers: As specified in other Division 22 sections for CPVC and PVC
pipe and fittings. . ,
C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11
equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-
joint end.
1. Manufacturers: As specified in other Division 22 sections for CPVC and PVC
pipe and fittings.
D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union. *�
Include brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.
1. Manufacturers: As specified in other Division 22 sections for CPVC and PVC .•
pipe and fittings.
E. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM
C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and
corrosion-resistant metal band on each end.
1. Manufacturers: As specified in other Division 22 sections for CPVC and PVC
pipe and fittings.
2.05 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded,
solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 4 of 11
OR COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
am NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping
system contents.
1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness
unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze
flanges.
b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.
2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and
full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide hot dipped galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers for services with
temperatures below ambient.
D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by
piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux
according to ASTM B 813.
F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-
duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for
refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:
1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235.
2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.
3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.
4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138.
I. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer.
2.04 TRANSITION FITTINGS
" A. AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal
to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 3 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. PP: Polypropylene plastic.
.w
B. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1,
"Structural Welding Code--Steel."
B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding
processes involved and that certification is current. *�
C. Regulatory Seismic Compliance: All work of this Section shall comply with the
seismic requirements of Division 22 Section "Basic Plumbing Requirements."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the manufacturers specified.
2.02 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials
and joining methods.
B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.
2.03 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed
below.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 2 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 220505
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Pipe joining materials.
2. Transition fittings.
3. Dielectric fittings.
4. Mechanical sleeve seals.
5. Sleeves.
6. Escutcheons.
7. Grout.
8. Piping systems-common requirements.
9. Piping joints and connections.
1.03 ABBREVIATIONS
A. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
PLUMBING BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 220505 - 1 of 11
ww
m
a.
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
,"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
instructions, replacement parts list, suggested spare parts list and complete
ON operating instructions.
3.12 COMPLETION OF WORK
A. Before final payment, complete all work as called for on drawings and in
specifications and make corrections of defective work as found, to include but not
necessarily be limited to the following:
1. Permits and Inspections
2. Valve Tags
3. Final Occupancy Inspection
4. Project Record Drawings
5. Mechanical Equipment and Maintenance Manuals
6. Guarantee
7. Instructions to Owner.
3.13 CLEANING/FINALE
A. On a weekly basis, clean and clear work areas to the sanitation level and instructions
of the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall remove any tools, equipment, excess material, scrap, waste and
all other debris resulting from his work from the jobsite, at the completion of the
work.
END OF SECTION
pa}
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 13 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
IN
time so designated by Owner, so as to cause the minimum of interference with plant
operation.
so
3.08 FLASHINGS
A. This Contractor shall flash miscellaneous vents, reliefs and other pipe risers which
extend through the roof in accordance with Section 221399, with 4 lb. sheet lead
extending 12 in. in all directions from the base of the vent and not less than 10 in.
above the finished roof. Contractor shall clamp 24 gauge galvanized counter
flashing to the pipe above the flashing and turn out the seal and the lip of the
counter flashing above the clamp.
3.09 TRIMMING
A. Inspect equipment, pipe supports, etc., installed in occupied and maintenance
spaces for sharp angles which protrude into path of occupants and may cause injury.
1. Modify, trim, or cover such protrusions with a suitable and durable padding
material to prevent injuries.
2. At protrusions less than 6'-8"above finished floor, add caution tape, along full
length of lower edge of protrusion; tape to be 3"wide, safety yellow in color.
3.10 LUBRICATION OF EQUIPMENT ••�
A. Furnish and apply complete lubrication for all mechanical equipment provided as a
part of this contract. Perform all lubrication in accordance with the written
recommendations of the equipment manufacturer or as defined in individual sections
of the mechanical specifications. Attach tag indicating date lubrication was
performed.
B. No machinery or equipment shall be rotated or set into operation until the lubricant
requirement has been fulfilled and tag attached. .�
C. Check motors for lubrication. No motor is to be turned over, even for test, until
proper lubrication is made. Lubrication to be provided per manufacturer's ..
recommendations.
3.11 INSTALLATION DATA, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .R
A. Immediately upon receipt, and prior to final payment, turn over to Owner, all
installation or maintenance instructions, catalog cuts, control data, shop drawings,
assembly arrangements, spare parts and repair kits, erection plans, etc., received
with factory delivered equipment.
B. Furnish minimum of three (3) copies (unless more are specified in individual
sections) to Owner, of complete instruction manuals and prints on all operating
equipment furnished under this contract. Manuals shall be complete with repair
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 12 of 13
on COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Setting of sleeves shall coincide with work in progress. Set sleeves in forms prior to
placing concrete. Set sleeves in masonry as erection progresses.
1. Sleeves in concrete or masonry shall have welded lugs to insure anchorage.
2. Set and anchor all sleeves in a substantial manner to prevent them from being
dislodged.
3.06 PROTECTION OF ROOF
A. The Contractor is cautioned that extreme care shall be exercised in any activity
involving contact with the installed roof membrane.
w B. Construct protective plywood runways, 3/4" thick minimum, across the roof for
moving, setting and installing equipment. No activity on the roof shall be permitted
without this protection. Start runways at the point of origin of any equipment placed
on roof and terminate at the point of installation on curb or base.
C. At completion of work, completely remove without damage to roofing system, these
protective items and runways.
D. Any gouges, tear, punctures, errors in cuts, and other damage caused by the
Contractor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1. All repairs necessary to bring the roofing system to its original condition shall
be made by others (roofing contractor), and paid for by the Contractor
responsible for the damage.
3.07 REMOVAL, ALTERATION, AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal, alteration and relocation of all
existing work as part of this contract as called for on drawings, in the specifications
or as required by field conditions.
B. The Contractor shall not remove any piping, ductwork, etc., without specific approval
of Owner.
1. All work that is removed except as specifically mentioned as being turned over
to Owner, shall become the property of this contractor and shall be removed
from the premises unless its reuse is specifically called for as part of this
contract or approved by Owner.
C. No piping that is removed shall be reused. All rerouted piping and ductwork shall be
new.
D. The Contractor shall include as his work, all final connections on all extensions of
existing services. All removal or relocating of existing services shall be made at a
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 11 of 13
ow
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
E. Through-Wall Penetrations: The indicated fire-rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors shall be maintained at all penetrations.
1. Such penetrations shall be properly sealed, by worker skilled in the application
of, and in accordance with the requirements of Division 07 Section "Through
Penetration Firestopping".
3.04 BASES AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide all support provisions (concrete bases, rods, clamps,
cradles, plates, frames, supports, connectors, stiffeners, etc.) required for
installation of mechanical equipment.
B. The Contractor shall provide the required isolation mounting springs, anchor bolts,
supporting structures, bases, duct and pipe supports, hangers, anchors, guides,
bracing, etc. for properly supporting ducting, piping and equipment subject to
earthquake forces, in accordance with NFPA 13, with ANSI A58.1 and/or with Local
Building Codes.
C. Concrete bases, pads, and foundations shall be located and sized by the mechanical
Contractor requiring the same. Concrete work shall be performed by workers skilled
in such work, and in accord with techniques, and finishing as set out in Division 03
Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
D. When installing floor-mounted equipment on concrete bases, the Contractor shall
bring equipment to required level and alignment using shims or jackscrews. Shims,
if used, must be cut short enough to insure complete covering by at least 0.5" of
grout.
E. Place a full bed of grout to assure uniform bearing and to minimize or eliminate dirt-
accumulating crevices.
1. Use a non-shrink, high strength grout; CE. Spec. CRD-C621, and apply as per *w
manufacturer's instructions.
a. Product shall be "Masterflow 928-T Grout", by Degussa Construction
Chemicals.
2. After grout has set, securely tighten anchor bolts.
3.05 INSERTS/EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Provide all necessary concrete inserts, sleeves, and anchors required to be •.�
embedded for work. Sleeves shall be provided as called for in individual plumbing
and piping specifications.
B. Provide sleeves and steel framed openings for all pipes and ducts passing through
walls, partitions, floor slabs, foundations and ceilings.
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 10 of 13
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
, . NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. In both instances, noted above;
1. Report, in writing, any conditions that will prevent proper installation of
equipment.
2. Do not start installation work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Start
of work shall be construed as acceptance of conditions, and no extra will be
allowed to cover the work which has not been included in the bid due to failure
to thoroughly examine the premises.
3.02 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS—GENERAL
A. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in cast-
in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
B. Sequence, coordinate and integrate installations of mechanical materials and
equipment for efficient flow of installation. Give particular attention to large
equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in building.
C. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials
and equipment to provide maximum headroom possible.
D. Locate operating and control equipment properly to provide easy access and arrange
entire mechanical installations with adequate access for operation and maintenance.
3.03 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION DETAILS
A. The Contractor shall be fully familiar with the equipment that is to be installed.
B. Establish with Owner, the date when the equipment is to be delivered to the jobsite.
At that time, make a thorough inspection to Contractors'and Owner's satisfaction
that the equipment has not been damaged during shipment and that it is complete
as per Owner approved shop drawings, copies of which will be made available.
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for accepting the equipment, unloading it
from the shipping carrier, storing as necessary, and installing it as per the
manufacturer's recommendations, as shown on the drawings and called for in
the specifications.
C. The Contractor shall provide for handling, setting, and alignment of all electric
motors which are delivered to the jobsite separate from equipment furnished as a
part of these specifications.
D. The Contractor shall arrange for the manufacturer to align and dowel on support
frames all motor and coupling connected compressors, fans and pumps, prior to
shipment. After installation, and prior to operation, field check alignment and
doweling and correct the alignment as required for proper operation.
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 9 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Submit proper warranty documents as required in Submittals, above, and as
otherwise required by other requirements. so
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
OF
2.01 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A. Where required by these specifications, or codes, standards and regulations,
material shall bear Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) labels, in keeping with such
a standard has been established and listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
B. Provide sleeves, access panels, etc. for penetration of all building surfaces.
1. Provide suitable, and correctly sized sleeves and steel framed openings for all
pipes and ducts passing through walls, partitions, floor slabs, foundations,
ceilings and roofs.
2. Provide stainless steel escutcheons, split type, for all pipes and ducts passing
through sleeves in walls and ceilings; use plates large enough to cover sleeves.
Clamp plates to pipe.
a. Manufacturers shall be Anvil International or equivalent Crane Co.
C. Provide access panels in floors, walls, ceilings, partitions, etc., for access and
maintenance of all valves, equipment, dampers, clean outs, etc.
1. Match access panels in appearance and construction, to be compatible with the +*
surrounding area.
2. Location and style subject to the approval of Owner.
3. Utilize commercially manufactured frames and doors/panels, as specified
elsewhere, to the limit practical. *■
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. The Contractor shall visit the premises and become thoroughly acquainted with the
conditions to be encountered in the installation of the work shown on the drawings
and described in the specifications.
B. Re-examine each work area just prior to the start of work in that area to ascertain
any conditions that prohibit or inhibit proper installation as required. ..
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 8 of 13
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Comparison of Mechanical Drawings with Site Conditions: The following procedures
are required tasks of all mechanical contractors:
1. The drawings accompanying these specifications are diagrammatic. They do
„ not show every condition, offset, bend, or elbow which may be required for the
various materials, equipment, piping, and ductwork systems for installation in
the space allotted.
a. Follow the drawings as closely as is practical and install additional bends
and offsets where required for the installation of the work, but not shown
on the contract drawings.
b. The cost of adapting Contractor's work to jobsite conditions shall not be
considered as the basis of an extra cost to the Contract.
2. The Contractor shall examine the drawings and the limitations of the space
available for the equipment to be installed and make any minor changes in the
location of material, equipment, piping, etc., from that shown on the plans,
such changes shall not be considered as the basis of an extra charge to the
contract. Owner shall be consulted before proceeding with such changes.
3. Subject to Owner's approval and without cost to Owner, make such variations
from the drawings and specifications as may be necessary to obviate
unforeseen interferences. Adapt work to the requirements of all other trades,
which, together with work covered in these specifications, will be necessary to
complete the project.
4. The Contractor shall furnish and install all base and support provisions for
installation of his equipment, ducting, piping, etc. including all motors, whether
or not illustrated on the design drawings, unless directed otherwise by Owner.
OR 5. The Contractor shall provide for all sleeves, flashing, openings and patching
required in existing and new construction for work defined in these
M0
specifications and drawings.
1.12 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
"”` A. All materials, equipment and accessories and devices, shall be properly packaged, in
cartons, mounted on skids, covered and otherwise protected from damage during
handling, transit, delivery and storage.
B. Store only in areas designated, and occupy the minimum area possible.
C. Store off the floor, and away from traffic, and as otherwise recommended by
manufacturers.
1.13 WARRANTIES
A. Some Division 22 Sections require warranties on the equipment or work specified.
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 7 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ow
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
b. Only authorized Contractor's personnel shall be allowed within existing
operations. Their movement shall be restricted to the applicable areas.
They shall be logged in and out daily.
c. Contractor shall be assigned an area in which to store and use his
equipment. Work areas must be kept clean and orderly at all times.
d. Eating is allowed in designated areas only. Remnants of workers' lunches
and other discarded food or food wrappers shall be deposited,
immediately after use, in covered containers.
e. The Contractor shall keep construction site clean of debris. There will be
no job site fires for burning trash. All trash is to be removed from
construction site and not allowed to accumulate.
f. Security requirements, such as guard service and fencing, shall be
determined per the mutual agreement between the Owner and the
Contractor.
g. The Contractor shall provide dustproof protection at all openings into
existing facilities.
h. The Contractor shall maintain proper fire extinguishing equipment. Be
sure that a fire watch is maintained when welding or cutting is in
operation. Do not close any sprinkler control valve or other main water
supply valves without first advising the Owner of the necessity for doing
so and allowing time for proper precautions to be taken.
i. All fire protection equipment shall be maintained at maximum operational
status at all times. When it becomes necessary to close down any
equipment for repairs or alterations, the Owner shall be informed and, in
turn, shall arrange to contact the local insurance representative, local fire
department (where applicable) and plant personnel.
j. Unauthorized possession of Owner's property, goods, or products shall not
be tolerated.
k. Owner assumes no responsibility for the Contractor's or Contractor's
workers' property, therefore, all tools shall be kept under lock when not in
use.
I. Contractor's personnel shall not have use of Owner's facilities (i.e.
lunchroom, restroom, parking lot, etc.). Provisions for these personal ..
services will be established at the time of the contract negotiations.
m. The Contractor shall post names and telephone numbers of doctors,
ambulance, and other emergency services in a prominent place at the job •a
site.
n. The Contractor shall only take photos for purposes of construction
progress and shall obtain prior clearance through Owner. No pictures shall •.
be taken of equipment or existing operations. No pictures shall be used
for publication unless cleared through the Owner.
o. The Contractor using cutting oils or other materials likely to discolor or
stain shall take suitable precautions to protect floors and slabs from such
stains or discolorations.
p. No work shall be done in manufacturing areas nor shall utility services be , .
disrupted without prior approval of Owner.
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 6 of 13
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
No NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.08 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
A. The codes and regulations of the local authority with jurisdiction over this project
contain provisions for designs that include proper protection for seismic incidents.
These provisions apply to various work items included in the work covered by this
Section.
B. Reference is made to Section 014113, Regulatory Seismic Requirements. Here the
overall concept and procedure for addressing seismic considerations are set forth.
1. Contractor shall determine scope of work, per Section 014113, and ensure that
all work required is in compliance with applicable seismic provisions.
1.09 RATED CONSTRUCTION
A. Where rated for fire resistance, and/or structural capacity, maintain integrity of rated
walls, floors, or ceilings where mechanical elements penetrate.
1. Where work of this section penetrates a fire-rated assembly, the penetration
shall be firestopped, in accordance with Division 07 Section "Through-
Penetration Fire Stopping."
2. Firestop work shall be performed only by workers skilled in installation of such
systems.
1.10 GMP/PROCESS AREA CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Refer to drawings for schedule of area classifications. Specific requirements for work
within classified areas is contained in individual specification sections, as applicable.
1.11 PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS
A. Plant Rules: Observe good manufacturing and job site practices at existing plants:
1. In addition to all other rules and restrictions, the Contractor shall obtain and
follow the Owner's safety policies and rules, as well as the plant rules for
outside Contractors.
2. Contractors and Contractors' employees shall be fully aware of and shall comply
with all plant rules, safety regulations, procedures and restrictions as to access,
working areas, working conditions and types of tools and equipment to be used
during the installation work.
a. Smoking is prohibited throughout the plant except in designated areas.
3. Good manufacturing and job site practices shall be observed for all work inside
the building structure. These practices are outlined below:
a. All work done within Owner's existing facilities shall be scheduled two (2)
weeks in advance. (Exceptions in case of emergencies.)
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 5 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Welding shall only be performed by welders specifically certified for each type(s) of
welding required to be performed. All applicable welding certificates for each
certified welder shall remain on file on the project site during the duration of the
project construction. Welding certificates shall be presented upon request by Owner
or Architect.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of welding done by its
organization and shall repair or replace any work not in accordance with these
specifications.
E. All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be new and free from defects.
1. No materials, equipment, ductwork, piping, etc., whether furnished by the
Contractor or the Owner shall be installed or used in a fabrication assembly if
the items are physically damaged or functionally defective.
F. All work performed by Contractor(s) shall be of best, professional quality and
executed in a safe manner.
1. Each Contractor and all employees shall observe all job site work rules.
2. The Contractor shall not perform any work during periods in which
environmental or site conditions may adversely affect the serviceability of the
installation.
3. The Contractor, in performing his work, shall not damage, destroy or otherwise
reduce the serviceability of an existing installation or work performed by others
including, but not limited to, roofing, insulated panels, floors, structural steel,
and buried piping.
4. The Contractor shall repair any damage at his own expense and at the direction
and approval of the Owner. If conflicts arise, the Contractor shall immediately
report them to the Owner for resolution.
5. Any work performed by, or materials installed by Contractor, found to be
unsatisfactory upon inspection by the Owner shall be rectified by the Contractor ■•
at his expense.
G. Cast-in-place concrete pads and bases, for mechanical equipment shall be installed
by workers skilled in such work, and in accord with Section 03300, Cast-In-Place
Concrete.
an
1. Mechanical contractor/installer shall be responsible for location, layout and size
of pads/bases.
H. Cutting and patching to provide for work of this Section shall be executed in accord
with Section 01045, Cutting and Patching.
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 4 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Install equipment with parts readily accessible for inspection and maintenance.
Extra compensation will not be allowed for dismantling equipment to obtain entrance
into building.
D. Protect at all times, all work, fixtures, equipment and materials against weather and
physical damage during handling and in storage at jobsite.
1. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs and protect against dirt, water, freezing,
chemical, or mechanical injury.
E. The Contractor(s) shall determine and be responsible for providing the proper
location, size, configuration, and character of all holes, sleeves, chases, and other
openings required during construction. Give all concerned contractors due and
proper notification in regard to same.
1. Use craftsmen skilled in the appropriate trades for all cutting, fitting, patching,
repairing, and finishing of masonry, concrete, metal, carpentry, etc., work that
may be required in this specification.
2. No structural members shall be cut, drilled, or in any manner weakened to
accommodate the installation of work performed under this contract.
ism 1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323 "Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples"for proper filing procedures.
B. Where specifically requested in individual Division 22 specification sections, provide
the appropriate submittal type (Action, Informational, 0&M Manuals, or To Owner)
for the information requested. Refer to Section 013323 for submittal type
definitions.
C. Action submittals not specifically requested will be returned by Architect/Engineer as
"Not Requested / Not Reviewed."
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor(s) shall employ only skilled craftsmen regularly engaged in the
appropriate trade for both Division 22 work, and associated work as indicated.
B. All personnel employed by the Contractor(s) shall be fully qualified to do the work
and shall be familiar with the systems involved, the equipment used, and how they
operate.
*" 1. All Contractor personnel shall observe all plant rules described in this section
and those included in Division 00 of this document if applicable.
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 3 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .m
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS on
6. NFPA, International [formerly National Fire Protection Association] (NFPA).
7. Massachusetts State Building Code 2005 — 780 CMR.
8. Massachusetts State Plumbing Code— 248 CMR.
9. ANSI 831.5 Code for Pressure Piping.
10. National Safety Council (NSC).
11. ANSI A58.1 - Flexible and Flexibly Mounted Equipment.
12. Applicable Local Building Codes, and reference standards.
13. Other regulations/rules of the local authority having jurisdiction.
14. State Industrial Commission Labor Department.
15. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Working plans as used in all Division 22 Sections refer to documents (including
drawings and calculations) prepared pursuant to requirements in the applicable
standards, and necessary for obtaining approval of authority having jurisdiction.
B. Coordination drawings as required in other Division 22 Sections are a form of"shop
drawings", but primarily intended to indicate how the specific items or equipment
are incorporated into the current project.
C. Other applicable definitions for the various systems and equipment are located in the
applicable reference standards, and in each of the Division 22 technical Sections.
1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall determine that equipment proposed to be furnished can be
brought into building and installed in the space available.
B. This Section addresses the general, overall aspect of all work in the Division. ■*
1. This included furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, electric motors,
apparatus, supports, sleeves, embedded concrete inserts, etc., services,
permanent and temporary facilities, necessary for all work.
2. Also, included is the testing, adjusting, retesting and readjusting as required to
place all systems in an approved operating condition, as indicated on the
drawings, called for in these specifications, and as required by job conditions.
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 2 of 13
VW
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
so NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 220500
so
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
PM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements and Section 220500 govern all Work of
Division 22.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02 —14, 21, and 23-26) may contain
requirements related to Division 22.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides general overview parameters and procedures, which apply to all
work specified in all Sections of Division 22.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Mechanical installations shall comply with applicable requirements and
recommendations of standards published by listed agencies and trade associations,
except to extent detailed and stringent requirements are indicated or required by
governing regulations.
B. The following is a partial list of the agencies, publications, codes, regulations and
standards applicable to the plumbing work for the Contractor's convenience. The
edition required by code/regulation, or the latest edition shall apply unless otherwise
noted:
1. SMACNA Manuals - Duct Construction Standards and Balancing and Adjustment
of Air Distribution Systems.
2. American National Standard Code, Mechanical Refrigeration, ANSI B9. ASHRAE
Standard 15-1994.
3. FDA, 21 CFR Part 110, Good Manufacturing Practice in Manufacturing, Packing
or Holding Human Food.
4. OSHA Standards, Part 1910, Title 29 of CFR.
5. USDA Regulations as Administered by Food Safety and Inspection Services
(FSIS).
BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220500 - 1 of 13
mm
w
«m
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
..
so
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
9. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire department
equipment.
B. Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having
jurisdiction.
3.18 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers.
B. Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish.
C. Protect sprinklers from damage until Substantial Completion.
3.19 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. Refer to Division 01
Section "Project Closeout."
END OF SECTION
ow
+fir
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 19 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 MW
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
B. Install ball drip valve at each check valve for fire department connection. MW
3.15 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of risers, standpipes, hose stations, piping, am
fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. ow
C. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection. Drain to
floor drain or outside building.
D. Connect piping to specialty valves, hose valves, specialties, fire department
connections, and accessories.
E. Electrical Connections: Power wiring is specified in Division 26.
F. Connect alarm devices to fire alarm.
3.16 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements
in NFPA 13.
3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks *�
and retest until no leaks exist.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning .
controls and equipment.
3. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. .�
4. Start and run excess-pressure pumps.
5. Start and run air compressors.
6. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems ...
Acceptance" Chapter.
7. Coordinate with fire alarm tests. Operate as required.
8. Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required.
we
..
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 18 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
low B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised-open, located to control
sources of water supply except from fire department connections. Install permanent
identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve.
C. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. Install backflow preventers
instead of check valves where required by local water department, plumbing code,
+ or authority having jurisdiction.
D. Specialty Valves:
1. Riser Check Valves: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow.
3.11 SPRINKLER APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate sprinkler types to be used. Where specific types are not indicated,
use the following sprinkler types:
1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers.
2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Recessed sprinklers.
3. Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers.
4. Sprinkler Finishes:
a. Upright, Pendent, and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished
spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to
view; wax coated where exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive
fumes.
b. Recessed Sprinklers: Bright chrome, with bright chrome escutcheon.
3.12 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of acoustical ceiling panels and tiles.
3.13 HOSE-STATION INSTALLATION
A. Install freestanding hose stations for access and minimum passage restriction.
B. Install NPS 1-1/2 hose-station valves with flow-restricting device, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Install freestanding hose stations with support or bracket attached to standpipe or
substrate.
3.14 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION
A. Install wall-type, fire department connections in vertical wall.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 17 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. Unions are not
required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved joints.
C. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS
2-1/2 and larger connections.
D. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with
shutoff valve, sized and located according to NFPA 13.
E. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage.
F. Install sprinkler zone control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to
standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes.
G. Install drain valves on standpipes.
H. Install ball drip valves to drain piping between fire department connections and
check valves. Drain to floor drain or outside building.
I. Install alarm devices in piping systems.
J. Hangers and Supports: Comply with NFPA 13 for hanger materials.
1. Install sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. "*
K. Earthquake Protection:
1. Install piping according to NFPA 13 to protect from earthquake damage.
2. Install piping according to Specification Section 014113 seismic performance *
requirements.
L. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and ••
at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS
1/4 and with soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage
and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they will not be .�
subject to freezing.
M. Fill wet-pipe sprinkler system piping with water.
N. Install flexible connectors on fire-pump and pressure-maintenance-pump supply and
discharge connections and in fire-suppression piping as may be indicated.
3.10 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Install listed fire-protection valves, unlisted general-duty valves, specialty valves and
trim, controls, specialties, and alarm devices according to NFPA 13 and authorities
having jurisdiction.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 16 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.05 SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Refer to the"Fire Protection Pipe Material Schedule"on drawings for application of
pipe, fitting, and joining materials.
3.06 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not
indicated, the following requirements apply:
1. Listed Fire-Protection Valves: UL listed and FMG approved for applications
where required by NFPA 13.
a. Shutoff Duty: Use ball, butterfly, or gate valves.
2. Unlisted General-Duty Valves: For applications where UL-listed and FMG-
approved valves are not required by NFPA 13.
a. Shutoff Duty: Use ball, butterfly, or gate valves.
b. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves.
3.07 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Threaded Joints: Comply with NFPA 13 for pipe thickness and threads. Do not
thread pipe smaller than NPS 8 with wall thickness less than Schedule 40.
B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with listed coupling and gasket, lubricant, and
bolts.
1. Steel Pipe: Square-cut or roll-groove piping as indicated. Use grooved-end
fittings and rigid, grooved-end-pipe couplings, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Dry-Pipe Systems: Use fittings and gaskets listed for dry-pipe service.
3.08 SERVICE-ENTRANCE PIPING
A. Connect fire-suppression piping to water-service piping of size and in location
indicated for service entrance to building. Refer to Division 02 Section "Exterior
Water Distribution" for exterior piping.
B. Install shutoff valve and other accessories as may be indicated or required at
connection to water-service piping. Refer to Division 02 Section "Exterior Water
Distribution" for backflow preventers.
3.09 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Use approved fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and
reductions in pipe sizes.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 15 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 A.
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,
2. Dresser Equipment Group; Instrument Div.
3. Marsh Bellofram.
B. Description: UL 393, 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch-diameter, dial pressure gage with range of
0 to 250 psig minimum.
1. Water System Piping: Include caption "WATER" on dial face.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Perform fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for
system design calculations required in Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
B. Report test results promptly and in writing.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for hose connections and stations to verify actual locations of
piping connections before installation.
B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable thicknesses, fire- and smoke-rated
construction, framing for hose-station cabinets, and other conditions where hose
connections and stations are to be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.03 PIPING APPLICATIONS, GENERAL
A. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. **
B. Do not use welded joints for galvanized-steel pipe.
C. Flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings with
finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating may be
used in aboveground applications, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized,
standard-weight steel pipe with threaded ends; cast- or malleable-iron threaded . ;
fittings; and threaded joints.
3.04 STANDPIPE SYSTEM PIPING APPLICATIONS ..
A. Refer to the"Fire Protection Pipe Material Schedule"on drawings for application of
pipe, fitting, and joining materials. WN
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 14 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Type: Flush, with two inlets and square or rectangular escutcheon plate.
2. Type: Exposed, projecting, with two inlets and round escutcheon plate.
• 3. Finish: Polished brass.
2.12 ALARM DEVICES
A. Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections.
B. Electrically Operated Alarm: UL 464, with 10-inch-diameter, vibrating-type, metal
alarm bell with red-enamel factory finish and suitable for outdoor use.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Potter Electric Signal Company.
b. System Sensor.
C. Water-Flow Indicator: UL 346, electrical-supervision, paddle-operated-type, water-
flow detector with 250-psig pressure rating and designed for horizontal or vertical
installation. Include two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for isolated alarm
and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set,
field-adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that
sends signal if removed.
1. Manufacturers:
a. ADT Security Services, Inc.
b. Grinnell Fire Protection.
c. ITT McDonnell & Miller.
d. Potter Electric Signal Company.
e. System Sensor.
f. Viking Corp.
g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
D. Valve Supervisory Switch: UL 753, electrical, single-pole, double-throw switch with
normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled valve is in other
than fully open position.
1. Manufacturers:
a. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
b. Potter Electric Signal Company.
c. System Sensor.
2.13 PRESSURE GAGES
A. Manufacturers:
1. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge.
o
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 13 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.10 HOSE STATIONS
A. Manufacturers:
1. American Fire Hose Cabinet Co.
2. Brooks Equipment Co., Inc.
3. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
4. Fire-End and Croker Corp.
5. Potter-Roemer; Fire-Protection Div.
B. NPS 1-1/2 Hose Station: NPS 1-1/2 hose valve; hose rack with water-retention
device and pins for folded, NPS 1-1/2 lined hose; and NPS 1-1/2 lined hose with
swivel inlet coupling and nozzle. OR
1. Hose-Rack Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
2. Hose Valve and Trim Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
3. Fire Hose: Lined, 50-foot length.
4. Nozzle: Polished-chrome-plated brass, plain, for nonadjustable water stream.
2.11 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Central Sprinkler Corp.
2. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
3. Fire-End and Croker Corp.
4. Guardian Fire Equipment Incorporated.
5. Potter-Roemer; Fire-Protection Div. *�*
B. Wall-Type, Fire Department Connection: UL 405, 175-psig minimum pressure rating;
with corrosion-resistant-metal body with brass inlets, brass wall escutcheon plate,
brass lugged caps with gaskets and brass chains, and brass lugged swivel
connections. Include inlets with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local
fire department sizes and threads, outlet with pipe threads, extension pipe nipples,
check devices or clappers for inlets, and escutcheon plate with marking similar to
"AUTO SPKR & STANDPIPE."
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 12 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
w, NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Refer to "FP"drawings for sprinkler types and features.
F. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler
mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type
sprinklers are specified with sprinklers.
1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, 2 piece, with 1-inch vertical
adjustment.
2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat.
G. Sprinkler Guards: Wire-cage type, including fastening device for attaching to
sprinkler.
2.09 HOSE CONNECTIONS
Oft
A. Manufacturers:
OR 1. Central Sprinkler Corp.
2. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
3. Fire-End and Croker Corp.
4. Grinnell Fire Protection.
5. Guardian Fire Equipment Incorporated.
6. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
7. Mueller Company.
8. Potter-Roemer; Fire-Protection Div.
B. Description: UL 668, brass or bronze, 300-psig minimum pressure rating, hose valve
for connecting fire hose. Include angle or gate pattern design; female NPS inlet and
male hose outlet; and lugged cap, gasket, and chain. Include NPS 1-1/2 or NPS 2-
'""" 1/2 as indicated, and hose valve threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local
fire department threads.
1. Valve Operation: Nonadjustable type, unless pressure-regulating type is
indicated.
2. Finish: Rough metal or chrome-plated as indicated.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 11 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 0
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS on
D. Globe Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 2, Class 125 minimum, with
bronze body, nonmetallic disc, and threaded ends. .»
2.07 SPECIALTY VALVES
A. Sprinkler System Control Valves: UL listed or FMG approved, cast- or ductile-iron .o
body with flanged or grooved ends, and 175-psig minimum pressure rating. Control
valves shall have 250-psig minimum pressure rating if valves are components of am
high-pressure piping system.
1. Manufacturers: No
a. Tyco Fire Products.
b. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc.
C. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
d. Grinnell Fire Protection. am
e. Victaulic Co. of America.
f. Viking Corp.
2.08 SPRINKLERS
A. Sprinklers shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig minimum pressure
rating. Sprinklers shall have 250-psig minimum pressure rating if sprinklers are
components of high-pressure piping system.
B. Manufacturers:
1. Tyco Fire Products.
2. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc.
3. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
4. Grinnell Fire Protection.
5. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
6. Victaulic Co. of America.
7. Viking Corp.
C. Automatic Sprinklers: With heat-responsive element complying with the following:
1. UL 199, for nonresidential applications.
2. UL 1767, for early-suppression, fast-response applications.
D. Sprinkler Types and Categories: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice for "Ordinary" temperature
classification rating, unless otherwise indicated or required by application.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 10 of 19
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2) Hammond Valve.
3) NIBCO.
2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Cast-iron body with flanged ends.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
2) Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
3) Hammond Valve.
4) Milwaukee Valve Company.
5) Mueller Company.
6) NIBCO.
G. Indicating Valves: UL 1091, with integral indicating device and ends matching
,., connecting piping.
1. Indicator: Electrical, 115-V ac, prewired, single-circuit, supervisory switch,
visual.
2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Ball or butterfly valve with bronze body and threaded
ends.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Milwaukee Valve Company.
2) NIBCO.
3) Victaulic Co. of America.
3. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Butterfly valve with cast- or ductile-iron body; wafer
type or with flanged or grooved ends.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Tyco Fire Products.
2) Grinnell Fire Protection.
3) McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
4) Milwaukee Valve Company.
5) NIBCO.
6) Victaulic Co. of America.
2.06 UNLISTED GENERAL-DUTY VALVES
A. Ball Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-110, 2-piece copper-alloy body with chrome-
plated brass ball, 600-psig minimum CWP rating, blowout-proof stem, and threaded
ends.
B. Check Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 4, Class 125 minimum, swing
type with bronze body, nonmetallic disc, and threaded ends.
C. Gate Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 2, Class 125 minimum, with
bronze body, solid wedge, and threaded ends.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 9 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. NPS 2 and NPS 2-1/2: Bronze body with threaded ends or ductile-iron body
with grooved ends.
3. NPS 3: Ductile-iron body with grooved ends.
4. Manufacturers:
a. NIBCO.
b. Victaulic Co. of America.
D. Butterfly Valves: UL 1091.
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Global Safety Products, Inc.
2) Milwaukee Valve Company.
2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, or ductile-iron body; wafer type or
with flanged or grooved ends.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Tyco Fire Products.
2) McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
3) Mueller Company.
4) NIBCO.
5) Victaulic Co. of America.
E. Check Valves NPS 2 and Larger: UL 312, swing type, cast-iron body with flanged or
grooved ends.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Tyco Fire Products.
b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
d. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc.
e. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
f. Grinnell Fire Protection.
g. Hammond Valve. **
h. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
i. Mueller Company.
j. NIBCO. *�
k. Potter-Roemer; Fire Protection Div.
I. Stockham.
m. Victaulic Co. of America. +
F. Gate Valves: UL 262, OS&Y type.
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
a. Manufacturers:
1) Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 8 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
a. Grinnell Grooved Products.
b. Fire-End and Croker Corp.
c. Viking Corp.
d. Victaulic Co. of America.
C. Sprinkler Branch-Line Test Fittings: Brass body with threaded inlet, capped drain
outlet, and threaded outlet for sprinkler.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
w b. Fire-End and Croker Corp.
c. Potter-Roemer; Fire-Protection Div.
D. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fitting: Cast- or ductile-iron housir@ with threaded inlet
and drain outlet and sight glass.
1. Manufacturers:
a. AGF Manufacturing Co.
b. Central Sprinkler Corp.
c. G/J Innovations, Inc.
d. Triple R Specialty of Ajax, Inc.
E. Dry-Pipe-System Fittings: UL listed for dry-pipe service.
2.05 LISTED FIRE-PROTECTION VALVES
A. Valves shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig minimum pressure rating.
Valves shall have 250-psig minimum pressure rating if valves are components of
high-pressure piping system.
B. Gate Valves with Wall Indicator Posts:
1. Gate Valves: UL 262, cast-iron body, bronze mounted, with solid disc,
nonnsing stem, operating nut, and flanged ends.
2. Indicator Posts: UL 789, horizontal-wall type, cast-iron body, with hand wheel,
extension rod, locking device, and cast-iron barrel.
3. Manufacturers:
a. Grinnell Fire Protection.
b. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
c. NIBCO.
d. Stockham.
C. Ball Valves: Comply with UL 1091, except with ball instead of disc.
1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 7 of 19
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS •»
2. Flex-Hose Co., Inc. ow
3. Flexicraft Industries.
VW
4. Flex-Pression, Ltd.
5. Flex-Weld, Inc. .m
6. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
7. Mercer Rubber Co.
8. Metraflex, Inc.
9. Proco Products, Inc.
10. Unaflex Inc.
C. Bronze-Hose, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, bronze, inner tubing covered with «�
bronze wire braid. Include copper-tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze welded
to hose.
D. Stainless Steel Hose/Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless steel, '*
inner tubing covered with stainless steel wire braid. Include steel nipples or flanges,
welded to hose.
E. Stainless Steel Hose/Stainless Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless
steel, inner tubing covered with stainless steel wire braid. Include stainless steel
nipples or flanges, welded to hose.
2.04 SPRINKLER SPECIALTY FITTINGS No
A. Sprinkler specialty fittings shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig
minimum working-pressure rating, and made of materials compatible with piping.
Sprinkler specialty fittings shall have 250-psig minimum working-pressure rating if
fittings are components of high-pressure piping system.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Grinnell Grooved Products.
b. National Fittings, Inc.
c. Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
d. Victaulic Co. of America.
B. Sprinkler Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: Cast- or ductile-iron body; with threaded .,
inlet and outlet, test valve, and orifice and sight glass.
1. Manufacturers: "
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 6 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Steel Threaded Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or ASTM
! * A 106, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe hot-dip galvanized where indicated.
Include ends matching joining method.
5. Steel Threaded Couplings: ASTM A 865 hot-dip galvanized-steel pipe where
indicated.
B. Plain-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, ASTM A 135, or ASTM A
795 hot-dip galvanized-steel pipe where indicated.
1. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, and ASME 816.9 or ASME B16.11.
2. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 816.5.
C. Grooved-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, ASTM A 135, or
ASTM A 795, hot-dip galvanized where indicated and with factory- or field-formed,
square-cut- or roll-grooved ends.
1. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufacturers:
1) Anvil International, Inc.
2) Grinnell Grooved Products.
3) National Fittings, Inc.
4) Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.
5) Victaulic Co. of America.
b. Grooved-End Fittings: UL-listed, ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting with OD
matching steel-pipe OD.
c. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL 213 and AWWA C606, rigid pattern,
unless otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD.
Include ductile-iron housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting
grooves, prelubricated rubber gasket listed for use with housing, and steel
bolts and nuts.
2.03 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Flexible connectors shall have materials suitable for system fluid. Include 175-psig
minimum working-pressure rating and ends according to the following:
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded.
2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged.
3. Option for NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Grooved for use with grooved-end-pipe
couplings.
B. Manufacturers:
1. Anamet Inc.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 5 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. NFPA Standards: Fire-suppression-system equipment, specialties, accessories,
installation, and testing shall comply with the following:
1. NFPA 13 "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems— 2002 Edition".
1.08 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that ..
penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition
assemblies.
1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounting, steel cabinet with hinged cover,
with space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include
number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include
separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler on
Project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection: "`
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.02 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Threaded-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, ASTM A 135, or
ASTM A 795, hot-dip galvanized where indicated and with factory- or field-formed
threaded ends.
1. Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ASME B16.1.
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3.
3. Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4. +-
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 4 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to
NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including
hydraulic calculations, if applicable.
3. Field Quality Control Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for
compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13.
Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" and
"Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Underground Piping."
C. O&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
1. Product Data: Submit standard product information specific to products to be
provided for this project:
a. Valves, including listed fire-protection valves, and specialty valves and
trim.
b. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and guards.
c. Hose connections, including size, type, and finish.
d. Hose stations, including size, type, and finish of hose connections; type
and length of fire hoses; finish of fire hose couplings; type, material, and
finish of nozzles; and finish of rack.
e. Fire department connections, including type; number, size, and
arrangement of inlets; caps and chains; size and direction of outlet;
escutcheon and marking; and finish.
f. Alarm devices, including electrical data.
g. Sprinkler specialty fittings.
D. To Owner: The following submittals shall be submitted directly to the Owner:
1. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Submit working plans, prepared
according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having
jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations, if applicable.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:
1. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing fire-
. suppression systems and providing professional engineering services needed to
assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant
flow test.
a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations,
and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer.
B. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code: Section IX.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 3 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,
B. Fire-suppression standpipe system design shall be approved by authorities having .w
jurisdiction.
1. Minimum residual pressure at each hose-connection outlet is the following:
a. NPS 1-1/2 Hose Connections: 65 psig.
b. NPS 2-1/2 Hose Connections: 100 psig.
C. Fire-suppression sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having
jurisdiction.
1. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including
losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers.
2. Refer to"FP"drawings for the following:
a. Sprinkler occupancy hazard classifications.
b. Minimum density for sprinkler systems piping design.
C. Maximum protected area per sprinkler.
d. Total combined hose-stream demand requirement.
D. Seismic Performance: Fire-suppression piping shall be capable of withstanding the
effects of earthquake motions determined according to NFPA 13 and ASCE 7,
"Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures": Section 9, "Earthquake
Loads." Refer to specification Section 014113 for additional seismic performance
requirements.
1.06 SUBMITTALS "
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Product Data: Submit standard product information specific to products to be
provided for this project:
a. Valves, including listed fire-protection valves, and specialty valves and �*
trim.
b. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and guards.
C. Hose connections, including size, type, and finish. *�
d. Hose stations, including size, type, and finish of hose connections; type
and length of fire hoses; finish of fire hose couplings; type, material, and
finish of nozzles; and finish of rack. ..
e. Fire department connections, including type; number, size, and
arrangement of inlets; caps and chains; size and direction of outlet;
escutcheon and marking; and finish.
f. Alarm devices, including electrical data.
g. Sprinkler specialty fittings.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 2 of 19
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 212300
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern the work of this section.
C. Other specification sections (Divisions 02-14 and 22-26) may contain requirements
related to Division 21.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following fire-suppression piping inside the building:
1. Wet-pipe sprinkler systems.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 02 Section "Exterior Water Distribution" for piping outside the building.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber.
B. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
C. Underground Service-Entrance Piping: Underground service piping below the
building.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A. Combined Standpipe and Sprinkler System: Fire-suppression system with both
standpipe and sprinkler systems. Sprinkler system is supplied from standpipe
system..
B. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing
water and that is connected to water supply. Water discharges immediately from
sprinklers when they are opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible link or
destroys frangible device. Hose connections are included if indicated.
1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Standard Piping System Component Working Pressure: Listed for at least 175 psig.
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 212300 - 1 of 19
we
mp
ow
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
M•
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for each type of accessory unit, and
substrate construction.
1. Refer to drawings for mounting heights and locations.
a. Ensure ADA compliance where required.
B. Provide anchors, bolts and other necessary fasteners, fabricated of same material as
the units, or galvanized steel.
1. Use concealed fastenings wherever possible.
2. Where necessary, Install exposed mounting devices and fasteners finished to
match the accessories.
3. Provide theft-resistant fasteners for exposed accessory mountings.
C. Securely attach units to walls, partitions, and concealed blocking, in locations shown
or as directed.
1. Install units plumb, level, and square; firmly seated against substrate.
3.03 CLEANING
owl A. Upon completion of installation, clean toilet accessories, using cleaning methods and
materials as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Leave shiny and reflective surfaces free from fingerprints, smudges, and oils.
C. Remove all debris, rubbish, cartons, etc., caused by this work.
END OF SECTION
TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 102813 - 3 of 3
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
1. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. (design basis)
2. Amercian Specialties, Inc.
3. Bradley Corporation
2.02 SCHEDULE OF UNITS
A. Following is a list of units required on project; see drawings for specific locations.
B. List includes unit name, acronyms as indicated on drawings, and model number of
Bobrick (design basis) products:
1. Toilet Tissue Dispenser (TTD): B-2888.
2. Paper Towel Dispenser/Waste Receptacle (PTD/WR): B-3900.
3. Soap Dispenser (SD): B-306.
4. Mirror with Shelf (M/S): B-166 (1836)
5. Grab Bars (GB): B-5806; lengths as indicated on drawings.
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Fabricate toilet accessories of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, with manufacturer's ,
finish (satin- or bright) standard for unit.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Units shall be completely factory fabricated, assembled, finished, and packed for
shipment, including all parts, accessories, and installation devices and fasteners. ,
B. Weld all seams; grind welds smooth and finish to match unit.
C. Remove burrs and ease exposed edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect all areas, conditions and surfaces that effect installation of accessories.
1. Ensure that installation can be accomplished, as required. Report any
conditions that are unsatisfactory.
a. Do not proceed until required corrections are made.
TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 102813 - 2 of 3
0,01
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 102813
TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES
00
- PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
" 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for installation of prefabricated toilet room accessories, surface or
recess mounted, at locations as indicated on drawings.
F B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Wood blocking is specified in Division 06.
!" 2. Backing plates specified in Division 09.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Manufacturer: Unless otherwise indicated, obtain all toilet accessories
through a single source, and from the same manufacturer.
B. Compliance with ADA regulations, as administered locally, is required.
Ob 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Package units individually in cartons, which protect against damage during transit,
handling, delivery and storage.
B. Label each carton showing type and model number of unit.
C. Store in dry location, off the floor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products manufactured
by one of the following;
TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 102813 - 1 of 3
w.
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.08 CLEANING
A. At the end of each work day, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags and other discarded
materials from all work areas, storage area, and the site.
B. Upon completion of work, clean glass and spattered surfaces.
C. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping or other proper methods, using
care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
3.09 PROTECTION
A. Correct all damage resulting from this work by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and
recoating as acceptable to the Architect.
1. Leave all surfaces and areas in an undamaged condition.
B. Remove temporary signs, barriers, protective coverings and wrappings, from
surrounding surfaces, after completion of coating operations.
C. When touching-up and restoring damaged or defaced coated surfaces (due to
construction operations), paint complete areas of surface to nearest offset or change
of plane to minimize the visibility of touch-up.
END OF SECTION
V*
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 13 of 13
Im
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS *�
1. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as
recommended by the manufacturer. �+*
2. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce an even
smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
C. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in
fixtures, grilles, and similar components are in place in areas to be coated. Extend ,
coatings in these areas as required to maintain the system integrity and provide
desired protection.
1. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar
exposed surfaces.
2. Coat the back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar
hinged items, to match exposed surfaces.
3. Extend finish coating behind removable grilles, cover plates, and frames.
D. Finish tops, bottoms and all edges of all doors. Wo
1. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and edges same as exterior faces, unless
otherwise indicated.
3.06 PRIMING
A. Unless otherwise indicated, apply prime coat to surfaces required to be painted or
finished, and which have not been prime coated by others.
1. Omit first coat (primer) on surfaces which have been previously painted or
shop-primed, unless otherwise specified.
,.
B. Spot prime taped and finished joints in gypsum board before applying prime coat.
C. Recoat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots,
"holidays", or unsealed areas in the first coat, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-
through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
3.07 FINISH COAT APPLICATION
A. Apply finish coats using roller, spray, or brush, as recommended by manufacturer,
and as appropriate for substrate and coating material.
B. Apply finish coats at rate recommended by manufacturer to achieve specified dry
film thickness (DFT).
C. Allow each coat to dry for recommended time, considering environmental conditions,
prior to applying successive coats.
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 12 of 13
4M
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish.
4. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet
wall construction occurs on backside.
5. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of
varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery.
E. Ferrous Metals: Clean non-galvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been
shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances.
Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of
the SSPC: Society for Protective Coatings.
1. Touch up bare areas and shop applied prime coats that have been damaged.
Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and
touch up with the same primer as the shop coat.
F. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non-petroleum based solvents
[SW-"'Clean 'N' Etch"] so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants.
Use mechanical methods to remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal
fabricated from coil stock.
? " G. Previously Painted Surfaces: Remove all existing paints and coatings which are
loose, peeling, blistered, or otherwise unsound, by sanding, scraping, grinding, or
other approved means, per manufacturer's recommendations. De-gloss existing
glossy paints or coatings, by mechanical or chemical means, as approved by Owner.
Consult manufacturer for preparation procedures when adhesion or compatibility of
new paint is questionable.
H. Prefinished surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, do not paint prefinished surfaces,
or surfaces of natural stone, tile, face brick, etc.
I. Material Preparation: Mix, prepare and store painting and finishing materials in
accordance with manufacturer's directions.
J. Tinting: Tint each under coat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat
where multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to
match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of
undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
+ 3.05 APPLICATION, GENERAL
A. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions.
B. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the
application method.
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 11 of 13
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ■+-
B. If surface defects are not observed prior to painting, but emerge after priming or
other preparation work, cease painting operations on affected surface and notify
Architect.
C. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, elastomeric
joint sealers, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formulation of a durable paint
film.
ftk
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect surrounding work of other trades. .►
B. Cover or wrap surfaces not to receive paint with drop cloths, plastic sheeting, or
other protective covers.
C. Mask off surfaces and items not to receive paint to prevent overspray, stray brush
marks, etc. •
D. Provide barriers, streamers, or "Wet Paint" signs to identify newly-coated finishes
3.04 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with
coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition.
B. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and
similar items in place and not to be finish-painted or provide surface-applied
protection. Reinstall removed items.
C. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry, cement plaster and
other cementitious surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt,
grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If
hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of
surface preparation.
D. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers,
mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth
and dust off.
1. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white
shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of primer. After
priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood
filler. Sand smooth when dried.
2. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime
edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets,
counters, cases, and paneling. AA
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 10 of 13
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. First and Second Finish Coats: ProClassic Interior Alkyd Semi-gloss; 1.7 mils
DFT/coat
F. Gypsum Board:
1. Paint Type: Alkyd
2. Sheen: Semi-Gloss
3. Primer: PrepRite Classic Interior Latex Primer; 1.6 mils DFT
4. First and Second Finish Coats: ProMar 200 Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel;
1.7 mils DFT/coat
G. Galvanized Steel:
1. Paint Type: Latex
2. Sheen: Semi-Gloss
3. Primer: DTM Primer/Finish, B66W1; 3.0 mils DFT
4. First and Second Finish Coats: ProMar 200 Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel,
B20W200; 1.7 mils DFT/coat
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and all conditions under which painting is to be performed for
compliance with requirements for application of paint. Report immediately and in
writing, any unsatisfactory conditions that cannot be corrected by work in this
Section.
1. Do not begin preparation and paint application until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
3.02 ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES
+ A. Do not begin painting work until substrates have been properly prepared and
finished by other trades and, if applicable, have been properly cured.
1. The Contractor shall correct surface defects and imperfections which will result
in an unsatisfactory finished surface, using the original substrate installer, or
other trades workers experienced and qualified in such work.
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 9 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS �•
2.03 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS
A. The following is a list of paint systems applicable to the interior surfaces noted.
1. All materials indicated are "design basis" products of The Sherwin-Williams
Company.
B. Concrete Masonry
1. Paint Type: Acrylic Latex
2. Sheen: Semi-gloss
3. Block Filler: PrepRite Block Filler; build as required to fill all holes and voids.
4. First and Second Finish Coats: ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss; 1.3 mils DFT/coat
C. Concrete Masonry:
1. Paint Type: Polyamide Epoxy
2. Sheen: Gloss
3. Block Filler: Kern Cati-Coat Block Filler; build as required to completely fill
pores pinhole-free.
4. First and Second Finish Coats: Tile Clad High Solids Epoxy; 4.0 mils DFT/coat
D. Ferrous Steel:
1. Paint Type: Water-based Epoxy
2. Sheen: Semi-gloss
3. Primer: Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy Primer; 3.0 mils DFT
4. First and Second Finish Coats: Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy; 2.5 mils
DFT/coat
E. Ferrous Steel:
1. Paint Type: Alkyd `
2. Sheen: Semi-gloss
3. Primer: Kern Kromik Universal Metal Primer; 2.5 mils DFT
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 8 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
0* A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products of one of the
following manufacturers:
1. The Sherwin-Williams Company (design basis)
2. Benjamin Moore & Company
3. Devoe Paints
4. Porter Paints, Div. of PPG Industries
B. Where it is proposed that materials of a manufacturer other than the "design basis"
manufacturer indicated are proposed for use, provide full product data for each
product, and direct comparative evidence of full equivalency to design basis product
specified herein.
2.02 EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS
A. The following is a list of paint systems applicable to the exterior surfaces noted.
1. All materials indicated are"design basis" products of The Sherwin-Williams
Company.
B. Galvanized Steel:
1. Paint Type: Alkyd
04 2. Sheen: Semi-Gloss
3. Primer: Galvite HS, B50WZ30; 3.0 mils DFT
4. First and Second Finish Coats: Industrial Enamel HS, B54HS Series; 2.0 mils
DFT/coat.
C. Ferrous Steel:
1. Paint Type: Alkyd
2. Sheen: Semi-Gloss
3. Primer: Kern Kromik Metal Primer; 3.0 mils DFT
4. First and Second Finish Coats: Industrial Enamel HS; 2.0 mils DFT/coat
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 7 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. All paint materials and equipment shall be stored, prepared, cleaned, and mixed in a
single area designated by the Contractor. Protect all area surfaces against spills and
splatter. Maintain metal container with tight lid for paint rags and oily cloths.
C. Store materials in accord with manufacturer's instructions; those not in use shall be
maintained in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Protect from freezing. Also, maintain
containers used for storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and
residue. Return equipment and materials in use to this area at end of work day; lock.
1. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take
necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from
fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application.
2. Upon completion of painting work, restore storage area to original condition, to
condition required by project, or as otherwise directed.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply water-based paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air temperatures are between 50°F and 90°F.
B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air temperatures are between 45°F and 95°F.
C. Do not apply paint to damp or wet surfaces, when the relative humidity exceeds
85 percent, or at temperatures less than 5°F above the dew point.
1.08 SEQUENCES �.
A. Perform painting work prior to application of wall coverings if scheduled for the same
room or area.
B. Perform painting work prior to installation of ceiling grid, wall base, field-installed
hardware (except door hinges), electrical cover plates, removable louver frames, and
other elements which are to be surface-applied to painted surfaces.
1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish Owner one (1) unopened gallon of each type of paint, in each color used on
the project.
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 6 of 13
so
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Installer Qualifications: Employ an applicator with minimum five (5) years'
experience in applying paints and coatings similar to those specified to indicated
substrates.
1. Painting contracting firm shall be a member, in good standing, of the Painting
and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA).
D. Single Source Responsibility: Provide all primers, intermediate, and finish coats by
the same manufacturer for each coating system.
E. Mock-up Panels:
1. Provide one (1) mock-up panel using the interior epoxy material on CMU. Apply
system(s) using identical materials, application methods, and spreading rates to
be used on the project.
2. Approved mock-up panel(s) shall be a portion of the new plant wall, and shall
remain throughout final application period, and shall be the minimum standard
for quality and appearance.
3. Apply coating system(s) such that a portion of each coat remains exposed;
clearly identify each exposed coat.
4. Panel size: 4' wide by 8' high.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages
and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following
information:
1. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instructions.
6. Application instructions.
. ► 7. Color name and number.
8. VOC content.
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 5 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
8. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM),
or other code-required labels, or equipment name plates showing �.
manufacturer's information, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature
plates.
E. Related work specified elsewhere;
1. Special coatings are specified elsewhere in Division 09.
2. Sealing of interior gypsum board prior to application of wall finishes is specified
in gypsum board assemblies section.
3. Shop- and factory-applied coatings are included in the individual specification
sections where the products are specified.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Paint: Term used herein to indicate component materials of coating systems
materials, primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers, fillers, and other supplied
materials used a prime, intermediate or finish coats.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers where required.
2. Notify Architect, in writing, of anticipated problems using specified coatings
with substrates primed by others.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Where indicated or otherwise required, paint manufacturer shall provide and certify
that products supplied comply with the more stringent of the following:
1. EPA Regulation, National Volatile Organic Compounds Emission Standards for
Architectural Coatings 40 CFR Part 59; AD FRL 6149 7; RIN 2060-AESS; or
2. More restrictive local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds
(VOCs).
B. Except as otherwise indicated, comply with recommended practices and procedures �.
of the Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA).
1. No recommendation of PDCA or any other referenced standard shall serve to
supersede, modify, or nullify duties, rights, and responsibilities outlined in the
Agreement, the Contract Conditions, or the Specifications.
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 4 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
d. Metal lockers.
PW e. Unit kitchens.
f. Elevator entrance doors and frames.
g. Elevator equipment.
h. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment.
i. Light fixtures.
j. Distribution cabinets.
3. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally
inaccessible spaces:
a. Foundation spaces.
b. Furred areas.
c. Ceiling plenums.
d. Utility tunnels.
e. Pipe spaces.
f. Duct shafts.
" g. Elevator shafts.
4. Those portions of mechanical and electrical work that are mounted on or above
the roof, of the following: HVAC equipment, exposed ductwork, piping, and
conduit, except where indicated otherwise.
5. Finished metal surfaces include the following:
a. Anodized aluminum.
b. Stainless steel.
10 c. Chromium plate.
d. Copper.
e. Bronze and brass.
00 f. Similar finished materials.
g. Door hardware except where indicated USP or 600.
6. Galvanized surfaces: Where galvanized finish is indicated for such items, (but
not limited to) the following:
a. Structural steel, including joists
b. Metal Deck
c. Overhead Coiling Doors
d. Pipe Railings
e. Stairs
f. Platforms
7. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following:
a. Valve and damper operators.
b. Linkages.
c. Sensing devices.
d. Motor and fan shafts.
099100 - 3 of 13
FIELD PAINTING
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
c. Exposed surfaces of sheet metal, doors and frames, lintels, bollards,
machine guards, handrails, ladders, curb facing, and miscellaneous steel
fabrications not prefinished.
3. Mechanical Work:
a. Work of this Section includes field painting of exposed bare and covered
items exposed to view in exterior and interior locations, boiler rooms,
mechanical and electrical rooms, in GMP areas of Class and A and B, in
interior areas which include high spaces, and in areas of high humidity.
b. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to:
1) Piping, pipe hangers, and supports.
2) Heat exchangers.
3) Tanks.
4) Ductwork.
5) Insulation.
6) Mechanical equipment.
7) Accessory items.
8) Exposed steel and iron work
9) Primed metal surfaces of mechanical equipment.
c. In addition, paint the following:
1) Touch up scratches and marks on factory painted finishes and
equipment with paint as supplied by manufacturer of equipment.
2) Paint the inside of all ductwork(except stainless steel) where visible
behind louvers, grilles and diffusers for a minimum of 460 mm (18')
or beyond sight line, whichever is greater, with primer and one coat
of matt black (non-reflecting) paint.
3) Paint all fire protection piping and sprinkler lines; band in accordance
with mechanical specification requirements. Keep sprinkler heads
free of paint.
4) Paint all natural gas piping; band in accordance with mechanical
specification requirements.
5) Backprime and paint face and edges of plywood backer boards for
telephone and electrical equipment before installation [gray, semi-
gloss] [to match adjacent wall surface
4. Refrigeration Work: Work shall be painted as required in refrigeration material
and finish schedules on the drawings.
D. Work Excluded: Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal
surfaces, and labels.
1. Electrical work, equipment, devices and accessories, except as otherwise
indicated.
2. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components:
a. Architectural woodwork and casework.
b. Acoustical wall panels.
c. Metal toilet enclosures.
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 2 of 13
op
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 099100
FIELD PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 —General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for surface preparation and field painting and finishing of exposed
interior and exterior items and surfaces throughout the project, as indicated on the
drawings, except as otherwise indicated.
*" 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in
addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections.
B. Work Included: Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate
that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural.
1. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint
the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether
or not schedules indicate colors.
a. On existing surfaces, extend coating to nearest continuous break inplane,
control joint, or change in finish material.
2. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from
standard colors and finishes available.
C. Scope of Section: Applications to new surfaces, and existing surfaces which are
adjacent to, shall include but are not limited to;
1. Exterior:
a. All exposed surfaces of stairs, handrails, ladders, doors and frames,
bollards, machine guards, sheet metal fabrications, lintels, miscellaneous
framing and supports, and other steel fabrications no prefinsihed.
b. Unless otherwise indicated, do not paint galvanized metal grate or checker
plate.
2. Interior Paint Uses: Refer to Room Finish Schedule.
a. Concrete Masonry.
b. Gypsum board.
FIELD PAINTING 099100 - 1 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS �*
2. Spread blended resin/aggregate mix using V-notched trowel or screed. Trowel
material to proper thickness, cleaning trowel with denatured alcohol as often as
necessary to prevent dragging and tearing of surface. If necessary for
achieving proper surface texture, backroll surface and/or broadcast aggregate
into wet mix at rate necessary to achieve proper surface texture. .�
a. Where resinous flooring system is indicated to continue up vertical
surfaces, provide rounded cove at horizontal/vertical transition.
b. Line trenches and sumps where they occur in floor areas to receive
resinous flooring, and as indicated. Apply liner material to 1/8" thickness.
E. Install control joints at moving joints in slab, and as otherwise recommended by .�
manufacturer.
so
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Barricade work areas receiving resinous floor application, and prohibit all traffic until
flooring system has cured, according to manufacturer's information.
B. When areas can be opened to traffic, protect surfaces as recommended by
manufacturer.
1. Coordinate with other trades to minimize traffic in such areas.
END OF SECTION
A,
RESINOUS FLOORING 096723 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA )08 NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Alternative slab mixes, curing methods, etc. may allow for shorter curing times,
but such alternatives must be approved by the Architect and resinous flooring
manufacturer.
2. Refer to Section 033000, Cast-in-Place Concrete, for curing and finishing
requirements for slabs to receive resinous flooring
B. Clean and remove foreign materials and other contaminants which could impede
adhesion of material. Work shall be performed according to manufacturer's
instructions.
C. Profile entire surface of slabs to receive new coating systems, using abrasive blast
method, to achieve profile recommended by manufacturer.
D. Fill construction and control joints and temperature cracks with epoxy joint filler.
Pm 1. Install joint filler flush with adjacent surfaces.
2. Embed 4" wide strip of 7 oz. fiberglass mesh in 6" wide, 40 mil thick bed of
manufacturer's approved liquid urethane membrane.
3. Allow materials to cure per manufacturer's requirements prior to application of
resinous flooring.
E. Do not fill expansion joints or other actively moving joints.
0M
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Follow system manufacturer's detailed instructions for installation methods. The
following is a brief summary.
"M B. Apply epoxy primer/sealer before applying floor coating, if recommended by
manufacturer.
C. Mix resins and hardeners thoroughly. For trowelled system, add blended aggregates
at rates recommended by manufacturer.
D. Install Trowelled System: Temporarily install 1/4" screeds atedges of work area.
Spread blended resin/aggregate mix using 1/4" V-notched trowel. Trowel material
to proper thickness, cleaning trowel with denatured alcohol as often as necessary to
prevent dragging and tearing of surface. Topcoat system, using non-aggregated
resin mix; broadcast loose aggregate into wet mix at rate necessary to achieve
proper surface texture.
1. Coved Base: Provide 2" high coved base around perimeters of areas to receive
trowelled resinous flooring system, and at all permanent vertical building
A elements penetrating resinous flooring.
4M
RESINOUS FLOORING 096723 - 5 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
2.03 FLOORING SYSTEMS
.m
A. 1/4" Trowelled Epoxy Floor Coating System:
1. Primer (if recommended by manufacturer): ICO Primer LV or ICO Primer LV ..
FC.
2. Flooring: ICO Guard 51, 100% solids epoxy. sm
3. Trench Lining: ICO-Liner.
ow
4. Aggregate: Clean, ground silicon.
am
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION am
A. Examine surfaces and conditions in areas to receive resinous flooring. Immediately
report all unsatisfactory conditions. so
1. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. go
B. Test concrete slabs for presence of moisture.
w.
1. In no case shall flooring application begin when slab moisture tests indicate
moisture content above the manufacturer's acceptable range.
2. If, in the opinion of the Installer or manufacturer's representative, unacceptable
levels of moisture are found to be present, notify Architect prior to proceeding
with installation.
3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with all manufacturer's requirements, and requirements herein, for preparing
substrates, and installing resinous flooring systems.
1. In the event of conflict between the two, request clarification from the
Architect.
3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Moisture testing, specified above shall allow for new concrete to cure for a minimum
of twenty-eight (28) days prior to applying resinous flooring.
RESINOUS FLOORING 096723 - 4 of 6
om
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
7. Key Resins Company
8. Sauereisen
B. Different manufacturers may be used for different systems, provided all products
within each system are by the same manufacturer.
1. Each system specified below shall be provided with all components by the
manufacturer.
2. Do not intermix products between systems.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Resinous Flooring Material, General: Two-component, 100 percent solids, chemical
resistant amine-cured epoxy resin with graded silica quartz aggregates, USDA
approved.
B. Joint Filler: Manufacturer's recommended chemical resistant flexible joint filler.
C. Flooring system shall meet the following characteristics:
1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-579): 5,000 psi, minimum; 10,000 psi,
maximum
2. Flammability (ASTM D-635): Self-Extinguishing
3. Water Absorption (ASTM C-413): 0.10 percent maximum.
4. Hardness (ASTM D-2240; Shore D): 70, minimum.
5. Abrasion Resistance (ASTM C-501): 72 mg
6. Impact Resistance (MIL-D-3134F): Withstands 16 foot/Ibs without cracking
delamination or chipping.
7. Indentation (MIL-D-3134F): Withstands 2,000 pounds per square inch for 30
minute without indentation.
8. Bond Strength to Concrete (ACI No. 403): 350 psi (100 percent concrete
failure).
9. Thermal Shock Resistance (ASTM C-884): Passes
10. Color: Match exisiting.
D. Joint Filler: Manufacturer's standard or approved chemical resistant flexible joint
filler.
RESINOUS FLOORING 096723 - 3 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS go
E. Manufacturer's Representative: Provide the services of a direct representative of the
resinous flooring manufacturer qualified to consult on all phases of preparation,
mixing, and installation, and to be present at the jobsite during critical phases of the
work.
1. Submit letter or other certification, signed by the authorized representative,
stating that resinous flooring installation was observed and approved by same.
1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver materials to project site in new, original and unopened containers bearing
manufacturer's name, trade name and label analysis.
B. Store where indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Preparation, mixing, and cleaning of equipment shall all take place in the storage
area, only.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain uniform temperature and conditions of areas during storage, application
and curing time as recommended by flooring system manufacturer.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty signed by the manufacturer and installer agreeing to
repair/replace defects resulting from defective material or workmanship for a period
of one (1) year from date of Substantial Completion of the project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements provide standard products by one of the
following:
1. International Coatings, Inc. (design basis)
2. General Polymers, Div. of The Sherwin-Williams Co
3. Stonhard Div., StonCor Group
4. Atlas Minerals and Chemicals, Inc.
5. Blome International
6. Dudick, Inc.
RESINOUS FLOORING 096723 - 2 of 6
P0
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
go HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 096723
RESINOUS FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 1 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for installation of seamless epoxy floor coating systems, and
chemical resistant floor joint fillers, as indicated on drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Each system specified, shall be provided by a single
manufacturer and shall include all materials, primers, resins, aggregates, and
ancillary materials, standard to the system.
B. Installer Qualifications: Pre-qualified and approved as an applicator by the flooring
system manufacturer in all phases of surface preparation and application.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Provide products and installations in compliance with
requirements of FDA, USDA, and other authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Pre-installation Conference: In ample time prior to beginning of resinous flooring
work, conduct a pre-installation conference at the project site, in accord with Section
013119.
1. Set agenda to discuss proposed installation methods, materials, substrate
conditions, environmental and safety requirements, and other aspects of the
work of this section.
PM
2. Attendance and participation at the conference by the Contractor, Installer, and
manufacturer's representative is required; the Owner and/or Architect and/or
others may attend, at the discretion of the Owner.
3. Notify Owner at least one week in advance of meeting.
4. Do not proceed with resinous flooring work until all concerns of the above
parties, including the manufacturer's representative, have been addressed.
RESINOUS FLOORING 096723 - 1 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ..
D. Corners: Job-formed.
am
1. Install inside and outside corners in accordance with base manufacturers
specific instructions.
4W
2. Follow and perform all installation procedures in sequence noted by
manufacturer; do not modify or delete any steps.
E. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of
wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
3.05 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. Butt and align adjacent materials, and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length
of each piece.
1. Cut pieces as required, square and true to produce tight, hairline joints.
B. Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would otherwise be exposed.
MM
1. Fit strips tightly to edges of tile in hairline joints.
2. Carefully miter corners, where required. am
3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Immediately prior to final inspection at Substantial Completion of the project, clean go
flooring in the following manner:
1. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. am
2. Do not wash floor until time period recommended by resilient flooring
manufacturer has elapsed to allow resilient flooring to become well-sealed in
adhesive.
3. Damp-mop floor being careful to remove black marks and excessive soil. ""
4. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using appropriate
cleaner recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers.
5. Thoroughly buff and shine floor, per manufacturer's recommendations, using
polishing compound, if recommended.
B. Protect flooring against damage during construction period to comply with resilient
flooring manufacturer's directions.
END OF SECTION
RESILIENT FLOORING 096500 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Where cartons are not numbered, use tile from several cartons in rotation to
provide a uniform appearance.
E. Lay tiles in same orientation (pattern, texture, or grain), unless otherwise indicated.
1. Discard all tiles that are cut out of square, and do not fit tightly and fully to
adjacent tiles.
F. Scribe, cut, and fit resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built-in furniture and
cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions.
1. Extend resilient flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and
similar openings, adjacent to main areas..
2. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles
are not acceptable.
G. Adhere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied to substrate
with notched trowel, in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions.
1. Produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raisings, and
puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface
imperfections.
3.04 RESILIENT WALL BASE
A. Install wall base in accord with manufacturer's instructions, on solid backing. Bond
tight to wall and floor surfaces, throughout length of each section, with continuous
contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces.
1. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe
spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is
required.
B. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with
tops of adjacent pieces aligned.
• 1. Do not stretch wall base during installation.
C. Fit joints tightly and plumb. Scribe and neatly fit base to door frames and other
interruptions.
1. Where necessary, maintain minimum measurement of 18-inches between
joints.
RESILIENT FLOORING 096500 - 5 of 6
,-0
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect all areas and substrate surfaces to receive resilient flooring and base „
materials.
B. Immediately report any conditions that could effect acceptable flooring installation,
and which cannot be made satisfactory using preparation specified below.
1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. ,.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates in accord with written instructions from adhesive, and flooring
manufacturers. Ensure full and positive adhesion.
B. Remove coatings from subfloor surfaces that may affect adhesive bonding.
1. Use abrasive means or steam only; do not use chemical removal methods.
C. Fill holes, cracks and depressions in subfloor with leveling compound; grind ridges
and other projections as required to provide smooth and level surface, free of voids.
D. Clean surfaces to receive resilient flooring.
E. Test floor surfaces for presence of moisture. Notify Architect of substrate moisture
levels which will adversely affect bonding of adhesives to be used. Do not proceed
with flooring installation unless moisture level of substrate is within limits acceptable
to flooring and adhesive manufacturers.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install resilient flooring using method indicated in strict compliance with
manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets,
so that tile at opposite edges of room area of equal width.
1. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room
perimeters.
D. Match tiles for color and pattern by using the from cartons in same sequence as
manufactured and packaged if so numbered.
RESILIENT FLOORING 096500 - 4 of 6
PR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
No NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.02 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE
No
A. Vinyl Composition Tile: FS SS-T-312, Type IV; 1/8" thick, unless otherwise
indicated, asbestos free.
PW
B. Color and Pattern: As indicated on drawings.
2.03 WALL BASE
A. Vinyl or Rubber Base: Complying with ASTM F 1861-98.
1. Height: 6", or as indicated on drawings.
2. Thickness: 1/8"
3. Style: Unless otherwise indicated provide standard top-set, cove base; straight
type at carpeted areas.
4. Matching end stops
5. Job-formed corners.
6. Finish: Soft matte.
7. Color(s): As indicated on drawings.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Tile Reducer: Roppe No. TSRP-100, or accepted equal; color as selected by
Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
OR B. Resilient Leveling Strips: Manufacturer's standard components of subfloor leveler
system"; provide units of sizes required for specific transition conditions.
C. Adhesives (Cements): Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring
manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions.
D. Leveling and Patching Compound: Use one of the following; provide primers,
additives, and other accessories as recommended by manufacturer:
1. "K-15"; Ardex, Inc.
2. "Skimflow"; Dependable Chemical Co., Inc.
RESILIENT FLOORING 096500 - 3 of 6
N
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,,m
c. Office and Other Spaces: Class III, 76 to 200.
go
1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Provide floor tile, accessories and ancillary materials in manufacturer's original,
unopened containers, properly labeled with manufacturer's name, address, product
number, run number and color.
B. Store containers and cartons in cool, dry place, off the floor, and in accord with
manufacturer's instructions.
ow
1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Do not install resilient base to walls and surfaces which are to receive finish painting,
wallcovering, or other decorative finishes until finishes have been applied and
properly cured (if appropriate).
1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. After completion of installation, furnish Owner with five (5) percent of the total
quantity of each type, color, and pattern of resilient flooring and base material,
installed on project.
1. Furnish extra materials from same production run as materials installed. .w
2. Package extra materials with protective covering, identified with appropriate
labels.
3. Furnish accessory components as required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products manufactured
by one of the following:
1. Floor Tile:
a. Mannington Mills, Inc. (design basis)
b. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
c. Azrock Commercial Flooring, DOMCO
2. Wall Base:
a. Roppe Corporation (design basis)
b. Johnsonite, Div. of Duramax, Inc.
c. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
RESILIENT FLOORING 096500 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 096500
RESILIENT FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for installation of resilient tile flooring, resilient wall base, and
accessories, as indicated on drawings.
1. Resilient base included herein may also be required for carpeted areas or areas
receiving other floor finishes, as indicated on drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Supplier: Provide each type of resilient flooring as produced by a
single manufacturer.
B. Provide primers, adhesives, sealants and leveling compounds approved by resilient
flooring manufacturer.
C. Installer Qualifications: Firm with not less than five (5) years of experience in
installation of commercial resilient flooring of type, quality and installation methods
similar to requirements of this project.
1. Use mechanics with highest level of experience in special installation techniques
aw for installing patterns, inlays, and other detail work.
D. Fire Performance Standards: Provide materials complying with the following tests
and ratings:
1. Tests:
a. Pill Test: Test for flammability; ASTM D-2859 (DOC FF-•1-70).
b. Floor Radiant Panel Test: ASTM E-648, with minimum average radiant
flux ratings not less than 0.22 watts per square cm.
c. Smoke Density Test: ASTM E-662, or NFPA No. 258.
2. Ratings:
a. Stair Enclosures: Class II, 26 to 75.
b. Corridors [and Elevator Cabs]: Class II, 26 to 75.
RESILIENT FLOORING 096500 - 1 of 6
we
mm
mp
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Grout joint thickness (variation from nominal): 1/32"for 1/8"joints.
3.06 REPAIR, POINTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION
*" A. Remove and replace brick units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or
otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended.
1. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar and
grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During tooling of joints, enlarge voids or holes and completely fill with
mortar or grout.
1. For voids deeper than 1/8" and less than 1/8" width, remove and relay brick
units.
2. Point-up joints at sealant type joints to provide a neat, uniform appearance,
properly prepared for application of sealant.
3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Cleaning: Remove excess mortar/grout from exposed brick surfaces, wash and
scrub clean.
1. Remove wax protective coating, using methods as recommended by brick and
grout manufacturer.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to Installer,
on which ensures brick flooring work being without damage or deterioration at time of
Substantial Completion of the project.
C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using brick floors for period after grouting
recommended by setting/grouting materials manufacturer, but not less than 72
hours.
1. Thereafter, limit traffic as much as possible.
END OF SECTION
BRICK FLOORING 096313 - 7 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Apply wax in manner to avoid coating unexposed brick surfaces; handle brick to
prevent waxed surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If ,.
despite these precautions, wax contacts bonding surfaces of brick, remove wax
by burning it off with propane torch turned back to yellow flame.
J"
E. Control/Expansion Joints: Install expansion and control joint sealant where type
joints are indicated in brick flooring, over all slab joints, around perimeter of rooms,
at penetrations, and other areas as recommended by manufacturer. 40
1. Install expansion and control joint sealant where indicted in brick flooring and
at traffic areas. so
2. Joints shall extend full depth of brick.
3. Install backer rod from bottom of the paver to within 1/2" of the top of paver
unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer.
4. Tool top of sealant to ensure full contact with sides of brick. Overfill joints to
1/8" above top of brick.
F. Comply with instructions of mortar/grout manufacturer for storage, mixing, placing
and curing of mortar and grout.
G. Be aware of, and observe all safety precautions recommended by manufacturer for
mortar/grout materials and cleaning solvents which are flammable or toxic. Provide
temporary ventilation as required to remove vapors and fumes. ..
3.04 CHEMICAL RESISTANT RESIN MORTAR APPLICATIONS
A. All brick flooring shall be set using single method, selected from below;
1. Bricklayer's Method: Except as otherwise recommended in mortar and grout
manufacturer's directions, comply with ASTM C-399.
a. Spread resin mortar bed over working floor area to uniform thickness,
using tools and procedures as recommended by manufacturer.
b. Spread grout material on adjacent surfaces of individual brick units and
set in place, ensuring full grout fill of joints.
c. Immediately remove excess grout.
d. Clean grout haze from brick surface with mild soap and water, or per
grout manufacturer's recommendations.
3.05 TOLERANCES oft
A. Install brick flooring to the following tolerances:
.m
1. Brick-to-brick offset from flush: 1/16"
2. Variation from true plane: 1/8" in 10'-0" am
,m.
BRICK FLOORING 096313 - 6 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Do not proceed with brick flooring installation until substrate conditions comply
with these requirements.
2. Proceeding with brick flooring work shall constitute acceptance of substrate.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Vacuum clean subfloor to remove dirt, dust, debris, and loose particles.
B. Remove substances from subfloor that could impair bond of mortar.
C. Apply leveling mortar over substrate as required to level substrate surface and adjust
for varying tile thickness as required to provide a smooth and level or properly
sloped finish floor.
1. Maximum variation from required plane 1/8" in 10'-0".
3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Utilize single method below, for setting all brick flooring, unless otherwise indicated
or approved.
1. Bricklayer's Method: For applications in which joints are filled by troweling
mortar on sides of units before brick is set in place, provide nominal joint width
of 1/8".
B. Set brick in running bond pattern), unless otherwise indicated, with uniform joint
thickness.
C. Use full units without cutting, to greatest extent possible.
1. Cut units only where necessary to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining
work neatly.
2. Cut brick with motor-driven saw equipment to provide clean, sharp, unchipped
edges. Hammer cutting is prohibited.
3. Do not use, and immediately discard any brick with chips, cracks, voids,
discolorations or other defects which might be visible or cause staining in
finished work; including units damaged during cutting and installation.
D. Temporary Coating: If desired or recommended, protect exposed surface of brick
units against adherence of grout by precoating with wax to produce a continuous
film.
1. Use only wax which is approved by brick and grout manufacturer as being
compatible with their materials and with cleaning method required to remove
wax without damage to grout or brick.
BRICK FLOORING 096313 - 5 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .".
C. Resin Grout: Epoxy resin and filler, USDA accepted:
1. "Rezklad HP"; Atlas Minerals and Chemicals, Inc.
2. "Latapoxy 2000"; Laticrete International, Inc.
3. "S-5000"; Summitville Tiles, Inc.
4. "CP-96"for brick-layers method, or CP-98 for tile setter's method; Blome
International
D. Control Joint Sealant:
1. "Ureklad Joint Sealant"; Atlas Minerals and Checmicals, Inc.
2. "S-48 Expansion Joint Filler"; Summitville Tiles, Inc.
3. '7-2282"; Morton International.
4. "Sealant 55"; Blome International.
E. Backer Rod: "Ethafoam"; Dow Chemical Corporation
F. Setting Bed: Refer to concrete slab schedule on drawings.
G. Leveling Mortar: Portland cement-sand mortar, modified with Laticrete
International, "Laticrte No. 101", admixture, or approved equal.
H. Joint Fillers: Cork joint fillers, ASTM C-1752 Type II.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
ON
A. Examine substrate surfaces to receive brick flooring for compliance with
requirements of the section in which substrate work is specified, and for existence of
substrate conditions which will prevent proper installation of brick flooring system or
which do not comply with requirements of brick or setting materials manufacturers.
B. Ensure that substrate exhibits proper slope to drains as indicated and that there are
no low spots or depressions which will cause the finished brick flooring installation to
retain puddled water.
C. Perform moisture tests on slabs on grade to verify that moisture content is within
range acceptable to setting materials manufacturer.
BRICK FLOORING 096313 - 4 of 7
so
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Guarantee Period: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion of the
project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products manufactured
by one of the following:
1. Summitville Tiles Inc.
2. Henkel Surface Technologies
3. Products by other manufacturers may be submitted for approval as a
substitute, provided evidence of full equivalency is included.
B. Floor Brick: Solid (uncored) brick complying with ASTM C-279, of type, color,
texture, shape and size indicated.
1. Type II, resistant to thermal shock.
2. Size: 4" (nominal) x 8" (nominal) x 1-3/16"
3. Color: Red
4. Bonding Surface: Scored bottom and sides.
5. Exposed (Wearing) Surface: Exposed vertical fibers.
2.02 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide each type of standard chemical
resistant mortar and joint materials by one of the noted in the following categories
(provide all setting and grouting materials by same manufacturer):
„ B. Resin Mortar for Setting Bed: ASTM C-395, epoxy resin:
1. "Red Furnane"; Atlas Minerals and Chemicals, Inc.
2. "Latapoxy 300"; Laticrete International, Inc.
3. "S-400"; Summitville Tiles, Inc.
4. "CP-36"; Blome International
BRICK FLOORING 096313 - 3 of 7
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS „N
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
om
A. Palletize, wrap, bind and otherwise protect brick during handling, transit, delivery
and storage against wetting by rain, snow and ground water and against soiling and
contamination from earth and other materials.
1. Store off the ground, and covered as prescribed by manufacturer.
B. Deliver packaged mortar and grout materials to jobsite in manufacturer's original,
unopened containers, with labels indicating manufacturer, material name, color
(where appropriate), etc.
1. Protect grout and mortar materials from deterioration by moisture and
temperature. Store in a dry, ventilated location above ground or in waterproof
containers. Keep containers tightly closed and away from open flames.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with mortar/grout manufacturer's printed
directions for maintaining environmental conditions in installation areas during and
after installation, including ambient temperatures and relative humidity, substrate
temperature, and ventilation.
1. Do not use mortars/grout using Portland cement when temperature of surfaces,
substrates and materials are below 50°F.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranties: Provide warranty, signed by the manufacturer of each
material, stating that materials will be free from defects, will perform as described,
and will comply with printed physical characteristics (products in cured state, where
applicable), throughout the warranty period. Materials found to be defective shall be
replaced free of charge, non-prorated, and shipped to the jobsite. Warranty periods
shall be as follows:
1. Floor Brick (including trim shapes): Five (5) years from date of Substantial
Completion of the project.
2. Mortar and Grout Materials: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion
of the project.
3. Floor Joint Materials: Two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion of the "°
project.
B. Installer's Guarantee: Provide written guarantee, signed by the installer, that all
workmanship performed in the installation of the floor brick system is in compliance
with these specifications, in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, and
is free from defects throughout the guarantee period.
BRICK FLOORING 096313 - 2 of 7
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 096313
BRICK FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for installation of chemical-resistant brick flooring, as indicated on
drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an qualified installer, acceptable to the Owner and
Architect, who specializes in industrial brick flooring installations for food processing
applications. If requested by the Owner or Architect, provide supporting data which
demonstrates qualifications.
+ + 1. At a minimum, installer shall have completed at least three (3) successful
installations similar in size and complexity to this project, in the last three (3)
years.
B. Source of Materials: Provide materials obtained from one source for each type of
brick, setting material, and joint material. Do not change source or brands of
materials during installation.
C. Field-Constructed Mock-Up: Prior to installation of brick flooring, fabricate mock-up
panel using materials, bond, and joint treatment indicated for final installation.
1. Build panel at site, where directed, of full thickness and approximately 4' by 4,
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Provide range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected in completed
installation.
3. Obtain Owner's acceptance of panel before proceeding with brick flooring.
4. Retain panel during construction as a standard for judging completed
installation.
BRICK FLOORING 096313 - 1 of 7
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS oft
1. Screw-attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and not more
than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8" .»
in 12'-0". Miter corners accurately and connect securely.
F. Cope exposed flanges of intersecting suspension system members, so that flange
faces will be flush (cope flange of member supported by other member).
G. Provide continuous gasket on top side of all grid flanges.
H. Install hold-down clips in all areas; space as recommended by panel manufacturer,
unless otherwise indicated or required.
Am
3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEAN-UP
A. Remove and replace damaged materials. ,w
B. Clean exposed surfaces of FRP panel ceilings, comply with manufacturer's
instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage.
END OF SECTION ..
FRP PANEL CEILINGS 095400 - 4 of 4
No
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Edge Moldings and Trim: Of same metal type as grid [Stainless steel trim], and of
profiles indicated or, if not indicated, provide manufacturers standard molding for
edges and penetrations of ceiling which fits with type of edge detail and suspension
!1M system indicated.
1. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to
diameter required to fit penetration exactly.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Hold-Down Clips: Manufacturer's standard FRP junction/hold down clips.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates in areas where ceiling system is to be will be installed for
conditions that effect system installation. Report any conditions that are
unsatisfactory.
1. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
"M A. General: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions,
and to comply with applicable governing regulations, and industry standards.
B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of panels to balance border widths at
opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half width units at borders,
and comply with reflected ceiling plans.
C. Install suspension systems in compliance with ASTM C 636, with hangers supported
only from building structural members. Locate hangers near each end and spaced
4'-0" along each carrying channel or direct-hung runner, unless otherwise indicated,
leveling to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0".
"M 1. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or
to inserts, eye-screws, or other secure devices.
D. Suspended Light Fixtures: Install ceiling support wires at a minimum of 4 wires for
each fixture, located not more than 6 inches from fixture corners.
E. Install edge moldings perimeter of ceiling area and at locations where necessary to
conceal edges of panels.
FRP PANEL CEILINGS 095400 - 3 of 4
ww
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS aw
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
,..
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard ceiling panels as
manufactured by one of the following:
1. KemliteCompany, a Crane Company; "Fire-X Glasbord"
2. Kalwall Corporation: "Kal-Lite LF&S 20/100".
3. Marlite: "FRP-24FT"
2.02 CEILING PANELS
A. Fiber Reinforced Panels: 0.09 inch thick panel with embossed pebble surface. UL
Class A flame spread rating (UL classified flame spread 20, fuel contribution 0,
smoke developed 200 per ASTM E-84).
1. USDA accepted.
2. Color: White
2.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. General: Comply with ASTM C-635, as applicable to type of suspension system
required for type of ceiling units indicated. Coordinate with other construction
supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC
equipment, sprinkler devices, process equipment piping, etc.
B. Structural Class: Intermediate duty (steel)
C. Stainless Steel Exposed 'T' Suspension System:
1. "SS Prelude Plus"; Armstrong World Industries
2. "730 All Stainless Steel"; Chicago Metallic
3. "SML"; National Rolling Mills
D. Attachment Devices: Size for five (5) times design load indicated in ASTM C 635,
Table 1, Direct Hung. ""
E. Hanger Wires: Galvanized carbon steel, ASTM A-641, soft temper, prestretched,
yield-stress load of at least three (3) times design load, but not less than 12 gage.
FRP PANEL CEILINGS 095400 - 2 of 4
has
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 095400
FRP PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) ceilings, supported by an exposed
+*" tee suspension system, as indicated on drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide all components of the open cell grid ceiling
system, including perimeter trim, clips, accessories, etc. by the same manufacturer.
B. Comply with the more stringent requirements of the following: the applicable
building code seismic requirements, ASTM E580, and where applicable, "Guidelines
for Seismic Restraint— Direct Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies, (zones 3 and 4)",
latest edition, published by the Ceiling and Interior Systems Construction Association
(CISCA) for installations in areas with Seismic Design Categories D, E, F.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
• A. Package, handle, transport and deliver panels to project site, undamaged, in original,
unopened packages.
B. Store panels in a fully enclosed space protected against damage from moisture,
direct sunlight, surface contamination or other detrimental conditions.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Space Enclosure: Do not install ceiling panels until space is enclosed and
weatherproof, wet construction in area is completed and nominally dry, construction
above ceilings is completed, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity
will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy.
FRP PANEL CEILINGS 095400 - 1 of 4
■[A
no
Oft
O.
oft
.m
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
J"
OW
.o
.!
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within
ceiling plenum which are not part of supporting structural or suspension system.
1. Except as otherwise indicated, splay hangers only where required to miss
obstructions; offset resulting horizontal force by bracing, countersplaying or
other equally effective means.
F. Suspended Light Fixtures: Install ceiling support wires at a minimum of 4 wires for
each fixture, located not more than 6 inches from fixture corners.
G. Install edge moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at
locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units.
1. Screw-attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and not more
than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8"
in 12'-0". Miter corners accurately and connect securely.
3.04 CEILING PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Install acoustical panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and in
coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of
suspension members.
1. Cut panels straight and true to line, or continuously curved, where applicable.
Use sharp cutting devices to create smooth, unchipped edges.
2. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at angles, radii, borders, and at
penetrations, and at all trim.
3. Provide field-cut rabbeted edges to match factory tegular edge.
B. Install hold-down clips in areas indicated, space as recommended by panel
+• manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated or required.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion of the project, clean exposed surfaces
of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings and suspension members.
1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor
finish damage.
B. Replace any components of installations which cannot be successfully cleaned and
repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100 - 5 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
1. Armstrong Building Products, Unit of World Industries
2. USG Interiors, Inc. Ceilings Division
3. BPB Celotex Corporation ..
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect all areas to receive suspended ceilings and ascertain if all conditions
effecting the installation are satisfactory. Report any conditions that are
unsatisfactory.
1. Start of work shall be construed as acceptance of the conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Measure each ceiling area; coordinate layout of ceiling with reflected ceiling plans.
1. Establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges
of each ceiling.
2. Avoid use of less-than-half width units at borders.
3.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. General: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, ,
and to comply with governing regulations, fire-resistance rating requirements as
indicated, and applicable CISCA standards.
1. Install ceiling suspension systems in compliance with applicable CISCA
guidelines, with regard to resistance of earthquake forces.
B. Install panels with pattern running in one (1) direction. lip
C. Install suspension systems to comply with ASTM C-636, with hangers supported only am
from building structural members; do not use decking for support.
1. Locate hangers not less than 6" from each end and spaced 4'-0" along each
carrying channel or direct-hung runner, unless otherwise indicated. " `
2. Level to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0".
00
D. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to
inserts, eye-screws, or other secure devices.
no
so
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard ceiling support system
manufactured by one of the following:
1. Chicago Metallic Corporation
2. Donn / USG Interiors
3. Armstrong Building Products, Unit of Armstrong World Industries
B. Standard for Metal Suspension Systems: Provide metal suspension systems of type,
structural classification and finish indicated which comply with applicable ASTM C-
635 requirements.
1. Refer to drawings for exposed flange sizes and colors, and for specialized
products, if any.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for 5-times design load indicated in ASTM C-635, Table 1,
Direct Hung.
D. Where applicable, provide devices and hanging system to comply with seismic
requirements set forth in building code, and "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint—
Direct Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies, (zones 3 and 4)", latest edition,
published by the Ceiling and Interior Systems Construction Association (CISCA) for
installations in areas with Seismic Design Categories D, E, F.
E. Hanger Wire: Galvanized carbon steel wire, ASTM A-641, soft temper, pre-
stretched, Class 1 coating, sized so that stress at 3-times hanger design load (ASTM
C-635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not
less than 12 gage.
+.e F. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated,
provide manufacturer's standard molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling which
fits with type of edge detail and suspension system indicated.
G. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter
required to fit penetration exactly.
H. Hold-Down Clips: Manufacturer's standard accessible type hold-down clips.
2.02 ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard acoustical panels
manufactured by one of the following:
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100 - 3 of 5
No
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS wo
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
MW
A. Deliver ceiling panels and suspension system components to project site in original,
unopened packages.
B. Store all materials in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against
damage and moisture.
am
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Space Enclosure: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed
and weatherproof work above ceilings is complete, and ambient conditions of
temperature and humidity, in accord with manufacturer's requirements, will be
continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system
components with other work supported by, or penetrating through, ceilings.
1. When available, consult reflected ceiling plans, and coordinate provisions as
required for installations as shown, including work of other trades.
1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Do not install ceiling grid components to walls which are to receive finish painting,
wallcovering, or other decorative finishes until finishes have been applied.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. For ceiling panels rated for installations in humid environments, provide
manufacturer's written warranty against panel sagging, for environments up to 90%
humidity and an ambient temperature of 90° F.
1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish Owner with 2 percent of total amount installed, for each type of panel,
matching those installed on this project.
1. Provide panels in original unopened cartons, or package materials with
protective coverings for storage and identified with labels.
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100 - 2 of 5
0"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 095100
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for acoustical and specialty ceiling panels, supported by suspended,
exposed tee suspension systems.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) ceilings are specified elsewhere in Division 9.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide acoustical ceiling components tested for
fire characteristics according to ASTM E-84. Identify acoustical ceiling components
with appropriate marking of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
lira 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less.
2. Smoke Developed: 50 or less.
B. Comply with the more stringent requirements of the following: the applicable
building code seismic requirements, ASTM E580, and where applicable, "Guidelines
for Seismic Restraint— Direct Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies, (zones 3 and 4)",
latest edition, published by the Ceiling and Interior Systems Construction Association
(CISCA) for installations in areas with Seismic Design Categories D, E, F.
C. Single Source Responsibility: Provide ceiling panels by the same manufacturer for
each type of panel.
D. Each type of suspension system required shall be products of a single manufacturer.
E. Hanging loads over 300 pounds shall be attached to structural framing members
using beam clamps on both flanges of members.
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100 - 1 of 5
ON
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
aw
as
oft
AW
.p
.m
ON
ww
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
! " NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system that interrupt main carrying
*" channels or furring channels, with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing
minimum 24 inches past each end of openings.
5. Laterally brace entire suspension system.
G. Erection Tolerances:
1. Maximum Variation from true position: 1/4-inch.
2. Maximum Variation of any member from plane: 1/8-inch.
H. Field Painting: Touch-up shop-applied protective coatings damaged during handling
+ * and installation. Use galvanizing repair paint for galvanized surfaces.
3.03 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of metal framing work in each work area, remove all scrap, cutoffs,
excess material, wrappers, and other trash and rubbish resulting from this work.
B. Leave area[s] clean and ready for next work operation.
END OF SECTION
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 9 of 9
.M
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
1) Install additional studs for attachment of backer plates in required
locations to receive surface-mounted accessories as indicated or as oft
required by accessory manufacturer.
b. Elimination of backer plates and blocking is not permitted. Direct
attachment of wall-mounted items to studs is not permitted.
10. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible
after erection.
11. Install furring channels where indicated or where gypsum board is installed
over a solid wall (concrete, masonry, etc.) Space furring channels at 24" o.c. ,
unless otherwise indicated.
D. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations and for support
of fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings
and similar items to comply with details indicated.
1. If no details are indicated, comply with "Gypsum Construction Handbook"
published by United States Gypsum Co., or applicable published
recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer.
2. Framing contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with other contractors where
their work requires backer plates, supplemental framing, or other reinforcement
built into, or as part of the metal framing.
a. Exact locations, sizes, and layout of such work shall be by the other
contractors; this contractor shall secure the required information based on
equipment, fixture, and unit locations noted on drawings.
b. Additional framing may be required when partitions are penetrated by
various elements of building service, or process systems. Aft
E. Refer to drawings for indication of partitions extending to finished ceiling only, and
for partitions extending through the ceiling to the structure above. Maintain
clearance under structural building members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. WW
Provide extended leg ceiling runners.
1. Where new partitions abut, or extend existing partitions, provide for a control f"
joint between new and existing work; ensure that existing work is plumb;
adjust where necessary.
go
F. Ceiling Framing:
1. Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions at
framed locations and ASTM C636 at suspended grid locations.
2. Coordinate location of hangers with other work.
3. Install ceiling framing independent of walls, columns, and above-ceiling work.
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 8 of 9
K.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Stud System:
1. Set studs straight, true to plane, plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing,
space at 16"o.c. maximum. Except at corner conditions (closer than 20'from
corner), spacing shall be as shown on the drawings.
2. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to match wall stud
spacing.
3. Where stud system abuts structural columns or masonry walls, anchor ends of
stiffeners to supporting structure.
4. Secure studs to bottom runner tracks by welding at both inside and outside
flanges, provide clip connections at top as shown on drawings.
a. Design deflection and bridging clips for positive attachment to structure
and stud webs using step-bushing technology to provide frictionless
ON vertical movement, per manufacturer's instructions.
1) Provide clips with attached bushing and screw of the series, size and
configuration shown on drawings and shop drawings.
5. Frame wall openings larger than 2'-0" square with double stud at each jamb of
frame; use 20 gauge studs or two gauge sizes heavier than wall studs,
whichever is greater.
a. Door Opening Framing: Install double studs at door frame jambs. Install
stud tracks on each side of opening, at frame head height, and between
studs and adjacent studs.
b. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings.
Anchor tracks to jamb studs with stud shoes or by welding, and space jack
studs same as full height studs of wall.
c. Frame fire rated door openings to comply with details indicated or if not
otherwise indicated, with Gypsum Association, GA-219.
6. Frame corners using a minimum of 3 studs.
7. Frame both sides of expansion and control joints and removable wall
assemblies with separate studs; do not bridge the joint with components of
stud system.
8. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced vertically at not more than 4'-
0" o.c. Weld at intersections, and to each stud using clips.
9. Backer Plates: Coordinate sizes and locations for installing backer plates for
support of plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, wall cabinets, toilet accessories,
stair handrail brackets, hardware, wire mesh sliding door track, drapery track,
and as required for conditions shown on drawings and as described herein.
a. Bolt or screw steel channels to studs. Where required, provide 16 ga. X 6"
wide galvanized sheet metal backing plates behind gypsum wallboard;
center plates on fasteners, brackets and attach plates to min. 2 studs.
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 7 of 9
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS WM
PART 3 - EXECUTION
MR
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. All work in-place affecting work under this section shall be examined by framing
installer. All defects shall be reported, immediately, in writing to the Construction
Manager.
1. Start of work shall be construed as acceptance of the conditions.
3.02 INSTALLATION .
A. Perform all work to install studs and other metal framing in strict accord with
manufacturer's instructions, and ASTM C754; maintain a copy of standard on site.
1. Framing components may be prefabricated into panels prior to erection.
Perform lifting of prefabricated panels in a manner to prevent damage or
distortion. Suitable lifting devices shall be designed by engineer producing shop
drawings, and shall be shown thereon.
2. Fabricate or field-erect panels plumb, square, true to line with components
attached in a manner to prevent racking.
3. Do not bridge building expansion joints with support system, frame both sides
of joints with furring and other support as indicated.
4. Shop Fastenings: Attach similar components by welding. Attach dissimilar
components by welding, bolting or screw fasteners as standard with
manufacturer. Welding shall be performed by mechanics trained in welding
light gauge metal to prevent burning through of studs.
5. Field Connections: Unless otherwise indicated, connect framing system
components by screwing or bolting. Weld connections where necessary to
achieve required strength or stiffness, as indicated or specified.
B. Runner Tracks: Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and
columns where gypsum board stud system abuts other work, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs.
2. Align tracks accurately to layout at base and tops of studs.
3. Provide fasteners not to exceed 16 inches o.c., and at corners and ends of
tracks. Secure tracks as recommended by stud manufacturer for loading and
type of construction involved.
4. Note requirement for deflection and bridging clips for framing.
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 6 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Fasteners: ASTM C754. Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion
resistance, holding power and other properties required to fasten steel framing
members to substrates involved, complying with manufacturer's recommendations
for applications indicated. All as recommended by framing component manufacturer.
1. Self-drilling, Self-tapping Screws, bolts, Nuts and Washers: ASTM A153, hot-dip
galvanized to 1.5 oz/sq ft.
a. Screws shall be Elco "Dril-Fles" or approved substitutes.
2. Anchorage Devices: Powder-actuated fasteners.
3. Welding: In conformance with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3.
F. Finishes: Galvanized G40 coating class; Studs, Tracks, Headers, Bracing, Furring,
Bridging, Plates, Gussets, Clips.
2.03 CEILING AND SOFFIT SUPPORT MATERIALS
A. Framing System: Framing system for gypsum board panels consisting of cold-rolled
galvanized steel members conforming to ASTM C635. Framing system shall be
completely concealed above gypsum board panels.
1. "USG Drywall Suspension System", by USG Corporation [Basis of Design].
2. Components: Main tees, furring cross channels, furring cross tees, and cross
tees; ASTM C645, 25 gauge min thickness.
3. Accessories: U-shaped channel molding: manufacturer's standard.
B. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, clips, bolts or other devices compatible with
indicated structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability has been
proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data.
C. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant
materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers and with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10x calculated loads.
D. Hangers: Steel wire or rods, sizes to comply with requirements of ASTM C754 for
ceiling or soffit area and loads to be supported.
1. Wire: ASTM A 641, soft temper, pre-tretched, Class 1 galvanized; size for
stress at 3-times hanger design load (ASTM C635, Table I, Direct Hung), but
not less than 12 gauge.
Rods and Flats: Mild steel components painted with rust inhibitive paint for interior
Work; galvanized for exterior Work.
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 5 of 9
Am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Resilient: Manufacturer's standard type designed to reduce sound transmission;
1/2 inch deep, 0.0269" min. thickness steel with G40 hot-dip galvanized coating
per ASTM A525.
4. Fasteners for Furring Channels: Type and size recommended by furring
channel manufacturer for substrate and application indicated.
C. Runner Tracks (Non-Rated Partitions): Of same material and finish as studs with
provision for crimp locking to studs.
1. Provide ceiling runner track with 1-1/4"extended legs where indicated for
installation in conjunction with deflection clips.
2. With each type of metal framing required, provide manufacturer's standard
steel runners (tracks), blocking, lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements,
fasteners and accessories as recommended by manufacturer for applications
indicated, to provide a complete metal framing system.
a. 0.0966" min. thickness galvanized steel partition base channel where
indicated on drawings.
b. Tracks for Fire-Rated Partitions: "Fire Track" slip clip system for up to 1/2"
deflection, by FIRE TRAK Corp. or"Sliptrack Systems", by Dietrich Metal
Framing.
D. Framing Accessories
1. Deflection and Bridging Clips: Standard products of The Steel Network, Inc.
a. "VertiClips" [Series SLB, SLD, and SLS, as required] at deflection heads.
b. "BridgeClips" at bridging.
2. Bridging: Cold-rolled channels: 1-1/2 by 1/2inch by 56 mil thick; attach to each
stud with specified clips.
3. Bracing, Furring : Formed sheet steel, thickness, spacing, fastening, as .®
recommended by framing manufacturer.
4. Column and Beam Clips: "CLAW"; galvanized steel clips by Natoma
Technologies, and Claw International.
5. Plates, Gussets, Clips: Formed sheet steel, thickness, spacing, fastening, as
recommended by framing manufacturer
6. Structural Tube Steel: Supply tube steel related to metal stud application in
accordance with Structural Steel specification Section 051200.
7. Touchup Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC - Paint 20 Type II, Organic zinc-
rich coating.
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 4 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Inspect materials upon delivery, for any damage. Immediately, reject and
discard, off-site, any damaged and unusable materials.
B. Store materials under cover, keep dry, protected from weather, surface
contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes.
„p C. Store long components flat, with intermediate supports to prevent sag and
deflection. Protect metal units from rusting and damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide all primary system components,
standard, from one of the following:
1. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc., a Worthington Industries Company.
2. Marino Industries Inc.
3. Gold Bond Building Products, Div., National Gypsum Co.
B. Framing Accessories Manufacturer:
1. Deflection and bridging clips shall be standard products of The Steel Network,
Inc.
2.02 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Studs: Provide standard "C"-shaped, studs complying with ASTM C645; non-load
bearing rolled steel, G40 hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A525, with knock-outs along
entire length of webs for utility passage and horizontal bracing, and complying with
the following requirements for thickness and depth:
1. Thickness: Minimum 0.0329"throughout.
2. Depth: As indicated for partition type.
B. Metal Furring Channels:
1. Hat-shaped: Standard DWC-20 for 1/2" and 5/8" gypsum board, by USG.
a. ASTM C645, 7/8 inch high, 0.0329"thickness min., with G40 hot-dip
galvanized coating per ASTM A525.
2. Z-shaped: ASTM C645, depths as indicated, 0.0269"thickness minimum, with
G40 hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM A525.
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 3 of 9
..
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
5. ASTM C 754-99a, "Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to
Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water-Resistant
Backing Board".
6. SSMA: Steel Stud Manufacturers'Association
7. AWS: American Welding Society.
8. USG: United States Gypsum Company, "Gypsum Construction Handbook".
9. GA: Gypsum Association, Documents GA-219. „®
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Where necessary, calculate structural properties of framing system in accordance ..
with American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) "Specification for Design of Cold-
Formed Steel Structural Members".
1. Design structural elements under direct supervision of a professional structural
engineer experienced in the design of this work and licensed in the State where
project is located. Engineer's seal and signature shall be affixed to all shop ..
drawings
B. Welding: Comply with American Welding Society (AWS) D1.3, "Structural Welding
Code - Sheet Steel".
C. Single Source Responsibility: Provide metal studs, accessory materials and devices,
for the project, from one source and a single manufacturer, except where noted
otherwise.
D. Design, manufacture and installation of metal framing shall be in accordance with the
applicable Building Code, and Seismic Design Classification listed in Section 014113,
Regulatory Seismic Requirements. "
E. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
section with a minimum 10-years' documented experience.
F. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with a
minimum 5-years' documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials covered, and in original packages, containers or bundles, firmly
bound, and bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier.
Ensure that all products are marked or tagged to indicate size, type, and minimum
thickness of metal.
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 2 of 9
I
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 092216
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING
00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for interior, non-loading bearing metal framing, as indicated on the
drawings, for the following systems:
• 1. Interior Gypsum Board Partitions.
2. Gypsum Board Ceilings.
3. Miscellaneous Metal Framing for Bulkheads, Soffits, etc.
B. Related work specified elsewhere;
1. Structural steel framing is specified in Division 05.
2. Cold-formed, load-bearing metal framing is specified in Division 05.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. The following referenced standards, referred to hereafter by designation only, form a
part of this Section:
1. AISI- American Institute of Steel Construction, "Specification for the Design of
Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members"
2. ASTM C 645-00, "Standard Specification for Non-Load Bearing Steel Studs,
Runners and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board".
3. ASTM A653A/A653M, "standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
[Galvanized] or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated [Galvannealed] by the Hot-Dip Process".
4. ASTM A 1003/A 1003M "Specification for Steel Sheet, Carbon, Metallic- and
Nonmetallic-Coated for Cold-Formed Framing Members."
NON-LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING 092216 - 1 of 9
0.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ..
1. Primer-surfacer application shall be in full accord with manufacturer's
instructions.
3.09 PROTECTION
A. Protect and maintain conditions to ensure gypsum board installation being without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion of the project.
3.10 FINALE �.
A. Leave all gypsum board assembly work in proper condition for next operation. ,.
B. Daily, and upon completion of this gypsum assembly work, cleanup and clear out
debris resulting from this work, in each area; clean areas of all debris, excess and
scrap material, compound dropping, and other trash, rubbish and debris resulting
from this work.
C. Upon completion of work in each area, remove all equipment associated with this
work.
D. Leave each work area in clean condition, ready for next operation.
END OF SECTION
.m
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 10 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Press gypsum panels firmly into acoustical sealant. Hit with short 2 x 4
blocking and hammer or use other suitable method to spread acoustical sealant
to an approximate thickness of 1/32 inch before drying.
B. Sound Insulation: Friction fit insulation blankets between studs. Press blankets into
firm contact with the direct applied gypsum panels. Blankets shall not contact
resilient channels. Butt blanket ends and fill all voids.
C. Acoustical Sealant: Completely seal around perimeter of penetrations through sound
walls, including intersections with walls, columns, and other adjacent construction.
1. Fill depth of gaps around gypsum panels at floor, structure above, door frames,
and other openings and at cutouts for electrical boxes, pipes and plumbing, and
other penetrations.
2. Cut panels accurately to fit penetrations.
3.08 FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Finish gypsum board to level required for location in accord with GA 214-
96, "Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finishes".
1. Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim
accessories, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as
required to prepare gypsum board for finishes.
2. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using type of
compound recommended by manufacturer.
a
B. The levels of finish, noted above, shall apply as follows, unless indicated otherwise:
1. Level 0: Use in temporary construction.
2. Level 1: Use in plenum areas above ceilings and other concealed areas.
Where a fire rating is required for the gypsum board assembly, comply with
requirements of assemblies that have met the rating requirement.
3. Level 2: Use where gypsum board is used as a substrate for tile.
4. Level 3: Use in mechanical and electrical rooms, storage rooms, janitor closets,
equipment rooms, coat closets and similar spaces.
5. Level 4: Use in all areas to be painted, except those areas included in
descriptions of other finish levels.
C. Apply coat of primer-surfacer to all drywall surfaces, which are exposed, and to be
finished with decorative materials-- paint, wall coverings, etc.
A"
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 9 of 10
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.05 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION
ow
A. Place acoustical insulation in partitions tight within spaces, around cut openings,
behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and
tight to items passing through partitions; do not crush insulation to less than full
thickness.
B. Install acoustical sealant at gypsum board perimeter at:
1. Metal Framing: Two beads.
,.t
2. Face layer.
3. Caulk penetrations of partitions by conduit, pipe, ductwork, rough-in boxes, and
structural beams, etc.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM BOARD TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges
as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by
nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations.
B. Install metal corner beads at external corners of gypsum board. `
C. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be
exposed or semi-exposed. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound
except where semi-finishing type is indicated. Install L-type trim where gypsum
board is tightly abutted to other work. Install U-type trim where edge is exposed,
revealed, gasketed or sealant-filled (including expansion joints).
D. Install control joints at locations indicated, or if not indicated, at spacings and
locations required by referenced gypsum board application and finish standard, and
approved by the Architect for visual effect.
E. Install end caps and compressible foam filler where gypsum board partition abuts
storefront, window, or curtain wall mullion, and where indicated.
3.07 ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS
A. Damping: Install acoustical sealant damping to direct-to-stud side.
1. Apply 3/8 inch bead of acoustical sealant to face of studs and runner tracks
before applying gypsum panels.
2. Do not allow acoustical sealant to remain exposed to air for more than 15
minutes before panel is applied.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 8 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Seal joints with acoustical sealant.
3. Do not fasten drywall directly to stud system runner tracks.
Q. Floating Construction. Where feasible, including where recommended by
manufacturer, install gypsum board with "floating" internal corner construction,
unless isolation of the intersecting boards is indicated, unless control joints are
indicated, or unless fire rating is indicated.
# R. Place corner beads at all external corners. Use longest practical length.
S. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. Apply sealant
between trim at terminating edges of board, and adjacent dissimilar materials.
T. Erect exterior gypsum soffit board, and sheathing boards perpendicular to supports,
with staggered end joints over supports.
U. Seal all cut edges and holes in moisture-resistant gypsum board with sealant, as
they occur.
V. Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as indicated on drawings,
not spaced more than 30 feet apart. Verify locations with Owner's Representative
„ prior to placement.
1. Where new partitions abut, or extend existing partitions, install control joints
between new and existing work; ensure that existing work is plumb- adjust
where necessary.
„ W. Install thermal and sound insulation in stud framing/partitions tight within spaces,
but without crushing insulation to less than full thickness.
1. Fill completely around cut openings, behind and around electrical and
mechanical items within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing through
partitions.
3.04 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATIONS
A. Standard Gypsum Board: Use for all applications, except where other types are
indicated herein or on drawings.
B. Use water resistant gypsum board for all wall and ceiling surfaces in toilet rooms and
behind plumbing fixtures (in other areas), and as otherwise indicated. At plumbing
fixtures, extend water resistant gypsum board minimum 2 feet beyond both sides of
fixture, from floor to ceiling.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 7 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Measure and cut full boards as closely as possible to required sizes, and
shapes; do not use or infill with a series of small or scrap board pieces.
F. All boards shall be attached with power-driven screw fasteners, installed in strict
accord with board manufacturer's recommendations as to spacing, type, etc.; do not
locate fasteners closer to board edges and ends than 3/8-inch.
G. Locate exposed end-butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible,
and stagger not less then 1'-0" in alternate courses of board.
H. Install ceiling boards in the direction and manner, which will minimize the number of ,
end-butt joints, and which will avoid end joints in the central area of each ceiling.
Stagger end joints at least 1'-0".
I. Install foil-backed gypsum board on all exterior wall locations.
J. Install wall/partition boards vertically to avoid end-butt joints where possible. At
stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered
over studs.
K. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged
or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not
more than 1/16" open space between boards. Do not force into place.
L. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or
where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end
joints.
1. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges
and mill-cut or field-cut ends against mill-cut or field-cut ends.
2. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints
over different studs on opposite sides of partitions.
M. Attach gypsum boards to framing and blocking as required for additional support at
openings and cutouts.
N. Form control joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim
accessories. 'X
0. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board in concealed
spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase walls, which are braced internally and
in unfinished areas.
P. Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments.
1. Provide 1/4" to 1/2" space and trim edge with 3-type semi-finishing edge trim
or as otherwise indicated.
.A
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 6 of 10
P
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify rough-in utilities and blocking are in proper position.
B. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as
indicated on shop drawings.
1. Commencement of work shall be construed as acceptance of existing
! conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Locate all area on project for installation of gypsum board assemblies.
+ ► B. Accurately layout configuration of each area and assembly in accordance with
requirements of drawings and details.
w 1. Ascertain areas, assemblies and conditions requiring specific and special
construction.
C. Coordinate with other trades in preparation and actual installation work to ensure
correct installation of all adjacent project work.
3.03 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Install all types of gypsum board in accordance with the most stringent requirements
„i of GA-216 and GA-600, ASTM C840, and manufacturer's instructions.
1. Use USG "Gypsum Construction Handbook", as manufacturer's standard and
recommendations for construction required.
2. Install gypsum sheathing board to meet ASTM C1280.
B. Review the coordination and sequencing of work with the installers of related work
to ensure that all work to be concealed by gypsum drywall has been accomplished,
and that chases, access panels, openings, supplementary framing and blocking and
similar provisions have been completed.
C. Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated, prior to gypsum board unless
readily installed after board has been installed.
W D. Erect non-rated gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges
occurring over firm bearing.
E. All board installations shall utilize full sized boards to the greatest extent possible;
minimize number of joints.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 5 of 10
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. Corner reinforcement: "Striplath", by USG
6. End Caps: Gordon No. 911-EC; coordinate size with wall thickness.
7. Compressible Foam Filler: "Norseal No. V-730"; Norton. ,
2.04 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: ASTM C 475; type recommended by the manufacturer for the application
indicated, except as otherwise indicated.
B. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape.
C. Joint Compound: Ready mixed vinyl type for interior use. ,
1. Grade: Two (2) separate grades; one specifically for bedding tapes and filling
depressions, and one for topping and sanding.
D. Water Resistant Joint Compound: Special water resistant type for treatment of
joints, fastener heads and cut edges of water-resistant backing board.
1. Product: Sheetrock Brand W/R Compound; United States Gypsum Co., or
approved equal.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide all auxiliary materials and devices of type and grade recommended ""
by the manufacturer of gypsum board, including but not limited to the following.
B. Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C 646.
C. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: USG, "Acoustical Sealant"for sealing partitions with
acoustical batts; non-drying, non-hardening, non-skinning, non-staining, non- `"
bleeding, gunnable sealant for concealed applications per ASTM C-919.
D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: USG "Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets," "
ASTM C-665, Type I; semi-rigid mineral fiber blanket without membrane, maximum
flame spread rating of 25, 1-1/2" [3"] thick uniless otherwise indicated.
E. Sealer: USG Brand W/R Compound, for sealing cut edges and penetrations in
"Sheetrock WR" panels.
F. Support Straps: For support of wall cabinets, bins, shelves and coat hooks, and
where indicated on the Drawings, shall be 16 gauge, 6" wide galvanized steel.
G. Clip Angle: Where noted on the Drawings, standard by USG.
H. Primer-Surfacer: USG Sheetrock Brand "Tuff-Hide" primer-surfacer.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 4 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Edges: Tapered.
3. Thickness: 5/8", unless otherwise indicated; 1/2" for gypsum board ceilings.
B. Moisture/Mold Resistant Gypsum Board: Coated, inorganic glass mat-faced water-
resistant treated gypsum core wallboard: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M-04, with tapered
edges and of type and thickness indicated below; in maximum lengths available to
minimize end to end butt joints.
1. "DensArmor Plus Interior Guard", when no vapor barrier is used; "DensShield"
when vapor barrier is required; by Georgia-Pacific.
2. Type: Regular, and Type "X" as required for rated construction.
0
3. Edges: Tapered
a 4. Thickness: 5/8", unless otherwise indicated.
C. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M-04, of types, edge
configuration and thickness as indicated below; in maximum lengths available to
minimize end-to-end butt joints.
1. Product: "Exterior Gypsum Ceiling Board", by USG.
2. Type: Regular, of Type"X"where required.
3. Edges Tapered.
4. Thickness: 1/2", unless otherwise indicated.
2.03 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for
gypsum board formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either
knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for nailing or stapling, and beaded for
concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide sizes as required.
1. Corner Beads: USG Dur-A-Bead or USG 800
a. Inside Corners: "Cornerite" by USG
PW 2. Casing Beads:
a. L-Shape: USG 200-B or 801-B
b. U-Shape: USG 200-A or 801-A
3. Control Joints: USG 093
4. Expansion Joints: USG
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 3 of 10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS W"
B. Store materials inside under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from
weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from
construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent
sagging.
C. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends or surfaces. Protect metal
corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged.
too
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced „
gypsum board application standards and recommendations of gypsum board
manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during and after application of
gypsum board.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products manufactured
by one of the following:
1. U. S. Gypsum Co. (design basis)
2. Georgia Pacific Corp.
3. Gold Bond Building Products, Div. of National Gypsum Co.
4. BPB/Celotex Co.
5. LaFarge North America
6. Temple-Inland Corp.
B. Materials listed below are based on products of the U.S. Gypsum Co. (USG), which is
set as the design basis, except where otherwise indicated.
1. Products of other manufacturers may be submitted, for approval as substitutes,
provided evidence of full equivalency to specified product[s] is included.
2.02 GYPSUM BOARD
A. Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C1396M-04, of types, edge configuration and
thickness indicated below; in maximum lengths available to minimize end to end butt
joints.
1. Type: Regular.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 2 of 10
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 092116
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for installation of the following, as indicated on drawings:
1. Gypsum board.
2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Boards.
3. Gypsum board finishing.
4. Acoustical insulation for gypsum board partitions.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Metal framing systems for gypsum board assemblies is specified elsewhere in
,ter Division 09.
2. Building Insulation is specified in Division 07.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply as applicable with the following documents by Gypsum Association:
1. "Gypsum Board Terminology", Document GA-505
2. "Finishing of Gypsum Board", Document GA-214.
B. Reference standard for all work of this Section, and related framing (Section 092216)
shall be"Gypsum Construction Handbook", latest edition, published by the U.S.
Gypsum Co.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials covered, and in original packages, containers or bundles bearing
brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 092116 - 1 of 10
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
wo
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 GLAZING
40
A. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing standard,
except where otherwise required by glass unit manufacturer.
B. Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of pattern, draw, bow and similar
characteristics.
C. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize
gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not
"walk" out when installation is subjected to movement.
1. Miter cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in manner
recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent pull away at corners.
a. Seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket
manufacturer.
3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installation. Remove non-permanent
labels and clean surfaces.
1. Provide conspicuous temporary tape or label on each pane of glass to alert
workers and the public that opening is glazed.
a B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction
operations.
C. Remove and replace damaged glass upon discovery.
D. At final inspection, just prior to Substantial Completion of project,, remove all
protective tape or labels.
1. Clean and polish glass, inside and out, using commercial glass cleaners. Leave
free of streaks, smudges, markings, miscellaneous applied materials, dirt, dust,
and grime.
END OF SECTION
GLAZING 088000 - 5 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS aw
D. Polycarbonate Glazing:
Wo
1. GE "Lexan MR-10", 1/4" polycarbonate sheet, with abrasion resistant surface
treatment, both sides.
40
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Cellular Elastomeric Preformed Gaskets: Extruded or molded closed cell, integral-
skinned neoprene of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal;
complying with ASTM C-509, Type II; black.
B. Preformed Butyl-Polyisobutylene Glazing Tape: Provide manufacturer's standard
solvent-free butyl-polyisobutylene formulation with a solids content of 100 percent;
complying with AAMA A 804.1; in extruded tape form; non-staining and non-
migrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; packaged on rolls with a release paper
on one side; with or without continuous spacer rod as recommended by
manufacturers of tape and glass for application indicated.
C. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, EPDM or silicone blocks, 80 to 90 durometer hardness.
D. Edge Blocks: Neoprene, EPDM or silicone blocks, of size and hardness required to
limit lateral movement (side-walking) of glass.
.o
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine all members, surfaces and conditions for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting glass installation and
performance. Immediately report any unsatisfactory conditions.
1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 GLAZING, GENERAL
am
A. Comply with printed recommendations of glass manufacturers and of manufacturers
of gaskets, tapes, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent
requirements are indicated. "�"
B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation.
1. Remove from project and dispose of glass units with edge damage or other
imperfections that may weaken glass or impair performance or appearance.
GLAZING 088000 - 4 of 5
r COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. PPG Industries, Inc.
3. CardinalIG
4. Guardian Industries Corp.
5. Viracon, Inc.
6. Visteon Corporation [tinted glass products]
2.02 GLASS PRODUCTS
A. Sizes: Fabricate glass to sizes required for glazing openings indicated, with edge
clearances and tolerances complying with recommendations of glass manufacturer.
Provide 1/4" minimum thickness, unless otherwise indicated, or as recommended by
glass manufacturer for application indicated.
B. Float Glass: ASTM C-1036, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent
glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select). Provide annealed, heat
strengthened or tempered, as indicated and as required by codes.
C. Insulating Units: General: Provide preassembled units consisting of organically
sealed panes of glass enclosing a hermetically sealed dehydrated air space and
complying with ASTM E-774 for performance classification indicated as well as with
other requirements specified for glass characteristics, air space, sealing system,
► sealant, spacer material, corner design and desiccant.
1. Construction: 1" insulated glass units, composed of:
a. Outboard light- 1/4" tinted glass to match existing;
b. 1/2" airspace;
c. inboard light- 1/4" clear glass;
d. Provide high performance, low-emissivity (Low E) coating on Number 3
surface.
2. Provide heat-treated panes of kind and at locations indicated or, if not
indicated, provide heat-strengthened panes where recommended by
manufacturer for application indicated and tempered where indicated or where
safety glass is designated or required.
3. Sealing System: Dual seal; primary and secondary sealant; manufacturer's
standard materials.
4. Spacer Material: Manufacturer's standard metal.
5. Desiccant: Manufacturer's standard material.
6. Corner Construction: Manufacturer's standard corner construction.
GLAZING 088000 - 3 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Deterioration of mirror glass is defined as the development of silvering defects,
including discoloration, clouding, reduction of image visibility, spots or similar
physical or visual defects.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 00
A. Glazing Standards: Comply with recommendations of Glass Association of North
America (GANA), "Glazing Manual" and "Sealant Manual" except where more 4„
stringent requirements are indicated.
B. Safety Glazing Standard: "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials" on
16 CFR Part 1201, and as expressed in the applicable building code.
C. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently in
marked either on spacers or at least one component pane of units with appropriate
certification by the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC).
D. Industry Standards: ASTM C-1036 "Standard Specification for FLAT GLASS" and 00
ASTM C-1048 "Standard Specification for HEAT-TREATED FLAT GLASS - KIND HS,
KIND FT COATED AND UNCOATED GLASS".
1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Use standard precautions and means necessary to protect glazing materials before,
during, and after transport, handling, storage, and installation.
B. Protect installed work and materials of other trades.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty on Insulating Glass: Provide written warranty signed by
manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for those
insulating glass units developing defects as defined in system Description portion of
this section.
1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than ten (10) years "
after date of Substantial Completion of the project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard, non-rated products of
one of the following: *
1. Pilkington Building Products North America (formerly LOF Glass, Inc.)
GLAZING 088000 - 2 of 5
Im
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 088000
GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for various types of glass and glazing as indicated on drawings.
B. Types of work in this section include glass and glazing for:
1. Curtain Wall Construction
2. Storefront Construction
3. Entrances and other doors, not pre-glazed.
4. Windows and Borrowed Light Units
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to
withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading and impact loading (where
applicable) without failure of products or deterioration of system.
1. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal due to
other causes than breakage which results in intrusion of dirt or moisture,
internal condensation or fogging, deterioration of protected internal glass
coating, if any, resulting from seal failure, and any other visual evidence of seal
failure or performance.
2. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as the development of manufacturing
V14 defects including peeling, cracking or other indications of deterioration in
metallic coating due to normal conditions of use.
3. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as the development of
manufacturing defects including edge separation or de-lamination which
materially obstructs vision through glass.
GLAZING 088000 - 1 of 5
mom
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
J. Set No. 10:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 ea Lockset- Storeroom function
3. 1 ea Kick Plate wo
4. 1 ea Closer
5. 1 ea Electric Strike
6. 1 ea Card Reader (furnished by Owner)
7. 1 ea Door Sweep
8. 1 ea Rain Drip
9. 1 ea Threshold
10. 1 set Weather-striping; head and jambs
END OF SECTION
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 12 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Set No. 5:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 set Lockset- Bath/Privacy function
3. 1 ea Closer
4. 1 ea Wall Stop
F. Set No. 6:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 set Push Plate/Pull Handle
3. 1 ea Kick Plate
4. 1 ea Closer- Cush-N-Stop
5. 1 ea Floor Stop
G. Set No. 7:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 set Lockset- Exit function
r 3. 1 ea Strike
4. 1 ea Closer- Cush-N-Stop
5. 1 ea Threshold
6. 1 set Weather-striping; head and jambs
7. 1 ea Rain Drip
8. 1 ea Door Sweep
9. 3 ea Silencers
H. Set No. 8: Exposed hardware to match door finishes
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- double acting type where indicated
2. 1 set Bottom Center Pivots for single acting doors where indicated
+ « 3. 2 ea Pull Handles- similar to Kawneer CO-12
4. 1 ea Closer; concealed, overhead type
5. 1 ea Threshold- '/z"x 4"
I. Set No. 9:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 ea Lockset- Office function
3. 1 ea Kick Plate
4. 1 ea Closer
5. 1 ea Threshold
6. 1 ea Rain Drip
7. 1 set Weather-striping; head and jambs
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 11 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 No
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Installation: Flush-mount units where indicated. Provide necessary low voltage
wiring between units. Coordinate electrical requirements of control units with those
of operational units. Perform electrical work in accordance with applicable provisions
of Division 16.
C. Operation: Card readers shall control electrical strikes and alarms, as indicated by
hardware set description. Swiping of authorized magnetic card shall cause strike to
release or alarm to disarm for an adjustable period (approximately 7 seconds), after .®
which each device shall be automatically re-activated. Activation of the pushbutton
wall switch shall have the same effect.
3.05 HARDWARE SETS
A. Set No. 1:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 ea Lockset- Office function
3. 1 ea Wall Stop
4. 1 ea Closer w/ Hold Open
B. Set No. 2:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 set Push Plate/Pull Handle "
3. 1 ea Kick Plate
4. 1 ea Closer w/ Hold Open
5. 1 ea Wall Stop
C. Set No. 3:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 ea Lockset- Storeroom function
3. 1 ea Floor Stop
D. Set No. 4:
1. 1-1/2 pr. Hinges- BB
2. 1 set Push Plate/Pull Handle
3. 1 ea Deadlatch
4. 1 ea Closer- Cush-N-Stop
5. 1 ea Electric Strike
6. 1 ea Relocated Card Reader (furnished by Owner)
7. 1 ea Threshold
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 10 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations.
1. Hardware Mounting Heights: Door and Hardware Institute (DHI)
"Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware", except as otherwise
indicated.
B. Adjust seals to maintain uniform contact pressure, without leaks at corners, and
without excessive interference with door operation.
C. Hardware Adjustment: Return to project one (1) month after Owner's occupancy,
�* and adjust hardware for proper operation and function.
D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners.
Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards.
E. Thresholds:
1. Miter corners and return exposed ends to wall/door frame construction.
., 2. Drill and countersink units for anchor screws, located not more than 12" o.c.
and not more than 3" from ends. Cut to accurate length and cope to fit tight
against door frames, after door frames have been installed, and adjusted for
proper door operation.
3. On concrete, masonry and similar substrates, install lead-shield anchors
accurately placed to receive machine screw anchors at locations pre-drilled and
evenly spaced in threshold units (spaced not more than 12" o.c.).
4. Screw thresholds to substrate with No. 10 or larger screws, of the proper type
for permanent anchorage of bronze or stainless steel which will not corrode in
contact with threshold metal.
5. Set thresholds in a bed of either butyl rubber sealant or polyisobutyiene mastic
sealant to completely fill concealed voids and exclude moisture from every
source. Remove excess sealant.
3.04 ELECTRICAL DEVICE OPERATION
A. General: Verify compatibility of all electrical components with each other, with
hardware devices, Owner's security and fire alarm systems, and with available
current (including transformers).
1. Ensure that items of hardware do not counteract each other, or prevent proper
operation of each other. Provide coordinated functions between all mechanical
and electrical items in each set.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 9 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Card Reader: 24 v DC flush mounted swipe-type card reader, programmable
code; interface with electric strike. Card reader shall have red/green LED,
indicating strike status.
3. Cards: Plastic, magnetically-encoded cards, approximately 2-1/8" x 3-3/8";
provide 100 cards, unless otherwise specified by Owner.
C. Wall Plate Switch: Pushbutton type flush wall plate with green/red LED, indicating
alarm status.
D. Exit Alarm: Detex Model EA, battery operated alarm with local horn and keyswitch
bypass.
E. Exit Control Locks: Detex Model ECL 230D, exit device with battery operated audible
alarm and keyswitch bypass.
PART 3 - EXECUTION no
3.01 EXAMINATION
No
A. Examine existing conditions at each opening, to verify that specified hardware
matches actual field preparations and conditions.
1. Do not make field adjustments to individual items, assigned packages; do not
intermix items between packages.
2. Where conditions vary, have adjustments made to hardware, as required, by
hardware supplier/consultant, while maintaining design intent.
3. Where hardware package assigned to opening is short items, is improper or
does not reflect actual conditions, refer all items in package back to
supplier/consultant. am
3.02 EXISTING HARDWARE
,o
A. Where indicated, remove existing hardware, and replace with new. Prepare existing
doors and frames as necessary to accommodate new hardware.
B. If existing doors are to be painted or refinished, remove surface-applied hardware
items and locksets. Do not remove hinges or remove doors from hinges, except for
doors to be refinished with transparent finishes. Replace hardware after all painting
or refinishing has been performed, and finish materials are properly cured.
1. Coordinate sequence with finish applicator.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 8 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
!�* NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Deliver keys to Owner's representative.
G. Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key
clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent
• markers, and standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by system manufacturer,
with capacity for 150 percent of the number of locks required for the project.
1. Key control manufacturer to set up complete cross index system and place keys
on markers and hooks in the cabinet as determined by the final key schedule.
2. Provide standard hinged-panel type cabinet, for wall mounting.
2.04 DOOR CLOSERS
A. Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the
manufacturer's recommendations for size of door closer unit, depending upon size of
door, exposure to weather and anticipated frequency of use.
B. Closing Force: Unless otherwise indicated, adjust closers for the following closing
forces:
1. Exterior doors: 10 lb.
2. Interior doors: 5 lb.
C. Parallel Arms: Provide parallel arm closers for out swinging exterior doors (top jamb
mount) and where indicated (PA). For parallel arm applications, provide closer unit
one size larger than recommended for use with standard arms.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE
A. Thresholds: Extruded aluminum, clear anodized, with vinyl foot seal. Saddle type,
except as indicated. Provide vinyl bulb seal for panic type thresholds.
40 2.06 ELECTRICAL HARDWARE DEVICES
A. General: Coordinate all electrical hardware devices with Owner's security system
contractor; provide devices capable of interface with building's security and fire
alarm systems. Configure devices for proper interface and to match available
electrical power source.
B. Electric Strikes: Standard units as listed; silent operation; fail secure. Interface with
card reader.
1. Transformer: Provide manufacturer's standard or approved electrical
transformer for each strike to convert building line voltage to 24 volt DC
current; coordinate electrical characteristics of transformer with device
requirements.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 7 of 12
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
B. Hinge Size Chart: Following chart notes hinge types and sizes required: no
Thickness of Width of Height of Hinge (Length of
Doors In Inches Doors In Joint) In Inches
Inches
1-3/4 up to, & incl. 4-1/2"; Standard Weight
36 .,
over 36 to 38 5"; Heavy Weight
over 48 1 6"; Heavy Weight
1. Number of hinges per door leaf by door height:
a. To 90 Inches: 3 standard weight hinges.
b. Over 90 Inches: 4 heavy weight hinges. �*
C. Offset Pivots: Aluminum entrance door manufacturer's standard offset pivots; finish
to match entrances.
D. Provide electrified hinges where indicated.
2.03 LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING
A. General: Supplier shall meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements. Keying
shall be keyed-alike with the existing keying system.
B. Equip locks with manufacturer's standard cylinder, with construction master key
feature, which permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal.
1. Provide construction keying during construction operations, to provide jobsite ••
security and to maintain Owner's security requirements. Coordinate
construction keying requirements with Owner.
2. Upon Substantial Completion, void construction keys and activate final keying
system.
C. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass/bronze, stainless steel or nickel
silver.
D. Comply with instructions for master keying and, except as otherwise indicated,
provide individual change key for each lock which is not designated to be keyed alike
with a group of related locks.
E. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only.
F. Key Quantity: Furnish three (3) change keys for each lock; five (5) master keys for
each master system; and five (5) grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 6 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3-Point Lock; aluminum Adams-Tite Lock: MS 18505;Threshold Bolt,4015;
doors Header Bolt 4085
Magnetic Hold-opens
Magnetic Locks Locknetics 324CLH Series; 628 finish, provide
DA603RDEX controller
Surface Bolts Ives
Flush Bolts; Automatic Ives 559 for HM doors: 556 for wood doors;
626
Flush Bolts ; Manual Ives 458 for HM doors; 358 for wood doors;
626
Exit Devices Von Duprin 88TL
Mullions
Strikes Wrought box strikes w/extended curved lip
Dustproof Strikes Ives 489; 626; at all floor bolts
�w Electric Strikes Von Duprin 6211, 626 or 630; 24 VDC operation Folger-Adams
6111 on panic devices
Push/Pull Baldwin Pulls- 2552, with 2360,4x 16 x .050 inch 8' Brookline; Ives
C.C. pull,630 stainless steel w/beveled
edges
Alum. Entrance Pull/ Push Baldwin 2985, 8"offset pull, 1"dia. Push bar;
Bars MTG7. 630stainless steel finish
Push Plates Baldwin 4 x 16 x .050, 630 stainless steel Brookline, Ives
wl beveled edges
Coordinators Ives 948
Astragals* National Guard 158NA
Closers LCN Super Smoothee 4040/4041 Corbin-Russwin; Norton
Mounting Brackets
Protection Plates Ives 304 stainless steel; [heights-Armor-36";
Kick-8"; Mop- 6"] not less than 1-1/2"less
than door width
Stops/Bumpers Ives 407-1/2 wall; 436/438 floor; 626
ON Overhead Stops/Holders Ives
Door Gasketing
Door Bottoms
ON Door Sweeps National Guard 198NA
Thresholds National Guard Extruded alumin. Clear anodized with vinyl Pemko; Reese
foot seal. Saddle type
e0 Rain Drips National Guard 16DKB
Weatherstripting/Seals National Guard Vinyl; No. 155
Smoke Seals
Silencers Ives No. 20; grey rubber
Auto Door Operators Dor-O-Matic Astro-Swing
Exit Alarm Detex Model EA, battery operated
Exit Control Locks Detex Model ECL230D
2.02 HINGES AND PIVOTS
A. Hinges: Provide ball bearing hinges ("BB") for doors with closers and where
indicated
1. Tips: Flat button and matching plug.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 5 of 12
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS so
B. Do not install any hardware on doors to receive transparent finish, until doors have
been finished and finish materials have been properly cured. 04
C. Remove and reinstall hardware on existing doors to be painted or otherwise finished,
per requirements of Part 3. an
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SCHEDULE OF MANUFACTURERS
A. The following table is a summary of specified hardware items and acceptable
manufacturers. This is included as a convenient method of assessing hardware
requirements.
1. Other explanatory information regarding some items follows this table.
B. Only items listed in this table with a manufacturer are required on this project.
1. Item numbers indicated are those of the manufacturer noted as "(design
basis)". Other acceptable manufacturers' products, fully equivalent in quality,
design and function, as judged by the Architect, may be used in place of the
indicated product. Further substitutions allowed only when approved.
C. Item numbers are to identify general style, qualitative, aesthetic, and functional
characteristics of each item; actual ordering numbers are not used.
1. Provide all associated product options, and accessories necessary for a
complete installation, and for functionally integrated hardware sets for each
opening.
"Design Basis" Item Designations Acceptable
Hardware Item Manufacturer [see Hardware Sets for application] Alternative
Manufacturers
Hinges Hager No. 1279,4.5 x 4.5, 626; McKinney; Stanley
630 for all exterior doors and
all stainless doors
Pivot Hinges By aluminum door manufacturer
Locksets/Latchsets Schlage 8200 Line, Lever Style LE2B, 626; 10 Line, Best, Corbin-Russwin,
Medeco for Ethicon LL design, 626 Sargent
only
Cylinders Best?
Medeco for Ethicon
only
Deadlocks for aluminum Adams-Rite MS-1850 w/4550 lever handle inside, 626
doors
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 4 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
*■ NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
7. NFPA 80 - "Fire Doors and Widows"
4W
8. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
on 9. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
10. UL 305 - "Panic Hardware"
ON
C. The Contractor's proposal shall be based on manufacturers specifically named in the
Specifications.
s.
D. Hardware Supplier shall be a recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with
warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity that has record of successful in-service
performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type and quality to that
indicated for this Project.
1. Supplier shall employ experienced hardware consultant who is member,
currently in good standing, of the American Society of Architectural Hardware
Consultants [AHC], and who is available at reasonable times during course of
the Work, for consultation about the Project's hardware requirement to the
Owner, the Owner's Representative and the Contractor.
1.05 HANDLING, DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Provide a secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to project site.
B. Finish hardware shall be delivered to the site properly sorted, boxed or packaged,
and clearly labeled for each individual opening, complete with trimmings, screws,
anchors and other accessories.
1. Each individual item shall be marked with item number and door number
related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and shall include installation
instructions.
C. Each master packing carton shall have master label indicating case number and
contents by item number so that the Contractor may unpack items without opening
numerous cartons to obtain one piece of hardware.
D. Packing list shall be in the form of Finish Hardware Schedule and shall be forwarded
with each shipment clearly identifying case (master carton) in which each item of
that particular shipment is packed.
1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Do not install surface-mounted items on doors to be field finished until finishes have
been completed on the substrate, except hang doors prior to painting.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 3 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each item of
hardware. Include information necessary to show compliance with
requirements. Indicate finishes, options, etc., as appropriate.
C. Informational Submittals:
1. Templates: Furnish templates to each fabricator of doors and frames, as
required for preparation to receive hardware.
2. Wiring diagrams: Furnish wiring diagrams for electrical devices to building
electrical contractor for coordination purposes. Indicate specific configuration
when more than one is available.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: A single supplier shall provide all finish hardware
required herein for this Project. Supplier shall obtain each type/category of
hardware items (latch- and locksets, hinges, closers, etc.) from the single "
manufacturer listed in this specification.
1. Finish hardware specified under this Section shall be supplemented by other
equipment and devices specified in Division 26, and supplied by the Security
Contractor.
a. Such Division 26 electronic and electrical devices shall be supplied in a
coordinated manner, fully adapted to, and compatible with finish hardware
items specified herein, and allowing full and proper operation of the
hardware items.
b. Report, document, all discrepancies between finish hardware, and
Division 26 devices upon discovery; resolve prior to, and in the submittal
stage of work. Obtain each type of hardware from a single manufacturer.
B. Standards: Door hardware shall comply with the provisions of the following Codes
and Standards, except as otherwise shown or specified.
1. ADA - Americans With Disabilities Act, as enforced through local regulations.
2. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to
and Usable by Physically Handicapped People.
3. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute - Quality Standards.
4. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
5. DHI — Door Hardware Institute: Hardware for labeled fire doors
6. Applicable Building Code: All hardware for fire-rated [label] doors and frames
shall comply with UL and FM listings, required by code.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 2 of 12
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA 30B NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 087100
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for all operating hardware, commonly called "Finish Hardware", for
swinging, sliding, or folding doors and door frames, as indicated in the door schedule
on the drawings and the schedule of hardware sets at the back of this section.
B. Work excluded; Hardware for the following types of special doors is specified with
those doors:
1. Overhead Doors
2. Rapid-acting Doors
C. Related work specified elsewhere;
1. Hardware for aluminum entrance doors is specified in this section.
2. Removal and replacement of existing hardware to facilitate painting is included
as a part of this section.
3. Electronic and security devices are specified in Division 26.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals:
1. Hardware Schedule: Submit hardware schedule organized by "sets", using the
same reference numbers as the Contract Documents, to indicate specifically the
product to be furnished for each item required on each door.
DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 1 of 12
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 TOLERANCES
A. Construction Tolerances: Install aluminum entrance and storefront to comply with
the following tolerances:
1. Variation from Plane: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 12 feet of length or 1/4 inch in
any total length.
2. Offset from Alignment: The maximum offset from true alignment between two
identical members abutting end to end in line shall not exceed 1/16 inch.
3. Diagonal Measurements: The maximum difference in diagonal measurements
shall not exceed 1/8 inch.
4. Offset at Corners: The maximum out-of-plane offset of framing at corners shall
not exceed 1/32 inch.
3.04 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust doors for smooth, quiet operation, and positive closure/latching.
B. Adjust operating hardware to function properly, without binding, and to prevent tight
fit at contact points and weather stripping.
C. Clean completed system, inside and out, promptly after erection and installation of
glass and sealants
1. Clean surfaces of glazing and joint sealants, dirt and other substances.
2. At final inspection, just prior to Substantial Completion, wipe down all
components, and clean and polish glass, both sides.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Institute protective measures and other precautions required to assure that
entrances will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at
time of acceptance.
END OF SECTION
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084100 - 8 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect all surfaces and conditions of openings to receive entrance work. Report
immediately any conditions which inhibit proper installation of entrance system
components.
1. Start of installation shall be construed as acceptance of conditions.
• 3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of
entrances.
1. Align framing with adjacent work as shown on shop drawings, or as required by
manufacturer's installation instructions.
B. Set units plumb, level, square or correctly angled, and true to line, without warp or
rack of framing members, doors or panels.
1. All components shall be neatly cut and carefully fitted to produce tight hairline
joints.
2. Frames shall be sized and fully prepared to provide for the exact dimensions of
the glazing, which is factory produced, sealed units, and not field modifiable.
3. Anchor components securely in place, and one to another; separate aluminum
and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion of electrolytic
action at points of contact with other materials.
4. Seal all joints between framing and the building structure to ensure weather
tight installations.
C. Drill and tap frames and doors and apply surface-mounted hardware items,
complying with hardware manufacturer's instructions and template requirements.
Use concealed fasteners wherever possible.
D. Set sill members and other members in bed of sealant as indicated, or with joint
fillers or gaskets as indicated to provide weather tight construction. Comply with
requirements of Division 7 for sealants, fillers and gaskets.
1. Coordinate sealant applications with weepage requirements of framing system.
2. Provide setting blocks, shims, and other accessories which reduce thermal
transmission at sills and perimeter framing.
3. Provide aluminum sill flashing members matching storefront framing, to prevent
water infiltration.
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084100 - 7 of 8
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ow
F. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations. Grind exposed welds smooth to
remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish.
1. Welding behind finished surfaces shall be performed in such a manner as to
minimize distortion and discoloration on the finished surface. .�
G. Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as required for hardware and as necessary for
performance requirements, sag resistance and rigidity. ..
H. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with bituminous paint, or a suitable
sealant, or other non-corrosive permanent material.
I. Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles with hairline fit of
contacting members.
J. Uniformity of Metal Finish: Abutting extruded aluminum members shall not have an
integral color or texture variation greater than half the range indicated in the sample
pair submittal.
K.
L. Fasteners: Conceal fasteners wherever possible.
M. Weather stripping: For exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping
against fixed stops. At other edges, provide sliding weather stripping retained in
adjustable strip mortised into door edge.
1. Provide EPDM or vinyl-blade gasket weather stripping in bottom door rail,
adjustable for contact with threshold.
2. At interior doors and other locations without weather stripping, provide
neoprene silencers on stops to prevent metal-to-metal contact.
N. Provide finger guards of collapsible neoprene or PVC gasketing securely anchored
into frame at hinge-jamb of center-pivoted doors.
2.06 FINISHES
A. Fluorocarbon Coating: Manufacturer's standard multi-coat thermo-cured system,
composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluorocarbon topcoat,
containing not less than 70 percent polyvinyldene resin by weight, complying with
AAMA 605.2 ("Kynar 500" or "Hylar 5000").
1. Color: Black for exterior installation; White for interior installation.
.m
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084100 - 6 of 8
P"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Door Design: Kawneer Series "350", Medium stile; 3-1/2-inch (88.9-mm) nominal
0-0 width.
1. Provide double-acting and single-acting doors as indicated on drawings.
40
2. Door finishes to match associated framing.
4" 3. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 10 inches
(255 mm) above floor or ground plane.
C. Door Hardware: Finish Hardware shall be supplied under Section 087100, Door
hardware. Fully coordinate with hardware supplier for correct preparation and
installation of hardware devices.
w
D. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Square, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and
preformed gaskets.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate aluminum entrance and storefront components to configurations
indicated and to comply with indicated standards.
B. Prefabrication: Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and
other work to the greatest extent possible before shipment to the Project site.
1. Sizes and Profiles: As specified and as indicated on drawings.
2. Fabrication, whether shop-, or field-performed shall meet same tolerances,
provide same quality, and appearance.
3. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation.
4. Thermal Break Construction: Fabricate storefront framing system with an
integrally concealed, low conductance thermal barrier, located between exterior
materials and exposed interior members to eliminate direct metal to metal
contact. Use manufacturer's standard construction that has been in use for
similar projects for period of not less than 3 years.
C. Perform fabrication operations, including cutting, fitting, forming, drilling and
grinding of metal work to prevent damage to exposed finish surfaces. Complete
these operations for hardware prior to application of finishes.
D. Do not drill and tap for surface-mounted hardware items until time of installation at
project site.
E. Pre-glaze entrances to greatest extent possible.
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084100 - 5 of 8
No
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS MW
G. Sliding Weather stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable stripping of wool,
polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon fabric or aluminum strip backing, on
complying with AAMA 701.2.
H. Concealed Flashing: 0.0179-inch (26 gage) minimum dead-soft stainless steel, or
0.026-inch-thick minimum extruded aluminum of alloy and type selected by
manufacturer for compatibility with other components.
I. Miscellaneous Closures and Trim: 0.032 inch thick aluminum finished to match
storefront system.
2.03 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM
A. General: Provide storefront framing systems fabricated from extruded aluminum
members of size and profile indicated. Provide inside/outside matched, outside
glazed, resilient flush-glazed system with provisions for glass replacement. Include
sub-frames and other reinforcing members as required to meet performance
requirements.
1. Exterior System: Kawneer"Tri-Fab VG 451 Thermal"system (design basis);
1-3/4" face dimension x 4-1/2" deep; glazed with insulated glass.
2. Interior System: Kawneer"Tri-Fab VG 450 (Back plane)" System (design basis);
1-3/4"face dimension x 4-1/2"deep; glazed with single pane glass.
B. Shop-fabricate and preassemble frame components where possible. Provide
storefront frame sections without exposed seams.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, glaze all storefront sections, using glass type(s)
indicated. Use tempered or other safety glazing satisfying building code
requirements, at the following locations:
1. Adjacent to entrances "
2. Within 18" of the grade adjacent to walking surfaces
3. Other locations indicated.
2.04 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
A. Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch (44.5-mm) overall thickness, extruded-aluminum
tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets
that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods.
1. Thermal Construction: High-performance plastic connectors separate aluminum
members exposed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior.
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084100 - 4 of 8
go
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Warranty Period: Two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion of the
No project.
4" PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
so
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products of one of the
following:
go
1. Kawneer Co., Inc. (design basis)
2. Efco, Inc.
3. Tubelite, Inc.
4. Vistawall Architectural Products
5. YKK Corporation
2.02 MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Aluminum Members: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for strength,
corrosion resistance and application of required finish.
B. Carbon steel reinforcement of aluminum framing members shall comply with ASTM A
36 for structural shapes, plates and bars, ASTM A 611 for cold rolled sheet and strip,
or ASTM A 570 for hot rolled sheet and strip.
C. Fasteners: Aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by
manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with aluminum components.
1. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for application of
hardware. Match finish of adjoining metal.
2. Provide Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners.
D. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's high strength units where feasible;
otherwise, non-magnetic stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel complying with
ASTM A-386.
E. Concrete/Masonry Inserts: Cast iron, malleable iron, or hot-dip galvanized steel
complying with ASTM A-386.
F. Bituminous Coatings: Cold applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-PS 12,
compounded for 30-mil thickness per coat.
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084100 - 3 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Condensation Resistance: Condensation resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 45,
when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.
F. Thermal Transmittance: Overall U-value of not more than 0.65 BTU / (hr. x sq. ft. x
deg. F) at 15 mph exterior wind velocity, when tested in accordance with
AAMA 1503.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples. go
B. Action Submittals:
1. Shop Drawings; Submit shop drawings showing type and configuration of am
framing, and indicate overall dimensions, elevations and details.
2. Product Data; Submit manufacturer's standard information sheet for entrance MW
doors to be provided.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE o"
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed
installations of aluminum storefront and entrances similar in design and extent to am
those required for the project and whose work has resulted in construction with a
record of successful in-service performance, over a five (5) year period.
ON
B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain aluminum entrance and storefront systems
from one source and from a single manufacturer.
am
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify openings by accurate field measurement before
fabrication, and correlate to recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of the work.
1. Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without field measurements, and
coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer and Installer, that all components
of aluminum entrances and storefront will be free of defects in materials and
workmanship throughout warranty period, and that defective materials and
workmanship will be replaced or repaired at no cost to the Owner, including
materials and labor.
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084100 - 2 of 8
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 084100
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
w•
PART 1 - GENERAL
*' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for factory-fabricated, site-constructed, glazed aluminum entrance
*■ and storefront work in both exterior and interior locations, as indicated on drawings.
B. Related work specified elsewhere;
1. Door hardware is specified elsewhere in Division 08.
2. Glass and glazing are specified elsewhere in Division 08.
3. Joint sealers are specified in Division 07; coordinate installation of joint sealers
with storefront system weepage requirements.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Wind Loading: Provide aluminum storefront mullions and other components with
capacity to withstand wind loading indicated by Massachusetts State Building Code,
without deflection of more than t/175, glass breakage, damage to fasteners, or
permanent deformation, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-330. If necessary,
provide heavy wall extrusions and/or internal steel reinforcing members in mullions.
B. Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.06 cfm per square foot, when tested in accordance
with ASTM E-283.
C. Water Infiltration: No water infiltration when tested in accordance with ASTM E-331,
at a test pressure of 8 psf.
D. Thermal Movements: Provide entrance and storefront systems, including anchorage,
that accommodate thermal movements of systems and supporting elements
resulting from a 120 deg F maximum change in ambient and surface temperatures
without buckling, damaging stresses on glazing, failure of joint sealants, damaging
loads on fasteners, failure of doors or other operating units to function properly, and
other detrimental effects.
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084100 - 1 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS go
3.02 INSTALLATION
so
A. Install door, track and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware,
jamb and head mold stops, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports in
accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions and as herein
specified.
B. Upon completion of installation, including adjacent construction, lubricate, test and „
adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion, and fitting
weather tight for entire perimeter.
1. Ensure proper operation of breakaway features.
END OF SECTION
an
An
HIGH-SPEED, ROLL-UP DOORS 083716 - 4 of 4
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Bottom Rail: Soft-edge technology feature, standard with manufacturer.
2.03 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS
A. Furnish electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and
provided by door manufacturer; complete with electric motor and factory pre-wired
motor controls, worm gear brake, integral clutch, remote control stations and control
devices.
B. Provide hand-operated manual clutch release for emergency manual operation.
C. Design operator so that motor may be removed without disturbing cam action limit-
switch adjustment.
D. Electric Motors: Provide high-starting torque, reversible, constant duty, electric
motors with overload protection, sized to move door in either direction, from any
position, at not less than 60" per second up and 30" per second down.
1. Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics of motors with
building electrical system. 460 volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, unless otherwise
indicated.
E. Remote Control Station: Provide spring actuated pull cord on side of door where
indicated on drawings with adjustable timed return.
F. Breakaway Bottom Bar: Provide bottom bar with breakaway feature that, if door is
struck, will allow door to be knocked free from bottom and side track, and be
capable of being fully repaired and functional without special tools, of parts, or
equipment. Provide contact switch to automatically stop motor operation.
G. Automatic Reversing Control: Furnish each door with automatic safety switch,
extending full width of door bottom, and located within pressure sensitive tube
mounted to bottom door rail. Contact with switch will immediately reverse
downward door travel. Furnish manufacturer's standard take-up reel or selfcoiling
cable.
1. Provide pneumatically actuated automatic bottom bar.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions under which the doors are to be installed. Report
any unsatisfactory conditions.
1. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer
HIGH-SPEED, ROLL-UP DOORS 083716 - 3 of 4
so
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
IN
A. Provide each rapid roll overhead door as a complete unit produced by one
manufacturer, including frames, sections, brackets, guides, tracks, counterbalance
mechanisms, hardware, operators and installation accessories, to suit openings and Wo
head room allowable.
B. Door units shall be installed only by manufacturer's installation crew, factory-trained i„
and certified installer, or authorized distributor, who has at least three [3] years
experience in such installations on projects and with openings and conditions similar
to those required under this contract. g.
1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
we
A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during
transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish
fabric curtains, and other components of the doors and frames. ON
B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired
provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect/Engineer; AW
otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.
C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place unit cartons off floor and
on wood blocking; do not store units vertically. Avoid using un-vented plastic or
canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on
doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide spaces between door
cartons to promote air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products of one of the
following:
1. Rytec Corporation; "Fast-Seal" (design basis)
2. Rite-Hite Corporation; "Protecdor" Series
3. Albany International
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Door Curtain: Seamless double layer of woven monofilament polyester fabric with
polymer impregnation, white, USDA approved fabric.
B. Side Frame: 7 gage galvanized steel.
HIGH-SPEED, ROLL-UP DOORS 083716 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 083716
HIGH-SPEED, ROLL-UP DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
40 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for rapid-roll, overhead doors, as indicated on drawings.
1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Doors required provide an immediate response to activation, with a fast-acting, high-
speed opening operation, and moderate and positive closing function.
B. Doors are roll-up type, with a durable fabric curtain, standard with the door
manufacturer. Curtain fabric, and attachment shall be designed to withstand
impacts, which displace curtain out of tracks, with immediate replacement possible.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
,w B. Action Submittals:
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products
comply with requirements.
2. Shop Drawings: Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference
numbers for doors and openings as those on drawings.
a. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types,
conditions at openings location and installation requirements of finish
hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections.
b. Show anchorage and accessory items.
HIGH-SPEED, ROLL-UP DOORS 083716 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Door manufacturer's representative shall install doors in accordance with approved
shop drawings and manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Locations of doors and hardware shall be indicated on drawings.
C. Install door assemblies complete, and ready for operation.
3.03 ADJUSTMENT, DEMONSTRATION AND CLEANING
A. Adjust units to operate smoothly.
B. After installation is completed, a representative of the manufacturer shall examine
the installation and require that all connections and adjustments necessary to assure
proper operation of door has been made.
C. Before acceptance, a demonstration shall be conducted in the presence of the
Owner's representative that all doors operate properly in every aspect. In addition, a
detailed user/operator training session shall be conducted at time and place agreed
upon by Owner's representative.
D. Clean entire door assembly and all parts. Remove all rubbish, packing, and other
debris resulting from this installation.
4W
END OF SECTION
no
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 083613 - 4 of 4
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
PW NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
d. Interface of the sections to the track shall be low friction 2"diameter
+ nylon rollers with steel ball bearings, and shall be located on the center
line of the sections.
e. Rollers shall be repositioned on track after lower vertical track breakout by
raising door above automatic re-feed mechanisms.
2. Lower vertical track shall connect to the building via continuous 10 gauge,
galvanized steel mounting angles.
a. High density, closed cell foam mounting seal (between lower track and
mounting angle) shall flex to allow lower vertical track to pivot and release
the necessary sections when the door is impacted from either side of the
opening.
b. Polypropylene weather seal on door's exterior face, shall be mounted on
�w lower vertical track.
c. Upper vertical track shall be 13 gauge galvanized steel.
3. Door shall utilize Soft-Lift'" spring balancing to assist opening, and use torsion
springs with a cycle rating not less than 25,000, to allow for ergonomically safe,
manual operation.
s. a. Standard locks (2) required.
b. Door shall meet or exceed 15.2 psf wind load per ANSI/NAGDM 102
standard.
c. Door shall have Break-ThruTM Safety System to allow sections to release
when impacted from either side.
d. Door shall have a quick-stop mechanism to minimize free-falls accidents
from spring/cable failure. Quick-stop mechanism shall allow door to fall
not more than 9" before coming to a complete stop.
e. Door shall have"catches" located on top of the upper most section to
prevent released door sections from traveling with the force of impact,
into the work area.
f. Door shall have section catches that do not allow released sections to
travel along the horizontal track and potentially fall into the work area.
2.03 MANUAL DOOR OPERATORS
A. Push-Up: Provide lift handles and nylon pull rope for raising and lowering doors,
operating with not more than 25 pounds of lift or pull.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINTAION
A. Installer shall examine the substrate and conditions under which door is to be
installed and notify the A/E and Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to
the proper and timely completion of the work.
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 083613 - 3 of 4
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,,,,,,
1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver doors and accessories cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection
during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to
finish fabric curtains, and other components of the doors and frames.
B. Inspect doors and accessories upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be
repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to
Architect/Engineer; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.
C. Store doors and accessories at building site under cover. Place unit cartons off floor
and on wood blocking; do not store units vertically. Avoid using unvented plastic or
canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on
doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide spaces between door
cartons to promote air circulation.
1.06 WARRANTY
ow
A. Provide manufacturer's standard warranty for a five (5) year period beginning at
Substantial Completion of the project. am
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
am
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products of one of the
following:
1. Rite-Hite Doors: "Workhorse 1000" (design basis)
2. Equivalent products meeting requirements may be submitted for approval.
am
2.02 DOORS
A. Provide manufacturer's standard sectional doors shall be as follows: 00
1. Sections shall be framed with 1/8"wall, aluminum tubing welded to aluminum
extrusions. On
a. Section frames shall be fitted with polystyrene insulation having an R-6
value. Insulation shall be CFC free, have minimal water absorption, and be
fire resistant. ""
b. Section panel material shall be .120"thick, high molecular weight
polyethylene. Standard colors shall be white and/or brown.)
c. Sections shall be connected by a Seal-Safe T" hinge of extruded am
Santoprene® that spans the width of the door.
am
..
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 083613 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 083613
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for sectional overhead doors as complete assemblies including all
*' accessories, as indicated on drawings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals:
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products
comply with requirements.
2. Shop Drawings: Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference
numbers for doors and openings as those on drawings.
a. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types,
conditions at openings location and installation requirements of finish
hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections.
b. Show anchorage and accessory items.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide each sectional overhead door as a complete unit produced by one
manufacturer, including frames, sections, brackets, guides, tracks, counterbalance
mechanisms, hardware, operators and installation accessories, to suit openings and
head room allowable.
B. Installer: Installer shall be manufacturer, or installer recommended and approved
by manufacturer.
C. Wind Loading: Design and reinforce sectional overhead doors to withstand wind
loading pressures as required by applicable building code.
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 083613 - 1 of 4
ow
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS „W
E. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces to
be finished or painted later in another way, coordinate removal, storage and
reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in
Division Sections.
No
1. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the
substrate.
2. Restore finish where fitting or machining is required.
3. Protect finish hardware after installation from work or other trades by
temporary covering.
3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN
oft
A. Prime Coat Touch-Up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or
damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air drying primer. ..
1. For galvanized surfaces clean welds and abraded areas and apply galvanizing
repair paint to comply with ASTM A-780.
B. Clean all door and frame surfaces, hardware devices, and glazing.
C. Final Adjustments: Perform final check and readjust each item of operating finish
hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and
proper operating condition.
1. Replace units that cannot be adjusted as intended for the application made, or
operation required.
END OF SECTION
A"
am
ws
,�
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 8 of 8
XM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
A NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Hanging Doors: Fit doors to frames for proper fit and uniform clearance at each
AN edge, and adjusted for hardware; adjust for smooth operation and positive latching.
3.02 HARDWARE INSTALLATION
00
A. Install all door (finish) hardware in accordance with the reviewed hardware
schedule, the manufacturers' specifications/instructions, and Section 087100, Door
'p`' Hardware.
1. Hardware units shall be mounted at heights indicated in"Recommended
'0" Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames",
published by Door and hardware Institute, except where specifically indicated
or required to comply with governing regulations or as directed by Architect.
B. When directed, and in the presence of the Owner and the Construction Manager,
verify function of all locksets and cylinders.
..
C. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and check each operating
item of hardware and each door to ensure easy and proper operation or function of
every unit, to operate freely and smoothly with positive closing and latching.
1. Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage
fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards.
2. Through-bolt hardware on mineral core doors.
3. Install silencers only after frames are finished.
D. Thresholds:
1. Miter corners and return exposed ends to wall/door frame construction.
2. Drill and countersink units for anchor screws, located not more than 12" o.c.
and not more than 3 from ends. Cut to accurate length and cope to fit tight
against door frames, after door frames have been installed, and adjusted for
proper door operation.
3. On concrete, masonry and similar substrates, install lead-shield anchors
accurately placed to receive machine screw anchors at locations pre-drilled and
evenly spaced in threshold units (spaced not more than 12" o.c.).
4. Screw thresholds to substrate with No. 10 or Larger screws, of the proper type
for permanent anchorage of bronze or stainless steel which will not corrode in
contact with threshold metal.
5. Set thresholds in a bed of either butyl rubber sealant or polyisobutylene mastic
sealant to completely fill concealed voids and exclude moisture from every
source. Remove excess sealant.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 7 of 8
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
2.06 FINISHES
..
A. Shop Painting: Clean, treat and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame
units, including galvanized surfaces.
..
B. Apply shop coat of manufacturer's standard prime paint of even consistency to
provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint.
so
PART 3 - EXECUTION
am
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Doors, frames, and accessories shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and as herein specified.
1. Install fire-rated doors and frames in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80.
2. Except for frames located in existing construction, place frames prior to
construction of enclosing walls and ceilings.
B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection
Instructions for Steel Frames" unless otherwise indicated.
1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set. In masonry construction, locate three (3) wall
anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. Set frames and secure to adjacent
construction with machine screws and masonry anchorage devices.
a. If indicated on drawings, slush frame full with masonry-type grout, after
frames are set and anchored. 4W
C. Borrowed Light Frames: Install, frames in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations data and as herein specified.
1. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection
Instructions for Steel Frames" unless otherwise indicated
2. Where possible, place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and
ceilings, or in partially completed work.
3. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set.
a. Set frames and secure to adjacent construction with machine screws and
masonry anchorage devices.
b. In masonry construction, locate three (3) wall anchors per jamb.
c. Where frames include a door frame, anchor door jambs with anchors
similar to those for isolated door frame.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 6 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. Fabricate frames with mitered corners welded construction.
c. For wrap around frames, coordinate throat with wall thickness.
2.OS DOORS
A. Provide doors and components as follows for locations noted and as otherwise
indicated on drawings.
1. Exterior Doors and Other Doors as indicated: Primed, A60 galvannealed steel
construction; standard "H" Series by Steelcraft.
2. Interior Doors: Standard primed steel doors, unless otherwise indicated; "L"
Series by Steelcraft.
B. Doors shall comply with the following, as applicable:
1. Close top and bottom edges of all doors as integral part of door construction or
by addition of minimum 16 gage inverted steel channels.
a. For exterior, out-swinging doors, provide galvanized steel top cap.
2. Clearances (Non-Fire Rated Doors): Not more than 1/8" at jambs and heads
and not more than 1/2" at bottom (to top of floor finish).
3. Clearances for Rated Doors: Per requirements of NFPA 80.
4. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard
Steel Doors and Frames."
C. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips
heads for exposed screws and bolts.
D. Thermal-Rated (Insulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as
indicated, provide doors fabricated as thermal insulating door and frame assemblies
and tested in accordance with ASTM C-236 or ASTM C-976 on fully operable door
assemblies.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide thermal-rated assemblies with a maximum
U factor of 0.10 BTU / (hr. x sq. ft. x °F).
E. Door Louvers: Sight-proof stationary louvers for interior doors where indicated,
constructed of inverted V-shaped or Y-shaped blades formed of 24 gage cold rolled
steel set into minimum 20 gage steel frame unless otherwise indicated.
F. Door Lights: Provide manufacturer's standard glazed light assemblies of sizes and
materials indicated on drawings. Provide glazing type indicated on drawings, per
requirements of Section 088000. Provide removable steel glazing stops for flush
appearance.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 5 of 8
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Gages: Provide metal gages for steel door faces and frames as indicated on the
door schedule drawing sheet. If not listed, metal gages shall not be less than the
following:
C. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive door hardware in
accordance with final Door Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware
supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A-115 specifications for door
and frame preparation for hardware.
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive applied hardware. Drilling and tapping
for surface-applied hardware may be done at project site. .m
2.04 FRAMES
No
A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights and other
openings, of types and styles as indicated on drawings. Conceal fastenings, unless
otherwise indicated.
on
1. Provide galvanized frames for exterior doors and where indicated on drawings.
2. Provide frames with thermal break at exterior locations, and other locations as
indicated where substantial temperature differential are anticipated.
3. Fabricate frames with mitered corners and either welded or knocked-down
construction, as indicated on drawings.
4. Unless otherwise indicated, provide butt frames for masonry construction and
wrap-around frames for frame construction.
5. For butt frames, use 5-3/4" frames unless otherwise indicated.
6. For wrap around frames, coordinate throat with wall thickness.
7. Plaster Guards: Provide 26 gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded
to frame, at back of finish hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials
might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings.
8. Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive three (3)
silencers on strike jambs of single-swing frames and two (2) silencers on heads
of double-swing frames.
a. Provide manufacturer's standard silencers.
9. Borrowed Light Frames: Fabricate frame units to be square, rigid, neat in
appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Fit and assemble units in
manufacturer's plant.
a. Provide frames of types and styles as indicated on drawings. Provide all
required anchors, glazing beads, and other accessories for a complete
installation.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 4 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering steel doors and
frames which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co., Div. of Ingersoll-Rand (design basis).
2. Amweld Building Products, Inc.
3. Ceco Corp.
4. Curries Manufacturing, Inc.
5. Republic Builders Products
.� 2.02 MATERIALS
A. Hot Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and
oiled, complying with ASTM A-569 and ASTM A-568.
B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A-
,,, 366 and ASTM A-568.
C. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality,
complying with ASTM A-526, with ASTM A-525, G60 zinc coating, mill phosphatized.
D. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18 gage galvanized steel sheet.
E. Inserts, Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot dip
galvanize items to be built into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A-153, Class C
or D as applicable.
F. Primer: Shop applied rust-inhibitive prime paint, either air-drying or baked type,
suitable as a base for finish painting.
G. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for re-galvanizing welds in
galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 86 percent zinc dust by
weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC-Paint-20.
2.03 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from
defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in
manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory
assembled before shipment, to ensure proper assembly at project site.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 3 of 8
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS „R
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
oft
A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI 250.8-1998 (formerly Steel Door
Institute SD-100 "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and
Frames") and SDI Document 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel ,
Doors and Frames", and as herein specified.
B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire-rated door assemblies are indicated or
required, provide fire-rated door and frame assemblies that comply with NFPA 80
"Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled in
accordance with ASTM E-152 "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies"
by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Doors shall also meet the requirements set by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
standard No. 10C, for pressure testing.
D. American National Standard Institute (ANSI)- ANSI A115 Series as applicable for
door and door frame preparation for finish hardware.
1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Provide stiff spreader bars in all door frames, to hold jamb ends in correct alignment.
B. Deliver all hollow metal Work in cartons or crated to provide damage protection
during transit and job storage.
C. Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be
repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new Work and
acceptable to the Engineer/Architect; otherwise remove and replace damaged items
as directed.
D. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4"-
high wood blocking.
1. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters that could create humidity
chamber.
2. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately.
3. Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 2 of 8
P0
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
+a NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 081113
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for flush steel (hollow metal) doors and frames, and borrowed light
„ . frames, as indicated on drawings.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Door hardware is specified elsewhere in Division 08.
2. Glass and glazing is specified elsewhere in Division 08.
3. Finish painting of doors and frames is specified in Division 09.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals:
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products
comply with requirements.
2. Shop Drawings: Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference
numbers for doors and openings as those on drawings.
a. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types,
conditions at openings location and installation requirements of finish
hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections.
b. Show anchorage and accessory items.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 1 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .�
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .ft
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation instructions Vft
applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent
requirements apply. ..
1. Follow prescribed installation procedure exactly; do not vary, modify, or
eliminate steps.
B. Install backing in joints to receive sealant. In joints not of sufficient depth to receive
backer rod, install bond breaker tape at back of joint.
C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and
fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint
configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to
joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.
D. Tool non-sag sealants immediately after sealant application and prior to time
skinning or curing begins, to form smooth, uniform beads of recommended
configuration.
on
3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from damage so that they are No
without damage at time of substantial completion. If damage occurs, cut out and
remove damaged joint sealers and reseal with new materials.
go
B. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and
of products in which joints occur.
END OF SECTION
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Primer: Type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer as required for adhesion of
sealant to joint substrates indicated.
F. Cleaners for Non-Porous Surfaces: Non-staining, chemical cleaner of type
acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing materials which are not
harmful to substrates and adjacent non-porous materials.
G. Backer Rod: Preformed, compressible, resilient, non-staining, non-waxing, non-
extruded, rod stock of closed-cell polyethylene foam or other flexible, non-absorptive
material as recommended by sealant manufacturer, size and shape as required to
control joint depth for sealant placement.
H. Bond Breaker Tape: Closed-cell polyethylene or other plastic tape as recommended
by sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant contact surfaces where bond to
substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant.
I. Masking Tape: Non-staining, non-absorbent type compatible with joint sealants and
to surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with
recommendations of joint sealer manufacturers.
1. Prepare substrates and install joint sealers in accordance with ASTM C-1193.
B. Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer
manufacturer. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's
recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow
spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining
surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such
contact. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 of 6
4W
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ■w
890: Pecora Interior and exterior sheet metal
2 1-Part,Silicone 791; Dow Corning flashing, copings, and other metal-to- .�
neutral curing Spectrem 2;Tremco metal joints.
Sil ruf• General Electric
Sonolastic SL-2; Sonneborn Interior and exterior control and
3 2-Part Urexpan NR-200; Pecora expansion joints in horizontal surfaces
Polyurethane Vulkem 245;Tremco such as slabs and walks
Interior exposed joints in masonry
4 1-Part Sonolastic NP-1; Sonneborn walls, precast concrete walls, control
Polyurethane Dynatrol I-XL; Pecora joints,expansion joints,and other
Dymonic;Tremco interior joints in general building
materials not otherwise indicated.
898 Silicone Sanitary; Pecora
5 1-Part, 786; Dow Corning Where indicated to ensure sanitary
sanitary Silicone SCS1700 Sanitary;Gen'I Elect. surface joints
Tremsil 600;Tremco
Sonolastic Omnifts; Interior joints around plumbing
6 1-Part, Silicone Sonneborn fixtures, escutcheon plates,counter
mildew-resistant 898; Pecora tops,tile walls, etc.
Pro laze White;Tremco
1-Part Acrylic Latex Sonolac; Sonneborn Interior joints at gypsum board,door
7 Emulsion AC-20+Silicone; Pecora frames, and other non-moving joints
[paintable]; Acrylic Latex 834;Tremco to be painted.
ASTM C834
Fire-rated Perimeter of fire-rated rating
8 Sealant; AC-20FTR; Pecora partitions; elsewhere as required N„
ASTM C834
Acoustical Locations as indicated; other than
9 Sealant; AIS-919; Pecora gypsum assemblies [specified in
ASTM C919 Division 09]
D. USDA Acceptance: Where project requirements include USDA acceptance
of construction products, the following chart is a summary list of acceptable
manufacturers and materials, of each type of sealants, to be used under
the circumstances noted:
1-Part, Silicone 864; Pecora
Za
acid curing RTV 100; G.E. Silicones
US DA accepted
PS
I-601;601• Po
lY meri c Systems
2-Part, Polyurethane
3a self leveling & Urexpan NR-201; Pecora
USDA accepted Vulkem 245;Tremco
1-Part, Sonolastic NP1; Sonneborn
40 Polyurethane 864; Pecora
USDA accepted Vulkem 116;Tremco
2-Part, semi-rigid MM80; Metzger-McGuire Co.
8a joint filler; 100% [no substitutes]; for temperatures
solids Epoxy over 450
USDA accepted
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Sonneborn Brand, Degussa Building system
2. Pecora Corporation.
3. Tremco Sea la nt/Waterproofi ng Division.
4. Other manufacturers as noted in Schedule.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. General Characteristics: Provide type, grade, class, hardness and similar
characteristics of material as indicated or, where not indicated, to comply with
manufacturer's recommendations relative to exposures, traffic, weather conditions,
and other factors of joint system for best possible overall performance.
B. Colors: Manufacturer's standard colors, to match adjacent materials, shall be
selected, except as otherwise indicated.
C. Compatibility: Provide materials carefully selected for compatibility with each other
and with substrates in each joint system; confirm with manufacturer.
2.03 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS
A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing,
elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated, which comply with the applicable
' provisions of ASTM C-920.
1. Product data required to be submitted shall reflect compliance with this
reference document, and not with the withdrawn Federal Specifications, used
previously.
B. See Sealant Schedule at end of this Section for specific locations of specific sealants.
C. The following chart is a summary list of acceptable manufacturers and materials, of
each type of sealants, used as design basis:
TYPE MATERIAL PRODUCTS LOCATIONS
Exterior joints in masonry and precast
AW concrete walls,control joints,
' Sonolastic NP-2; Sonneborn expansion joints,joints in EIFS(as
Multi-part Dynatrol II; Pecora acceptable to EIFS manufacturer),
Polyurethane Dymonic 511;Tremco junctures at wall-to-wall,door-and
Vulkem 922;Tremco window frame-to-wall, soffits, around
louvers, door sills,access panels,
grilles,etc., and other exterior
movement joints in general building
OW materials not otherwise indicated.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Certain applications of joint sealers are indicated on drawings; whether indicated or
not, provide joint sealers at all gaps and joints not intended or required to remain
open.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Responsibility: In so far as possible, obtain all joint sealer materials
from a single manufacturer; minimize the number of manufacturers required for the
sealant work.
B. Installer Qualifications: A firm with a minimum of three (3) years' successful *low
experience in the application of materials specified.
C. Obtain manufacturer's advice for sealant applications not specifically included in
manufacturer's printed literature. ""'�
D. Testing: Am
1. Adhesion Testing: Test adhesion of sealants to be applied to substrates not
specifically included in manufacturer's listings of recommended substrates and
to substrates which tend to vary in chemical and physical properties, such as OR
natural stone, plastics, and proprietary materials, as well as any substrates
where questions exist as to the compatibility or adhesive properties of the
sealants. Clean, prepare, and (if recommended) prime substrate per
manufacturer's recommendations. If possible, perform laboratory tests in
accordance with ASTM C-794; if loose sample of substrate is not available,
perform testing in field on actual substrate. Report negative results to
Architect.
E. Do not proceed with installation of sealant to any substrate for which negative stain-
or adhesion test results were obtained.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to project site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers or
bundles with product information labels. Discard any damaged material immediately
upon discovery.
B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to
prevent deterioration or damage.
.m
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products of one of the
following, listed hereafter as design basis products: me
XW
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 079200
40
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Joint Sealers include field-applied elastomeric [and epoxy] sealants for sealing joints,
gaps, and recesses between similar and dissimilar building materials and
components.
B. This section includes sealants for the following application(s):
1. Interior and exterior movement joints.
2. Interior and exterior control joints.
,+ 3. Interior and exterior non-moving joints and seams.
4. Interior traffic-bearing control joints, in horizontal surfaces subject to wheeled
traffic, including vehicles, and movable equipment on rollers or casters.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Sealants for exterior pavement (except walks) are specified in Division 02.
2. Sealants for through-penetration firestop systems are specified elsewhere in
Division 07.
3. Sealants for use in resinous flooring [brick pavers] [chemical resistant quarry
tile] are specified in that section [those sections].
W 4. Sealants integral to manufactured building component systems, (such as
curtain walls, cold storage wall panels, etc.) are specified in those sections.
5. Sealants for use in acoustical partitions are specified in Division 09.
D. Sealant applications are indicated in the Joint Sealer Schedule. Use joint sealers as
indicated, or if not indicated, as recommended by joint sealer manufacturer to
provide weatherproof and watertight joints between building components.
ow
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 of 6
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) '
Ow
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
+ ! NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Clean exposed metal surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Touch-up damaged metal coatings.
C. Protection: Provide protective measures as required to ensure that installed
products will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion
of the project.
END OF SECTION
ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 077200 - 5 of 5
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ..
F. Pleated and Bellows-type Boot Flashing: Manufacturer's standard products of
pleated or stepped EPDM rubber or silicone material; one piece construction sized „o
as necessary for the penetrating work.
1. "Dektite", by ITW Buildex (design basis). No
2. "Deck-Mate", by Portals Plus.
G. Miscellaneous Work: oft
1. Provide all manufacturer's additional items, such as but not limited to
platforms, adapters, pipe curbs, curb covers, square to round, column and tube
counter-flashings, as required for a complete and weather-tight installation at
each roof accessory. ow
PART 3 - EXECUTION
on
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General: Installation of all units and components shall comply with roof accessories we
manufacturer's coordination plan, manufacturer's written installation instructions and
recommendations.
.ft
1. Set all units square, plumb, tops level and true to line, in correct locations as
established by others.
.o
2. Anchor products securely to structural substrates, as required by structural
design, adequate to withstand imposed loading and lateral and thermal stresses
as well as inward and outward loading pressures.
B. Coordinate with installation of roof system as required to ensure that each element
of the work performs properly, and that combined elements are waterproof and
weather-tight.
C. Isolation: Where metal surfaces of units are installed in contact with dissimilar metal
or corrosive substrates, including wood, apply bituminous coating on concealed
metal surfaces, or provide other permanent separation as recommended by metal
producer.
D. For cold storage construction, provide additional 1-1/2" thick, pressure-treated wood
blocking beneath equipment support curbs.
3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove factory applied strippable vinyl protective film immediately after installation.
ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 077200 - 4 of 5
AM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide standard products of one of
manufacturers listed in each category, following:
1. Structural prefabricated and Equipment Support Curbs:
a. Roof Products, Inc., Chattanooga, TN (design basis);
1-800-262-6669, Robert Banicki
2. Pleated and Bellows-Type Flashings
a. ITW Buildex
«•� b. Portals Plus
2.02 ROOF ACCESSORIES
A. Structural Pre-fabricated, insulated Curbs: Standard production 18-gage galvanized
steel shell, base place, and counter-flashing, with internal reinforcement, insulation
and factory-installed treated-wood perimeter nailer at top, as required for project
conditions; welded construction.
1. Design Basis: "Model RPC-1, by Roof Products, Inc.
B. Equipment Support Curbs: 18 gage galvanized steel shell, base plate, and counter-
flashing, with internal reinforcement and factory-installed treated-wood perimeter
nailer at top; welded construction.
1. Design Basis: "Model RPES-1", by Roof Products, Inc.
C. Guard Rail Support Curbs: 18 gage galvanized steel shell, base plate, and counter-
flashing, with internal reinforcement and factory-installed treated-wood perimeter
nailer at top; welded construction.
1. Design Basis: "Model RPES-1", by Roof Products, Inc.
D. Pipe Curbs: 18 gage galvanized steel shell, base plate, and counter-flashing, with
internal reinforcement and factory-installed treated-wood perimeter nailer at top;
welded construction.
1. Design Basis: "Model RPVP-3", by Roof Products, Inc., with cover and top
outlets.
2. "Model RPPC-3", Pipe Curb with side outlets.
E. 90-Degree Pipe Chase: Standard Model of Roof Products, Inc.; sized as required,
with mounting flange.
ear
ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 077200 - 3 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Aft
a. Trades requiring work provided herein shall be responsible for number,
location, layout, type, and size of feature required. Such information shall
be displayed on required roof plan drawings.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE .W
A. Structural calculations required for work and for production of required submittals
shall be signed and sealed by a structural engineer licensed in the state where A%
project is located.
1. Curbs, equipment rails and supports and similar items shall be designed in
compliance with the applicable building code, by a structural engineer
registered in the state where project is located.
2. All designs shall provide for all loads of attached equipment and those
prescribed in the building code to be transferred to the supporting roof
structure.
B. Where required provisions for seismic and isolation devices, anchorages and
equipment shall be designed and included as integral parts of the products.
1. Coordinate with mechanical equipment manufacturers for requirements, and
specific items to be supplied with equipment.
C. Curbs, equipment rails and supports and similar items shall provided by the General
Contractor.
1. Similar items provided by mechanical equipment manufacturers are not
acceptable, and shall not be installed on this project.
1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate work with adjoining, connecting and penetrating work for proper
sequencing of each product to ensure best possible weather resistance and
protection of materials and finishes against damage.
40
B. Sequence and schedule work of this section to cause no delay in the roofing and
mechanical installation work.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Structural Prefabricated Curbs, Equipment Supports, Rails, Roof Hatch: Provide
written warranty signed by manufacturer covering defects in material and labor. Any
part that fails to function or breaks in normal use during warranty period shall be
replaced at no charge to the Owner. 4^
1. Warranty period shall extend five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion
of the project. on
am
ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 077200 - 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 077200
ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for the following standard manufactured components for integral
installation with roofing:
1. Structural pre-fabricated roof curbs
2. Equipment Support Curbs
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Roof edge systems are specified in the roofing system section in Division 07.
2. Shop- and field-fabricated flashing and sheet metal items are specified
elsewhere in Division 07.
3. Coordination of Divisions 22, 23, 24 and 26 work with roof penetrations,
flashing, curbs, and equipment support curbs.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, rough-in
diagrams, details, color charts, installation instructions and general product
recommendations.
2. Overlay Coordination Roof Plan Drawing: Submit a scaled roof plan,
coordinated with architectural, structural and mechanical designers and
drawings in regard to penetrations or other needs for curbs, flashing, and
equipment supports, specified in this Section.
ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 077200 - 1 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Gutter Steel (Gals) 20 Ga. Kynar Fig. 1-1; fig.
over 8" X 8" 1-13
Downspout Steel (Gals) 24 Ga. Kynar Fig. 1-32
Misc. Flashing and Steel (Gals) 24 Ga. * ' Unfinished unless
Counterflashing otherwise
indicated.
END OF SECTION
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 077000 - 6 of 6
i
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Separations: Separate metal from non-compatible metal or corrosive substrates by
coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other
permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator.
C. Underlayment: Where stainless steel or aluminum is to be installed directly on
cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red rosin paper and a course
of polyethlene underlayment.
D. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for
0
waterproof performance.
E. Install counter-flashing in reglets, either by snap-in seal arrangement or by welding
in place for anchorage and filling reglet with mastic or elastomeric sealant, as
indicated and depending on degree of sealant exposure.
F. Nail flanges of expansion joint units to curb nailers, at maximum spacing of 6" o.c.
Fabricate seams at joints between units with minimum 3" overlap, to form a
continuous, waterproof system.
G. Install removable "beehive" type strainer-guards at conductor heads.
H. Unless otherwise indicated, provide gutter brackets for rectangular gutters, sized and
spaced per recommendations of SMACNA.
3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances, which might:cause corrosion of
metal or deterioration of finishes.
B. Protection: Protect flashings and sheet metal during construction, to ensure that
installation will be without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering at
time of Substantial Completion.
3.04 SCHEDULE [Note: Refer to drawings and referenced SMACNA standards for additional information]
!
Item Material Thickness Finish SMACNA Remarks
Figure
Gravel Stop, Fascia Steel (Gals) 24 Ga. Kynar Fig. 2-1* *Refer to drawings
for additional
profiles
" Gutter Steel (Gals) 24 Ga. Kynar Fig. 1-1; Fig.
6"X 6" 1-13
Gutter Steel (Gals) 22 Ga. Kynar Fig. 1-1; Fig.
over 6"X 6" 1-13
up to8"X8"
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 077000 - 5 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .m
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ..
B. Siliconized Polyester Coating: Factory-applied baked-on coating consisting of epoxy
primer and silicone-modified polyester enamel topcoat, with dry film thickness of not
less than 0.2 mil for primer and 0.8 mil for topcoat[, USDA approved for interior).
C. High Performance Organic Coating: NAAMM AA-C12C42R1x coating. Prepare, pre-
treat and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin
manufacturer's instructions.
1. Fluorocarbon Coating (Kynar 500): Manufacturer's standard Kynar-licensed
multi-coat thermo-cured system, composed of specially formulated primer and
70% Kynar resin-formulated top coats, complying with AAMA 605.2. .,
D. Colors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide custom colors to match adjacent
building materials, per Architect's approval.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance
with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of
flashing and sheet metal work. Report unsatisfactory conditions.
1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, set, braced.
2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck .�
at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of
insulation, or as otherwise indicated.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
am
3.02 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation
instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual".
1. Ensure that blocking and other work to receive this work is proper, and
adequately fastened. Anchor this work securely in place using non-corrosive
fasteners of type and size suitable for substrate.
2. Provide for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible,
and set units true to line and level as indicated. .�
3. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight
and weatherproof. ••
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 077000 - 4 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or, other non- corrosive metal as
*0 recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material
being fastened.
C. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; non-hardening, non-skinning, non-drying, non-
migrating sealant.
D. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for
waterproof/weather-resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet.
E. Metal Accessories: Provide compatible sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices
and similar accessory units as required for installation of work.
OW 2.03 FABRICATED UNITS
A. General Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate elements and items of work required, to
greatest extent possible.
1. Provide features as noted in Schedule at end of this Section, as well as other
work required to complete and finished installation.
2. Comply with SMACNA, and material manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for forming material.
3. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning, buckling and
tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to
form hems.
B. Seams: Fabricate non-moving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges
to be seamed, form seams, and solder.
C. Expansion Provisions: Provide watertight moving joints in flashing and sheet metal
work to accommodate anticipated thermal expansion and contraction.
1. Where possible, use lapped or bayonet-type joints, per requirements of
SMACNA.
2. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work: cannot be used,
form joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1" deep, filled with
mastic sealant (concealed within joints).
2.04 METAL FINISHES
A. General: Apply coatings either before or after forming and fabricating panels, as
required by coating process and as required for maximum coating performance
capability. Protect coating either by application of strippable film or by packing
plastic film or other suitable material between panels in a manner to properly protect
the finish. Furnish air-drying spray finish in matching color for touch-up.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 077000 - 3 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ...
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Zinc-Coated Steel: Commercial quality with 0.20 percent copper, ASTM A-526
except ASTM A-527 for lock-forming, G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized
where indicated for painting.
B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B-209, alloy 3003, temper H14, AA-C22A41 clear anodized
finish, 0.032 inch thick unless otherwise indicated. ,
C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A 480 and ASTM A 666, Type 304; No. 2B finish
D. Flashing and sheet metal items may be indicated by USS gauge number. In accord
with ASTM A480/A480M. Material shall be provided with minimum thickness, for
specific metal, as noted in the chart, below.
METAL GAUGES and THICKNESSES [in inches]
U.S.S. U.S.S. Galv. Iron Stainless Aluminum
Gauge Thickness Min. Steel Min. Min.
Thickness Thickness Thickness
8 0.1644 0.1719 0.1285
10 0.1345 0.1382 0.1416 0.1019 ••�
12 0.1046 0.1084 0.1094 0.0808
14 0.0747 0.0785 0.0781 0.0641
16 0.0598 0.0635 0.0625 0.0508
18 0.0478 0.0516 0.0500 0.0403
20 0.0359 0.0396 0.0375 0.0320 ,
22 0.0299 0.0336 0.0313 0.0253
24 0.0239 0.0276 0.025 0.0201
26 0.0179 0.0217 0.9188 0.0159
28 0.0149 0.0187 0.0156 0.0126
1. See schedule at the end of this section. For items not included in that
schedule, provide minimum as recommended by SMACNA, unless thicker is
required due to special application or configuration.
2.02 ACCESSORIES .�.
A. Solder: For use with steel or copper, provide 50/50 tin/lead solder (ASTM B-32),
with rosin flux.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 077000 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 077000
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for shop- and field-formed sheet metal fabrications used with
roofing work, as indicated on the drawings.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Masonry flashings are specified in Division 04.
2. Roofing accessories are specified elsewhere in Division 07.
3. Joint Sealers are specified elsewhere in Division 07.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Except where more stringent requirements are included herein, comply
with requirements, guidelines, and recommended practices in the current edition of
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual".
B. Fabricator Qualifications: Not less than five (5) years' experience in successfully
producing sheet metal fabrications similar to those included in this project.
1.04 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper
sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and
durability of work and protection of materials and finishes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 077000 - 1 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with system manufacturers' instructions and recommendations for
installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates.
1. Anchor panels and other components of the work securely in place, with
provisions for thermal/structural movement.
B. Install underlayment.
1. Seal joints in substrate if felt underlayment is used. „
C. Install roof panels with concealed clips except at end laps, eaves and ridges.
D. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4"
in 20'-0" on level/plumb/slope and location/line as indicated, and within 1/8" offset
of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the work which have '
been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by means of finish
touch-up or similar minor repair procedures.
B. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films (if any) as
each panel is installed.
C. Upon completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by
panel manufacturer, and maintain in a clean condition during construction.
END OF SECTION
SHEET METAL ROOFING 076100 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard components required for a complete
roofing system, including trim, mullions, corner units, ridge closures, clips, seam
covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips and similar items.
C. Insulation: As indicated on drawings, and specified in Section 072100, Building
Insulation.
D. Under-layment: "Ice &Water Shield" by W.R. Grace.
E. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC paint 12, compounded for
15-mil dry film thickness per coat.
2.04 FINISHES
A. System manufacturer's standard galvanized finished.
1. Color: As selected from the manufacturer's full range of standard colors.
2.05 PANEL FABRICATION; PERFORMANCE
A. General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest
extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, and as
required to fulfill indicated performance requirements which have been
demonstrated by factory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and dimensional
requirements, and with structural requirements.
B. Apply permanent separation sheet materials on concealed panel surfaces where
panels would otherwise be in direct contact with substrate materials which are non-
, , compatible or could result in corrosion or deterioration of either material or finishes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrate to ensure that it is free of defects and conditions that prevent
proper installation of roofing. Notify Architect, immediately and in writing where
0h unsatisfactory conditions exist.
1. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
2. Coordinate with installation of roof substrate as required to ensure that
combined elements are waterproof, weather-tight and securely anchored to
withstand lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outward loading
pressures.
Iwo
SHEET METAL ROOFING 076100 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.05 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer that
warrants products from rupture, structural failure or perforations. Finish coating
system shall be warranted against chalking, fading, checking, crazing, or peeling for
a period of twenty-five (25) years from date of Substantial Completion of the
project.
1. Provide ten (10) years water-tightness warranty for sheet metal roofing
installed over enclosed spaces.
B. Contractor's Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by the Contractor and
Installer that warrants that system is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and will be free from defective workmanship and remain
watertight and weatherproof.
1. Warranty period shall be two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion of
the project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to the requirements, provide standard sheet metal roofing products as
manufactured by one of the following;
1. "MR-24 Standing-Seam Metal Roof System": by Butler Manufacturing Company
(design basis).
2. Products manufactured by others shall be considered as a substitute where
evidence of full equivalency is submitted and specifically approved by Owner.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Sheet Metal: 24 gage"Ga;valume" (galvanized) steel, G90, smooth finish.
B. Standard Panels: 24" wide by 1-1/2" high.
C. Curved Panels: 24" by 1-1/2" high.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard fasteners, clips, etc.: non-corrosive type,
concealed fastener.
SHEET METAL ROOFING 076100 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 076100
40
SHEET METAL ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for standing-seam, sheet metal roofing, of formed panels and
related trim as indicated on the drawings.
B. Related work specified elsewhere;
1. Wood Underlayment is specified in Division 06.
2. Joint Sealers are specified elsewhere in Division 07.
C. Alternate: Submit separate price for providing roof system as specified in
Section 074263, Low-Temperature Construction.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Complete installed system shall have been tested at Underwriters Laboratories (UL),
and achieved a UL 90 rating.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Measurements: Where possible, prior to fabrication of prefabricated panels,
take field measurements of structure or substrates to receive panel system. Allow
for trimming panel units where final dimensions cannot be established prior to
fabrication.
B. Installer Qualification: Installer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in
this work on project similar in scope and complexity as this project.
SHEET METAL ROOFING 076100 - 1 of 4
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Install insulation on columns, beams, purlins, etc., which penetrate cold storage
walls with same insulation material, thickness, facing, etc. Extend insulation 2'-0"
minimum from cooler or freezer wall on warm side.
G. Insulate rods, pipes, conduits, sprinkler pipes, etc., passing through panels with rod
and pipe insulation, minimum T-0" from cooler or freezer wall on warm side, except
where indicated to be furnished and installed under other sections of these
specifications.
H. Provide all trim, closures and other panel accessories in colors matching surrounding
panels and as require for a complete and finished installation.
I. Sealants: Provide continuous sealant bead at panels where they abut ceilings, walls,
doors and frames, and ceiling supports, structural columns, girls, etc. and as
indicated on sealant schedule for type and location of sealants and as specified.
1. Install exposed sealants after room temperature pull down and operating at
intended room temperature. Provide additional methods as required to cure
sealants.
2. Prior to application of sealants, wipe down surfaces to receive sealant with
manufacturer's approved solvent, to remove frost and other moisture.
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Damaged Units: Repair, at no additional cost, any panels which become punctured,
dented, warped or in any way damaged before acceptance of the completed job by
Owner.
1. Touch-up scratches and abrasions to the pre-finished facing with paint and/or
gel coat to match factory applied coating.
2. Replace, at no additional cost, panels and other components which are
damaged or deteriorated beyond successful repair by means of finish touch-up
or similar minor repair procedures.
B. Cleaning: Remove protective coverings and strippable films (ifs any) at time in
project construction sequence which will afford greatest protection of material and
equipment.
1. Clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer, and maintain
in a clean condition during construction.
C. Protection: Protect materials and equipment from damage or deterioration.
END OF SECTION
LOW-TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION 074263 - 7 of 7
..
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
ow
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which the cold storage construction is to be
performed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the
proper and timely completion of the work.
1. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to the cold storage construction contractor.
3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL Aft
A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's published specifications
and printed instructions for both wall and roof panels and systems.
B. Install wall panels true, plumb and in alignment. Securely fasten panels to structural
support.
C. Install roof panels true, weather-tight, square, parallel, with a uniform slope, correct
drainage and in alignment. Securely fasten panels to structural support.
D. Seal unexposed joints of panel with continuous bead of butyl sealant on warm side
of facing, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Provide thermal breaks in panel facing at wail to roof, wall to floor, wall to wall
junction.
3.03 ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION
A. Provide wood blocking for mechanically fastening conduit, electrical boxes, or other
suitable anchorage device as recommended by the panel manufacturer.
B. Wherever piping, conduit, hangers, sprinkler pipes, etc., passes through a wall or
roof panel, holes shall be neatly cut by the installer and the spaces completely filled
with foam seal or insulation material compatible with the panel insulation.
C. Caulk, tape and seal joints, closures, etc., as indicated on drawings and herein
specified and as required to achieve a continuous vapor seal on warm side of the
insulation.
D. Cover exposed edges of panels, wood bucks, etc., with closure angles, metal
cladding and trim to maintain continuity of vapor barrier.
E. Install closure angle at inside corners (wall to wall, wall to ceiling, etc.). Set each
edge in sealant and fasten to panel face or wall at 8" o.c. with pop rivets or screws.
LOW-TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION 074263 - 6 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Trim: Stucco embossed 26 gage galvanized steel, finish and color to match adjacent
wall and roof panels.
1. Provide as detailed or as required for complete installation.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Miscellaneous Fasteners, Hangers and Supports: Hanger rods, hanger wire, zee
clips, screws, nuts, washers, flashing, closures, etc., to be cadmium plated or
galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated.
B. Zee Clips: 20 gage minimum galvanized steel; or heavier gage as recommended by
panel manufacturer.
C. Sealing Tape: Uniseal RE-214 extruded butyl tape by Uniseal Inc., 1800 W.
Maryland Street, Evansville, Indiana, telephone 812/425-1361.
D. Slip Sheet: Fifteen pound (15#) asphalt saturated felt.
E. Foam Seal Insulation: Spray foam/insulation, "Versi-Foam" urethane by Master
Pack.
F. Silicone Sealant: One of the following:
1. "791 Silicone Perimeter Sealant"; Dow Corning Corporation
2. "RTV 100"; G.E. Silicones
3. "864"; Pecora Corporation
G. Mastic Adhesive: Dow Chemical Styrofoam Mastic No. 11.
H. Butyl Sealant: As recommended by panel manufacturer.
„ I. All other necessary parts, implements, devices, and items required for a complete
and finished installation of cold storage construction.
2.03 PANEL FABRICATION; PERFORMANCES
A. General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest
extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, and as
required to fulfill performance requirements, which have been demonstrated by
factory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and dimensional requirements, and
with structural requirements.
LOW-TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION 074263 - 5 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Static Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water penetration through panel
joints at static pressure of 12.0 psf(0.576 kPa) when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 1646.
4. Wind Resistance: UL 580 Class 90 rated and uplift resistance of 166 psf(7.9
kPa) when tested in accordance with UL 1897. FM I-90 windstorm resistance
approval.
oft
5. Hailstorm Resistance: Factory Mutual Class SH.
6. Fire Performance: Approved by Factory Mutual as FM 4471 Class 1A. 4M
7. Fire Performance: Will not support a self-propagating fire, when tested in
accordance with FM 4880, 50 Foot (15.24 m) High Corner Test for Unlimited
Height Structures.
8. Thermal Transmission (K-factor): .127 btu/sf/hr/deg F at a 75 degrees F
(24 degrees C) mean temperature when tested in accordance ASTM C 518.
F. Roof Panels:
1. Metl-Span III CFR-42/36/30; 2 inch (50 mm) high mechanically closed standing
seam on exterior face, tongue and groove interlock on interior, and ends
factory notched and swaged to form lap joints; attached to structure with clips
and fasteners concealed in side joint; no exposed fasteners visible from
exterior, no through fasteners into ribs or flat areas of panel.
2. Face Profile: Stucco embossed with 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) deep corrugations
between ribs; "Mesa".
3. Module Width: 42 inches (106.68 cm) (CFR42).
4. Exterior Face Material: ASTM A 653,/A 653M with stucco embossed texture, vow
G90 galvanized steel; 22 gauge, 0.0312 inch (0.793 mm).
5. Interior Face: 24 gauge, 0.0250 inch (0.635 mm).
6. Thickness: 2-1/2 inches (6.35 cm).
7. Profiles:
a. Exterior Face: "Standing Seam"
b. Interior Face: "Mesa"
8. Finishes:
a. Exterior Face: Kynar 500; color: "Regal Gray".
b. Interior Face: vinyl plastisol, USDA; color: "Polar White".
LOW-TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION 074263 - 4 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Subject to compliance with requirements provide standard products of one of the
following:
1. Metl-Span; Metl-Span III (design basis)
2. Aluma Shield
3. Isowall; Advanced Insulation Concepts
B. Panel Core: Rigid polyurethane, foamed-in-place, with 2.0 PCF density; K factor of
0.12 BTU/SF/HR/°F or less at 40°F mean temperature, flame spread rating of 75 or
less and smoke density of under 450 per ASTM E-84.
OR
C. Panel Facing Material: 26 gage minimum, G90 galvanized steel per ASTM A-480,
pre-finished, stucco embossed, except as otherwise indicated below.
D. Wall Panels:
1. Exterior Panels:
a. Profiles:
1) Exterior: "Mesa"
2) Interior: "Light Mesa"
b. Finishes:
1) Exterior: Kynar 500 (coil coated stock); color: "Sandstone".
2) Interior: vinyl plastisol, USDA; color: "Polar White".
c. Thickness: 4".
W 2. Interior Panels (both faces):
a. Profile: "Light Mesa"
b. Finish: vinyl plastisol, USDA; color: "Polar White".
c. Thickness: 4".
E. Roof Panel System Requirements: Provide panel system (panels specified below)
with the following characteristics in addition to those specified elsewhere:
1. Structural Performance: Capable of withstanding positive 20 psf(0.96 kPa)
wind load when tested in accordance with ASTM E 72 Chamber Method,
without damage and without deflection exceeding L/240.
2. Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.06 cfm (0.33 meters cubed/second) per
square foot of wall area when tested in accordance ASTM E 1680 at static
pressure of 12.0 psf(0.576 kPa).
LOW-TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION 074263 - 3 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Package, wrap, cartonize, or otherwise protect all components of the cold storage
construction system to prevent damage during transit, handling, delivery and
storage. � ►
1. Do not deliver plastic insulation materials to project site ahead of installation
time.
B. Store all components of the cold storage construction system in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. Store above floor, covered, and suitably blocked to
prevent sag, warp or deflection.
C. When delivered, insulation materials shall be handled as follows:
1. Protection: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet, or soiled.
2. Protect plastic insulation from exposure to sunlight.
3. Protect at all times against ignition.
4. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and
protection during installation.
a. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as soon as
possible in each area to reduce fire hazard.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by panel manufacturer
that warrants wall and roof panel products from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of Substantial Completion of
the project.
1. Finishes: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer that warrants
exterior finish coating against chalking, fading, checking, crazing, or peeling for
within a period of twenty (20) years from date of Substantial Completion of the
project.
B. Contractor's Warranty: Furnish a written guarantee stating that all defective work
and materials shall be replaced at contractor's expense at any time within a period of
five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion of the project.
LOW-TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION 074263 - 2 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 074263
LOW-TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for standard, factory-formed, pre-finished, low-temperature metal
+* wall and roof panels, field-installed trim, sealants, insulations, vapor barriers, etc., as
indicated on drawings.
1. Panels are required in exterior and interior locations.
2. Panels are not part of cold storage construction unit or complex.
B. Alternate: Submit separate pricing for low temperature roof system as specified
herein, in lieu of roof system specified in Section 076100, Sheet Metal Roofing. See
procedure in Section 012300, Alternates.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Test: Provide cold storage panel system which has been tested and
certified by manufacturer under installed conditions for resistance to air and water
infiltration and for structural performance and deflection, for structural framing
indicated.
B. Design Requirements:
1. Provide exterior wall panel system designed and installed to withstand inward
and outward pressures due to wind forces, based on local building code
requirements, with a maximum deflection of 1/240th of the span, without
compromising vapor barrier continuity.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience
installing cold storage insulation materials and their application as indicated on
drawings, and shall be franchised or otherwise accepted, in writing, by the panel
contractor.
LOW-TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION 074263 - 1 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .M
C. Install panels with fasteners at end laps and at every rib.
3.03 FIELD TOLERANCES
A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4"
in 20'-0" on level/plumb/slope and location/line as indicated, and within 1/8" offset
of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the work which have
been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by means of finish
touch-up or similar minor repair procedures.
B. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films (if any) as
each panel is installed.
C. Upon completion of panel installation, clean all finished surfaces as recommended by
panel manufacturer, and maintain in a clean condition during construction.
.9
END OF SECTION
AM
METAL WALL PANELS 074200 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
! " NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Insulation: Glass fiber semi-rigid panels, matching width of exterior panels, 1.65
+ PCF; U=.136, maximum.
1. Thickness: 1-1/2"
D. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC paint 12,, compounded for
15-mil dry film thickness per coat.
2.05 PANEL FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest
extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, and as
required to fulfill indicated performance requirements which have been
demonstrated by factory testing.
1. Fabricate to comply with indicated profiles and dimensional requirements, and
rs with structural requirements.
B. Apply permanent separation materials on concealed panel surfaces where panels
would otherwise be in direct contact with substrate materials which are non-
compatible or could result in corrosion or deterioration of either material or finishes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect structural framing to ascertain any conditions that will effect or inhibit a
correct, proper and complete installation of wall panel system. Report, immediately,
and in writing, any such unsatisfactory conditions.
1. Do not start installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Star of
work shall be construed as acceptance of the conditions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with panel fabricator's and material manufacturers' instructions
and recommendations for installation, as applicable to project conditions and
supporting substrates.
1. Follow manufacturer's prescribed installation sequence, and approved shop
drawings, without modification, or elimination of step(s).
,,,,,, B. Coordinate with installation of wall framing elements as required to ensure that
combined elements are waterproof, weather tight and securely anchored to
withstand lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outward loading
pressures.
INA
METAL WALL PANELS
074200 - 3 of 4
,a.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Contractor's Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by the Contractor and
Installer that warrants that system is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and will be free from defective workmanship and remain
watertight and weatherproof.
1. Warranty Period: Two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion of the
project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide metal wall panels and associated
components manufactured by:
1. CENTRIA Architectural Systems
2. Other manufacturers may submit products, with evidence of full equivalency to
the properties desired, for approval. M
B. Design Basis:
1. Exterior Panels: "Style-Rib'; 24 gage
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Steel Sheet (Carbon): ASTM D-446, Grade C, galvanized per ASTM A-525; G-90.
2.03 FINISHES '
A. Exterior Panels: High Performance Organic Coating (Kynar): NAAMM AA-
C12C42R1x coating. Prepare, pre-treat and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces
to comply with coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin
manufacturer's instructions.
1. Color: "Sandstone".
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, self-tapping, non-corrosive type; provide water-
resistant washers or seals for exposed fasteners.
1. Color match fasteners to exterior panel color, where exposed.
B. Accessories: Provide components required for a complete exterior wall system,
including panels, trim, corner closures, clips, copings, flashings, sealants, gaskets,
fillers, closure strips and similar items. "
METAL WALL PANELS 074200 - 2 of 4
OR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 074200
METAL WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
" 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for pre-formed, pre-finished metal wall panels and accessories,
including formed sheet wall panels, insulation, interior liner panels, and related
closures, flashing, and trim.
B. Extent of metal wall panels is indicated on the drawings.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Joint Sealers are specified elsewhere in Division 07.
2. Sheet metal flashing not integral to the wall panel system is specified elsewhere
in Division 07.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Wind Load Resistance: Minimum 20 PSF, both directions
B. Water Penetration: None, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-331, with a
pressure differential of 8.0 PSF.
w
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Measurements: Where possible, prior to fabrication of prefabricated panels,
take field measurements of structure or substrates to receive panel system. Allow
for trimming panel units where final dimensions cannot be established prior to
fabrication.
1.0S WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer that
warrants finish coating system against chalking, fading, checking, crazing, or peeling
Pik for a period of twenty (20) years from date of Substantial Completion of the project.
METAL WALL PANELS 074200 - 1 of 4
..A
w�a
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
ON.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Batt insulation installed on flat surfaces without studs or other framing shall be
! ' secured with impaling pins and taped at joints. Use foil tape for Type III batts.
H. Safing Insulation:
1. Install safing insulation in safe-off area between curtain walls and floor slabs,
on safing clips spaced as needed, 24 o.c. maximum, leaving no voids. Cut
wider than opening to ensure compression fit.
2. Smoke Seal Caulk: Seal joints between safing insulation and adjacent materials
+0 at edge of slab and curtain walls.
I. Curtain Wall: Install insulation with lightweight aluminum angles to maintain a 1/2'
M. minimum space between the insulation and spandrel.
J. Extruded Polystyrene Insulation: On vertical surfaces, set units in adhesive applied
+m in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
K. Foam Insulation:
1. Install foam insulation in exterior masonry in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
2. Fresh foam shall weigh between 143 and 195 grams per 6" cube.
3. Install product in such a manner to produce complete cavity fill without voids or
cracks.
, ► 3.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical
abuse, activities of other trades, and other causes.
B. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and
can not be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately upon
installation.
C. Foamed-in-Place Insulation:
1. Protect installed foamed-in-place insulation from rain for a minimum of 24
hours after installation.
2. Patch holes left in CMU faces as a result of insulation installation. Do not drill
holes in exterior exposed CMU faces.
END OF SECTION
BUILDING INSULATION 072100 - 5 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ..
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. "Core-Filled 500"; Tailored Chemical Products
c. "Thermco"; Thermco, Inc. .�
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions under which insulation is to be installed. Report MW
any unsatisfactory conditions.
1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. wo
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with insulation manufacturer's printed instructions and
recommendations for the installation for each type of thermal insulation.
B. Use only dry, undamaged, and unsoiled insulation material.
C. Carefully cut insulation to friction-fit, tightly in specific locations.
1. Provide adequate anchorage or support, as recommended by the manufacturer,
for each unit to prevent sagging and to ensure tightly fitted joints. Retain
insulation in spaces, if required, using adhesive, mesh overlay, impaling pins,
etc. as appropriate for each type.
2. Do not reduce the thickness of the insulation in voids, or in a manner which
reduces the effective thickness of the material.
aw
3. Use multiple layers if thicker insulation is required.
4. Completely fill all voids with insulation.
D. Install batt insulation with the vapor barrier facing inward, toward warm-in-winter
surface.
E. Where insulation is installed between metal studs without drywall or other physical
means of support provide wire, wire mesh or other means as required to hold the
insulation in place.
F. Batt Insulation Applications:
1. Kraft Faced (Type II): Use in all areas except where foil faced is required.
2. Foil Faced (Type III): Use where insulation surface is exposed to plenum
spaces.
BUILDING INSULATION 072100 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
r E. Foamed-in-Place Insulation:
1. Jesco, Incorporated.
2. Tailored Chemical Products.
3. Thermco, Inc.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Glass Fiber Batt Insulation: Non-asbestos fibers formed with binders formed into
resilient batts, formaldehyde-free, noncombustible per ASTM E-136 and complying
with ASTM C-665, minimum density of 0.5 PCF; K-value of 0.27.
1. Resistance: Mold and mildew resistant glass fiber.
2. Thickness: Match stud thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Un-faced: Type I. Friction fit where used between studs.
4. Kraft Faced: Type II, one (1) side Kraft faced with 1.0 minimum perm rating,
other side permeable. Friction fit where used between metal studs.
5. Foil Faced: Type III, Class A, one (1) side reflective aluminum foil faced, scrim
reinforced, with 0.5 perm rating, other side permeable. Friction fit where used
between metal studs.
a. Flame spread rating 25 (ASTM E-84) for foil facing.
B. Safing Insulation: Mineral fiber insulation, non-combustible per ASTM E-136.
Thickness as indicated or required to provide fire-stopping. Provide galvanized steel
sating clips as required to adequately support and hold safing insulation in place.
1. Smoke Seal Caulk: Thermafiber"Smoke Seal", flameproof, smoke resistant
compound.
C. Board Insulation: ASTM C-578, Type IV, rigid, closed-cell, extruded, polystyrene
insulation board with integral high density skin; minimum 25 psi compressive
strength, K-value of 0.20; manufacturer's standard lengths and widths.
1. Thickness: 1-1/2", unless otherwise indicated.
D. Foam Insulation: Two-component system consisting of aqueous resin combine
with a nucleating foaming catalyst and air.
1. U Value = 0.09 maximum.
„ 2. Products:
a. "Rapco Blue"; Jesco, Incorporated
BUILDING INSULATION 072100 - 3 of 5
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS WX
C. Installer shall be knowledgeable and skilled in the installation of the various types of
insulation, and shall comply with the instructions of the manufacturers. am
1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
,o
A. Provide insulation in manufacturers'original wrapping and containers, new and
unopened.
4W
1. Any evidence of damage during handling and transit shall cause rejection of
insulation; discard and remove from site.
B. Store all insulation in a dry area, off the floor, and retained in its original
packaging/covering.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products of one of the
manufacturers listed in each category following:
B. Batt Insulation:
1. Johns-Manville Corporation.
2. CertainTeed Corp.
3. Knauf Fiberglass.
4. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
C. Safing Insulation: '
1. Johns-Manville Corporation.
2. ThermaFiber, LLC.
3. United States Gypsum Co.
D. Board Insulation:
1. Tenneco Building Products Co.
2. Dow Chemical U.S.A.
3. Owens-Corning Corporation.
BUILDING INSULATION 072100 - 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 072100
BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for building insulation as follows:
1. Batt Insulation
2. Safing Insulation
3. Board Insulation
B. Related work excluded from this Section:
1. Roof insulation is specified with roofing system in Division 07.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Unit Masonry: CMU core insulation in Division 04.
2. Roofing System [incl. roof insulation] elsewhere in Division 07.
3. Gypsum Board: Acoustical batt and board insulation in Division 09.
4. Low-temperature Wall Panels: Sprayed insulation and board insulation related
to cold storage construction in Division 07.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide materials from a minimum number of manufacturers and sources. Combine
orders as much as possible.
B. Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with fire resistance, flammability and insurance
ratings indicated and with regulations as interpreted by governing authorities.
BUILDING INSULATION 072100 - 1 of 5
.,
w
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
MR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer which ensures that woodwork is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion of the project.
END OF SECTION
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS 064116 - 5 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
4. Monolithic Solid Surface Material Countertops and Bowls: Under mount bowls
using bowl mounting clips and adhesively fasten, for a smooth integral top and
bowl unit with an inconspicuous seam and circular front overflow.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas
before installing. am
3.02 INSTALLATION
am
A. Quality Standard: Install work to comply with AWI Section 1700 for same grade
specified in Part 2 of this section for type of work involved.
B. Install countertops level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required
with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8'-0" for level and with no
variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces.
C. Scribe and cut casework to fit adjoining work and repair damaged finish at cuts.
D. Anchor countertops to anchors or blocking built-in or attached to substrates.
1. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed
fasteners. .�
2. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersink and fill flush.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, do not install exposed fasteners through finished
portions of countertops or splashes.
E. Caulk entire perimeter of countertop and splashes where adjacent to walls or other
surfaces.
1. Where splashes are top-set onto countertops, and where other joints exist in
countertop surface, provide continuous bead of sealant.
am
3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate defects; where ""
not possible to repair, replace.
B. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. am
MW
no
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS 064116 - 4 of 5
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devised of the
on type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure
attachment, concealed where possible, and complying with applicable Federal
Specifications.
1. Where necessary to use exposed fasteners, provide chrome plated flat head
Phillips screws, with chrome finishing washers, except as otherwise indicated.
H. Adhesives:
1. For wood: As recommended by AWI.
2. For Plastic Laminate: As recommended by plastic laminate manufacturer.
3. For Miscellaneous Surfaces: Heavy duty all-purpose contact cement.
I. Grommets: Rigid, prefabricated plastic rings of size and shape indicated, or as
required for penetrating items; black.
** 2.03 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate plastic laminate countertops in compliance with applicable provisions of
"Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" by AWI.
B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard
for moisture content of lumber at time of fabrication and for relative humidity
conditions in the installation areas.
C. Fabricate countertops to dimensions, profiles and details indicated with openings and
mortises precut, where possible, to receive other items and work.
1. Provide cutouts as indicated and as required for sinks, utilities, and other items
which penetrate counter tops or splashes.
a. Unless otherwise indicated, provide grommets for circular cutouts 6" in
diameter or smaller, and for linear cutouts for cable access and similar
uses. Cut countertop neatly and to proper dimension, such that grommet
flange completely covers opening.
b. For cutouts larger than 6" in diameter which are to remain exposed, for
irregular cutouts for which grommets are not available, and elsewhere as
indicated, provide plastic laminate on inside of cutout surface, to match
countertop laminate.
2. Edge Detail: Square.
3. Backsplash and Side splashes: Set in adhesive onto countertop, of size(s) and
profile(s) indicated.
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS 064116 - 3 of 5
.w
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
B. Field Measurements: Where countertops are indicated to be fitted to other
construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field
measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop
drawings. Coordinate manufacturing schedule with construction progress to avoid
delay of Work. .,
1. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,
guarantee dimensions and proceed with manufacture of casework without field
measurements. Coordinate other construction to ensure that actual dimensions
correspond to guaranteed dimensions.
am
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
so
2.01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS
A. Softwood Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable grading rules
of the respective grading and inspecting agency for the species and product
indicated.
B. Plywood Standard: Comply with PS 1/ANSI A199.I.
C. Woodworking Standard: Comply with Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) ..
"Quality Standards".
2.02 PLASTIC LAMINATE
A. Manufacturer: Provide standard [products of one of the following]:
1. Formica Corporation (design basis)
2. Neva mar Company, LLC
3. Wilson Art, International, Inc.
B. Color: Black, 909-58.
C. AWI Quality Grade: Custom Grade
D. Plastic Laminate: High pressure plastic laminate GP-50 (0.050 inch nominal
thickness), except as otherwise indicated.
E. Balance Sheet (For Concealed Surfaces): Standard .02" back-up sheet.
F. Underlaymnet/Core Material: Softwood plywood or 45# density particleboard.
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS 064116 - 2 of 5
W
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
MM NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 064116
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
J A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
** 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for custom fabricated countertops, including backsplashes and side-
splashes, made of plastic laminate clad plywood or particleboard.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Joint sealers are specified in Division 07.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General Standard: Comply with applicable provisions of"Architectural Woodwork
„ Quality Standards" by AWI.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing custom
fabricated laminate clad casework similar to those indicated for this Project, with
sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the
Work.
1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Package, wrap or otherwise protect countertops during transit, delivery, storage, and
handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration.
OR B. Store in installation area, only if necessary. Store on blocking to prevent deflection,
warping, etc. Protect from all damage with suitable cover; store away from traffic.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install countertops until proper environmental
conditions have been attained and stabilized so that woodwork is within plus or
minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through
remainder of construction period.
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS 064116 - 1 of 5
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) "
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
on NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. Provide lock washers where they are required.
5. Turn up nuts to make tight fit at time of installation and again just before being
closed in by other work, or at completion of rough carpentry work.
6. Counter-sink washers and nuts where flush condition is necessary to receive
other work.
7. Lag bolts to be turned into place, not driven. Pre-drill if necessary to prevent
splitting.
E. Comply with following special conditions;
+ * 1. For gypsum sheathing; United States Gypsum Type S-12, 1-inch long screw-
type drywall fasteners
2. For roof nailers; 3/8-inch dia. bolts per FM Data Sheet 1-49.
3. Anchor bolts, 1/2-inch diameter min.
4. For aluminum sheet metal work, stainless steel threaded fasteners, aluminum
rivets, neoprene washers, roofing nails min. 12-gauge, 1-inch long
5. For stainless steel sheet metal work, stainless steel or other non-corrosive and
compatible materials, annular ring nails for fastening to wood
3.09 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of work in each work area, remove all scrap and extra material.
B. Also, remove all dust, saw dust, splinters, wrappers, and all other debris resulting
." from this work. Leave area[s] clean, and ready for next work operation.
END OF SECTION
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 13 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
4. Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush
with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Building into masonry during xx
installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to framework before
concrete is placed.
No
B. Size and type noted, or of appropriate size and type to draw members tightly and
securely together. Also, follow recommended fastener spacing, and method of
fastening as required by the following, as applicable; am
1. Nailing/Fastening Schedule: Comply with 'Table 2304.9.1-- Fastening
Schedule", International Building Code, latest edition.
am
a. Where local applicable building code is still in effect based on one of the
model codes, follow schedule that appears therein.
X"
2. "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of reference framing standard, as applicable,
and listed herein;
,m
3. Published requirements of metal framing anchors, or manufacturer of material
being attached.
..
C. In addition, provide nailing complying with the following requirements:
1. Utilize additional number and increased size of nails, different from minimum am
requirements of code fastener schedule to achieve rigid and solid connections.
2. Drive nails no closer together than 1/2 their length, nor closer to edge of
lumber than 1/4 their length.
3. If spacing and size of nails produces splitting in wood members, bore holes for
nails one drill size smaller than nail.
4. Toenail connections to be made by driving nail at an angle of approximately
300 with the grain.
5. Minimum Size of Nails [where not otherwise required]:
a. Eight-penny minimum for one inch thickness and toe nailing.
b. Sixteen-penny minimum for two inch thickness.
6. Do not wax or lubricate fasteners requiring friction for holding power.
D. Provide bolting meeting the following requirements;
1. Drill/bore holes in wood members same size as bolts.
2. Install plates or washers to separate bolt heads and nuts from wood.
3. Drive bolts in, or wood member onto bolt to produce snug fit.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 12 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Temporary Closures: Enclose all portions of building as may be necessary to
properly protect same with dust tight wood bulkheads and wood doors. Protection
of work in progress is sole responsibility of Contractor. However, providing
protection in no way relieves Contractor of replacing damaged work at no additional
cost to Owner.
1. Temporary exterior closures are required as noted on drawings. Closure panels
to be faced with Texture 1-11 plywood siding, per drawing details. Caulk
perimeter of panels, and finish exterior face with specified paint finish.
C. Temporary Partitions: Construct and erect temporary partitions in such a manner to
provide partitions which are weather and dust tight. Unless otherwise indicated,
locate temporary partitions where directed by the Owner. Provide doors where
required. With permission of the Owner, remove temporary partitions when no
longer required.
D. Protective measures, depending on stage of on-going work, include among others,
the following:
1. Box finish corners and finish frames.
2. Rough wood treads on stairs subject to construction traffic.
3. Plywood runners for heavy traffic or work over finish work.
3.08 FASTENINGS
A. Fastenings to comply with AFPA, "National Design Specification for Wood
Construction".
1. Hardware: Nails, spikes, screws, bolts, washers, steel plates, straps and other
carpenter's iron of type, size and finish best suited for the intended use.
Provide zinc coated hardware where exposed to the weather or embedded in or
in contact with exterior masonry or concrete.
2. Where rough carpentry members are treated, or installed on the exterior
(whether exposed to weather or not), in ground contact, in areas of high
humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A153, or Type
304 stainless steel.
3. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish
work. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where
opposite side will be exposed to view, or will receive finish materials. Make tight
connections between members. Pre-drill holes as required to prevent splitting
wood.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 11 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Cut, join, and tightly fit framing together and around, and to other work.
C. Nail and bolt framing including plates, bracing, bridging, and blocking in a thorough
manner using nails and bolts of proper size. 4W
1. Provide tight, secure joints, with hairline appearance.
D. Anchor studs abutting masonry with 1/2 inch anchor bolts not over 36 inches on
centers and not more than twelve inches from each end or as detailed on the
Drawings. Provide double headers and studs over and around all openings.
E. Provide miscellaneous blocking and bracing in stud framing as shown and as
required for support of facing materials and to withstand wind loads of 25 pounds „
per square foot of wall surface.
3.04 PLYWOOD ,
A. Plywood: Provide plywood of types, and thickness shown, or if not shown, provide as
recommended by APA for uses, spacing of supports, or types of substrates involved
in work.
B. Fasten plywood with nails or anchors of type, size and spacing recommended by the
APA's "Plywood Construction Guide", and "Guide to Plywood Sheathing for Floors,
Walls and Roofs".
3.05 PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK
A. General Standard: Comply with applicable provisions of "Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards" by AWI.
3.06 LAMINATED PANELS
w
A. Install laminated panels in strict accord with manufacturer's instructions. Fit panels
into appropriate trim shapes at head, jambs and sills.
B. Fasten to framing per manufacturer's recommendations; ensure tight, secure
weather-tight installation, plumb, and true to plane.
3.07 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
A. Temporary Access: Maintain convenient and safe access from lowest to highest
portion of the building by means of temporary stairs or ladders of strong
construction.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 10 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. Space fasteners equally at not more than 16 inches o.c., and 4-inches from
each end of each member. Secure nailers and blocking with the following
types of fasteners:
a. To Cast-In-Place Concrete, Solid Concrete Masonry Units, and Brick: Use
expansion anchors or self-threading masonry screws.
b. To Faces of Hollow Concrete Masonry Units: Use toggle bolts.
c. To Tops of Hollow Concrete Masonry Units: Use anchor bolts extending to
course below, embedded in 3000 psi concrete filled cores.
d. To Wood: Use nails or screws.
e. To Metal: Use bolts or self-tapping screws.
f. Anchor blocking and nailers not more than 4-inches from ends and spaced
not more than 16-inches.
*"! 7. Do not install blocking continuous across building expansion joints, masonry
control joints, or similar moving conditions.
C. Roof Nailers and Blocking: Provide wood nailers around openings through roof and
where roofs abut walls, curbs, and other vertical surfaces.
1. Details of nailers show locations, and general configurations.
a. Provide all nailers for roof edge systems as required by system
manufacturer or roofing manufacturer.
2. Anchor wood nailers securely, in compliance with FMG 1-49, using fasteners
specified for treated wood.
3. Coordinate installation, and comply with requirements of roofing manufacturer
and installer.
D. Grounds: Anchor full size grounds with nails or screws.
E. Furring: Anchor furring strips with toggle bolts, expansion bolts or other approved
devices.
1. Provide wood furring as necessary for facing materials specified. Use 1" X 3"
continuous furring strips spaced 16" on centers.
2. Install furring plumb, rigid, and level. Shim as necessary to provide true, even
plane surfaces in facing material.
3. Install furring by nailing at ends and at 2'-0" intervals.
3.03 FRAMING
A. Provide all types of wood framing, both permanent and temporary, as detailed or
required for project, in compliance with the provisions of the applicable building code
and applicable details, guide lines, and recommendations of AWC, "WCD-1, Details
for Conventional Wood Frame Construction".
W
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 9 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS •
2. Install all carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines with members
plumb, level, and in true alignment; accurately and neatly cut, closely fitted and
rigidly fastened into place.
3. Scribe and accurately cut members to closely fit adjoining Work, with good
joinery and hairline cracks; repair damaged finish at cuts.
4. Pressure-treated members cut after treatment to have cut or drilled surfaces
treated with one brush coat of solution complying with treatment ..,
manufacturer's instructions.
5. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as . ,
required by recognized standards. Exercise care in spiking and nailing using
spikes and nails of proper size so as not to split the members. Drill members
accurately for bolting. Provide suitable washers under heads and/or nuts; draw
nut and bolt tight.
6. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, in blocking associated with
roofing system and elsewhere as necessary or shown.
3.02 NAILERS, BLOCKING, FURRING AND GROUNDS
A. Erect/install all nailers, blocking, grounds, furring, and any other rough carpentry
detailed or required to complete the Project.
B. Provide nailers, blocking, and grounds for support of, or to receive anchors from
other wood members, and finish materials, fixtures, equipment, and items indicated
or specified.
1. Size, space, and locate blocking to receive anchors from other work complying
with Shop Drawings or Anchor Placement Drawings for items anchored.
2. Install nailers and blocking true to line and plane, within a tolerance of 1/8-inch
in 10 feet. Cut accurately and fit joints neatly with no more than 1/16-inh
space between abutting members.
3. Anchor nailers or blocking embedded in or adjacent to concrete, masonry or
covered with metal with bolts, straps, nails or as detailed. Comply with
fastening schedule of applicable building code.
4. Lumber permanently concealed in finished Work to be free from defects likely
to adversely affect stability or accuracy of the Work and to be treated with
preservative. `
5. Shim, wedge, align, and secure in position with fasteners spaced to retain
blocking and carry items they support.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 8 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and
similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and
waterproofing shall be treated to a level for Use Category UC2.
3. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed
members in contact with masonry or concrete shall be treated to a level for Use
Category UC2.
4. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade shall be
treated to a level for Use Category UC3B.
5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with
earth shall be treated to a level for Use Category UC2.
6. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and as
follows:
+ * a. "Chromated Copper Arsenate"(CCA).
b. Waterborne preservatives listed in Section 4 of AWPA Standard U1
[Copper Azole, Alkaline Copper Quat (ACQ), Inorganic Boron, etc.]
c. "Ammoniacal Copper Zinc Arsenate"(ACZA) for use on Douglas Fir, where
provided.
C. Provide adequate supply of fire- and pressure-treatment material, on-site, for use for
application to all treated wood material that is cut on-site.
*! 2.03 PREPARATION AND FABRICATION
A. Provide highest quality rough carpentry work, whether shop- or field- preparation
and in manner of fabrication utilizing best trade skills, techniques, and procedures.
B. Discard members or portions of members that contain defects of all types, both
natural and man-made, which inhibit correct and substantial utilization of the
member.
C. Joinery: Accurate, tight, fitted to hairline joints, and secure.
D. Machining, cutting, and dressing: Provide smooth, even surfaces, and correct and
consistent profiles.
„U PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Discard material with defects, which might impair quality of work, and pieces
which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 7 of 13
MM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
e. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME B18.22.1 (ASME B18.22M).
f. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME B18.21.1 (ASME ,a
B18.21.2M).
g. Lag Bolts: FS FF-B-561; ASME B18.2.1.
h. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588; tumble-wing type, class and style as needed. we
i. Expansion Shields: FS FF-S-325.
j. Screws: FS FF-S-111; Wood screws- ASME B18.6.1.
k. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3 (ASME B18.6.7M). am
1) Sheet Metal Screws: No. 10 galvanized sheet metal screws.
I. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material
indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to ,m
six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to
four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by
testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing
agency.
1) Material: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM
B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, for indoor use.
2) Material: Alloy Group 1 or 2 stainless-steel bolts; ASTM F 593 (ASTM
F 738M): matching nuts ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M).
m. Self-Threading A Screws: Hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel;
"Tapcon" by Elco Industries, Inc., Rockford, IL.
2.02 WOOD TREATMENT
A. Fire Retardant Treatment: Where indicated, provide pressure impregnated lumber
and plywood with fire retardant treatment having a flame spread rating of 25 or less
when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84 'Standard Test Method For Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials".
1. Fire-retardant treated lumber: Pressure treated in accordance with AWPA
Standard U1, Commodity Specification H.
2. Provide each piece of fire retardant treated lumber with Underwriters'
Laboratory (UL) stamp certifying it meets the ASTM E-84 30-minute flame test.
3. All fire retardant treated wood to be kiln-dried after treatment to a moisture
content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood with appropriate
label stamped on each piece.
B. Preservative Pressure-Treatment: Pressure treat all rough carpentry and concealed
items against rot and decay; including but not limited to the following:
1. Use preservative treatment by pressure process as required in AWPA Standard
U1, Commodity Specification A for lumber and Commodity Specification F for
plywood. "
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 6 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Install panels, where shown, using appropriate extruded aluminum trim shapes
standard with manufacturer.
G. Rough Hardware:
- 1. Provide rough hardware of the type and size necessary for the proper
installation of work specified; selected for adequacy, weathering, and for not
marring, staining, or otherwise blemishing connected members.
2. Provide zinc coated rough hardware where exposed to weather, embedded in,
or in contact with exterior masonry or concrete.
3. Provide hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel fasteners to secure treated
products.
4. Nails securing products less than one-inch thick to other wood; provide either
annular thread, screw thread, or spiral-thread type nails.
5. Nails securing two pieces of wood together; of such length as to fully penetrate
the one member, and 3/4 of the depth of the second.
H. Fasteners and Anchors:
1. Provide fasteners, framing devices and anchorages of sizes, types, and spacing
of fastenings as recommended by the product manufacturer, as necessary for
tight, secure and structurally stable construction, or as otherwise indicated or
specified.
2. Treated Wood Fasteners: Fasteners into or through all treated wood shall be
either hot-dipped galvanized complying with ASTM A153, or Type 304 or 316
stainless steel, only. All fasteners and framing devices shall be of the same
metal; do not intermix.
3. Adequacy of Fasteners: Fasteners as specified by manufacturer of products to
be fastened or as indicated/selected to adequately support the imposed load,
by providing rigid and secure anchorage and stability of members fastened.
4. Industry Standards applicable to fasteners are:
a. Nails, Brads, Staples: ASTM F1667-02a, FS FF-N-105.
b. Power-driven Fasteners [staples, P-nails, allied fasteners]: NES National
Evaluation Report, NER-272
c. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts; FS FF-B-575 or FF-B-584;
ASTM A307, Grade A [ASTM F568, Property Class 4.6]; with hex nuts,
ASTM A563 [ASTM A563M]; and where indicated, flat washers.
1) Washers: Provide standard washers for bolt heads and nuts bearing
on wood.
2) Provide lock-washers securing blocking to back-up.
d. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 5 of 13
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade
lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following
species:
a. Mixed Southern Pine; SPIB.
b. Hem-Fir or Hem-Fir (North); NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
c. Spruce-Pine-Fir (South) or Spruce-Pine-Fir; NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or
WWPA.
C. Engineered Products:
1. Plywood: Either DOC, PS 1 or DOC, PS 2, unless otherwise indicated am
2. Plywood Backing Panels (for Telephone and Electrical Equipment): DOC PS 1,
Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not m,
indicated, not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick.
3. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2.
a. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K, "APA no
Design/Construction Guide: Residential &Commercial."
b. Factory mark panels according to indicated grade and standard.
4. Medium-Density Fiberboard (MDF): Comply with ANSI A208.2, Grade MD made
with binder containing no urea formaldehyde.
a. Fire-Retardant MDF: Panels complying with ANSI A208.2, made from
softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire-retardant chemicals mixed
together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame-spread index of
25 or less and smoke-developed index of 200 or less per ASTM E 84.
1) Product: "Medite FR" by Medite Div, SierraPine Ltd.I A208.2-2002.
D. Interior window stools: 3/4" particle board covered with plastic laminate. Units to
include integral apron drop, as per details.
E. Plastic laminate: Standard products with colors, textures and patterns to be selected
from full range available, from one of the following:
1. Formica Corporation.
2. Nevamar Company, LLC.
3. Wilson Art International, Inc.
F. Laminated metal faced panels: Standard product of Mapes Industries, Inc.
1. Fiber reinforced cement board core faced with embossed aluminum face sheet,
and plain aluminum backing sheet; 1/4-inch total thickness. Both sheets with
baked enamel finish; color as selected from manufacturer's standard color
samples.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 4 of 13
aw
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Keep materials under cover and dry at all times; protect against exposure to weather
and contact with damp or wet surfaces.
1. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels above grade/floor, and provide air
circulation within and around stacks, and under temporary coverings including
polyethylene and similar materials.
B. Items shipped in boxes or other containers; keep in such wrappings, and not stored
in the open.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit.
• B. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports, with
trade effected, to allow proper attachment of other work.
1. Blocking and nailers associated with roofing system shall comply with FMG Data
Sheet 1-49.
w
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber, General: Southern pine; SPIB, or Douglas WWPA.
1. Factory-mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill and grading agency.
2. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide
actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use.
3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Provide kiln-dried lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of
dressing for 2-inch nominal thickness or less.
a. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
B. Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other
construction, including the following:
1. Blocking; Nailers; Furring; Grounds.
2. Cants.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 3 of 13
.w
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
B. Plywood Standards: Comply with PS 1, and grade stamped in accord with grading
standards of APA.
C. AFPA- American Forest and Paper Association [formerly National Forest Products
Association]. •
D. APA- APA-The Engineered Wood Association [formerly American Plywood
Association] .,
E. ASME- American Society of Mechanical Engineers
F. ASTM- American Society for Testing of Materials
G. AWC- American Wood Council
H. AWPA- American Wood-Preservers' Association
I. FMG- Factory Mutual Global
J. FS- Federal Specification [U.S.]
K. NeLMA- Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association
L. NES- National Evaluation Service, Inc.
M. NFPA- National Fire Protection Association
N. NLGA- National Lumber Grades Authority
0. PS- Product Standard [U.S. Department of Commerce]
P. SPIB- Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
Q. UL- Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
R. WCLIB- West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
S. WWPA- Western Wood Products Association
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. "Rough carpentry work": carpentry work incidental to other systems, generally
concealed in place, and used for support or attachment of other construction.
1. Carpentry work not specified in other Sections, and miscellaneous carpentry
work, which is implied and necessary for complete work/systems, but not
necessarily shown or specified.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 2 of 13
!o
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 061000
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for rough carpentry work including but not limited to the following:
1. Miscellaneous framing with dimension lumber, and engineered wood products.
2. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers.
3. Wood furring and grounds.
4. Sheathing.
5. Plywood backing panels.
6. Various items of rough carpentry work are to be site-fashioned from
standard/stock lengths or panels of materials as specified, to fit the specific
location and meet the indicated use.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Installation of roofing system specified in Division 07.
2. Installation/hanging of doors- Section 081113.
3. Installation of door hardware- Section 087100.
4. Installation of toilet room accessories- Sections 102813.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Lumber Standards: Comply with U.S. Department of Commerce, Product Standard
(PS) 20 and with applicable rules of the respective grading and inspecting agencies
for species and products indicated.
4
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 1 of 13
am
we
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. No field cutting or adjustment shall be permitted.
B. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing stainless
steel fabrications to in-place construction; including threaded fasteners, inserts,
toggle bolts, wood screws and other connectors as required.
C. Set items accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level and true,
measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing for items
which are to be built into concrete construction.
D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints or, where
indicated, with uniform reveals and spaces for sealants and joint fillers.
+ E. Do not cut or abrade finishes which cannot be completely restored in the field.
Return items with such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by
complete refinishing or provide new units as required.
F. Field welding: Comply with applicable AWS specification for procedures of manual
shielded metal-arc welding, for appearance and quality of welds made, and for
methods used in correcting welding work. Weld connections which are not to be left
as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
Grind exposed welded joints smooth and restore finish to match finish of adjacent
surfaces.
3.02 CLEANING
A. When stair installation is complete, remove all excess material, equipment and trash
resulting from the work from the work area.
B. Leave area clean and ready for use or next operation.
END OF SECTION
4
STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATIONS 056000 - 5 of 5
dft
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
G. Wire brush interior and exterior surface using a stainless steel brush to remove weld
slag and weld spatter. Care must be taken, during fabrication, to insure that =IN
adhesion of weld spatter to the surfaces adjacent to the weld area is minimal. Do
not machine grind to remove weld spatter.
im
H. The deposited weld metal shall be of the next grade up as the parent metal and
have the same physical and chemical qualities.
oft
I. Clean abutting edges and immediate weld area of the section to be joined
mechanically or chemically and thoroughly rinse to a distance not less than 1/2 inch
from the weld seam edge. s
J. Remove any gas pockets, cracks, or defects which appear in the process of welding
prior to the deposit of additional weld metal over that location. Im
K. Grind any build up produced during penetration which is greater than 1/32" loft.
Grinding is not permitted if the loft is less than 1/32" unless noted on drawings or no
approved by the Owner.
L. Tack welds to assure good fit-up of components. so
M. Weld in a manner to minimize heat build-up. All welds to be continuous (no skip
welds) smooth, clean and free of pinholes and porosity.
N. Clean all welds, using only"Scotch-Brite"wheels, to remove discoloration.
0. TIG weld components equal to or less than 1/8 - inch thickness. MIG weld corners ..
where a larger amount of fill-in is required.
P. Align members so that they are straight at joints. Mill exposed ends smooth and
remove shear burrs from edges of sheet metal.
Q. Replace or correct members having errors preventing proper assembly without
additional cost to the Owner.
2.04 FINISHES
A. Stainless steel fabrication finishes to be 125 micro-inches Ra, for non-food contact.
B. Use finishing methods as required to achieve desired finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Provide units fully factory fabricated and ready to be set in place.
MR
STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATIONS 056000 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Expansive Grout:
1. Provide "K-Ment Anchoring Cement", by Euclid Chemical Company, where
expansive grout is indicated.
2.03 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Fabricate stainless steel work with smooth surfaces, true planes, free of warp and
buckle.
1. Fabrications shall be water-tight when fully fabricated.
2. Other than required structural welds, seal weld all joints, seams, cracks, etc., at
members and fasteners.
3. Exposed-to-view surfaces exhibiting pitting, seam marks, roller marks, 'oil
canning", stains, discolorations or other imperfections on finished units are not
acceptable.
4. Form miters properly aligned and continuously welded.
5. Fabricate Work with metal edges straight and true. Grind exposed welded
w• joints smooth and flush. Restore furnish to match finish of adjacent surfaces.
6. Unless otherwise shown, fasteners shall be concealed. Location of exposed
fasteners shall have prior approval by the Architect/Engineer,
B. Provide components in sizes and profiles indicated, but not less than required to
comply with requirements for structural performance.
C. Provide necessary rebates, lugs and brackets for assembly of units.
D. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Drill or punch holes in shop. Holes
made or enlarged in field are subject to approval by the Owner.
1. Holes for bolted connections shall provide for field adjustment.
E. Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and
assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations.
Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
F. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding. Provide welds
behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of exposed side. Clean
exposed welded joints of all welding flux, and finish flush and smooth where
exposed.
STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATIONS 056000 - 3 of 5
om
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS no
B. Deliver stainless steel Work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit
and job storage.
C. Store stainless steel components and materials in clean, dry location, away from
uncured concrete. Cover with waterproof paper, tarpaulin or polyethylene sheeting „W
in a manner that permits air circulation within covering.
D. Handle stainless steel on site to a minimum; exercise care to avoid damaging metal .f,
finishes.
Am
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS 4M
A. Stainless Steel: 16 gauge, minimum, except as otherwise noted on the Drawing and
specified hereinafter. go
1. Type/Finish: Type 304; No. 2B except as otherwise indicated.
..
2. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304; Fy = 40,000 psi min.
3. Rolled- Plate: ASTM A 666; Fy = 30,000 psi min,.
4. Pipe: ASTM A-312; Fy = 30,000 psi min.
5. Tubing: ASTM A-269; Fy = 35,000 psi min.
2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as
recommended by producer of metal to be welded, complying with applicable AWS
specifications, and as required for color match, strength and compatibility in the
fabricated items.
B. Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal, unless otherwise
indicated. Do not use metals which are corrosive or otherwise incompatible with
metals joined.
1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnection of stainless steel fabrications
and for their attachment to other work except where otherwise indicated.
C. Anchors and Inserts: Provide anchors of type, size and material required for type of
loading and installation condition shown, as recommended by manufacturer, unless
otherwise indicated. Use toothed steel or expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place
anchors.
STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATIONS 056000 - 2 of 5
P"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 056000
STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
" A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
"M A. Section provides for the following items fabricated from stainless steel:
1. Bent plate door frame.
2. Miscellaneous fabrications.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM - ASTM International [American Society for Testing and Materials,
International]
B. AWS - American Welding Society
40
C. SSINA— Stainless Steel Industry of North America
ow 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabrication and installation of stainless steel Work shall be performed by an Owner-
approved fabricator, experienced in successfully producing stainless steel
fabrications similar to those indicated for this project.
MR B. Use fabrication methods that embrace the Owner's philosophy of good sanitary
design and conforms to American Meat Institute [AMI]'s, "Principles of Sanitary
Facilities", and "Equipment Design".
OR
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
ON A. Cover surfaces of stainless steel Work, that will be exposed to view, with strippable
protective film to prevent damage after installation. After the Work is complete, and
at direction of the Construction Manager, remove strippable film.
oft
STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATIONS 056000 - 1 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ..
3.04 FINISHING OF WELDS
A. For ferrous steel, grind exposed welds smooth; remove all burrs.
B. Stainless Steel: Grind and ribbon-polish exposed welds to match adjacent surfaces.
1. Ensure that welds are continuous and do not contain gaps, holes, cracks, or
other imperfections. ...
2. For plane welds, polish weld to create smooth surface, on which the weld may
be visible, but is not perceptible to the touch.
3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. For galvanized surfaces, clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and
apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A-780.
B. After erection, brush touch-up with prime paint, members where shop coat has been
damaged, welds, areas adjacent to welds, and field bolts.
1. Leave indicated items ready for final finishes.
END OF SECTION
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS 055100 - 8 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. ASTM A-123 for galvanizing iron and steel products made of uncoated rolled,
pressed, and forged shapes, plates, bars, and strip 0.0299 inch thick and
heavier.
B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for re-galvanizing welds in
galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 86 percent zinc dust by
weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035, or SSPC Paint-20.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate and furnish, in a timely manner, anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams,
templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages that are to be
embedded in concrete or masonry construction.
1. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site in time to cause no delay in
the other Work.
3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
necessary for securing stairs, platforms, and railings to in-place construction.
B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installation of stairs, platforms, and railings. Set elements accurately in location,
alignment, and elevation; ensure that edges and surfaces are level, plumb, true, and
free of rack; measured from established lines and levels.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc
welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in correcting welding
work.
D. Installing Grating: Except grating indicated to be welded, provide grating fastener at
each corner of each individual panel, and at intervals not exceeding four (4) feet
along panel edges.
1. Ensure that panels make full contact at support framing, without warp or bow.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS
A. Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.
B. Space posts at spacing indicated, or if not indicated, as required by design loadings.
C. Plumb posts in each direction.
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS 055100 - 7 of 8
40
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
H. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners. Locate joints where least conspicuous. „
2.09 STEEL FRAMED STAIRS, AND LANDINGS
A. General: Construct stairs and platforms to conform to sizes and arrangements
indicated. Join pieces together by welding, unless otherwise indicated. Provide
complete stair and platform assemblies, as required to anchor to the supporting
structure and maintain structural integrity and stability.
1. NAAMM Stair Standard: Comply with "Recommended Voluntary Minimum ,
Standards for Fixed Metal Stairs" in NAAMM "Metal Stair Manual" for stair
construction, except where more stringent requirements are indicated.
B. Stair Framing: Fabricate stairs with steel framing indicated. Provide closures for
exposed ends of stringers.
C. Design: Design framing system and select and size members to resist imposed
loads. Except as otherwise indicated, the fabricator shall have discretion to
determine, within specified parameters, the most economical combinations of
framing systems, connections, and traffic-bearing materials to meet performance
requirements.
D. Metal Pan Risers, Sub-treads, and Sub-platforms: Shape metal pans for risers and
sub-treads to configuration indicated. Provide thickness of uncoated hot-rolled steel
sheet for metal pans indicated, but not less than that required to comply with
structural performance requirements.
E. Stair Railings and Handrails: Comply with applicable requirements specified
elsewhere in this section for steel pipe railings and handrails.
2.10 STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS
A. Interconnect railing and handrail members by butt-welding or welding with internal
connectors, at fabricator's option, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures,
flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnections of pipe and
attachment of railings and handrails to other work.
2.11 STEEL FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: For items indicated to be galvanized, apply zinc coating by the hot-dip
process, in compliance with the following requirements:
1. ASTM A-153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS 055100 - 6 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.08 FABRICATION, GENERAL
40
A. Fabricate stair, platform and railing assemblies in accord with approved shop
drawings.
1. Ensure that dimensions and conditions shown on shop drawings have not been
modified.
2. Execute fabrication in a manner that eliminates any need for making change or
adjustments, in the field, which involve operations that cut and re-assemble
components, or which mar the final finish.
3. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to
minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble, if required, for shipping
only.
a. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
B. Form assemblies from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated but not less
than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated.
C. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges.
D. Allow for thermal movement resulting from temperature change in the design,
fabrication and installation of assemblies.
E. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32", unless otherwise indicated.
40 F. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces.
G. Weld corners, seams, and joints continuously to comply with AWS recommendations
,w and the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed
for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.
3. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
4. Remove welding flux immediately.
5. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded
surface matches those adjacent.
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS 055100 - 5 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .�
2.05 GRATING
A. Metal Grate Treads and Platforms: Galvanized welded grating, made with 3/16"
wide bearing bars at 1-3/16" centers and 1/4" cross bars, welded to bearing bars at
4" centers. Provide bearing bar depth as required to achieve maximum deflection of
R/180 or 1/4", whichever is less.
B. Provide checker plate nosing on treads and at and step edges of platforms. on
C. Grating Fasteners: Hilti, "X-FCM Grating Fastening System". Provide zinc plated
fasteners for galvanized grating and stainless steel for stainless steel grating; for oft
fiberglass grating, provide fasteners to match support framing.. At Contractor's
option, provide grating manufacturer's standard or recommended fastening clips, of
same material indicated above.
2.06 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior
walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required.
B. Carbon Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A.
C. Anchor Bolts: Threaded, bent; ASTM A 307, Grade C.
D. Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF-B-561.
E. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92.
F. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-111.
G. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF-W-92.
H. Drilled-In Expansion Anchors: Either of the following: No
1. Stud type expansion anchors complying with FS FF-S-325, Group II , Type 4,
Class 1.
2. Sleeve type expansion anchors complying with FS FF-S-325, Group II , Type 3,
Class 3.
I. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-588, type, class, and style as required.
J. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84.
2.07 ROUGH HARDWARE
A. Provide miscellaneous steel and iron shapes, anchors, and fastenings of appropriate
size, length, strength and material to frame, support and secure work firmly in place.
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS 055100 - 4 of 8
OR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A-53; finish, type, and weight class as follows:
1. Type E or S, Grade B, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated.
!!! 3. Black finish for interior locations, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Concrete Inserts: Ferrous castings, either malleable iron, ASTM A-47, or cast steel,
ASTM A-27, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A-153.
2.03 STAINLESS STEEL
A. Stainless Steel: 16 gauge, minimum, except as otherwise noted on the Drawing and
specified hereinafter.
1. Type/Finish: Type 304, No. 2B except as otherwise indicated.
w. 2. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A-276; Fy = 40,000 psi min.
3. Rolled- Plate: ASTM A-666; Fy = 30,000 psi min.
4. Pipe: ASTM A-312; Fy = 30,000 psi min.
5. Tubing: ASTM A-269; Fy = 35,000 psi min.
6. Rolled-Stainless-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A-793.
2.04 GROUT
A. Non-Metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, non-corrosive, non-
staining product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage
compensating agents, plasticizing and water reducing agents, complying with ASTM
C 1107; provide one of the following:
1. "Euco NS"; by Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Masterflow 713"; by Master Builders.
3. "Sonogrout 10K"; by Sonneborn.
4. "Duragrout"; by Blome International.
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS 055100 - 3 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .�
c. Concentrated and uniform loading conditions shall not be applied
simultaneously.
4. Infill Area of Guardrail System: Capable of withstanding a horizontal
concentrated load of 200 pounds applied on a 1 sq. ft. area at any point in the
system, including intermediate rails or other elements serving this purpose.
5. Stairways, platforms, and landings: Capable of withstanding a live load of 100
pounds per square foot and a concentrated load of 300 pounds. ,
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing metal
fabrications similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production
capacity to produce required quantities without causing delay in the Work.
B. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1
"Structural Welding Code - Steel," and D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel",
as applicable.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which
stairs, platforms, and railings must fit, by accurate field measurements before
fabrication.
1. Provide information for shop drawings and fabrication which will eliminate
adjustment of units in the field; fabricate to direct installation.
B. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay. so
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
so
2.01 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: For assemblies exposed to view provide materials selected oft
for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes.
2.02 STEEL am
A. Structural Steel W-Shapes: ASTM A992 (ASTM A572 Grade 50 with special
requirements per AISC Technical Bulletin #3, dated March 1997). 04
B. Structural Steel Channels, Angles, Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36.
C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A-526, commercial quality, G90 coating designation
unless otherwise indicated.
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS 055100 - 2 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 055100
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
! " 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
! ► 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for the fabrication of various iron and steel shapes, plates, bars,
strips, tubes, pipes and castings, as indicated, to form:
1. Stairs
2. Platforms
3. Handrails
4. Guards and Railings
1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
W A. Structural Performance: For assemblies not fully detailed on the drawings, design,
engineer, fabricate, and install components to withstand the structural loads
required by the applicable building code, but not less than the following:
1. Provide structural design by a professional engineer, licensed in the state where
the project is located.
2. Handrails: Concentrated load of 200 pounds applied at any point in any
direction and a uniform load of 50 pounds per foot applied in any direction.
Concentrated and uniform loading conditions shall not be applied
simultaneously.
3. Top Rail of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding the following loads
applied as indicated:
a. Concentrated load of 200 pounds applied at any point and in any
direction.
b. Uniform load of 50 pounds per foot applied horizontally at the required
guardrail height and a simultaneous uniform load of 100 pounds per foot
applied vertically downward at top of guardrail.
METAL STAIRS, PLATFORMS, AND RAILINGS 055100 - 1 of 8
m
am
Sm
so
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
wo
no
dft
A*
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 PIPE GUARDS/BOLLARDS
A. Bollards/Pipe Guards shall be one-piece pipe sections for bollards to extend 4'-0"
above, and 4'-0" below grade/floor line.
1. Accurately layout bollard locations. Create pockets for bollards by core-drill
existing concrete slabs/paving; remove exterior grade as required. Pockets to
be min. 18" diameter to provide min. 3" concrete fill below, and 6" fill on all
sides of pipe.
2. Center bollards in pockets, and ensure plumb installations [other erection
tolerances do not apply], as detailed; temporarily cover open tops to prevent
collection of rain, etc.
a. Slope tops of concrete fill as detailed. Install 1/2" pre-formed expansion
joint material to separate concrete features, as detailed.
b. All concrete surrounding and filling bollards shall be 3,000 psi at 28 days.
3. Fill pipe completely with concrete [rod/compact at quarter points of fill] min. 24
hours after surrounding concrete is installed.
a. Neatly create a rounded, convex concrete wash/crown, 1/2 inch high,
symmetrically on top of pipe, to shed water.
4. Patch slab surfaces back in kind, as required.
5. Clean concrete spill, splatter from bollards; leave ready for finish painting.
3.05 FINISHING OF WELDS
A. For ferrous steel, grind exposed welds to remove burrs.
B. Stainless Steel:
1. Grind and ribbon-polish exposed welds to match adjacent surfaces.
2. Ensure that welds are continuous and do not contain gaps, holes, cracks, or
other imperfections.
3. For plane welds, polish weld to create smooth surface, on which the weld may
be visible, but is not perceptible to the touch.
3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. For galvanized surfaces clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and
apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A-780.
END OF SECTION
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 7 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ..
B. Preparation for Shop Priming:
1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning".
2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool Cleaning". „
C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with
galvanized finish or to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or
masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of SSPC-PA1 "Paint
Application Specification No. 1" for shop painting.
1. Stripe paint all edges, corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate and furnish, in timely manner, anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams,
templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages that are to be
embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to
project site.
3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction.
B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in ""�'
location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and
free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc
welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in correcting welding
work. .�
3.03 SETTING LOOSE PLATES
Im
A. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After
the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts.
Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with the edge of the we
bearing plate before packing with grout.
1. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids
remain.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 6 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.07 ROUGH HARDWARE
A. Furnish miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing, supporting, and
anchoring metal fabrications.
2.08 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS
A. Fabricate loose structural steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated
for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.
B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated.
C. Size loose lintels for equal bearing of one inch per foot of clear span but not less
than 8" bearing at each side of openings, unless otherwise indicated.
2.09 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports for equipment, piping, and
miscellaneous applications which are not otherwise included under other
specification sections, as indicated and detailed.
1. For installations not fully detailed, submit proposed details to Architect for
review.
2.10 MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATIONS
A. Base Block Supports: Polymer or plastic lumber blocks under base plates of each
support leg of rooftop ductwork support that extends down to roof; minimum 2"x
► 10"x V-6".
B. Ladder Safety Gates: Provide safety gates at all ladders and rooftop railing openings,
air of size, material and type indicated on drawings, as manufactured by one of the
following:
1. FS Doors; 800-284-0623 (design basis)
2. Fab En Co.; 800-962-6111
2.11 STEEL FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: For those items indicated for galvanizing, apply zinc-coating by the hot-
dip process compliance with the following requirements:
1. ASTM A-153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
2. ASTM A-123 for galvanizing iron and steel products made of uncoated rolled,
pressed, and forged shapes, plates, bars, and strip 0.0299 inch thick and
heavier.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 5 of 7
aw
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS me
2.05 PAINT
aft
A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Manufacturer's or fabricator's standard, fast-curing,
lead-free, universal modified alkyd primer, complying with performance requirements
of FS TT-P-645. ,.
B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for re-galvanizing welds in
galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 86 percent zinc dust by
weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC-Paint-20.
2.06 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated but
not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated.
B. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges.
C. Allow for thermal movement resulting from temperature change in the design,
fabrication and installation of assemblies.
D. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32", unless otherwise indicated.
E. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces.
F. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with AWS recommendations and
the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and "
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded
surface matches those adjacent.
G. For stainless steel, use filler metals and welding procedures which will blend with
and match the color of metal being joined without discoloration at welds.
H. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
I. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize
field splicing and assembly. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined
pieces.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 4 of 7
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.03 GROUT
A. Non-Metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, non-corrosive, non-
staining product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage
4" compensating agents, plasticizing and water reducing agents, complying with ASTM
C 1107; provide one of the following:
1. "Euco NS"; by Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Masterflow 713"; by Master Builders
3. "Sonogrout 10K"; by Sonneborn
4. "Duragrout"; by Blome International.
2.04 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior
walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. Provide stainless
steel fasteners for use in conjunction with stainless steel fabrications.
B. Structural Bolts and Nuts: Heavy head hexagon type, ASTM A 325.
C. Stainless Steel Screws, Bolts and Nuts: Screws and bolts: ASTM F 593, Group 1;
Nuts: ASTM F 594, Group 1.
D. Anchor Bolts: Threaded, bent; ASTM A 307, Grade C.
E. Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF-B-561.
F. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92.
G. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-111.
H. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF-W-92.
I. Drilled-In Expansion Anchors: Either of the following:
1. Stud type expansion anchors complying with FS FF-S-325, Group II , Type 4,
Class 1.
2. Sleeve type expansion anchors complying with FS FF-S-325, Group II , Type 3,
Class 3.
J. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-588, type, class, and style as required.
K. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 3 of 7
*
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ..�
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing metal
fabrications similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production
capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.
B. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1
"Structural Welding Code - Steel," D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel".
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which
metal fabrications must fit, by accurate field measurements before fabrication.
Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay. A*
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view provide materials
selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes.
2.02 STEEL
A. Structural Steel W-Shapes: ASTM A992 (ASTM A572 Grade 50 with special
requirements per AISC Technical Bulletin #3, dated March 1997).
B. Structural Steel Channels, Angles, Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36.
C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A-526, commercial quality, G90 coating designation
unless otherwise indicated.
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A-53; finish, type, and weight class as follows:
1. Type E or S, Grade B, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Black finish, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated.
E. Concrete Inserts: Ferrous castings, either malleable iron, ASTM A-47, or cast steel,
ASTM A-27, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A-153.
MW
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 2 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 055000
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
40 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provide for metal fabrications including items made from iron and steel
*► shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings, which are not part of
structural steel or other metal systems specified elsewhere.
B. This section includes the following metal fabrications:
1. Pipe Guards/Bollards
2. Ladders
er+ 3. Door Frames- Bent Plate and/or Structural Shape
4. Lintels
5. Miscellaneous Framing and Assemblies
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Structural steel is specified elsewhere in Division 05.
2. Steel stairs, platforms, railings, and guards are specified elsewhere in
Division 05.
3. Stainless Steel fabrications are specified elsewhere in Division 05.
1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: For assemblies and connections not detailed on the
drawings, design, engineer, fabricate, and install metal fabrications to withstand
imposed loads as indicated or as required for specific applications„
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 1 of 7
Ow
go
Ift
Aft
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
04
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Touch-Up Painting: After deck installation, wire brush, clean and paint scarred
areas, welds and rust spots on top and bottom surfaces of decking units and
supporting steel members.
1. Touch-up galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair paint applied in
accordance with ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
STEEL DECK 053100 - 5 of 5
I"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Do not use floor deck units for storage or working platforms until permanently
secured. �*
E. Cut and neatly fit deck units and accessories around other work projecting through
or adjacent to the decking.
F. Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength,
continuity of decking and support of other work shown. ..
G. Install deck ends over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2
inches.
H. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc
welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding
work.
I. Joint Covers: Provide metal joint covers at abutting ends and changes in direction of
floor deck units, except where taped joints are required.
J. Closure Strips: Provide metal closure strips at open uncovered ends and edges of
roof decking, and in voids between decking and other construction.
1. Install according to manufacturer's instructions.
2. Weld into position to provide a complete decking installation.
K. Fastening Deck Units
1. Fasten deck units as indicated on drawings.
2. For powder-actuated fasteners, use setting tools recommended by fastener
manufacturer.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Owner will employ an independent testing agency to perform field quality .s
control testing.
B. Field welds and mechanical deck fasteners (if used) will be subject to inspection.
C. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.
D. Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with
specified requirements.
.o
STEEL DECK 053100 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, low-velocity, powder-actuated carbon
steel fastener.
1. Fasteners for Structural Steel (1/4" thickness or greater): Hilti Corporation
"ENP2-21-1_15".
F. Side Lap Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer
head; self-drilling, carbon steel screws, No. 12 minimum diameter.
G. Weld Washers: Manufacturer's standard uncoated steel sheet weld washers, shaped
00 to fit deck rib, minimum 16 gage with 3/8 inch minimum diameter pre-punched hole.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Composite Floor Deck Units: Fabricate deck units with integral embossing or raised
pattern and interlocking side laps, complying with "Specifications and Commentary
for Composite Steel Floor Deck" of the SDI Publication No. 29 "Steel Deck Institute
Design Manual" , of metal thickness, depth and type as indicated.
B. Roof Deck Units: Provide deck configurations complying with "Specifications and
Commentary for Steel Roof Deck" of the SDI publication No. 29 "Steel Deck Institute
Design Manual", of metal thickness, depth and type as indicated.
C. Metal Cover Plates: Fabricate metal cover plates for end-abutting floor deck units of
not less than same thickness and material as decking. Form to match contour of
deck units and approximately 6" wide.
D. Metal Closure Strips: Fabricate metal closure strips for cell raceways and openings
between decking and other construction, of not less than same thickness and
material as decking. Form to provide tight fitting closures at open ends of cells or
flutes and sides of decking.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install deck units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and final shop drawings, and as specified herein.
B. Place deck units on supporting steel framing and adjust to final position with ends
accurately aligned and bearing on supporting framing before being permanently
fastened. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks.
C. Place deck units flat and square, secured to adjacent framing without warp or
deflection.
STEEL DECK 053100 - 3 of 5
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS a*
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Bundle, palletize, wrap, and otherwise protect steel deck from corrosion,
deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.
B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage, but not to
cause warping, bending or deformation. Protect with a waterproof covering and
ventilate to avoid condensation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard products by one of the
manufacturers in each of the categories following:
1. Composite Floor Deck Units:
a. Consolidated Systems, Inc.
b. Vulcraft Division of Nucor Corp.
c. Wheeling Corrugating Co., Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corp.
2. Roof Deck Units:
a. Consolidated Systems, Inc.
b. United Steel Deck, Inc.
c. Vulcraft Division of Nucor Corp.
d. Wheeling Corrugating Co., Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corp.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Steel for Deck Units:
1. Galvanized Composite Floor Deck: ASTM A 653, Structural Steel, Grade 40 or
Grade 50 Class 1, G60 Galvanizing.
2. Galvanized Roof Deck: ASTM A 653, Structural Steel, Grade 33, G60 [G90]
Galvanizing.
B. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36. as
C. Sheet Metal Accessories: ASTM A 653, Structural Steel, Grade 33, G60 [G90] on
galvanizing.
D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc-dust content paint for repair of damaged
galvanized surfaces complying with ASTM A 780, with dry film containing a minimum
of 85 percent zinc dust by weight.
STEEL DECK 053100 - 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 053100
STEEL DECK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for installations of steel deck for floor applications.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
* ► B. Action Submittals:
1. Shop Drawings: Submit detailed drawings showing layout and types of deck
panels, anchorage details, supplementary framing, pans, deck openings, special
jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes and standards,
except as otherwise indicated or specified:
1. AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members".
2. AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel".
3. SDI "Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, Roof Decks and Cellular
Deck Floor Systems", Publication No. 29.
B. Qualification of Field Welding: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in
accordance with "Welder Qualification" procedures of AWS D1.1.
C. Welded or mechanically fastened decking in place is subject to inspection and
testing. Expense of removing and replacing portions of decking for testing purposes
will be borne by Owner if welds or attachments are found to be satisfactory.
Contractor shall be responsible to remove work found to be defective and replace
with new acceptable work.
STEEL DECK 053100 - 1 of 5
go
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will employ an independent testing agency for field testing operations.
Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Owner and
Contractor. Only report test results to Architect/Engineer if results do not comply
with specified requirements.
B. The following testing and verification procedures will be required of field welds:
1. Field welds will be visually inspected.
C. Correct deficiencies in Work that inspections and test reports have indicated are not
in compliance with specified requirements.
D. Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with
specified requirements. Additional testing of corrected work will be paid for by the
contractor.
3.04 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Touch-Up Painting: Following installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or re-
prime field connections, rusty spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists,
+! accessories, bearing plates, and abutting structural steel.
1. Clean and prepare surfaces by hand tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 2, or power tool
cleaning, SSPC-SP 3.
2. Apply the same type of primer as the shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that joists and accessories are without
damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion of the project.
END OF SECTION
STEEL JOISTS 052100 - 5 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS w.
B. Apply one shop coat of primer to joists and accessories to be primed to provide a
continuous, dry paint film thickness of not less than 1 mil. ...
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine supporting substrates, embedded bearing plates, and abutting structural
framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of joists.
1. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured.
B. Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to
supporting construction according to SJI's "Specifications", joist manufacturer's
recommendations, final shop drawings, and the requirements of this Section.
1. Space, adjust and align joists accurately in location before permanently
fastening.
2. Provide temporary bridging, connections, and anchors to ensure lateral stability
during construction.
3. Where "open web"joist lengths are 40 feet and longer, install a center row of
bolted bridging to provide lateral stability before slackening of hoisting lines.
C. Field weld joists to supporting steel framework and steel bearing plates, unless
otherwise indicated. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with placing of
joists.
1. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and
quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
D. Install and connect bridging simultaneously with joist erection, before construction
loads are applied.
1. Anchor ends of all bridging lines at top and bottom chords where terminating at
walls or beams.
STEEL JOISTS 052100 - 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
c. "Sonogrout 10K"; bySonneborn
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate steel joists in accordance with SDI's "Specifications", as to joist types, end
arrangements, and top chord arrangements indicated.
1. Provide joists with steel angle top and bottom chord members,
B. Provide holes in chord members where shown for securing other work to steel joists;
however, deduct area of holes from the area of chord when calculating strength of
member.
C. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for shop welding, appearance,
quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
D. Extend top chords of joists with SDI's Type S top chord extensions where indicated,
complying with SDI's "Specifications" and load tables.
E. Extend bearing ends of joists with SDI's Type R extended ends where indicated,
complying with SDI's "Specifications" and load tables.
F. Camber K-series steel joists according to SDI's "Specifications".
G. Equip bearing ends of joists with manufacturer's standard beveled ends or sloped
shoes when joist slope exceeds 1/4 inch in 12 inches.
2.03 JOIST ACCESSORIES
A. Bridging: Provide bridging anchors and number of rows of continuous horizontal or
diagonal type bridging of material, size, and type required by SDI's "Specifications"
for type of joist, chord size, spacing, and span.
1. Supply additional bridging to ensure stability of structure during construction
period.
B. End Anchorage: Provide end anchorages including bearing plates,, to secure joists to
oft adjacent construction, complying with SJI's "Specifications", unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories, including splice plates
and bolts required by the joist manufacturer to complete the joist installation.
2.04 SHOP PAINTING
A. Clean and remove loose scale, heavy rust, and other foreign materials from
fabricated joists and accessories to be primed by either hand tool cleaning, SSPC-SP
2, or power tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 3.
STEEL JOISTS 052100 - 3 of 5
..
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS on
B. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in
accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure". „w,
1. Contractor is to maintain documentation on file that welders to be employed in
work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests. If requested, provide ,
evidence of current qualification to inspector or owner.
2. If re-qualification of welders is required, retesting will be Contractor's ,
responsibility.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store and handle steel joists as recommended in SDI's "Specifications".
B. Handle and store joists in a manner to avoid deforming members and to avoid
excessive stresses. Protect joists from corrosion, deformation, and other damage
during delivery, storage and handling.
C. Deliver steel bearing plates and other devices to be built into concrete and masonry
construction in a timely manner to allow for their incorporation into the other work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Steel: Comply with SJI's "Specifications" for chord and web section material. "
B. Steel Bearing Plates: ASTM A 36.
C. High-Strength Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts,
heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers.
D. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.
E. Steel Primer Paint: Comply with SSPC-Paint 15, Type I, red oxide; Federal
Specification TT-P-636, red oxide; or manufacturer's standard shop primer meeting
the performance requirements of either of these red oxide primers.
F. Bedding Grout: For joist ends bearing on concrete or masonry, provide premixed,
nonmetallic, non-corrosive, non-staining grout, containing selected silica sands,
Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water reducing
agents, complying with ASTM C 1107.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. "Euco NS"; by Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Masterflow 713"; by Master Builders '
STEEL JOISTS 052100 - 2 of 5
mo
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
?" NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 052100
STEEL JOISTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
' ! 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for fabrication and erection of steel joists of the following types:
1. K-Series Open Web Steel Joists
2. KCS-Series Open Web, Constant Shear Steel Joists
B. Extent of work is indicated on drawings, including basic layout and type of joists
required.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals:
1. Shop Drawings showing layout, mark, number, type, location and spacing of
joists. Include joining and anchorage details, bracing, bridging, accessories,
splice and connection details, and attachments to other units of Work.
a. Indicate locations and details of anchorage devices and bearing plates to
be embedded in other construction.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following, except as otherwise
indicated:
1. Steel Joist Institute (S]I), "Standard Specifications Load Tables and Weight
Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders".
2. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel", and
D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel".
STEEL JOISTS 052100 - 1 of 5
..
Ak
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
Ow
40
Aft
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Welding: Inspect and test during erection of structural steel according to AWS D1.1,
and as follows:
1. Qualify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types
and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to
correct deficiencies.
2. Perform visual inspection of all welds.
' END OF SECTION
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 11 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS �*
3.04 TOUCH-UP PAINTING
A. General: Perform touch-up work immediately after welding, bolting, and other
operations which damage or abrade finish. Wire-brush damaged areas prior to
touch-up.
B. Galvanizing Repair: Immediately after field assembly and installation operations are
complete (prior to installation for surfaces which will be concealed), clean and
prepare welds, bolted connections, and other abraded or damaged areas of
galvanizing, and paint with galvanizing repair paint. Perform work in accordance
with ASTM A 780 and paint manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more
restrictive.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils.
C. Touch-Up Primer: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using same material
as used for shop painting.
1. Use similar product to that used for original prime painting.
2. Apply by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL '
A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspection agency to inspect high-
strength bolted connections and welded connections and to perform tests and
prepare test reports.
B. Testing agency shall conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether
tested work complies with or deviates from requirements.
C. The inspector shall be notified in advance of the start of work subject to inspection
and verification. Contractor must make contract documents available for inspector's
reference.
D. Provide access for testing agency to places where structural steel work is being
fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished.
E. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel work that inspections
and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. Additional
testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of
corrected Work with specified requirements.
F. Bolted Connections: Visually inspect in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for "
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts". Direct-tension indicator gaps
will be verified to comply with ASTM F 959.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 10 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. For proprietary grout materials, comply with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Field Assembly: Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated.
Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure
before permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces which will
be in permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to
compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
F. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings.
G. Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes
with plug welds and grind smooth at exposed surfaces, unless noted otherwise.
H. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections,
alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
I. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by use of drift pins. Ream
holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.
J. Do not use thermal cutting to make modifications in the field for correcting
fabrication errors in structural framing.
K. Field Connections: Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other
connections are indicated. All bolts in vertical position to be placed with heads up
and nuts down.
L. High-Strength Bolted Construction: Install high-strength threaded fasteners in
accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A
490 Bolts", or RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural
Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts".
M. All bolts to be ASTM A 325 high-strength bolts, snug tightened, unless otherwise
indicated.
N. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and
quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
0. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods which will maintain true alignment
of axes without warp.
3.03 TOLERANCES
A. Level and plumb individual members of structure within specified AISC tolerances.
B. For members supporting crane rails, comply with tolerances dictated by CMAA.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 9 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS •
3. Perform ultrasonic testing of 100% of full and partial penetration welds, per
ASTM E 164.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine all existing work, surfaces and conditions to ensure that installation of
structural steel will not be adversely affected. Report unsatisfactory conditions,
immediately.
1. Ensure that high-density foam column bases, where required, are correctly
installed, and ready for steel installation.
2. Do not proceed until all unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.02 ERECTION
A. Surveys: Verify elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations
of anchorage devices, before erection work proceeds, and report discrepancies to
Owner. Do not proceed with erection until corrections have been made, or until
compensating adjustments to structural steel work have been agreed upon with
Owner.
B. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members
with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary
members and connections when permanent members are in place and final
connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of
structures as erection proceeds.
C. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as
necessary to effectively complete work.
D. Setting Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of
bond-reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom
surface of base and bearing plates.
1. Set loose and attached base and bearing plates for structural members on
wedges, shims or setting nuts as required.
2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and
plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with
edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout.
3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain.
Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure.
40
No
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 8 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Apply two (2) coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or
00 erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first.
1. Steel Corrosion Protection: Exterior steel column and girders, before
0^ embedment in masonry, shall be protected from moisture by an approved
waterproofing material, a parging coat of cement mortar or by a minimum of 8
inches of weather-tight masonry.
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Materials and fabrication procedures are subject to inspection and tests in mill and
shop, conducted by a qualified inspection agency. Such inspections and tests will
not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication
procedures in compliance with specified requirements.
1. Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components which do not
comply.
B. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspection agency to perform shop
inspections and tests and to prepare test reports.
C. Testing agency shall conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether
tested Work complies with or deviates from requirements.
D. The inspector shall be notified in advance of the start of work subject to inspection
and verification. Contractor must make contract documents available for inspector's
reference.
E. Provide access for testing agency to places where structural steel work is being
fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished.
ow F. Testing agency may inspect structural steel at plant before shipment; however,
Architect/Engineer reserves right, at any time before final acceptance, to reject
material not complying with specified requirements.
G. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel work that inspections
and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. Additional
testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of
corrected work with specified requirements.
H. Welding: Inspect and test during fabrication of structural steel according to AWS
D1.1, and as follows:
1. Qualify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types
and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to
correct deficiencies.
2. Perform visual inspection of all welds.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 7 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,
M. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing, and other specialty items as indicated to
receive other work.
N. Cut, drill or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame-cut holes or
enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates.
1. Plasma cutting is an acceptable alternate to drilling thicker material.
,A
2.03 GALVANIZING
A. Galvanize structural steel shapes and plates after fabrication.
B. Steel work shall be inspected, and then cleaned prior to shipping to galvanizing
company. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag or flux deposits. .�
C. Galvanize steel work, where indicated on drawings, by the hot dip process. Comply
with the requirements of ASTM A 123.
D. Use extreme caution during galvanizing to avoid warping or other distortion of steel
members.
E. Galvanized members shall be free of deleterious material, drips, and runs and shall
be uniformly covered with at least the minimum thickness specified.
.PP
2.04 SHOP PAINTING
A. Shop paint all structural steel, completely, except as indicated below:
1. Members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or mortar.
2. Where embedded steel that is partially exposed, paint only exposed portions
and initial 2" of embedded areas.
A
3. Do not paint surfaces that are to be welded or high-strength bolted with slip-
critical or direct tension connections.
B. Surface Preparation: After inspection and before shipping to site, clean steelwork to
be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag or flux deposits.
1. Clean steel in accordance with SSPC: Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC),
SP-3 "Power Tool Cleaning"
C. Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural steel primer paint
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide dry film
thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. Use painting methods which result in full
coverage of joints, corners, edges and exposed surfaces.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 6 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in
shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance
with AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber in
structural members where indicated.
sk B. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A6 and maintain markings
until steel has been erected.
C. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery a
sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials.
D. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before
start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final
structure free of markings, burrs, and other defects.
E. Shop Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indicated. All bolts in vertical
position to be placed with heads up and nuts down.
F. High-Strength Bolted Construction: Install high-strength threaded fasteners in
accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A
490 Bolts", or RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural
Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts".
G. All bolts to be ASTM A 325 high-strength bolts, snug tightened, unless otherwise
indicated.
H. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and
quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
I. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods which will maintain true alignment
of axes without warp.
J. Steel Wall Framing: Select true and straight members for fabrication of steel wall
framing (girts, jambs, etc.). Straighten as required to provide uniform, square and
true members in completed wall framing.
K. Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel framing. Weld exposed
joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld steel bar stops to frames, except
where shown removable. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk,
cross-recessed head machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10" o.c.,
unless otherwise indicated.
L. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural
steel framing, and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as
shown on final shop drawings.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 5 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work which will be exposed to view, use
only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust
and scale, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove
such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating
and application of surface finishes.
B. Structural Steel W-Shapes: ASTM A992 (ASTM A572 Grade 50 with special a
requirements per AISC Technical Bulletin #3, dated March 1997).
C. Structural Steel Channels, Angles, Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36.
D. Cold-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B.
E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, headed type, or ASTM A 36, headless rods.
F. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural
bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers.
G. Direct tension indicators, ASTM F 959, Type 325, or tension control bolts may be
used at Contractor's option.
H. Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code.
I. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Zinc-rich paint specifically formulated and intended for
repairing hot-dip galvanized surfaces and complying with MIL-P-21035 or SSPC-
Paint-20, with minimum zinc dust content of 85% by weight (dry film). .�
1. "ZRC Galvilite"; by ZRC Wordlwide, 145 Enterprise Dr., Marshfield, MA 02050;
1-800-831-3275.
J. Structural Steel Primer Paint: Red oxide with no lead content.
K. Non-Metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, non-corrosive, non-
staining product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage
compensating agents, plasticizing and water reducing agents, complying with ASTM
C 1107;provide one of the following:
1. "Euco NS"; by Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Masterflow 713"; by Master Builders
3. "Sonogrout 10K"; by Sonneborn
4. "Duragrout"; by Blome International
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 4 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
5. AISC "Specification for Load and Resistance Factor Design of Single-Angle
Members."
6. AISC "Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings."
7. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Specification for Structural
Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts".
8. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
9. ASTM A 6 "Specification for General Requirements for Rolled. Steel Plates,
Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use".
B. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in
accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure".
1. Contractor is to maintain documentation on file that welders to be employed in
work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests. If requested, provide
evidence of current qualification to inspector or Owner.
2. If re-qualification of welders is required, retesting will be Contractor's
responsibility.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Coordinate delivery of materials to site at such intervals to ensure uninterrupted
progress of work.
!! B. Deliver anchor bolts, bases, and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in
cast-in-place concrete or masonry, in ample time in order not to delay work.
C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification.
1. Store all steel members off ground, using pallets, platforms, or other supports.
2. Protect all steel members, and packaged materials from corrosion and
deterioration.
D. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and re-lubricate bolts and nuts that
become dry or rusty before use.
E. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or
damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials
or structures as directed.
low
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 3 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Action Submittals:
1. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings prepared under supervision of a
registered professional engineer, including complete details and schedules for
fabrication and assembly of structural steel members, procedures and
diagrams.
2. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent ,
data. Indicate welds by standard AWS A2.1 and A2.4 symbols, distinguishing
between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld.
3. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field
bolts. Identify high-strength bolted slip-critical, direct-tension, or tensioned
shear/bearing connections. Oki
a. Furnish to appropriate contractors setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installation of anchor bolts, bases, and other anchorages to
be installed as work of others sections. W-M
C. Informational Submittals:
1. Test Reports: For information only, submit copies of reports of tests conducted
on shop and field bolted and welded connections. Include data on type(s) of
tests conducted and test results.
2. Clearly and conspicuously indicate test results which do not comply with
specifications.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following, except as otherwise
indicated:
1. AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", as modified
by deletion of the following sentence in Paragraph 4.2.1:
"This approval constitutes the Owner's acceptance of all responsibility for ON
the design adequacy of any connections designed by the fabricator as a
part of his preparation of these shop drawings".
2. AISC "Specifications for Steel Buildings - Allowable Stress Design and Plastic
Design."
3. AISC "Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Specifications for Steel
Buildings." ..
4. AISC "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle Members."
oft
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 2 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 051200
- STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
r 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for fabrication and erection of structural steel work; that work
defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard
Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings.
B. Extent of structural steel work is shown on drawings, including schedules, notes and
details showing size and location of members, typical connections, and type of steel
required.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Division 03 for anchor bolt installation in concrete.
2. Division 04 for masonry.
3. Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications specified elsewhere in Division 05.
1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design of Members and Connections: Details shown are typical; similar details apply
to similar conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at site whenever
possible without causing delay in the work.
1. Promptly notify Architect/Engineer whenever design of members and
connections for any portion of structure are not clearly indicated or similar to
those indicated.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 051200 - 1 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required for
installation.
3.02 SETTING
A. Set units, using dowels, cramps, or anchors, as required for proper attachment to
supporting construction.
1. Anchors may be omitted for units surrounded by other masonry.
B. For units built into other masonry work, set in the mortar indicated for surrounding
masonry, at all joints.
1. For sill or coping units, set using bedding mortar only; seal head joints with
elastomeric sealant, per requirements of Section 079200.
C. Joint Width: Uniformly 1/4", unless otherwise indicated. ,
3.03 CLEANING
A. Clean mortar and grout from surface of cast stone units, as work progresses.
B. At completion of project, clean exposed surfaces of dirt, mortar, and other ,
construction materials, using manufacturer's instruction and recommended detergent
cleaner.
END OF SECTION
SIMULATED STONE MASONRY 047300 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.02 MIXES
W
A. Concrete: Standard weight concrete with minimum compressive strength of 6,500
psi at 28 days. Use either vibrant dry tamp (VDT) or wet cast method for casting
simulated stone, as standard with producer.
B. Non-Metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Pre-mixed, non-metallic, non-corrosive,
non-staining product, complying with CRD-C621.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Dowels, Cramps, and Anchors: Stainless steel, Type 302 or 304, or other approved
nonferrous metal, of type(s) and size(s) indicated, or required for proper attachment
,o to other construction.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate simulated stone units complying with approved sample,
manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and
dimensional tolerances of the Cast Stone Institute, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Provide simulated stone units of uniform size, except as necessary for configurations
indicated.
1. Provide window sills 4'-8" long in single piece [no joints] regardless of weight
2. Unless otherwise indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide other
individual simulated stone units weighing more than 100 lbs.
C. Built-In Items: Provide reglets, slots, holes and other accessories in units to receive
windows, dowels, reglets, water stops, flashings and other similar,work as indicated.
1 60 D. Provide continuous drip groove at underside of overhangs of more than 1-1/2".
E. Cast holes and slots for anchorage devices. Provide minimum two (2) anchors per
unit, unless unit is to be surrounded by masonry.
F. Surface Finish: Fabricate precast units with exterior surfaces cast: against smooth
forms and receiving a light sandblast finish, to match approved sample.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Deliver items which are to be embedded in other construction in a timely manner
prior to start of such work.
SIMULATED STONE MASONRY 047300 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Action Submittals:
1. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing dimensions, profiles, location of
joint pattern in plan, and other project specific information.
2. Samples: Submit sample, 12"x12", of simulated stone masonry showing color
and texture.
oft
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements and recommendations of the "Standard Specification for
Cast Stone", published by the Cast Stone Institute, unless otherwise specified herein.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm specializing in architectural cast stone, of size and
experience necessary to produce all units required for project, without causing delay .»
in the Work.
1. Producer shall be a member of a nationally recognized cast stone producer
organization.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Package, wrap, palletize, crated, and otherwise protect stone units from damage
during handling, transit, and delivery.
B. Store units at project site, off the ground and covered to prevent cracking,
�a
distortion, warping, staining or other physical damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type III, white and/or gray, as required to produce
selected color.
B. Aggregates: Woodville limestone, white silica sand.
C. Water: Potable, and free of foreign and deleterious material.
D. Pigment: Buff 5447 as manufactured by Davis 1-800-638-4444, or approved equal.
Add up to three (3) pounds per cubic yard.
E. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260, 5 percent minimum, 7 percent maximum.
F. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A.
G. Calcium Chloride: Do not use calcium chloride.
SIMULATED STONE MASONRY 047300 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 047300
SIMULATED STONE MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
P' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for simulated stone masonry of specially formed and textured
precast units for delivery to job site.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Concrete and brick unit masonry, mortar, grout, and accessories are specified
elsewhere in Division 04.
2. Caulking, sealants, and gaskets are specified in Division 07.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Simulated stone units shall be:
1. within the specified fabrication or installation tolerances.
2. properly matched to approved color or texture.
3. free of damage which occurs during shipping and handling or construction
operations.
4. free of surfaces which exhibit surface finish deficiencies, including cracks, chips,
bug holes, and aesthetic defects.
5. free of other defects as listed in PCI MNL-117.
B. Simulated stone units shall be rejected where defects occur in any single
requirement noted above.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
SIMULATED STONE MASONRY 047300 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished
grade.
4. Owner's testing and inspection service shall approve the masonry waste to be
used as fill material. .
C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used
as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off
Owner's property.
END OF SECTION
AW
A
.1W
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 16 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Install new units to match adjoining units in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to
eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep
holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point-up all joints including corners, openings
and adjacent construction to provide a neat, uniform appearance, prepared for
application of sealants.
C. Periodic Cleaning: Clean concrete unit masonry by dry brushing at the end of each
day's work and after final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings.
3 1. Clean mortar droppings from adjacent non-masonry surfaces immediately.
D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry as follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and non-metallic
scrape hoes and chisels.
2. Chemical Cleaning:
a. Protect adjacent non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaning
chemicals.
b. Test cleaning methods on sample panels for each type of masonry before
proceeding with cleaning of entire masonry work.
c. Wet wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; apply
proprietary cleaners per recommendations of cleaner manufacturer.
ate d. Remove cleaners promptly by rinsing with clear water.
3. Clean stains from outside sources from surface of concrete masonry per
recommendations of NCMA TEK-45.
E. Protection: Provide protection and maintain conditions to ensure that masonry is
without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion of the project.
3.16 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are
Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project
site.
B. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or
soil-contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and
mixing with fill material as fill is placed.
1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches (100 mm) in each dimension.
2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part
of masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 15 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Install flashing to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Securely seal joints in
flashing, using manufacturer's standard or recommended adhesive or tape.
G. Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry
immediately above concealed flashings.
1. Space weep holes 32" o.c. in concrete masonry and 24" o.c. in brick masonry,
unless otherwise indicated.
H. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where shown to
be built into masonry.
3.13 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Lay-up walls plumb, true to line/plane, and with courses level, accurately spaced and
coordinated with other construction.
B. Tolerances:
1. Variation from plumb and level: 1/4" in 10'; 3/8" in 20'-0"; 1/2" in 40'-0"or
more.
2. Variation from true plane: 1/4" in any 10'-0"dimension.
3. Variation from building line: Except when necessary due to structural
irregularities, do not vary from dimensioned wall location by more than 1/2" at
any location.
a. If necessary, compensate for improper placement of grade beams, slab
edges, etc. by overhanging masonry units by up to 3/4" for 8" units and
1" for 12" units; provide solid units at base course for overhangs.
4. Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness: Every effort shall be made to produce
consistently uniform joints.
a. Only where necessary, joint thickness indicated may be modified by not
more than plus or minus 1/8"; maximum thickness limited to 1/2".
3.14 TEMPORARY SUPPORT
A. Temporarily brace walls during construction to provide lateral stability against
foreseeable wind forces, per the requirements of NCMA Tek-72.
1. Design and construction of temporary bracing is the sole responsibility of the
Contractor and Installer.
3.15 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or
otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 14 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.11 LINTELS
A. Install steel lintels where indicated.
B. Provide lintels where shown or wherever openings of more than 1'-4" [for block size
units and 1'-0" for brick size units] occur.
1. Unless specifically indicated on drawings, provide either precast masonry or
steel lintels [use steel lintels for brick and architectural concrete masonry units,
unless otherwise indicated].
2. Properly cure precast lintels before handling and installation.
C. Provide minimum bearing of 8" at each jamb for openings up to 8'-0", and 12" for
openings over 8'-0", unless otherwise indicated.
D. Where lintel occurs at control joint, provide bond breaker beneath lintel at control
joint end.
3.12 FLASHING AND WEEP HOLES
A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles,
lintels, ledges, [base of parapets,] and other obstructions to the downward flow of
water in the wall to divert water to the exterior, and where indicated.
B. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could
puncture flashing.
1. Place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar.
2. Seal penetrations in flashing with mastic before covering with mortar.
3. Extend flashings through and beyond exterior face of masonry; trim excess
flashing after inspection and acceptance by the Architect [Owner].
C. At lintels and shelf angles extend flashing the full length of lintels and minimum of 4"
into masonry at each end; turn up flashing at ends to form dams.
1. Extend flashing from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry, through the
outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4", and through the inner wythe to within
1/2" of the interior face of the wall in exposed masonry.
D. Where interior surface of inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing
completely through the inner wythe and turn up approximately 2"'.
E. At heads and sills extend flashing as specified above, but turn up ends not less than
2" to form a pan.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 13 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
1. Unless indicated otherwise, place reinforcement in the centers of cores at
spacings indicated.
2. At openings, add reinforcing bars on all sides of openings and at corners, as
indicated on the drawings.
B. For bond beams, lintels, and at other locations shown, provide continuous horizontal
reinforcing bars in accordance with requirements of CRSI.
1. At bond beams, provide two (2) # 4 bars, unless otherwise indicated.
2. For lintels and other conditions, provide bars of sizes and in quantities
indicated.
C. Maintain bar positioning inside units to ensure minimum 3/4" grout coverage at all
points.
D. For low lift grouting method, limit height of grout lifts to 5'-0".
E. For high lift grouting method, limit grout lift heights to 20'-0".
F. Completely fill cores or spaces around reinforcing bars with grout. Rod grout to
ensure consolidation.
3.10 CONTROL AND EXPANSION 30INTS
A. General: Provide vertical and horizontal expansion, control and isolation joints in
masonry in the following locations:
1. Joint spacing shall not exceed the recommendations of NCMA and BIA for
unbroken wall segments not indicated on the Drawings.
2. At openings, offsets, breaks, etc. not indicated on the Drawings, per
recommendations of NCMA and BIA.
3. Elsewhere as indicated on drawings.
B. Form joints in concrete masonry with preformed control joint gaskets designed to fit
standard sash block.
C. Form joints in brick with compressible backer pads. Allow for installation of backer
rod and sealant. Maintain joint free of mortar.
D. Locate horizontal pressure-relieving joints beneath shelf angles supporting masonry
veneer.
E. Joint width for sealants: 3/8", unless otherwise indicated.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 12 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.07 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforce walls with horizontal joint reinforcing unless specifically noted to be
omitted.
B. Space horizontal reinforcement as follows:
1. For single-wythe walls [and multi-wythe cavity walls], space reinforcement at
16" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover
of 5/8" on exterior side of walls, 1/2" elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6".
D. Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal joint
reinforcement placed in two (2) horizontal joints approximately 8" apart, immediately
above the lintel and immediately below the sill. Extend reinforcement a minimum of
2'-0" beyond jambs of the opening except at control joints.
�. E. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise
indicated.
F. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and
"T" sections.
1. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at
returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special
conditions.
3.08 ANCHORING MASONRY
A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural
members to comply with the following:
1. Provide an open space not less than 1" in width between masonry and
structural member, unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar
or other rigid materials.
2. Anchor masonry to structural members with column anchors embedded in
masonry joints and welded to structure.
3. Space anchors at 24" o.c. vertically and 36" o.c. horizontally, unless otherwise
indicated.
3.09 REINFORCED MASONRY
A. Where indicated on drawings, provide continuous vertical reinforcement in walls in
accordance with standards of Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI).
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 11 of 16
MM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
C. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2-unit length in each course; do not
tooth. Clean exposed surfaces at set masonry, wet units lightly (if required) and
remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
D. Built-In Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and
other sections of these specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in
items.
1. Fill in space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with grout,
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units,
place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.
3. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout three (3) courses (24")
under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts and similar items, unless otherwise
indicated.
3.06 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints.
1. Bevel bed joints to ensure full joint coverage; do not furrow.
2. Butter ends with sufficient mortar to completely fill head joints and shove unit
into place; do not slush head joints.
B. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and
vertical face shells.
1. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers,
columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells of cavities to be reinforced
or filled with grout.
2. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full
mortar bed including areas under cells.
C. Maintain uniform 3/8" thick joint widths unless otherwise indicated, except for minor
variations required to maintain bond alignment.
1. Tool exposed joints slightly concave using a jointer larger than joint thickness,
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Cut joints flush on masonry walls to be concealed or to be covered by other
materials, unless otherwise indicated. ^
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 10 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Install only sound units, free of warp, cracks, deformations, chips, and other defects
that effect soundness, strength or appearance.
C. Wet bricks made from clay or shale which have ASTM C-67 initial rate of absorption
(IRA) of more than 30 grams per 30 square inches per minute. Use wetting methods
which ensure each clay masonry unit being nearly saturated but surface dry when
laid.
1. Do not wet concrete masonry units.
D. Build chases and recesses as indicated or required to accommodate interrelated
items.
E. Use full-size units without cutting where possible.
1. Cut units as required to provide continuous patterns and to fit adjoining
construction.
2. Cut masonry units using motor-driven saws to provide clean,, sharp, unchipped
edges.
a. Do not install chipped units.
F. Grout units solid where required for embedment of anchor bolts or expansion
anchors.
G. After initial placement and tapping into place, do not allow units to be disturbed.
Remove masonry units disturbed after lying; clean and reset in fresh mortar.
3.04 INSULATED MASONRY
A. Unless otherwise indicated, install insulated concrete masonry units in all walls which
have the interior surface adjacent to conditioned space, and the opposite surface
exposed to the exterior or to unconditioned space.
3.05 LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform
joint widths and to accurately locate openings, joints, returns and offsets.
1. Avoid the use of less-than-half-size units at corners, jambs and wherever
possible at other locations.
B. Bond Pattern: Lay exposed masonry in running bond with vertical joint in each
course centered on units in courses above and below, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 9 of 16
M
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
2. Backer Pad: Compressible closed cell neoprene material conforming to ASTM
D1056 class RE41. MW
3. Bond Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated organic roofing felt complying with
ASTM D-226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). „
C. Weepholes: Open cell rectangular plastic insert, 2-3/8" h. x 3/8" w. x depth of
masonry unit.
1. Dur-O-Wall "Cell Vent" (D/A 1006); color to match mortar color.
2.09 MASONRY CLEANERS
A. Chemical Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard strength general purpose cleaner ..
designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence and other new construction
stains from masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry; use appropriate
product based on manufacturers recommendation for type and color masonry on this
project.
1. Products: "Sure Klean" by Pro So Co., Inc.; product as recommended by
manufacturer for intended application.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces and conditions incidental to the installation of the masonry work,
and associated work and conditions under which work is to be undertaken.
1. Do not proceed with masonry work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
.w
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove existing construction on top of existing CMU wall. Exercise care to avoid 40
damage of any sort to existing wall; make proper repairs, where necessary.
B. Prepare top of existing wall to receive new CMU wall extension, upward, as no
indicated.
C. Adjust joint pattern in new work to continue pattern existing in wall, to eliminate any
appearance of"new"work and "old"work.
3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL �.
A. Follow recommended practices of NCMA and BIA, and as otherwise required by this
section. •�
w.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 8 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Veneer Anchors: (D/A 213) Two-piece assemblies which permit vertical or
horizontal differential movement between wall and framework parallel to, but resist
tension and compression forces perpendicular to, plane of wall; consisting of wire tie
section and metal anchor section for attachment over sheathing to metal studs.
Wire tie length as required to extend within 1" of masonry veneer face.
H. Veneer Screws: (D/A 807) Steel drill screws, #10 diameter by length required to
penetrate steel stud flange by not less than three (3) exposed threads, complying
with ASTM C-954, except with hex washer head and neoprene washer, cadmium
plated.
I. Anchor Bolts: Provide steel bolts with hex nuts and flat washers complying with
ASTM A-307, hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM C-153, Class C, in sizes and
• configurations indicated.
2.06 CONCEALED FLASHING MATERIALS
.. A. Copper-Paper Flashing: Three ounce copper sheet bonded with asphalt to
waterproofed crept Kraft paper on both sides; "Copper Kraft Duplex, by Sandell Mfg.
Co., Inc.
B. Adhesive for flashing: Type as recommended by manufacturer of flashing.
2.07 INSULATION
A. Insulation: Factory installed premolded polystyrene insulation inserts, 2" minimum
thickness.
1. Products shall comply with ASTM E-84, flame spread of 75 maximum, smoke
development of 450 maximum.
B. Manufacturer: Provide products by one of the following:
1. "Korfill"; Concrete Block Insulating Systems
2. "Blockfill"; Miller Material Co.
3. "Poly Core"; Insul Blok Corporation
2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel, ASTM A-615, Grade 60 for bars No. 3 to No. 18.
B. Control Joint Materials:
1. Premolded Control Joint: (D/A 2001) factory extruded rubber double tee
conforming to ASTM D-2000 2AA-805 with a durometer hardness of 80.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 7 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
2. Heckman Building Products, Inc.
3. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.
4. Wire-Bond
B. Materials: Comply with requirements indicated below for basic materials and with
requirements indicated under each form of joint reinforcement, tie and anchor for
size and other characteristics.
C. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Hot dipped galvanized after fabrication to comply with
ASTM A-153, (1.5 oz. per square foot minimum.)
1. Application: Use for all locations.
D. Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: Standard welded-wire units prefabricated with 9 ga.
(8 gage for ladder type) deformed continuous side rods and 9 ga. plain cross rods
into straight lengths of not less than 10', with prefabricated corner and tee units. A.
1. Type: Truss type, except ladder type for use in walls receiving vertical
reinforcement.
2. Width: Fabricate joint reinforcement in units with widths of approximately 2"
less than nominal width of walls and partitions as required providing mortar
coverage of not less than 5/8" on joint faces exposed to exterior and 1/2"
elsewhere.
3. Single-Wythe: Truss or ladder type as indicated above, with cross rods spaced
not more than 16" o.c.
E. Multi-Wythe Cavity Walls: Eye-and-pintel type adjustable assembly, consisting of
truss (or ladder) type reinforcement in backup wythe with adjustable wall tie
sections welded on at 16" O.C., and truss (or ladder) type continuous reinforcement
in outer wythe.
1. Design Basis: Dur-O-Wall "Dur-O-Eye".
F. Column Anchors: Where anchors are indicated for connecting masonry to structural
framework, provide 2-piece anchors indicated below which permit vertical or
horizontal differential movement between wall and framework parallel to, but resist
tension and compression forces perpendicular to, plane of wall.
1. D/A 709 - Anchor for Welding
2. D/A 701 - 704 - 3/16" diameter triangle tie wire, size as required to extend to
within 1" of masonry face.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 6 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
4. "Brixment"- Louisville Cement Co.
E. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329.
*" F. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.
G. Color of Mortar: Natural (un-pigmented).
1. Provide integral water repellent admixture to produce water resistant mortar.
H. Water: Clean and potable; free of foreign and deleterious material.
I. Chemical Resistant Epoxy Grout: Provide one of the following:
1. "Water Washable Epoxy HP"; Atlas Minerals and Chemicals
*• 2. "Latapoxy 2000'; Laticrete International
3. "S-5000"; Summitville Tiles, Inc.
2.04 MORTAR MIXES
A. General: No admixtures are permitted, including coloring pigments, air entraining
agent, accelerators, retarders, water repellent agents, anti-freeze compounds or
other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Type S mortar, complying with ASTM C 270, Proportion
Specification, for mortar indicated. Use as much water as practical to produce
workable mortar consistency.
C. Grout for Unit Masonry Cores, Chases, etc.: Comply with ASTM C: 476. Proportion
as required for 28 day minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi.
1. Use grout of consistency (fine or coarse) at time of placement that will
completely fill all spaces intended to receive grout, as follows:
a. Use fine grout in grout spaces less than 2" in horizontal direction.
b. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2" or more in least horizontal dimension.
2.05 70INT REINFORCEMENT, TIES AND ANCHORING DEVICES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of
the following:
1. Dayton Superior Corp., Dur-O-Wall Division (design basis products only are
listed)
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 5 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ..
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
..
B. Provide special molded shapes where indicated and for applications requiring brick of
form, size and finish on exposed surfaces which cannot be produced from standard
brick sizes or sawing. so
C. For sills, caps and similar applications resulting in exposure of brick surfaces which so
otherwise would be concealed from view, provide uncored and unfrogged units with
all exposed surfaces finished.
2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS `o
A. Concrete Masonry Units: Units complying with characteristics indicated below for
Grade, Type, face size, exposed face and, under each form of units included, for
weight classification.
1. Units: ASTM C 90; Type I, Moisture-controlled units.
2. Weight Classification: Normal weight.
3. Size: Typically, nominal 16" long by 8" high 8" thick for greatest extent of
work.
a. Provide other sizes and shapes, compatible with typical units, as indicated
on drawings or required due to construction configurations.
b. Special shapes where required for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, control
joints, headers, bond beams, and other special conditions.
c. Bullnose units at all outside corners and door or window jamb locations on
interior of building and where otherwise indicated.
2.03 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. At Contractor's option, use Portland cement-lime site- or batch-mixed mortar, or use
prepackaged masonry or mortar cement, site-mixed with aggregate and water.
Refer to Part 2 Article "Mixes" for mixing requirements.
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-
weather construction; natural color.
1. Provide white cement if required to produce indicated mortar color.
C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207 Type S. .�
D. Masonry Cement: Pre-mixed masonry cement, complying with ASTM C 91, non-
staining, and one of the standard products following:
1. "Kosmortar"- Kosmos Portland Cement Co.
2. "Masonry Mortar"- Lone Star Cement Co. �.
3. "Richmortar"- Miami Cement Co. ,
UNIT MASONRY ..
042100 - 4 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Do not stack masonry units or mortar materials in a manner that will overload
structural slabs, decks, or framing.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Protect concrete masonry units prior to installation from exposure to moisture.
Completely cover pallets and other areas where units are stored with waterproof
plastic sheeting overnight and during inclement weather.
B. Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting
at end of each working day. Cover partially completed structures as installation
progresses.
1. Extend cover a minimum of 24" down both sides and hold cover securely in
place.
C. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads
for at least three (3) days after building masonry walls or columns.
D. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, or soil from staining the face of masonry to
be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout or mortar in contact with
such masonry.
1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of
coverings spread on ground and over wall surface.
2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 BRICK
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. The Belden Brick Company (design basis)
OM a. Face Brick: ASTM C-216, Grade SW, Type FBS.
b. Size: Modular.
4W
c. Color and Texture: "Century Reds, Sanded Dart-Tex
2. Products of other manufacturers will be considered if submitted as
substitutions, and with evidence of full equivalency with design basis product.
See Section 012500 for substitution procedures.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 3 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS a
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
a. "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures" (ACI 530/ASCE
5/TMS 602)
b. "Specifications for Masonry Structures" (ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602).
2. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA): "Handbook of Masonry
Construction".
3. Brick Industry Association (BIA): "Technical Notes".
4. Massachusetts State Building Code, 6th edition.
B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where indicated, provide materials and
construction identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance has been
determined per ASTM E-119 by a recognized testing and inspecting organization,
equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Single Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of
consistent and uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges �.
accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for each different product
required for each continuous surface or visually related surfaces.
1. Prior to start of masonry work, ensure that source of supply has stock on hand,
or is capable of fulfilling complete material orders from same production runs or
processes producing products as noted above.
D. Single Source Responsibility for Mortar and Grout Materials: Obtain mortar and
grout ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one
manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source and producer
for each aggregate.
E. Determination of Compressive Strength: The compressive strength for each wythe
shall be determined by the unit strength method, per ASTM C 140.
1. Verification of fm is required prior to construction.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver masonry units and associated materials to project, palletized, and in
undamaged condition.
B. Store sand and cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry
location.
C. Store and handle masonry units, mortar and accessories to prevent damage.
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 2 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 042100
UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for the following types of unit masonry and related materials:
1. Brick Masonry 2. Concrete Masonry
3. Concrete Masonry Reinforcement
4. Mortar and Grout
5. Masonry Core Insulation
6. Masonry Accessories
B. Related work specified elsewhere;
1. Simulated stone masonry is specified elsewhere in Division 04.
2. Water repellant coatings are specified in Division 07.
3. Foamed-in-place insulation is specified in Division 07.
*+ 1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Concrete masonry units shall exhibit the following compressive strength, based on
net area, at 28 days:
1. fm = 2,000 psi (min).
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Construction Standards: Except where more stringent requirements are provided
herein, comply with the following:
UNIT MASONRY 042100 - 1 of 16
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
H. Test results shall be reported in writing to the A/E, Owner, Contractor, and Concrete
Supplier, within 48 hours after tests.
1. Note discrepancies in results to Architect/Engineer if report results are not in
compliance with specifications. ..
I. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain:
1. Project name and number
2. Concrete use and location of batch in structure
3. Date and time of concrete placement
w.
4. Ambient temperature
5. Mix identification number �.
6. Design compressive strength, at 28-day.
7. Truck dispatch time
8. Amount of one time water addition at the site
9. Results of all tests listed above
10. Name of concrete testing service.
J. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete
when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have
not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect/Engineer.
1. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
cylinders complying with ASTM C-42, or by other methods as directed.
Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable concrete is verified.
2. Testing agencgr shall pay for such tests when test results are inaccurate.
3.20 CONCRETE SCHEDULES
A. Reference the Room Finish Schedule on the A-Series drawings. Slab types and
finishes are indicated for each room.
B. Reference the Concrete Slab Schedule and Architectural Concrete Schedule on the A-
Series drawings.
C. Reference Structural Concrete Schedule on the S-Series drawings.
END OF SECTION
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 24 of 24
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
40 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
6. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C-31; one (1) set of four (4) standard
cylinders for Each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold
and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens except when field cure
test specimens are required.
7. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C-39; 1 set for each day's pour exceeding
5 cubic yards plus additional sets for each 100 cubic yards of each concrete
class placed in any 1 day; 1 specimen tested at 7 days, 2 specimens tested at
28 days, and 1 specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
a. When frequency of testing will provide less than five (5) strength tests for
40 a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly
selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five (5) are used.
b. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of
companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and
provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place
concrete.
*"
C. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of
sets f toto 28- day cylinders per set) of three consecutive strength test
results equal or exceed the specified 28-day compressive strength, and no
individual strength test result falls below the specified compressive
strength by more than 500 psi.
+ ► F. Flatness Testing: All floor flatness, levelness, and grade conformity tests shall be
made at the Owner's expense on each newly installed slab within 16 hours after
completion of the final finishing operation.
1. FF and FL tests shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM E1155. Except as
indicated below, grade conformity tests shall be made using either an optical or
laser level, or an "F-Meter" manufactured by Allen Face &Associates or Face
Company, or use the "Floor Pro" floor profiling tester, as manufactured by
Ytterberg Scientific, Bonita Springs, Florida (941) 498-6333.
2. If employed, such alternative F-Meter number tests shall be conducted and
reported upon prior to the start of the next slab installation, and within 24
hours.
3. All F-Meter Fl. runs shall be located in conformity with the measurement line
positioning rules set forth in ASTM E1155, UNO.
4. Floors which slope to floor drains shall be measured radially from the floor drain
to the high point of the slab.
G. Random cores shall be taken for slabs-on-grade to verify concrete thickness and
sub-grade preparation. Cut 1 core for every 10,000 square feet and report to Owner
within 12 hours of slab placement. Slab thickness out of specified tolerance will be
replaced at contractor's expense. Contractor to repair core areas.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 23 of 24
a.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
1. Minimum local floor sections which fail to meet or exceed both specified
minimum local F-numbers and general conformity to design grade, shall be
removed and replaced (in case of slabs-on-grade), or ground and/or re-topped
(in case of elevated slabs).
2. No remedies for defective minimum local floor section other than removal and
replacement of slabs-on-grade, and grinding and/or re-topping of elevated
slabs will be permitted.
3.19 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. General: The Owner will employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and to submit
test reports.
B. It is strongly recommended that the geotechnical engineer of record be present at
the site to verify that installation and construction of the foundation systems comply
with the recommendations of the geotechnical report, regardless of who is employed
to perform the material testing.
C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test each sub-grade and each fill or backfill
layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously completed work verify
compliance with requirements.
D. Allow testing agency to inspect and verify reinforcing placement. Inspector to verify .A
that sub-grade elevations are proper for minimum slab thickness
E. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete includes but is
not limited to the following:
1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C-172; sample from middle portion of batch.
Test at point of discharge. Do not make cylinders until after the one-time site
water addition has been made.
2. Slump: ASTM C-143; one (1) test for each day's pour of each type of concrete;
additional tests if concrete consistency is deemed to have changed.
3. Unit Weight: ASTM C-567, fresh unit weight of concrete; one test for each
composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each
concrete mix.
4. Air Content: ASTM C-173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight
concrete; ASTM C-231 pressure method for normal weight concrete; one (1) for
each day's pour of each type of concrete.
5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; test hourly when air temperature is
40°F (4°C) and below, and when 80°F (27°C) and above; and each time a set
of compression test specimens made. Test overnight with high/low
thermometer.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 22 of 24
e
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Use pre-molded plastic anchor bolt sleeves to set equipment anchor bolts.
3.17 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
on A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar
immediately after removal of forms, when acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
B. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect/Engineer for method and
procedure, using approved epoxy adhesive and mortar.
C. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean adjacent surfaces of residue and spillage from concrete
and finishing operations. Dispose of waste, containers, and excess materials.
3.18 TOLERANCES
A. General: Comply with the provisions of ACI 117.
B. Local Flatness/Levelness Tolerances: Floors shall conform to the overall and
minimum F-number requirements as indicated in the Concrete Slab Schedule on the
A-Series drawings.
1. Exception: The Floor Levelness (FL) tolerances shall not apply to any slab that
is to be inclined or cambered. Similarly, no Floor Levelness tolerances will be
applied to any un-shored elevated construction. The general conformity to
design grade tolerances will apply to sloped and un-shored elevated slab
constructions.
2. Sloped Floors: Provide constant slope as indicated on drawings to minimize the
occurrence of standing water. Floor Flatness (FF) tolerances indicated above
shall apply to sloped floors.
3. In addition to meeting the F-number requirements, slabs to receive finish
materials, such as tile, terrazzo, wood, etc., shall have no more than 1/a"
deviation from indicated elevation or slope, in any 10-foot direction.
C. General Conformity to Design Grade: The entire floor shall fall within plus or minus
3/4" of its specified elevation.
1. Where new slab is indicated to align with existing finished floor, slab elevation
tolerance shall be 1/16".
D. Remedy for Out-of-Tolerance Work: The entire floor shall be subdivided into
Minimum Local Floor Sections bounded either by the column and half-column lines,
or the construction and control joints, whichever subdivision yields the smaller areas.
OW
4•
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 21 of 24
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Install epoxy joint filler after 7-day minimum with ambient temperatures have
been reduced to operating temperatures. Provide supplemental local heat . .
required to cure epoxy joint filler, if necessitated by construction sequence,
schedule, or convenience or if required by Owner's schedule.
2. Fill joints as recommended by manufacturer; full depth or 2" min. for joints
over 2"deep. 2"for SPAL-PRO-RSF.
3. Completely fill upper 1" of joint with epoxy joint filler, such that sealant is
slightly crowned when set; shave off crowned portion to create a flush profile,
level with traffic surface. .�
4. Protect completed joints from damage due to traffic during the 30 day curing
period.
3.14 SHORES AND RESHORES
A. Comply with ACI 318, ACI 301, and recommendations in ACI 347R for design,
installation, and removal of shoring and re-shoring.
Am
B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and re-shores to avoid damage to concrete.
Locate and provide adequate re-shoring to support construction without excessive
stress or deflection. ,.,
3.15 REMOVAL OF FORMS
sm
A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls,
columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at
not less than 50-degrees F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is
sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided
curing and protection operations are maintained.
3.16 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling-In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work
by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in
place.
1. Mix, place, and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place Am
construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to
complete work.
B. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and
foundations, as shown on drawings.
1. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations,
complying with certified diagrams or templates of manufacturer or contractor
furnishing machines and equipment. ""
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 20 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Perform curing of concrete by moist curing, by moisture-retaining cover curing,
curing and sealing compound, or by combinations thereof, as indicated in the
Concrete Schedule on the Architectural and Structural drawings.
B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface (the
disappearance of the "sheen" of surface moisture) after placing and finishing.
Perform curing operations in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid
drying at end of curing period.
C. Apply special finishes after concrete has been properly cured. Ensure complete
coverage at rates not to exceed recommendations. Follow methods, procedures,
sequences, and times as recommended by manufacturer
D. Moisture Curing: Maintain exposed surfaces wet for a minimum of seven (7) days
after placement. Provide moisture curing by one of the following methods:
1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
2. Continuously water-fog spray the surface.
3. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating
cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to
provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4" lap over adjacent
absorptive covers.
MM 4. Under rapid drying conditions additional curing with a non-membrane forming
curing compound is required after moisture curing. Rapid drying may occur
with temperatures above 85°F, humidity less than 40% or drying winds.
E. Curing Formed Surfaces: Maintain forms in place for a minimum of seven (7) days
after placement.
1. If forms must be removed prior to seven days, continue curing exposed
surfaces for the remainder of the period, using method indicated or, if not
indicated, using any of the above methods, subject to the approval of the
Architect/Engineer.
2. While forms are in place, cure exposed (unformed) surfaces using indicated or
approved method.
+ 3.13 EPDXY JOINT FILLER
A. Epoxy Joint Filler: Allow concrete to cure for 30 days minimum to allow concrete
shrinkage to occur.
SIR
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 19 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .ft
4. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, re-float surface
to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. �•
C. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces where indicated.
1. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power-driven trowel.
2. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved
over surface.
3. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling operation, free of trowel
marks, uniform in texture and appearance.
D. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Apply trowel finish then immediately follow with
slightly scarifying surface by fine brooming where indicated.
E. Float and Non-Slip Broom Finish: Apply float finish then immediately follow with
slightly roughening concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom
perpendicular to main traffic route where indicated.
..
F. Liquid Hardener/Sealer: Apply liquid hardener to slabs, where indicated, per
manufacturer's instructions.
.o
1. Have manufacturer's representative present before and during initial
application, to instruct and observe applicators in the preparation, application,
finishing, curing, and disposal of liquid hardener.
2. In addition to all other manufacturer's requirements, comply with the following:
a. Do not apply liquid hardener unless ambient temperature is above 40
degree F, for a period of 24 hours prior to and following application.
b. Allow slab to cure by indicated method a minimum of seven (7) days prior
to application of liquid hardener or longer, if required by the
manufacturer.
c. Do not dilute liquid hardener.
d. Comply with manufacturer's prescribed application rate.
e. Thoroughly work material into the slab.
f. After proper dwell time on slab, thoroughly remove all residual material,
per manufacturer's recommended methods.
3.12 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold
or hot temperatures.
1. Keep heavy loads off slab for a minimum of 30 days after pour.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 18 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
L. Cold Weather Placing: Comply with the provisions of ACI 306.
M. Hot Weather Placing: Comply with the provisions of ACI 305.
3.10 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the
finished work, unless otherwise indicated.
1. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form facing material
used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fin and other
projections exceeding 1/4" in height rubbed down or chipped off.
B. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or that are to
be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete or a covering material
applied directly to concrete such as waterproofing, damp proofing, veneer plaster,
painting, or other similar system.
1. This is as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material,
arranged orderly and symmetrically with a minimum of seams. Repair and
patch tie holes and defective areas with fins or other projections completely
removed and smoothed.
C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar
unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike-off smooth and
finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.
1. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent
unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
3.11 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
A. At floors which slope to floor drains, screed (16 ft max) radially around the floor
drain to the high point.
B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish
and other finishes as indicated.
1. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface
until ready for floating.
2. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has
stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power driven floats, or both.
3. Consolidate surface with power driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small
or inaccessible to power units.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 17 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 4W
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.09 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Examination: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, ..
reinforcing steel and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other crafts to permit
installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work.
B. Verify that the depth and finished elevations of sub-grade drainage fill and well
graded granular material (if applicable) are correct, and that the final material
elevation immediately below the slab will result in a finished slab of thickness
indicated.
C. General: Comply with ACI 304, and as herein specified.
D. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be
placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams
or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide
construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to
its final location to avoid segregation.
E. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper
than 24" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement
consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to
avoid cold joints.
F. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by
hand-spading, rodding, or tamping to eliminate voids. Use equipment and
procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI 309. ""
G. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness
of machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6" into
preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have
begun to set. At each insertion limit duration of vibration to time necessary to
consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other
embedded items without causing segregation of mix.
H. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous
operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is
completed. *
I. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly
worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
J. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike off. Use highway
straightedge, bull floats or darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do
not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
K. Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement operations.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 16 of 24
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. To allow for required finish at exposed face of curbs cast against walls, form only to
the height of the start of the 45-degree wash. Clearly mark walls at top of sloped
surface of the curb and accurately finish to this line.
C. Reinforcing for Curbs:
1. Cast vertical reinforcement into floor or footing at new construction.
2. Drill and epoxy anchor verticals at existing construction.
3. Where reinforcing is not vertical, use stand-offs to effectively secure
reinforcing. Use appropriate reinforcing chairs with plastic: coated feet, use of
concrete brick is not permitted.
D. Slip Sheet: Where curb is cast against an insulated panel, use a slip sheet (six mil
vapor retarder) against wall. Extend slip sheet above for a minimum of 24", to
protect wall from concrete splash during concrete placement.
E. Provide integral cove at base of curb per details on architectural drawings.
F. Cove: After curing, use non-metallic, non-shrink grout or other similar material to
create curb cove; tool to radius shown on architectural drawings, or as specified.
G. Contraction (control) Joints in Concrete Curbs: Construct contraction joints in curbs
with a 1-inch chamfer.
1. Saw cutting of joints is not permitted.
2. Joints shall be placed at 15-0" max o.c. and coincide with the joints in the
floor.
3.08 PREPARATON OF FORM SURFACES
A. Clean reused forms of concrete matrix residue. Repair and patch as required
returning forms to acceptable surface condition.
B. Coat contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before reinforcement
is placed.
C. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into
contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed.
Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust preventative material. Rust stained steel
formwork is not acceptable.
aw
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 15 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ""
3.06 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints as indicated.
B. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh
concrete.
C. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install
waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Make provisions to support
and protect exposed waterstops during progress of work. Fabricate field joints in
waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints at points of contact
between slab and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls,
grade beams, and elsewhere as indicated.
E. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct contraction joints to form
panels in patterns indicated on drawings. If joint patterns are not indicated, provide
joints not exceeding the following dimension in either direction and located to
conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, 1/2 bays, 1/3 bays,
etc.):
SLAB THICKNESS JOINT SPACING
411 12' - 011
6" and thicker 15' - 011
F. Form contraction joints by use of an approved dry cut early cutting system, such as
"Soft-Cut". ..�
1. Sawing should be performed within 2 hours of final finishing and in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations. Dust from saw cut shall be removed at
time of saw cutting.
2. Cut depth to not less than 10 percent of slab thickness with a minimum of
1-inch depth.
3.07 CURBS ..
A. Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still
green. W
1. Finish as indicated in schedule. Curb face is then to be rubbed with a neat
cement paste and a hard trowel finish applied. W„
2. Curbs shall be rubbed out while concrete is still green.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 14 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
a . NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 VAPOR RETARDER INSTALLATION
A. General: Following leveling and tamping of drainage fill for slabs on grade, place
and compact 1/2" layer of fine graded material over drainage fill.
B. Place vapor retarder sheeting with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour;
continue past all construction joints.
1. Tape and wrap at all penetrations.
2. Lap joints 6" and seal with appropriate tape.
C. Protect exposed vapor retarder from damage prior to placement of well graded
material.
D. Only after roof deck is installed, cover vapor retarder with well graded granular
material and compact.
1. Following compaction, choke off the surface with a fine graded material to
reduce friction between the base material and the slab.
E. Cold Storage Floors: In area[s] of cold storage construction, install vapor retarder
on sub-slab.
1. Retarder sheets shall be sized to extend minimum of 18-inches above the
surrounding finish slab elevation, on all sides of opening.
3.05 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice
for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement
and supports, and as herein specified.
B. Exercise care to avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder.
C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice and other materials,
which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by
formwork, construction or concrete placement operations. Locate and support
reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required.
E. Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverage for concrete protection.
Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in
position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed
into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 13 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Compact and test the well graded granular material to 95% of maximum dry density,
ASTM D-698 (Standard Proctor). Moisture content shall be no greater than
optimum, or 2% below optimum at time of slab placement Do not re-wet granular
material.
D. Coordinate the installation of joint materials and vapor retarders with placement of
forms and reinforcing steel.
3.02 FORMWORK
A. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape,
alignment, elevation and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances
complying with ACI 347.
1. Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical and ..
lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until such loads can be
supported by concrete structure. AM
B. Fabricate formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to
cast-in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. .�
C. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber
chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
D. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to
accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings,
recesses, and chases from trades providing such items, if such information is not
indicated on drawings. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
E. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and
intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in
finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently to support types of
screed strips by use of strike-off templates or accepted compacting type screeds. "
F. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive
concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before concrete is
placed. Retighten forms and brace after concrete placement as required to eliminate
mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. General: Set and build into work anchorage devices, bases, and other embedded
items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast-in-place
concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions
provided by suppliers of items to be attached thereto.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 12 of 24
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Admixtures:
1. Use water reducing admixture, mid range, high range water-reducing
admixture, or water reducing, retarding admixture in concrete as required for
placement and workability.
2. Use water reducing accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient
temperatures below 50-degrees F.
3. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior concrete subject to freezing, unless
otherwise indicated. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed
rate to result in concrete at point of placement having the following total air
content:
a. Air Content: 4.5% minimum, 7.5% maximum.
b. Other concrete is not to be air-entrained, but tested at point of placement
and to have a maximum of 3 percent natural entrapped air.
4. Use admixtures for water-reducing and set-control in strict, compliance with
manufacturer's directions.
5. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point
of placement per the design drawings. Reference the Concrete Slab Schedule
and Architectural Concrete Schedule on the A-Series drawings. Reference the
Structural Concrete Schedule on the S-Series drawings.
a. Concrete containing HRWR admixture (superplasticizer) shall have no
more than 8" slump after addition of HRWR to site-verified 2" to 3" slump
concrete. If admixture is plant added, verify water/cementitious material
ratio.
• b. Plasticized concrete to receive a dry-shake hardener shall have an initial
slump of 3.5" to 5.0".
.�• 2.06 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mix Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete and furnish batch
ticket information according to ASTM C-94. Record approximate location of final
deposit in structure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Proof roll prepared sub grade to check for unstable areas and need for additional
compaction. Verify that Owner's testing and inspection service has approved the
sub-grade.
B. Compact drainage fill to 95% of maximum dry density, ASTM D-698 (Standard
Proctor).
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 11 of 24
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
K. Bonding Agent: Acrylic based.
an
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "SBR Latex"; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Daraweld C"; W. R. Grace & Co. .W
c. "Everbond"; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
L. Epoxy Joint Filler: Provide one of the following: o.
1. 2-Part, Semi-rigid Joint Filler; 100% solids Epoxy: MM80; Metzger-McGuire Co.
[no substitutes]; only for interior traffic-bearing slab joints for temperatures 1W
over 45°.
2. 2-Part Poly-urea polymer 100% solids: SPAL-PRO-RSF; Metzger-McGuire Co. MW
[no substitutes]; only for interior traffic-bearing slab joints for temperatures 450
and lower (cold storage).
2.05 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. General: Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either
laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301.
1. Mix design is to be compatible with temperature expected at time of placement. .�
2. Mix designer must verify that concrete admixtures and finish materials are
compatible.
3. If trial batch method used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to
Architect/Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The
testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, design mixes to provide normal weight concrete ago
according to ACI 211.1 with properties indicated.
1. Maximum Water/Cementitious Ratio: .45 typical; .48 at floor mix with "Eclipse"
or Tetraguard AS-20" (does not apply for 3000 psi strength mix designs).
C. Combined aggregate gradation shall be well graded from coarsest to finest with not
more than 18 percent and not less than 8 percent retained on an individual sieve,
except that less than 8 percent may be retained on coarsest sieve and on No. 50
sieve, and less than 8 percent may be retained on sieves finer than No. 50.
1. Coarse aggregate to include 1-1/4" aggregate for 5" to 12"slabs; 3/4"
aggregate for 4" slabs.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 10 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Mastic Adhesive: Dow Chemical, "Styrofoam Mastic No. 11".
D. Non-Metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, non-corrosive, non-
staining product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage
compensating agents, plasticizing and water reducing agents, complying with ASTM
C 1107;provide one of the following:
1. "Euco NS"; by Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Masterflow 713 Plus"; by Degussa Building Systems (Master Builders)
3. "Sonogrout 10K"; by Degussa Building Systems (Sonneborn)
E. Bond Breaker: Preformed strips of asphalt saturated fiberboard complying with
ASTM D1751.
F. Backer Pad: Compressible closed cell neoprene material conforming to ASTM D1056
class RE41.
G. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for
application to fresh concrete.
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "Eucobar"; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Confilm"; Degussa Admixtures, Inc. (Master Builders)
c. "SikaFilm"; Sika Corporation
d. "E-Con"; L&M Construction Materials, Inc.
H. Non-membrane forming curing compound: Sodium silicate compound complying with
ASTM C309, Local EPA, AASHTO M148, VOC.
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "Eucosil"; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Cure", L&M Construction Chemicals
c. "Med-Cure"; W.R. Meadows, Inc.
d. "Sonosil"; Degussa Building Systems (Sonneborn)
• I. Liquid Hardener/Sealer: Water-borne siliconate penetrating compound, VOC -
compliant.
1. Product:
a. "Seal Hard"; L&M Construction Chemicals.
J. Repair Topping: Polymer modified, cementitious type.
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "Thin Top Supreme"; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Mastertop Topping 112'; Degussa Building Systems (Master Builders)
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 9 of 24
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS oft
b. "Daraccel"; W.R. Grace
c. "Pozzolith 20+"; Degussa Admixtures, Inc. (Master Builders) am
d. "Plastocrete 161HE"; Sika Corporation
K. Water Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type D or B and D. m
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "Eucon Retarder 75"; Euclid Chemical Co. ..
b. "Daratard 17"; W.R. Grace
c. "Pozzolith Sereies ore Delvo Series"; Degussa Admixtures, Inc. (Master
Builders) �•
d. "Plastiment"; Sika Corporation
L. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): ASTM C494, Type F
or G.
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "Eucon 37'; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Daracem 100"; W.R. Grace
c. "Rheobuild 1000 or Glenium Series "; Degusa Admixtrues, Inc. (Master
Builders)
d. "Sikament 300"; Sika Corporation
M. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.1
percent chloride ions are not permitted.
2.04 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Self Expanding Strip Water stops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip,
sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic material for adhesive bonding to concrete.
1. Products: Provide one of the following.
a. "Volclay Waterstop-RX"; Colloid Environmental Technologies
b. "Swell Stop"; Greenstreak
B. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class B, and showing no significant loss of vapor
resistance when tested in accordance with ASTM E-154.
1. Products: Provide one of the following.
a. "Moistop Ultra C"; Fortifiber
b. "Griffolyn T-85"; Reef Industries
C. "Dura-Scrim 16WB"; Raven Industries ..
d. "Perminator 10"; W.R. Meadows
e. "Stego Wrap"; 10 mil; Stego Industries
f. "VaporBlock 10"; Raven Indsutries
2. Provide asphaltic or butyl seam tape as recommended by membrane
manufacturer.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 8 of 24
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
a" NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
s•
C. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.
1. If provided, limit to 50% of total cementitious content.
s` D. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.
1. If provided, limit to 10% of total cementitious content.
E. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates
from a single source for exposed concrete.
Pw
1. For exterior exposed surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates containing
spalling-causing deleterious substances.
4
2. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33 but which have shown by
special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and
on durability may be used when acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
F. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M.
G. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture:
1. "Eclipse Floor"by Grace Construction Products.
2. "Tetraguard AS-20"by Degussa Admixtures, Inc.
H. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260.
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "Air-Mix'; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "Darex II or Daravair 1400"; W.R. Grace
c. "MB-AE90 or MB-VR"; Degussa Admixtrues, Inc. (Master Builders)
d. "Sika AER" or "Sika AEA-15"; Sika Corporation
I. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A.
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "Eucon WR75'; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. "WRDA"; W.R. Grace
c. "Pozzolith Series or PolyHeed Series"; Degussa Admixtrues, Inc. (Master
Builders).
d. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Corporation
J. Water Reducing Accelerator Admixture: ASTM C494, Type E or C and E.
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. "Accelguard 80"; Euclid Chemical Co.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 7 of 24
MW
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS *M
D. Form Ties: Factory fabricated, adjustable length, removable or snap-off metal form
ties, designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling concrete upon
removal. Provide units which will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2" to surface.
1. Provide ties which, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1" diameter
in concrete surface.
E. Embedded Items: In conjunction with construction of formwork, other contractors
shall provide certain items that are required to be embedded in the concrete work.
Coordinate such installations with other contractors, as necessary.
1. Ensure that proper and complete instructions, directions, templates, diagrams,
or drawings are also received to provide for correct installation of items.
2. Also, complete such installations as may be otherwise specified herein.
2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed and plain.
B. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for
spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place.
Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications.
1. For slabs-on-grade, use concrete brick supports with sand plates or horizontal
runners where base material will not support chair legs.
C. Dowel Clips: Non-corrosive sheath, permitting limited lateral movement of dowel,
but preventing vertical movement
1. Manufacturer: PNA Construction Technologies, Inc. [1-800-542-0214]
2. Products: Provide the following, as required, for specific uses indicated by
manufacturer.
a. "Square Dowel Clip";
b. "Diamond Dowel System"; ..
c. "Load Plate and Basket".
2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I.
1. Use one brand of cement throughout project, unless otherwise acceptable to
Architect/Engineer.
B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F or C.
1. If provided, limit to 18% to 22% of total cementitious content.
ow
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 6 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Single Source Responsibility:
1. Provide admixtures by a single manufacturer.
2. Provide field applied finish materials (curing compounds, hardeners, etc.) by a
single manufacturer, except as indicated.
H. Mock-Up: Construct mock-up of cast-in-place concrete with form liner finish.
Construct mock-up where directed and of sufficient size to illustrate finish and joints
between form liners.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Footings against Freezing: Cover completed work at footing level with
sufficient temporary or permanent cover as required to protect footings and adjacent
sub-grade against possibility of freezing; maintain cover for time period as
necessary.
B. Protect adjacent finish materials against spatter during concrete placement and
finish application. Immediately clean overspray from glass, aluminum, polished
metal or other surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.
*0 C. Ventilate work area to clear fumes from concrete trucks, power buggies, heaters,
etc., to prevent concrete carbonation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced, or other
• acceptable panel-type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed
surfaces.
1. Furnish in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to
joint system shown on drawings. Provide continuous form liner to prevent fins
forming at joints.
B. Forms for Unexposed Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable
material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for
tight fit.
C. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form coating compounds that will
not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair
subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 5 of 24
AM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ••
6. ACI 306 "Cold Weather Concreting".
,o
7. ACI 309 "Guide for Consolidation of Concrete".
8. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete". am
9. ACI 347 "Guide to Formwork for Concrete".
10. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard Practice".
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Must be qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and
ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E
548.
1. Personnel collecting cylinders and conducting field tests shall be qualified as
ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1.
2. Testing agency supervisor shall be ACI Construction Inspector certified.
3. Lab Technicians performing tests shall be ACI Concrete Strength Testing and
Grade I - Concrete Laboratory Certified.
4. Lab Supervisors shall be ACI Grade II - Concrete Laboratory Certified.
5. Equivalent certification or training programs may be submitted for the above
ACI certifications.
D. Concrete Supplier/Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer must be certified
according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready ..
Mixed Concrete Production Facilities and comply with ASTM C 94 requirements for
production facilities and equipment or have passed an equivalent certification
program.
E. Concrete Contractor Qualifications:
1. Flatwork finishers shall be ACI Concrete Flatwork Technician certified.
2. The on-site concrete contractor supervisor shall be ACI Concrete Flatwork
Finisher and Technician certified.
3. Equivalent certification or training programs may be submitted for the above
ACI certifications.
F. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during
progress of work. Tests, including retesting of rejected materials for installed work,
shall be done at Contractor's expense
Wft
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4 of 24
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Prior to commencement of concrete work, obtain mix design, including plant-mixed
00 admixtures from the ready-mix plant, and obtain manufacturer's product data for
field-mixed admixtures (if any) and curing and sealing compounds, hardeners, etc.
Verify compatibility of all materials with each other and with applied finishes.
C. Pre-installation Conference: To facilitate coordination, at least seven (7) days prior
to placement of concrete, conduct a meeting, in accordance with Section 013119, to
review detailed requirements for preparing concrete design mixes and to determine
procedures for ensuring quality concrete materials.
1. Review requirements for submittals, coordination of work, and availability of
materials.
2. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials
inspection, testing, and certifications.
+! 3. Prepare, and provide agenda to attendees four (4) days prior to the meeting.
4. Request that representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-
place concrete attend conference, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Contractor's on-site superintendent.
b. On-site laboratory technician responsible for field quality control.
c. Ready-mix concrete producer.
d. On-site Concrete subcontractor.
e. Primary admixture manufacturer's representative.
5. Prepare and distribute meeting notes to attendees within four (4) days after the
meeting.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Attention is called to underlined passages in this Section, which indicate added
emphasis on the requirements.
B. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and
standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
1. ACI 117 "Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and
Materials."
„ 2. ACI 301 "Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
3. ACI 302 "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction".
4. ACI 304 "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete".
5. ACI 305 "Hot Weather Concreting".
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 3 of 24
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS oft
3) For dry shake, list the square foot area of successfully installed dry
shake floors for each project. ,*
2. Concrete Mix Certification: Contractor shall provide a letter certifying, 1) the
specifications and drawings have been provided to the Concrete Material
Supplier and 2) the concrete mixes to be supplied conform to the information
provided in the specifications and drawings, and 3) the Concrete
Supplier/Manufacturer is certified and in compliance with the requirements of
this Section.
a. Certification letter shall be submitted prior to the Owner's acceptance of
the bid.
3. Mix Designs: Concrete mix design(s), submitted in conjunction with Concrete
Mix Certification shall include the following specified information:
a. Strength
b. Water/cementitious ratio
c. Aggregate gradation
d. Maximum aggregate size for slab mix
e. Admixture(s)
f. Fly ash content am
g. Air content range
h. Unit weight
i. Slump range go
j. Locations
C. To Owner; The following submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/Engineer,
but shall be submitted directly to the Owner: "`
1. Closeout Submittals: Submit manufacturer's product data and other am
information to the Owner at Final Completion of the project, under provisions of
Section 017823 - Operating and Maintenance Data:
a. Expansion and Specialty Anchors
b. Reinforcement fibers. am
c. Vapor Retarders
d. Hardeners
e. Curing and/or Sealing Compounds 4W
f. Admixtures
g. Concrete Mix Design(s)
h. Concrete Mix Certification Letter ""
i. Concrete Contractor's Certification Letter
j. Test Results
1.04 COORDINATION
A. Roof deck shall be in place prior to placingslabs.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 2 of 24
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 033000
10
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
00
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix
+* design, placement procedures, finishing, and surface treatment.
B. Related information: A geotechnical report is available and is part of the
specifications; see Table of Contents for specifications.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Exterior concrete pavement, walks and curbs are specified in Division 02.
• 2. Grout is specified in Division 05.
3. Joint sealers are specified in Division 07.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to submittal procedures in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data and
Samples.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Concrete Contractor Certification: Contractor shall provide a letter certifying, 1)
the specifications and drawings have been provided to the Concrete Contractor,
and 2) the Concrete Contractor, Flatwork Finishers and on-site Concrete
Supervisor have experience in accordance with that required in the
specifications.
a. Certification Letter shall be submitted prior to the Owner's acceptance of
the bid.
b. Certification is to include, but is not limited to:
1) List of projects confirming that the experience of the Contractor,
finishers and supervisor are in conformance with this specification.
2) For flatness compliance, the list must include the flatness level
actually measured and the applicable square footage.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1 of 24
No
rwi
..
I..
.A
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
aft
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Copper Tubing Brazed Joints: According to AWS"Brazing Handbook,"chapter"Pipe
and Tube."
E. Copper Tubing Soldered Joints: According to AWS "Soldering Manual,"chapter"The
Soldering of Pipe and Tube."
3.03 PIPING SYSTEMS—COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings indicate general location and
arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated, unless deviations to
layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
B. Install piping at indicated elevation.
C. Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
D. Install piping free of sags and bends.
E. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing.
F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
3.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING
fo A. Extend water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building water
piping systems at outside face of building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated.
1. Terminate water-service piping at building wall until building water piping
systems are installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required
for piping material. Make connections to building water piping systems when
those systems are installed.
i
B. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in
direction. Use thrust blocks, anchors, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports.
3.05 PIPING INSTALLATION
00 A. Water-Main Connection: Arrange for tap in water main, of size and in location
indicated, on site per requirements of water utility.
B. Comply with NFPA 24 for fire-protection water-service piping materials and
installation.
C. Install ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600.
1. Encase piping with Polyethylene film according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.
D. Install copper tube according to CDA's"Copper Tube Handbook."
g.
EXTERIOR WATER DISTRIBUTION 023319 - 7 of 9
■
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
B. Supervisory Switches: SPDT, designed to signal valve in other than full open
position. W"
2.07 IDENTIFICATION
4W
A. Arrange for detectable warning tapes made of solid blue film with metallic core and
continuously printed black-letter caption "CAUTION--WATER LINE BURIED BELOW."
.w
2.08 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION
A. Exposed Freestanding Fire Department Connection: UL.405, cast brass body with oft
thread inlets per NFPA 1963 and matching local fire department hose threads.
Provide connections per local fire department standards including lugged caps,
chains, gaskets and drop clappers. ..
2.09 WATER METERS, DETECTOR CHECK, ASSEMBLIES, PITS AND VAULTS
A. As indicated on plans.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING APPLICATIONS °
A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the
following applications: *
B. Install ductile-iron pipe and fittings according to AWWA C600.
C. Potable Water-Service Piping: Use the following:
1. Ductile iron as specified. p
2. Copper tube as specified.
D. Fire-Protection Water-Service Piping: Use the following:
1. Ductile iron as specified. �.
3.02 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints: According to AWWA C600.
B. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service Piping: According to UL 194 and .w
AWWA C600.
C. Flanged Joints: Align flanges and install gaskets. Assemble joints by sequencing
bolt tightening. Use lubricant on bolt threads.
EXTERIOR WATER DISTRIBUTION 023319 - 6 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME 818.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Solder Joint Filler Metal: ASTM B32 Alloy SN95, Alloy SN94 or Alloy E with 0.10
percent maximum lead content.
2.04 ANCHORAGES
A. Clamps, Straps, and Washers: ASTM A 506 steel.
B. Rods: ASTM A 575, steel.
C. Rod Couplings: ASTM A 197 (ASTM A 197M), malleable iron.
D. Bolts: ASTM A 307, steel.
E. Cast-Iron Washers: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
F. Concrete Reaction Backing: Portland cement concrete mix, 3000 psig.
1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand.
3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel.
4. Water: Potable.
2.05 VALVES
A. Non-rising Stem Gate Valves: AWWA C500, cast-iron double disc, bronze disc and
seat rings, bronze stem, cast-iron or ductile-iron body and bonnet, stem nut, 200
psig working pressure, mechanical joint ends.
B. Valve Boxes: Cast-iron box having top section and cover with lettering "WATER,"
bottom section with base of size to fit over valve and barrel approximately 5 inches
in diameter, and adjustable cast-iron extension of length required for depth of bury
of valve. Valve box to be mounted at grade in concrete pad 24" x 24" x 611
.
C. Indicator Post: UL 789, FM approved, vertical type, cast-iron body with operating
wrench, extension rod and adjustable cast-iron barrel of length required for depth of
bury of valve.
2.06 ALARM DEVICES
A. Description: UL 753, FM approved of types and sizes to mate and match piping and
equipment.
EXTERIOR WATER DISTRIBUTION 023319 - 5 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS '
D. Design Delegation Submittals:
E. LEED Submittals:
F. 0&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall ,
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
G. To Owner; The following submittals shall not be submitted to the Architect/Engineer,
but shall be submitted directly to the Owner:
404
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of water-service
piping and specialties.
B. Comply with requirements of utility supplying water.
C. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable water-service
piping. Include materials, installation, testing, and disinfection.
D. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for
materials for potable water. .,
E. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection water-
service piping. Include materials, hose threads, installation, and testing.
F. Comply with NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their
Appurtenances," for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant .w
supervision.
G. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping and specialties
made to specified standards.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to the
following:
1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion.
2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces.
3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling.
B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, including fire hydrants, according to the
following:
EXTERIOR WATER DISTRIBUTION 023319 - 2 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 023319
EXTERIOR WATER DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for:
1. Piping and specialties for potable-water service outside the building.
2. Piping and specialties for fire-protection water service outside the building.
3. Associated concrete work.
4. Associated excavation and backfill work.
B. Comply with applicable requirements of Division 02 Section "Earthwork."
1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Working Pressures: The following are minimum pressure requirements for
piping and specialties, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Potable-Water Service: 160 psig.
2. Fire-Protection Water Service: 160 psig.
3. Fire-Protection Water Service, Downstream from Fire Department Connections:
200 psig.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to procedures for submittals in Section 013323, Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Action Submittals:
C. Informational Submittals:
EXTERIOR WATER DISTRIBUTION 023319 - 1 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage
has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again
at completion of the Project.
1. Defects requiring correction include the following:
a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visual between
structures.
b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of a ball
or cylinder of a size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.
c. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping.
e. Ex-filtration: Water leakage from or around piping.
2. Replace defective piping using new materials and repeat inspections until
defects are within allowances specified.
3. Re-inspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. * ..
C. Test new piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered,
extended, or repaired for leaks and defects. ..
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.
2. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Schedule tests, and their inspections by authorities having jurisdiction, with at
least 24 hours' advance notice.
END OF SECTION
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 023116 - 8 of 8
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.06 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318, and as indicated.
3.07 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION
A. Install cleanouts and riser extension from sewer pipe to cleanout at grade. Use cast-
"' iron soil pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts and cast-iron soil pipe
for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow
00 in sewer pipe.
B. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in a cast-in-place concrete block, 24 by 24
by 12 inches deep. Set with tops 1 inch above surrounding earth grade.
C. Set cleanout frames and covers in concrete paving with tops flush with surface of
paving.
3.08 TAP CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to existing piping and underground structures so finished work
conforms as nearly as practical to requirements specified for new work.
B. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove
section of existing pipe, install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire Wye
fitting plus 6-inch overlap, with not less than 6 inches of 3000-psi, 28-day,
!' compressive-strength concrete.
C. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, sizes 4 to 20 inches by
ws removing a section of existing pipe and installing a wye fitting into existing piping.
Encase entire wye with not less than 6 inches of 3000-psi, 28-day, compressive-
strength concrete.
D. Protect existing piping and structures to prevent concrete or debris from entering
while making tap connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that
may accumulate.
3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and superfluous material as the work
progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is
completed.
1. In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may be used for cleaning.
2. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and whenever work stops.
3. Flush piping between manholes and other structures, if required by authorities
having jurisdiction, to remove collected debris.
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 023116 - 7 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.04 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION
A. General: Join and install pipe and fittings according to the following.
B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings: As follows:
1. Join pipe and gasketed fittings with elastomeric seals according to ASTM
D 2321.
2. Install according to ASTM D 2321.
3. Bedding Material: Class I, 4" to 6" depth.
4. Haunching Material: Class I or II to spring line of pipe 85% compaction ASTM . ,
D 698.
5. Initial Backfill: Class II or III, to 12" above top of pipe 90% compaction ASTM •■►
D 698.
C. System Piping Joints: Make joints using system manufacturer's couplings, except
where otherwise specified.
D. Join piping made of different materials or dimensions with couplings made for this
application. Use couplings that are compatible with and fit both systems' materials
and dimensions.
3.05 MANHOLE INSTALLATION
A. General: Install manholes, complete with accessories, as indicated. op
B. Form continuous concrete channels and benches between inlets and outlet, where
indicated. •
C. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface where manholes occur in
pavements. Set tops 3 inches above finished surface elsewhere, except where
otherwise indicated.
D. Place precast concrete manhole sections as indicated, and install according to ASTM
C 891.
1. Provide rubber joint gasket complying with ASTM C 443, at joints of sections.
2. Apply bituminous mastic coating at joints of sections.
E. Construct cast-in-place manholes as indicated.
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 023116 - 6 of 8
so
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
ON NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Beneath Paving, Walks and Equipment Slabs - 95%
2. In Unpaved Areas - 85%
L. Use granular backfill material for all piping beneath paving, slats and equipment
pads.
3.02 SEWERAGE PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. General: Include watertight joints.
B. Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fitting products
listed below. Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods according to the following
applications.
C. Sanitary Sewer: PVC gasket joint sewer pipe and fittings.
3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans and details) indicate the
general location and arrangement of underground sewerage and drainage systems
piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account many design
considerations. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical.
B. Install piping beginning at low point of systems, true to grades and alignment
indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing
upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's
recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.
Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed.
C. Use manholes for changes in direction, except where fittings are indicated. Use
• fittings for branch connections, except where direct tap into existing sewer is
indicated.
.% D. Use proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings, where different sizes or
materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reduction of the size of piping in the
direction of flow is prohibited.
OR
E. Install gravity-flow-systems piping at constant slope between points and elevations
indicated. Install straight piping runs at constant slope, not less than that specified,
where slope is not indicated.
F. Extend sewerage piping and connect to building's sanitary drains, of sizes and in
„ locations indicated. Terminate piping as indicated.
G. Install sewerage piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of 1
percent and 36-inch minimum cover, except where otherwise indicated.
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 023116 - 5 of 8
No
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS low
B. Granular Backfill: Satisfactory granular material with less than 5 percent passing
No. 200 sieve. W
C. Soil Backfill: Satisfactory excavated soil material free of debris, waste, frozen
materials, rocks larger than 6" in any dimension, vegetable or other deleterious A""
material.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION BEDDING AND BACKFILLING "
A. Excavation shall be carefully done and width of trenches shall be kept to a minimum
for size pipe being installed. Sides of the trenches shall be vertical to a point not ..
less than 12" above top of the pipe.
B. Excavate bottom of trenches in which pipe lines are to be installed to a depth of 6"
below required invert of pipe for pipe bedding.
C. Grade along top of trench as required to prevent surface water from flowing into
trenches. Keep trenches dry.
D. Provide temporary pumping measures if ground water is encountered. Include all
costs for dewatering in event ground water is encountered.
E. Bring trench bottom to proper elevation for pipe with bedding material. Carefully .�
prepare bedding so pipe, after installation will be true to line and grade.
F. Excavate bell holes at each joint to provide full length barrel support of pipe and to ,
prevent point loading at bells or coupling.
G. Grade surface of bedding material beneath pipe at all points between bell holes or
pipe joints to form bed not less than 60% of pipe width.
H. Shovel additional bedding material uniformly and simultaneously on each side of
pipe up to pipe centerline and thoroughly hand tamp on both sides and under pipe
to completely fill voids around pipe to hold pipe in proper position and alignment
during subsequent embedment and backfilling operations.
I. Shovel granular backfill material uniformly and simultaneously on each side of pipe
up to 12" above top of pipe and thoroughly compact on both sides to completely fill
voids around pipe to hold pipe in proper position and alignment.
J. Bedding for rigid conduit shall be installed to produce Class B bedding having a load .�
factor of 1.9 minimum.
K. Place backfill in maximum 8" lifts uniformly compacted as follow for ASTM D 698,
and in accordance with requirements of Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
will
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 023116 - 4 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Riser Sections: 4-inch minimum thickness, 48-inch diameter, and lengths to
provide depth indicated.
3. Top Section: Eccentric cone type, unless concentric cone or flat-slab-top type
is indicated. Top of cone of size that matches grade rings.
4. Gaskets: ASTM C 443, rubber.
5. Grade Rings: Include 2 or 3 reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch total
thickness, that match a 24-inch- diameter frame and cover..
6. Steps: Neenah R-1982-3. Cast steps or anchor ladder into base, riser, and top
section sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch intervals. Omit steps for manholes less than
60 inches deep.
7. Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923, resilient, of size required, for each pipe
connecting to base section.
B. Manhole Frames and Covers: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, heavy-duty ductile iron.
Include 24-inch inside diameter by 7- to 9-inch riser with 4-inch minimum width
flange, and 26-inch- diameter cover. Include indented top design with lettering,
equivalent to the following, cast into cover:
1. Sanitary and Process Sewerage Piping Systems: SEWER.
2.03 CLEANOUTS
A. Cast-iron ferrule and countersunk brass cleanout plug, with round cast-iron access
frame and heavy-duty, secured, scoriated cast-iron cover.
2.04 CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT
A. Ready - Mix Concrete, ASTM C-94
1. Air Entrained 5% to 8%
2. Slump Range 3", plus or minus 1".
B. Reinforcement: Steel conforming to the following:
1. Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.
2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed steel.
2.05 BEDDING AND BACKFILLING MATERIALS
A. Bedding Material: Crushed limestone, crushed gravel, size 67, ASTM D 448.
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 023116 - 3 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Site Information: Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify
existing utility locations. Aa
B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the
Owner or others except when permitted under the following conditions and then
only after arranging to provide acceptable temporary utility services.
1. Notify Owner not less than 48 hours in advance of proposed utility
interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without receiving Owner's written
permission.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate sanitary sewerage system connections to utility company's sanitary
sewer.
B. Coordinate process sewerage system connections to point indicated on site.
C. Coordinate with interior building drainage systems. AM
D. Coordinate with other utility and storm system work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A
2.01 PIPES AND FITTINGS
A. Sanitary Sewer: .,
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, for
gasketed joints.
2. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal.
2.02 MANHOLES
A. Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth
indicated, with provision for rubber gasket joints.
1. Base Section: 6-inch minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch minimum
thickness for walls and base riser section, and having a separate base slab or
base section with integral floor. Cast-in-place concrete base, min. thickness
12", may be substituted for precast base.
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 023116 - 2 of 8
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 023116
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes sewerage and drainage systems outside the building. Systems
include sanitary sewerage.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Sanitary Piping: System of sewer pipe, fittings, and appurtenances for gravity flow
of sanitary sewage.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
0, A. Gravity-Flow, Non-pressure-Piping Pressure Ratings: At least equal to system test
pressure.
-0 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Environmental Agency Compliance: Comply with regulations pertaining to sanitary
sewerage and storm drainage systems.
B. Utility Compliance: Comply with regulations pertaining to sanitary sewerage
systems. Include standards of water and other utilities where appropriate.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Do not store plastic pipe or fittings in direct sunlight.
*0 B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.
C. Handle precast concrete manholes and other structures according to manufacturer's
rigging instructions.
EXTERIOR SEWERAGE SYSTEMS 023116 - 1 of 8
raw
r..
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
ow
.NK
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
00 HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.18 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove topsoil, surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including
0 unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off the Owner's
property.
END OF SECTION
40
EARTHWORK 022200 - 9 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.15 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface
changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines,
and elevations indicated.
1. Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades.
Aft
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to conform to required
surface tolerances.
B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent
ponding. Finish sub-grades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 0.10 foot.
2. Walks: Plus or minus 0.10 foot.
3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
C. Grading Inside Building Lines: Finish sub-grade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when
tested with a 10 foot straightedge.
3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each sub-grade ,
and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously
completed work verify compliance with requirements.
B. When testing agency reports that sub-grades, fills, or backfills are below specified
density, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to the depth
required, re-compact and retest until required density is obtained.
3.17 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and
erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and re-establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially two
completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose compaction due to
subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.
C. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project construction period, remove
finished surfacing, backfill with additional approved material, compact, and
reconstruct surfacing.
EARTHWORK 022200 - 8 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Backfill in all other areas with satisfactory soil material.
3.12 FILL
A. Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, wet and unsatisfactory soil
materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to
placing fills.
1. Plow strip, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so
fill material will bond with existing surface.
2. Proof roll surface prior to fill placement to identify any soft or yielding areas
requiring undercutting or compaction as recommended by Owner's testing and
inspection service.
B. When sub-grade or existing ground surface to receive fill has a density less than that
required for fill, break up ground surface to depth required, pulverize, moisture-
condition or aerate soil and re-compact to required density.
3.13 MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate sub-grade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer
before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or
contain frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry satisfactory soil material that is too
wet to compact to specified density.
3.14 COMPACTION
A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for
material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in
loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required
elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than
the following percentages of modified Proctor dry density according to ASTM D
1557, Method "C:
1. All areas, 95 percent of the modified Proctor dry density.
EARTHWORK 022200 - 7 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Reconstruct sub-grades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated
water, or construction activities, as directed by the Owner's testing and inspection
service.
3.09 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending
indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, •w
without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring
elevations to proper position when acceptable to the Architect.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by the
Owner.
3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill soil materials, including ,.
acceptable borrow materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place,
grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent wind-blown
dust. '
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations.
3.11 BACKFILL
A. Backfill excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:
1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable,
damp proofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. .,
2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents.
3. Testing, inspecting, and approval of underground utilities.
4. Concrete formwork removal.
5. Removal of trash and debris from excavation.
6. Removal of temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting.
7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported
walls.
B. Backfill beneath building footings and floor slabs with sand and gravel.
1. Backfill utility trenches in building and paved areas with granular backfill
material. „
EARTHWORK 022200 - 6 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.06 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
A. Asphalt, deleterious materials, vegetation, organic soils (top soil), or wet and
disturbed soils shall be removed from beneath the building, and replaced with sand
and gravel fill as approved by Owner's testing and inspection service.
B. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus
0.10 foot. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and
removing concrete formwork, installing services and other construction, and for
inspections.
1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Footing excavations shall be
excavated at least 12"deeper than elevation of footing bottoms, and at least
12"of 3/4-inch crushed stone shall be placed beneath the footings.
a. In addition, the sub-grades shall be thoroughly densified with a vibrating
' plate compactor prior to placement of any fill.
b. If footing sub-grades become disturbed after initial preparation, they shall
be densified again prior to placement of footing concrete.
2. Excavation for Mechanical and Electrical Appurtenances: Excavate to elevations
and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot. Do not
disturb bottom of excavations intended for bearing surface.
!�► 3.07 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Cut surface under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, elevations, and
grades.
1. Proof roll surfaces excavated to pavement and slab sub-grade to identify any
soft or yielding areas requiring undercut or compaction as recommended by
Owner's testing and inspection service.
3.08 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE
A. Notify Owner's testing and inspection service when excavations or filling operations
have reached required sub-grade.
B. When Owner's testing and inspection service determines that unforeseen
unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted
backfill or fill material as directed.
1. Unforeseen additional excavation and replacement material will be paid
according to the Contract provisions for changes in Work.
EARTHWORK 022200 - 5 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above-grade and below-grade
improvements necessary to permit construction, and other work as indicated.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards
created by earthwork operations.
B. Protect sub-grades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost.
Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. AW
C. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and ..*
walkways.
3.03 DEWATERING ..�
A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations,
from ponding on prepared sub-grades, and from flooding Project site and
surrounding area.
B. Protect sub-grades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
C. To facilitate footing construction in wet conditions, minimum 12-inches of 3/4"
crushed stone may be placed beneath all footings in accordance with instructions of
Owner's testing and inspection service.
3.04 EXCAVATION
A. Explosives: No explosives shall be used.
B. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to
required sub-grade elevations regardless of the character of materials and
obstructions encountered.
3.05 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS
A. Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction to maintain stable excavations.
B. Slope sides of excavations to comply with requirements of agencies having
jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible. Maintain sides and
slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling.
EARTHWORK 022200 - 4 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Site Information: Data in subsurface investigation reports was used for the basis of
the design and are available to the Contractor for information only.
1. Conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or
continuity between soil borings.
2. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from
this data by Contractor.
3. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be performed by
Contractor, at the Contractor's option; however, no change in the Contract Sum
will be authorized for such additional exploration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide approved borrow soil materials from off-site when sufficient
approved soil materials are not available from excavations.
B. Satisfactory Soil Materials: Are defined as those approved by Owners testing and
inspection service.
C. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials: As defined as those not approved by Owner's testing
and inspection service.
D. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials.
E. Granular Backfill Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or
crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand, ASTM D 2940, with at
least 95 percent passing a 1 inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No.
200 sieve.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SITE CLEARING
A. General: Remove shrubs, grass and other vegetation, improvements, or
obstructions interfering with installation of new construction. Removal includes
digging out stumps and roots.
B. Topsoil: Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent
intermingling with under laying subsoil or other objectionable material. Dispose of
topsoil as specified for disposal of waste material.
EARTHWORK 022200 - 3 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated sub-grade
elevations or dimensions without direction by the Owner. Unauthorized excavation, •
as well as remedial work directed by the Owner, shall be at the Contractor's
expense.
G. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs,
mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features
constructed above or below ground surface. .�
H. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as
underground services within building lines.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Testing and Inspection Service: Owner will employ a qualified independent
geotechnical engineering testing agency to classify proposed on-site and borrow
soils to verify that soils comply with specified requirements and to perform required
field and laboratory testing.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS �•
A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the
Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Owner and then only after
acceptable temporary utility services have been provided.
1. Provide a minimum 48-hours' notice to the Owner and receive written notice to
proceed before interrupting any utility.
2. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in area of excavation
work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place, provide adequate means of
support and protection during earthwork operations.
mow
3. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be
encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions.
Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and All
facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner.
B. Assisting owners testing and inspection service: At onset of construction assist
Owners testing and inspection service in procurement of soil samples for laboratory
testing to control site excavation, fill and backfill.
C. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of
this work and post with warning lights.
1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction.
EARTHWORK 022200 - 2 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
40
SECTION 022200
EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Site clearing.
2. Site excavating, filling and backfilling.
3. Preparing and grading sub-grades for slabs-on-grade, walks and pavements.
4. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures.
5. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines.
6. Excavating and backfilling for underground mechanical and electrical utilities
and appurtenances.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered to sub-grade elevations
and the reuse or disposal of materials removed.
B. Sub-grade: Existing ground surface to receive subsequent fill and the uppermost
surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below
sub-base, or topsoil materials.
C. Borrow: Soil material obtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not
available from excavations.
D. Sub-base Course: The layer placed between the sub-grade and base course in a
paving system or the layer placed between the sub-grade and surface of a pavement
or walk.
E. Base Course: The layer placed between the sub-base and surface pavement in a
paving system.
EARTHWORK 022200 - 1 of 9
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION Ak
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Return structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to
commencement of selective demolition.
2. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective
demolition.
3. Eliminate any hazardous conditions that remain in the work areas, and in
surrounding areas, as a result of the demolition.
B. Upon completion of demolition, remove tools, equipment and demolished materials
from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean.
END OF SECTION
00
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 021113 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Immediately report such findings to both the Owner and Architect, and follow
with a written report, in accurate detail.
2. Pending receipt of directive from Owner or Architect, rearrange selective
demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without
delay, in other areas.
3.05 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, stop work,
which will affect those materials and immediately notify the Owner.
1. Pending receipt of directive from Owner or Architect, rearrange selective
demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without
delay, in other areas.
2. The Owner will give directions regarding when and how to proceed.
3.06 SALVAGED MATERIALS
A. Salvaged Items: Where items are indicated to be salvaged, carefully remove, clean,
store and turn-over, or delivery to Owner, and obtain receipt, or reinstall as
indicated.
3.07 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations
from building site on a daily basis.
B. Provide dumpsters, barrels, or other containers to store demolished materials prior
to disposal. Locate containers on the site in location as directed by Owner
C. Legally transport and dispose of materials off site. If necessary, provide containers
for debris, complying with requirements of local and state authorities, federal
authorities, the Environmental Protection Agency, and operators of selected disposal
sites.
1. Burning or burying of removed materials, on site, is prohibited.
D. Maintain written records regarding the hauling and legal disposal of demolished
materials. Indicate, among other information, types of material, approximate
quantities, dates, and disposal sites. Provide copies of such records to Owner, upon
request.
3.08 CLEAN-UP AND REPAIR
A. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 021113 - 5 of 6
4k
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS "'
2. Provide by-pass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to
occupied areas of building.
a. Notify Owner of any planned disruptions of service at least 48 hours prior
to event.
A^
3. Unless otherwise indicated, remove pipe, conduit, wire, etc. back to the nearest
source which also feeds other lines to remain, except for portions concealed in
permanent construction, such as concrete, masonry, gypsum board, etc., and
portions within inaccessible spaces.
3.03 SHORING AND BRACING "
A. Provide bracing or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of
structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain.
1. For conditions posing potential hazards of collapse or damage, employ a
professional engineer to design shoring or bracing. Contractor is responsible
for engineering design of shoring and bracing.
B. Cease operations and notify the Owner's Representative immediately if safety of
structure appears to be endangered.
1. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for .�
continuing operations.
3.04 DEMOLITION
A. Perform selective demolition in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required
to complete demolition in accordance with governing regulations.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, portions of razed work, below grade, shall be removed to
point 18-inches below new finished grade.
C. Clear exposed demolition area of all deleterious materials such as wood, trees,
brush, other natural growth, and construction materials.
D. Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from building demolition
operations with satisfactory soil materials, properly compacted, and brought to grade ,�
elevation, ready for further excavation or new construction.
1. Uniformly rough grade area of demolished construction to a smooth surface,
free from irregular surface changes. Provide a smooth transition between
adjacent existing grades and new grades.
E. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical or structural elements which conflict with
intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature
and extent of the conflict.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 021113 - 4 of 6
+�A
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
:. 3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to commencement of selective demolition, examine areas in which demolition is
to be performed.
1. Notify Owner of existing conditions, which could be misconstrued as damage
resulting from selective demolition prior to starting demolition.
B. Verify existing conditions of site, structures, and utilities prior to commencement of
selective demolition work. In particular, but without limitation, verify existing utility
lines affected by demolition work, including location, function, area served, potential
hazards, etc.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Suitably barricade the area surrounding the building area[s], or portions to be
demolished, in accord with applicable laws, regulations, safety restrictions, or
directives. Include ample working area for anticipated equipment and demolition
operations.
1. At no time reduce, block, re-configure, modify, or otherwise compromise any
exits from building, or impair routes for egress away from building, unless
approved alternatives are approved.
2. Maintain barricades in good order throughout demolition operations. Adjust as
deemed appropriate to include more or less area.
B. Erect and maintain dust-proof and weather tight partitions and enclosures as
required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building.
1. Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from soiling or
damage when demolition is performed in rooms or areas from which such items
have not been removed
2. If openings are made in the exterior of the building, provide weatherproof
temporary enclosures, which will provide security against entry into the
building. Maintain temporary enclosures until openings are enclosed with
permanent construction.
C. Have all utilities in or leading to the demolition areas, accurately located, and
identified, by the utilities, or underground service agency.
1. Ensure that all utility services, that are not indicated to remain, are turned-off
or de-energized, stubbed-off and disconnected
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 021113 - 3 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection as required
to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective
demolition.
C. Erect temporary enclosures around areas of selected demolition, per requirements of
Section 015100, to prevent contamination of adjacent areas by dust, debris, fumes,
dirt, and other materials resulting from demolition operations.
D. If wetting of existing materials to reduce airborne dust and debris is required,
prevent runoff water from entering process, sanitary and storm sewer lines.
E. Prevent accumulation of debris from demolition operations in drains, vents, and
other open structures to remain.
F. Damages:
1. Contractor assumes responsibility for damages to Owner's existing facilities to
remain, and to other property, public and private, which may result from
selective demolition operations. Select demolition methods to minimize
potential for such damage.
2. Promptly repair damage caused to other facilities by demolition at no cost to
Owner.
G. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to
ensure minimum interference with building operations, roads, streets, walks, and ,
other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Coordinate routing procedures with
Owner.
H. Explosives: No use of explosives shall be permitted.
I. Utility Services: Prior to start of demolition, engage services of utility companies or
others, to locate and mark the locations of various utility lines.
1. Maintain existing utilities not indicated to be removed; keep in service, and
protect against damage during demolition operations.
2. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or otherwise utilized facilities,
except when authorized in advance by Owner. Provide temporary services
during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities.
3. Obtain information regarding public utilities, if any, in areas in which selective
demolition will take place. Do not excavate areas in which public utilities may
be present until necessary documentation has been obtained from responsible
authorities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 021113 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
,Nr
SECTION 021113
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 —General Requirements govern this Section.
00 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for demolition of limited portions of the existing facility, as
indicated, with subsequent removal and legal disposal of resulting debris.
1. Maintenance of code compliant egress from the existing building is required
during all times when Owner operations are working. Provide exit systems as
directed and approved.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 017329 - Cutting and Patching: Cutting and patching procedures.
2. Section 015100 - Temporary Facilities: Temporary partitions and other work
required around demolition work areas, and immediate adjacent areas.
1.03 PERMITS
A. Obtain and pay for street closing, sidewalk closing, general demolition, hauling,
disposal, and other permits and fees, as required by local authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Do not restrict use of public rights-of-way prior to obtaining required permits.
1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of
�► items or structures to be demolished.
1. Conditions existing at time of commencement of contract will be maintained by
Owner insofar as practicable. However, variations within structure may occur
by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective
demolition.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 021113 - 1 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Do not remove any record documents or samples from the field office, at any
time, or for any purpose.
3.02 RECORDING
A. Maintain current records by recording information concurrently with construction
progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.
1. Current record documents shall be made available for inspection by Owner
upon one-day's notice, throughout the course of the work
B. Drawings and Specifications: Legibly marked to record all deviations to current
contract documents showing actual construction.
1. All record information, added to the set of drawings, shall be readily
recognizable, in permanent colored media, or specifically noted as"Record
Information", different from the original contract information.
C. At completion of project, submit marked-up record documents to Owner for review.
3.03 CERTIFICATION
A. Certify as a part of each application for payment that project record documents are
current at time application is submitted. Include the requirements of recording
paragraph above.
END OF SECTION
.M
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2 of 2
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
wA SECTION 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
40 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Record documents and samples relating to this project are required, and shall be
kept and prepared as required herein.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Provide and maintain at the site, a full complement of project documents to be
returned to the Owner at the completion of the project.
low
B. Designated and labeled as"RECORD DOCUMENTS", maintain one (1) set of the
following documents in good order; clean, dry, and legible condition:
1. Complete set of Contract Drawings.
2. Complete set (all volumes) of Contract Specifications.
3. All addenda, Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract, bound in a
separate binder.
4. Reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples, in files for ease of
04 retrieval.
C. Label each document "Project Record" in neat, large printed letters.
W
1. Do not use record documents for construction, or any other purposes.
D. Store all project record documents and samples, securely, in Contractor's field office
apart from documents used for construction.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 of 2
AW
..
Aw
wv
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
,M
0+
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
A HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by
the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction
period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect upon Substantial
Completion of that designated portion of the Work.
B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a
subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a
written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for
execution by the required parties.
1. Submit a draft to the Owner for approval prior to final execution.
C. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two (2) copies of each required
warranty properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor,
supplier, or manufacturer.
1. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table
of contents of the Project Manual.
' D. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial-quality, durable 3-ring, vinyl-
covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and
sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.
1. Provide heavy paper index dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each
separate warranty.
2. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation.
3. Provide a typed description of the product/r installation, including the name of
the product, and the name, address, and telephone number of the Installer.
4. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES", Project title or name, and name of the Contractor.
5. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals,
provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion
in each required manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
WARRANTIES 017836 - 3 of 3
A..,
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS """
B. Special Warranties: Written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to
provide greater rights for the Owner.
1.04 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted
construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of
such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of
warranted construction.
B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been
corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written
endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall extend, at a minimum, throughout the
term of the original warranty.
C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed,
replace or repair the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements
of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing
or repairing defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use
of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.
D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to ,.
implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies
otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be
interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other ,
duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and
to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements
of the Contract Documents.
E. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on
the Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the
Work, until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign
such commitments are willing to do so.
1.05 SUBMITTALS low
A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial
Completion.
1. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a
commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial
Completion of the project, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written
warranties upon request of the Architect.
WARRANTIES 017836 - 2 of 3
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 017836
WARRANTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required
by the Contract Documents, including manufacturer's standard warranties on
products and special warranties.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Division 01 Section "Contract Closeout" specifies contract closeout procedures.
2. Various specification Sections in Divisions 02 through 26, set out specific
requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be
0 warranted.
C. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to
Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
D. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product
warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that
incorporates the products.
1. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve
suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special
warranties with the Contractor.
E. Separate Prime Contracts: Each prime contractor is responsible for warranties
related to its own contract.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
iii A. Standard Product Warranties: Preprinted written warranties published by individual
manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the
manufacturer to the Owner.
WARRANTIES 017836 - 1 of 3
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
n•
2. Provide minimum five (5) working days' notice to verify training time.
C. Training shall include start-up, operation, maintenance, shut-down, troubleshooting,
and routine servicing of equipment and systems.
3.03 INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE OF SURFACES
A. Purposes: To instruct Owner's maintenance personnel in proper methods and
materials to use in the proper care of all exposed surfaces.
B. Format: Provide individually bound or stapled documents for each different surface.
1. Include a cover or cover sheet clearly indicating contents.
2. If surface is a part of a system or equipment item for which an operating and
maintenance manual is to be provided, include surface maintenance and
cleaning information as a separate section within such manual.
C. Include recommended cleaning materials, preventative maintenance, and
recommended methods and procedures for cleaning and otherwise maintaining
surfaces.
D. Copies: Unless otherwise indicated, provide three (3) copies, with properly
documented transmittal to Owner.
END OF SECTION
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 of 3
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Contents: Each Manual shall include:
1. Table of Contents.
2. Name, address, and phone number of manufacturer, installer, distributor, and
authorized service provider(s).
3. Manufacturer's product data or other description of system or equipment.
4. Opening sequence and procedures.
5. Safety instructions.
6. Wiring diagrams (as applicable). ,
7. Shop drawings (as applicable).
Ak
8. Maintenance instructions and requirements, including preventative and
corrective maintenance.
9. Spare parts list.
10. Warranty copy. ,
11. Other information as required by individual specification sections and as
appropriate to provide the Owner with necessary information regarding ..,►
operation and maintenance of the system or equipment.
D. Less complex systems and equipment items may be organized into a single chapter
within a manual containing several such items.
E. Copies: Unless otherwise indicated, provide three (3) copies of all manuals, with
properly documented transmittal to Owner.
3.02 TRAINING
A. Contractor shall be responsible for having qualified representatives of equipment
manufacturers train Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of 401
systems and equipment, as indicated in individual specification sections.
1. Training shall include on-the-job instruction and, if appropriate, shall include
classroom instruction.
B. All required training shall be coordinated with, and scheduled at Owner's
convenience.
1. Arrange for suitable facility for training, if such is required.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2 of 3
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 017823
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
A 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for that portion of the project close-out procedures whereby certain
operating and maintenance data, information, manuals and instruction/training is
provided to the Owner, in regard to future operation and maintenance of the facility
and equipment.
1. Individual specification Sections have provisions requiring specific information
(manuals, direction, instruction, etc.) to be provided in the manuals described
herein.
W PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MANUALS
A. Purpose: Operation and maintenance manuals shall be used for training of, and use
by, Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of systems and related
Ok equipment.
1. Refer to individual specification sections for systems and equipment for which
manuals are required.
B. Format: Manuals shall be hardcover, 3-ring loose-leaf binders, black in color,
approximately 11" wide by 11-1/2 " high, of thickness as appropriate for contents.
Include the following:
1. Machine-printed label on spine, clearly indicating system(s) or equipment
included.
2. Tabbed dividers, labeled to indicate section content
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 of 3
.w
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) "`
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free
condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective
surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom
clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces.
4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess
lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary
condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps
5. Clean the site, including landscape areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign
substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other
foreign mater and deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted,
to a smooth even-textured surface.
D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety
standards for cleaning.
1. Provide suitable and adequate number of receptacles to receive debris from
clean-up operations.
2. Do not burn, bury or otherwise dispose of waste materials, debris or excess
materials on the Owner's property.
3. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner.
4. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage
systems.
E. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have
become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017700 - 7 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.08 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. Contractor shall submit final application in accordance with requirements of General
Conditions and Supplementary Conditions.
3.09 FINAL CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT
A. Architect will issue final certificate in accordance with provisions of General
Conditions.
B. Should final completion be materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, the
Architect may issue a semi-final certificate for payment, in accordance with
provisions of General Conditions.
3.10 WITHHOLDING OF RETAINAGE
A. The Owner reserves the right to withhold, without penalty, retained amounts, if any,
at the completion of the project until all documentation herein described is properly
executed and submitted by the Contractor, to the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.11 FINAL CLEANING `
A. General: All cleaning shall be done to the satisfaction of the Owner, whose Aw
judgment as to adequacy shall be final
1. Where clean-up requirements are not met, Owner reserves the right to contract
separately for the clean-up work to be completed, and the cost of such clean-
up including overhead and profit shall be deducted from the Contractor's
subsequent request for payment, reducing the Contract Sum.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for a thorough final
cleaning of the entire project and site.
1. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial
building cleaning and maintenance program.
am
2. Comply with manufacturers'cleaning instructions, where applicable.
C. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for final .�
acceptance.
1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. *'
2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017700 - 6 of 7
OR
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3. Schedule and coordinate instructional meetings well in advance with the
Owner. Provide Owner with copies of any printed material distributed at the
instructional meetings.
4. A general statement of these instructions and a copy of the sign-in sheet
bearing the names of all attendees at such instructions shall be included with
closeout submittals.
3.06 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENT AND RELEASE OF LIENS
A. Submit completed and properly executed and notarized (if indicated) originals of the
following:
"! 1. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: AIA G706.
2. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens: AIA G706A:
3. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: AIA G707.
4. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens.
5. Separate releases of Waivers of Liens for Subcontractors, suppliers, and others
with lien rights against property of Owner, together with list of those parties.
3.07 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A. Submit final statement of accounting to Owner.
B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments including:
1. Original contract sum.
2. Additions and deductions resulting from (if applicable):
a. Previous change orders.
b. Unit prices.
c. Other adjustments.
d. Deductions for uncorrected work.
e. Deductions for re-inspection payments.
3. Total Contract Sum: As adjusted.
4. Previous payments: Re-adjust Total Contract Sum to reflect payments receive
to date.
5. Final Contract Sum; Original Total Contract Sum itemized to show all
adjustments and amount remaining due.
017700 - 5 of 7
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 .�
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and
send a written notice to Architect certifying that work is complete. .,.
3. Architect will re-inspect work.
3.03 REINSPEC71ON COSTS
A. Should Architect be required to perform second inspection because of failure of work
to comply with original certifications of Contractor, Owner will compensate Architect
for additional services, and deduct amount from final payment to Contractor.
3.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: As required by Section 017839.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: As required by Section 017823.
C. Warranties: As required by Section 017836.
D. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: As required by specifications sections.
E. Extra Materials: As required by specifications sections.
F. Keys and Keying Schedule: As required by Specifications.
G. Deliver certificates of compliance with requirements of governing authorities, as
required by respective specification sections, including but not limited to:
1. Certificates of Inspection:
a. Mechanical.
b. Electrical.
2. Certificate of Occupancy.
H. List of all manufacturer's local representatives or authorized service agents for all
building equipment and systems.
3.05 TRAINING/INSTRUCTION
A. Appropriate Contractors shall:
1. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation of mechanical, electrical and other .�
equipment and systems as required by the specification Sections.
2. Perform instruction before certification of substantial completion or before
Owner's occupancy of any portion of the project, whichever is earliest.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017700 - 4 of 7
P0
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
8. Should Architect consider that work is not substantially complete:
a. The Architect will notify Contractor, stating reasons.
b. Contractor: Complete work, and send second written notice to Architect
" certifying that project, or designated portion of project, is substantially
complete.
c. The Architect will re-inspect work.
E. Final payment will not be made on the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
F. Should Architect consider that work is not substantially complete:
1. The Architect will notify Contractor, stating reasons.
2. Contractor shall complete work and send second written notice to
Architect certifying that project, or designated portion of project, is
substantially complete.
3. The Architect will re-inspect the work.
3.02 FINAL INSPECTION
A. At the appropriate time, when the Punch List is completed, the Contractor shall
request a final inspection, and shall submit written certification that:
+► 1. Contractor has reviewed Contract Documents.
2. Contractor has inspected project for compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.
4. Equipment and systems have been tested in presence of Owner and are
operational.
5. Project is completed and ready for final inspection.
B. Architect will make final inspection within a reasonable time afte r receipt of
certification.
C. Should Architect consider that the work is finally complete in accordance with
requirements of Contract Documents, Architect shall request Contractor to make
project closeout submittals.
„ D. Should Architect consider that work is not finally complete:
1. Architect will notify Contractor, in writing, stating reason.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017700 - 3 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 M.
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ow
A. When the Contractor deems that the project work, or a portion of the project ,
designated by the Owner, is essentially complete, and substantially in compliance
with the contract, the Contractor shall:
1. Submit written certification to the Owner and Architect that the project, or
designated portion of the project, may be considered substantially complete.
2. Include a list of all items still incomplete or requiring correction, along with �.
reason for incompletion and the cost required to complete or correct each item.
B. Architect will make an inspection within a reasonable time after receipt of
certification.
C. Should Architect consider that work is substantially complete, except for minor
items, the Architect will prepare a list of items requiring completion or correction
("Punch List"), and transmit list to Contractor and Owner.
D. Architect will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion, containing:
1. Date of substantial completion.
2. List of items to be completed or corrected.
3. The time within which Contractor shall complete or correct listed items.
4. Time and date Owner will assume possession of work or designated portion
thereof.
5. Responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for:
a. Insurance.
b. Utilities.
c. Operations of mechanical, electrical and other systems.
d. Security
6. Signatures of: '®
a. Owner.
b. Contractor.
7. Owner Occupancy of Project or Designated Portion of Project:
a. Contractor shall perform final cleaning.
b. Owner will obtain certificate of occupancy and occupy project, under
provisions stated in certificate of substantial completion.
c. Contractor: Complete work listed for completion or correction, within
designated time. ■-
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017700 - 2 of 7
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 017700
PR07ECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 —General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for procedures to be used at the completion of the project, for
close-out of all project work and administrative obligations.
1. Such procedures shall be implemented at the time of establishing Substantial
Completion of the project.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Contract Period (Time): Date listed in Contract for the final completion of the
project work.
B. Final Completion: Status of project at the time of the end of the Contract Period; all
contractual obligations met and no further work is required.
C. Final Inspection: Inspection conducted to assure Final Completion, including all
work required by the"Punch List".
D. "Punch List": List of discrepancies and work items to be completed or corrected as a
result of the inspection conducted at the time of consideration for Substantial
!! Completion.
E. Substantial Completion: A condition present in the project work,, where the majority
of the work is complete, except for minor and unobtrusive items; is fully safe, and
ready for occupancy, and such other state that the Architect can issue a Certificate
of Substantial Completion.
1. Such condition shall occur no less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the end
of the Contract Time.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
PROJECT CLOSEOUT 017700 - 1 of 7
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS •w
1. Where 4" and larger pipe and conduit penetrations through masonry walls are
removed, remove and replace all disturbed masonry units and finish exposed
surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
2. Where smaller than 4" pipe and conduit penetrations through masonry walls
are removed, fill holes solid with mortar and finish to match adjacent surfaces
on each side of wall.
C. Patch surfaces with materials identical to those of adjacent surfaces. If identical
materials are not available, us like materials to match as closely as possible
D. When patching smooth finished surfaces, re-finish entire unbroken surface to
nearest corner or other continuous break in plane.
1. Finish patched surfaces in compliance with Section 099100, Field Painting, or
other applicable finish specifications for this project.
E. When patching masonry or tile surfaces, use materials of like size, color, surface
texture, coursing, joint pattern, and other physical and visual characteristics.
END OF SECTION
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 4 of 4
PM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
E. Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner
that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in
increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety.
1. Prior to proceeding, notify Owner of any proposed cutting and patching related
to operational equipment or safety related systems.
F. Protection: Fully protect adjacent surfaces and equipment from damage due to
cutting and patching operations.
G. Provide temporary watertight and airtight enclosures for openings made in exterior
walls or roof and for openings made in interior walls which expose clean process
areas to less clean areas.
H. If hazardous or toxic materials are encountered during cutting operations, cease
work in the affected area and notify Owner immediately. Do not cut, alter, remove,
or otherwise disturb such materials without Owner's written permission.
3.03 CUTTING
4W
A. Areas of work to be cut and removed shall be held to the minimum required to
install the new work, and shall be combined as much as possible to minimize the
number of disrupted areas.
B. Cutting: Select cutting methods which will cause least damage to existing materials
and surfaces to remain.
C. Generally, use hand and small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, rather
than tools designed for hammering and chopping.
1. Cut openings neatly to sizes required, with minimum disturbance of adjacent
surfaces, and in a manner to facilitate patching.
D. Cut or drill from exposed finish side into concealed spaces, to minimize disturbance
to finished surfaces.
E. In masonry and tile surfaces, cut or chisel openings at mortar or grout joints and
remove whole units where possible, unless otherwise indicated.
3.04 PATCHING
A. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained
adjoining construction in a manner that shows no evidence of patching and
„ refinishing.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, patch all walls, floors, roofs, and other elements where
existing piping, conduit, and the like are removed.
IF
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS *+
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate cutting, fitting, and patching operations, including consequential
excavation, backfill, and finishing required to complete work, with all affected trades,
as required in Section 011400, Coordination, and Section 017326, Existing
Conditions.
B. Coordinate cutting and patching work with Owner, when necessary, to minimize
disruption of Owner's operations.
1.06 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ..R
A. To the best of the Owner's knowledge, the existing facility does not contain asbestos
or lead-based coatings. If such materials or other hazardous materials are
encountered, cease operations which may disturb them, and contact the Owner for
instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Perform cutting and patching as required for new work, whether or not specifically
indicated on Drawings. Perform cutting and patching if required to expose, repair,
or remove previously installed defective work.
3.02 PRECAUTIONS
A. Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces and conditions under which
cutting and patching is to be performed. Take precautionary action before
proceeding if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are observed or encountered.
B. Provide temporary support of work to be cut, if necessary. For conditions posing
potential hazards of collapse or damage, employ a professional engineer to design
shoring or bracing.
1. Compensation for design services will be paid by Owner and deducted from the
Contract Sum.
2. Architect will not design such shoring or bracing, unless directed by Owner.
C. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or utilities until it is verified that they have been
shut off, if to be abandoned, or bypassed if to remain active.
D. Do not cut or alter structural components.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 017329
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK
A. This Section specifies cutting and patching of existing and previously installed
construction.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Selective Demolition is specified in Division 02.
2. Through-Penetration Fire Stopping is specified in Division 07.
3. Joint Sealants are specified in Division 07.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting and Patching: The process of selective cutting and removal of limited areas
of existing rir new building materials to facilitate installation of new work, to uncover
or remove existing elements (including patching openings left after removal of
• existing utility lines, equipment, etc.), or to achieve indicated design configurations,
and the subsequent restoration of remaining adjacent construction to remain and as
required to accommodate new work.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
• A. Minimize the number of openings cut through existing work. Carefully layout work,
and coordinate with other trades to combine openings as far as feasible.
B. Work to restore cut areas shall be performed only by trade workers experienced in
installation of work similar to that to be patched.
C. Fire resistance Ratings: Where penetrations are to be cut or patched in fire
resistance rated construction, perform work in a manner to maintain existing rating.
Patch openings or seal penetrations using materials and methods as prescribed in
„ Section 078400, or as otherwise required to achieve an assembly listed by
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for required houriy rating.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
PART 3 - EXECUTION
No
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Investigate existing site conditions, equipment, ductwork, conduit, piping, and other ,
utilities, above and below grade, which may affect or be affected by demolition
and/or new construction.
1. Where any work listed above is encountered, stop work, and notify Architect
immediately.
..
2. Do not proceed with work of this Contract until formally notified by Architect
that discovered conditions have been resolved.
3. Work to cap-off, remove, or re-route existing utilities, as necessary to facilitate
new construction, shall be performed by others, as directed by the Architect
and Owner.
B. Investigate existing building elements and other construction in the areas of
demolition and new work. Carefully investigate existing construction to ascertain
structural systems and to determine potential effects of demolition and new work on
existing structural elements.
1. Determine internal construction of walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, etc. Carefully
cut holes, remove outer construction, and take other measures to determine
construction and materials not otherwise observable.
2. Provide shoring and bracing of walls, roofs, floors, and other building elements
which may become destabilized during demolition.
C. Investigate existing building systems equipment, ductwork, conduit, piping, and
other utilities, which may affect or be affected by demolition and/or new work.
1. Immediately notify Architect or Owner where conflicts and interferences with
proposed work exist.
MW
2. Do not proceed with new work until notified that existing conditions have been
resolved.
g.
3. Work to cap off, remove, or re-route existing utilities, as necessary to facilitate
new construction shall be performed by others, under other contracts, or as
otherwise directed by the Architect or Owner.
END OF SECTION
EXISTING CONDITIONS 017326 - 2 of 2
?*
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 017326
EXISTING CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for procedures used in conjunction with existing conditions and
construction.
1. The Contractor shall fully coordinate the provisions of this Section with
applicable portions of Section 011400, "Coordination,"and Section 015100,
"Temporary Facilities."
B. The Contractor shall endeavor to ascertain all available information regarding the
existing conditions of the facility and site prior to commencement of any work.
1. Install temporary barriers, enclosures or other protection to adequately protect
existing work to remain, from damage by demolition or new building work in
close proximity.
C. It is the Contractor's responsibility to fully understand the effect of proposed
demolition and construction on the existing facilities, and to investigate all aspects of
the facility and site, exposed and concealed, which may be involved.
1. Locate and identify all exits from the existing building.
2. At no time shall any work of this project reduce, block, re-configure, modify, or
otherwise compromise any exits from building, or impair routes for egress away
from building, unless approved alternatives are approved.
D. If, in the course of investigating, conditions are encountered which vary from
Contract Documents or are unusual in nature and not reasonably expected or able to
be inferred or observed while preparing bids, and which have a significant effect on
construction, notify Architect in writing of such discovery prior to proceeding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
EXISTING CONDITIONS 017326 - 1 of 2
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.06 PERFORMANCE
A. Working from lines and levels established by the property survey, establish
benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels at each story of construction and
elsewhere as needed to properly locate each element of the Project.
1. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized
tolerances.
2. Do not scale Drawings to determine dimensions for any work of this project.
B. Existing Utilities: Furnish information necessary to adjust, move or relocate existing
structures, utility poles, lines, services or other appurtenances located in, or affected
by construction.
1. Coordinate with local authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
FIELD ENGINEERING 017123 - 2 of 2
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 017123
FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for performance of field engineering as required to establish lines,
levels, and locations of new work and, if applicable, existing conditions.
1.03 EXAMINATION
A. Carefully review existing surveys, soils reports, topographical information, and
information available from local utility companies.
1. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and control points. Preserve
permanent reference points during construction.
B. As much as practicable, verify information indicated in relation to surveys and
existing benchmarks before proceeding to lay out the Work.
1.04 EXISTING UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
A. The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction,
indicated as existing, are not guaranteed.
1. Before beginning Work, investigate and verify the existence and location of
underground utilities and other construction.
2. Where available, use services of utility companies, or other agencies to locate
and mark locations of underground lines and features.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Submit a record of Work performed and record survey
data as required under provisions of Section 013323, "Shop Drawings, Product Data,
and Samples" and Section 017700, "Project Closeout," and 017839, "Project Record
Documents."
FIELD ENGINEERING 017123 - 1 of 2
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. Workmanship shall be neat clean, and true to line and dimension.
E. Joints and connections in finish materials shall be neat, accurate, close fitting, and
well made, to form flush hairline joints in adjacent surfaces.
F. Install piping, conduit, and other linear elements parallel to primary building lines,
unless otherwise indicated.
G. Install utility, process, and service-related elements to provide maximum headroom
and operational clearance within occupied spaces.
3.02 TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances for good workmanship established in published specifications by
recognized national trade associations will be the minimum for an acceptable
standard of respective trade work.
B. Specific tolerances for some construction elements are indicated in the individual
specification sections.
3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces, under provisions of Section 017700, and the specific
requirements of the individual specification sections.
B. Protect equipment and surfaces to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration
at time of Substantial Completion of the project.
END OF SECTION
PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 016100 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. All project costs incurred or associated with modifications required for installation
and use of Acceptable or Unlisted Products shall be borne, wholly, by the provider of
such products.
2.05 EQUIPMENT
A. Unless otherwise indicated, all equipment shall be new, clean, complete, and in
excellent condition and working order.
B. Provide equipment specifically designed and/or approved by the manufacturer for
installations indicated. Ensure compatibility between various components of
operating systems. Inform Architect in writing of unsuitability or incompatibility of
specified equipment, if such condition is known.
C. Do not modify or alter any equipment, unless specifically called for in the Contract
Documents, and only as approved by the manufacturer. Do not alter any equipment
+ " in such a way that its compliance with applicable codes or laws is diminished.
"! PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recognized standards of good quality
for installation of products. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately
located and aligned with other Work.
B. Provide necessary blocking and support for fixtures, equipment, and other items
• permanently mounted to other construction. Unless otherwise indicated, comply with
the following:
1. In frame construction, anchor fasteners directly into wall studs or ceiling joists,
or into wood or heavy gage steel blocking attached to studs or joists at both
ends.
a. Do not rely on gypsum board, plaster, or other non-structural finishes for
support of fixtures or equipment, even with the use of toggle bolts or
other pressure-acting devices.
2. In CMU construction, provide expansion anchors designed for outer shell
anchoring, heavy-duty toggle bolts, through bolts, or anchorage systems
incorporating grout-filled cores, as required for loads to be supported.
3. In concrete construction, provide expansion anchors or adhesive anchoring
systems.
C. Vertical members shall be plumb; horizontal members level; and all surfaces true to
plane.
PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 016100 - 5 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 mt
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
2.03 OTHER ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
A. Acceptable Products: Products, materials, or manufacturers are listed in these
specifications, but are not indicated as the"design basis", may be provided so long
as they meet or exceed the quality and physical and performance characteristics of
the design basis selection.
1. The fact that a particular manufacturer is listed is not a representation or
acknowledgment by the Architect or Owner that the manufacturer's standard
product offerings include a product equal to that indicated as "design basis".
2. If the manufacturer's standard offerings do not include a fully equal product, ..
provide a customized product meeting the salient features of the design basis
product, or provide an equal product by another named manufacturer.
3. For products or equipment by an acceptable manufacturer, other than the
design basis, ensure that physical features, which affect or may affect other w.
equipment or building construction, are substantially similar to the design basis,
and notify the Architect in writing of any such differences.
4. For equipment by a listed (acceptable) manufacturer, not the design basis,
ensure that operational characteristics are substantially the same, including
features, accessories, motors, controls, and appurtenances, and that proposed
equipment will operate fully and properly, including required interface with
other equipment and building utility services.
2.04 UNLISTED PRODUCTS
A. Products and materials by manufacturers not listed in the specifications Section, are
considered substitutions, and must be processed and submitted for acceptance and
approval (See Section 012500, Substitutions).
B. Architect may reject products or equipment with physical features which may have a
critical or adverse effect on other equipment, or on building construction include, but
are not limited to the following:
1. Dimensions
2. Weight
3. Clearance requirements
4. Utility service connections and capacities
5. Maintenance requirements M*
6. Support requirements
PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 016100 - 4 of 6
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
so NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. If the words "equal", "approved equal", or"approved substitute"are used in
specifying an item, the Contractor, after entering into the Owner/Contractor
Agreement, may submit to the Architect, for review, any one of a like material that is
generally considered to be equal to that named in the Contract Documents.
1. The Architect shall be the sole judge of the suitability and equality of items
submitted, based on evidence of equivalency submitted by Contractor, and may
reject such substitution.
2. If the words "equal", "approved equal", or"approved substitute"are not used,
provide the specified item.
G. Match Existing: Where the Contract Documents require matching existing color,
finish, or other property, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining information
necessary to produce proper match. If not otherwise available, obtain physical
sample from existing installation. Obtain sample from inconspicuous location and
• repair damage to existing construction.
1. If necessary, provide custom color or finish to match existing.
2. The Architect's decision regarding proper matching to existing shall be final.
H. Visual Selection: Where requirements include the phrase ...as selected from
manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, the
Architect will select color, pattern and texture from the product line selected.
I. Colors and Finishes: Unless otherwise indicated, and except as required to match
existing, provide products with finishes and colors from manufacturer's standard
offerings, as selected by the Architect.
1. If a custom or special finish or color is indicated, provide described finish or
color.
2. Allow ample time when ordering custom colors and finishes to cause no delay
in the Work.
2.02 DESIGN BASIS PRODUCTS
A. "Design Basis" products, items and manufacturers, indicated in these specifications,
establish quality level and physical and performance characteristics for the
acceptable products by any listed acceptable manufacturer.
1. Products, equipment, items and manufacturers listed, other than design basis,
shall be submitted with pertinent information to the Architect/ Engineer, as
provided below.
PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 016100 - 3 of 6
go
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products, materials, and equipment in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent
damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
B. Store products, materials, and equipment in designated storage areas, as prescribed
elsewhere in Division 01, and as directed by Owner.
C. Store perishable products and products adversely affected by weather, rain, wind,
dust, heat or cold inside building (if permitted by other provisions of these
documents) or in temporary waterproof sheds or mobile facilities with raised floors,
and heated if necessary.
D. Except for bulk materials not stored in containers, store other products, materials,
and equipment on wooden platforms, not on the ground. The Contractor shall clean
and maintain storage areas.
E. The Contractor is responsible for loss or damage to products stored on site or
installed in place, except amounts reimbursed by the Owner's insurance as indicated
in the General Conditions.
.m
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT SELECTION
A. Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged
and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time of installation.
B. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other
devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and
effect. `
C. Standard Products: Unless otherwise indicated, provide standard products of types
that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other "`
projects.
D. Compliance with Standards: Where specifications require compliance with a
published standard, select a product that complies with the requirement specified.
E. Compliance with Codes and Regulations: Provide products and materials in full
compliance with applicable building codes, laws, regulations, and ordinances. If the
Contractor or any subcontractor knows or has reason to believe that specified
products or materials do not comply, notify Architect in writing immediately upon
discovery of such noncompliance.
PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 016100 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
!" NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 016100
PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general requirements for Contractor's selecting, receiving, handling,
storing, and installing products, materials and equipment for this project.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Refer to Section 012500 for requirements regarding substitutions.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Unless specifically indicated otherwise, this term, as used herein, refers
equally to products, materials, and equipment.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Quality Assurance provisions in Section 011100, Summary of Work for
specific requirements regarding work and provisions required in this Section.
B. Specific requirements for individual items are specified in the individual specification
sections.
1. In case of conflicts between requirements contained herein and those
contained in the individual specification sections, requirements in the individual
specification sections shall govern.
1.05 SOURCE LIMITATIONS
A. To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single
source.
B. Otherwise, where several products are required, within a Section, and multiple
manufacturers are listed, minimize the number of manufacturers by ordering several
products from one manufacturer.
PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 016100 - 1 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECI TION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
2" x 6" EDGE REINFORCEMENT
WN E. 1
li P O E.IrT .TITLE i
RCHIT1=CYO,.ENGINES NERAL CONT MC Of
_. ._.
"GiNOINNATi,�'_O It1
.,_wwv±r HlXaSON-1_I!I_C co
6" x 6" SUPPORT POSTS
PAINT COLORS
t SIGN BACK GROUND. FRAMING a
SUPPORT POST WHITE
2. OWNER SELECTED COLOR
I BLACK
NOTE-ALL PAJW FO 9E MOSS EMM EL
_Z
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015100 - 6 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Provide graphics as generally indicated on the sketch at the end of this section.
Submit shop drawing with proposed actual graphics to Architect for review prior to
fabrication.
D. Construct sign with single sheet 8'-0" by 4'-0" by 3/4" exterior grade plywood.
Frame top, bottom, and intermediates on back side of plywood with 2 x 6
preservative treated lumber. Erect 6 x 6 preservative treated posts at each end. Set
" posts firmly in ground and brace with diagonal framing and stakes as required.
Fasten framing with non-corrosive fasteners. Erect sign with long dimension
horizontal. Top of sign 8'-0" above grade. Paint all surfaces.
1.13 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
A. General: All cleaning shall be done to the satisfaction of the Owner, whose
judgment as to adequacy shall be final.
1. Where clean-up requirements are not met, Owner reserves the right to contract
separately for the clean-up work to be completed, and the cost of such clean-
up including overhead and profit shall be deducted from the Contractor's
subsequent request for payment, reducing the Contract Sum.
B. Contractor is responsible for a daily, broom-clean clean-up and removal of debris
caused by work under his contract in order to maintain the safety of the site and
work in conformance with all applicable laws and in order to avoid delays in the work
of other contractors.
C. No burning or burying of construction material and debris, on site, is permitted.
D. Debris includes but is not limited to such items as:
1. Packaging materials of all types, crates, pallets, and containers.
2. Scrap construction materials such as pipe, conduit, sheet metal, insulation,
miscellaneous steel, wood, etc.
E. Provide sufficient quantity of waste containers on site and in building for collection of
waste materials, rubbish and debris.
F. Remove waste and surplus materials without interference with others. Maintain
adjacent properties and public right-of-way free of mud, dirt or other debris.
++ • G. Remove waste materials from containers and dispose of off site at least once a week
and more often if it interferes with the work under any contract or presents a fire or
safety hazard.
1. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from
other waste by containerizing properly.
2. Dispose of material in a lawful manner.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015100 - 5 of 6
ww
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS go
D. Provide temporary heat shields to protect building and workers from welding
hazards. ""
E. Construction Fencing: Provide and maintain construction fencing around project site
as required for security and safety. on
F. Erosion Control: Provide temporary erosion control barriers as indicated or, if not
indicated, as required to prevent erosion of exposed soil and in compliance with
authorities having jurisdiction.
1.10 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
A. Field Offices: Provide insulated, weather tight offices of size to accommodate
personnel.
1. Provide heated and air conditioned, prefabricated units or similar construction,
on adequate foundations, with lockable entrances, operable windows and
serviceable finishes.
2. Keep clean and orderly; use for progress meetings and as the repository for
official construction documents necessary for day-to-day reference.
B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide trailers and/or sheds, equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment involved. Protection from the elements,
security, and storage hazards are the responsibility of the Contractor.
C. Locate offices and sheds as directed by Owner.
1.11 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for telephone service in the field
office from the start of the Project until completion.
1. Provide voice mail or answering machine service for the job phone, active 24
hours per day.
2. Provide fax machine with a separate telephone line, located in the field office,
capable of receiving and transmitting faxes.
1.12 PROJECT SIGN
A. Engage an experienced sign painter and furnish, erect, and maintain a project sign.
B. Project sign shall include the names of the Owner, Project, Architect/Engineer,
General Contractor, and any other information requested by the Owner. Include
logos, typefaces, and colors associated with each entity.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015100 - 4 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Provide ample supply of toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar
disposable materials, for each facility, on a continual basis. Provide covered
waste containers for used material.
2. Remove temporary toilets immediately upon completion of project.
1.08 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Until fire protection is supplied by permanent facilities, provide and maintain a
temporary fire protection system. Coordinate fire protection work with the Owner
and as required protecting against predictable and controllable fire losses.
B. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers," and NFPA 241
"Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations and Demolition Operations".
C. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL rated fire extinguishers of
class and duty as appropriate for expected hazards. Locate fire extinguishers where
effective for the intended purpose.
D. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
E. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire
protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit
smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas.
F. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units,
and similar sources of fire ignition.
G. Provide trained fire watch personnel to constantly be present and monitor welding,
torching, and other fire hazard operations. Maintain fire watch for a minimum of
thirty minutes after cessation of such activities.
1.09 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND ENCLOSURES
• A. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction
from exposure to weather and damage from other construction operations.
1. No work of this Article shall block or impair any required exits, or exit routes
from the building, unless an approved equal facility is provided.
B. Protect all openings in the exterior of the building, whether temporary or permanent,
with weather tight temporary enclosures to prevent moisture, wind, debris, etc. from
entering building.
C. Where heat is needed and the building enclosure is incomplete, provide enclosures
where there is no other provision for containment of heat. Coordinate enclosure
with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous
conditions.
OR
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015100 - 3 of 6
an
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ON
B. Maintain temporary wiring in a safe working condition satisfactory to the Owner,
including the replacement of fuses and lamps. *•
1.04 TEMPORARY LIGHTING
no
A. Provide temporary lighting sufficient to maintain a minimum of three (3) foot-candles
at floor level in active work areas. Provide task lighting as required.
am
B. Provide temporary lighting as required to fulfill security and protection requirements
and to facilitate construction activities.
..
1. During application of finishes, provide lighting of at least the same level as will
be present during occupancy.
go
1.05 TEMPORARY HEATING AND VENTILATION
A. Provide temporary heating devices, if required, to condition work areas and on
materials. Provide sufficient heat to maintain temperature ranges necessary for
proper storage, application, and curing of building materials and finishes.
sm
B. Provide temporary ventilation, if required, to properly and adequately ventilate work
areas.
C. Provide sufficient ventilation to prevent harmful, dangerous, or noxious
accumulations of vapors, fumes, or dust resulting from storage, application, or
curing of building materials.
D. Provide ventilation per requirements of OSHA and other regulatory agencies
regarding worker conditions.
1.06 TEMPORARY WATER
A. Provided as required for construction operations, by Owner.
B. Provide necessary hoses, valves, nozzles, etc.
1.07 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide sanitary facilities including temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking
water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number,
location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
B. Toilets: Provide self-contained toilet units, in quantity adequate to service
workforce. Provide regular cleaning and disposal service for all units throughout
course of construction activities. Cost of cleaning, supplies and restoration is the
Contractor's responsibility.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015100 - 2 of 6
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 015100
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
4M
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. The following utilities are available in the existing building:
1. Electric
2. Water
3. Storm Sewer
B. The Owner will provide and pay for all utility services consumed during the
construction process.
C. The Contractor is responsible for utility tie-ins, extending of temporary service lines
to and throughout immediate project site, providing and maintaining temporary
!? facilities unless otherwise indicated.
1. In addition, Contractor shall provide utility services as otherwise specified in
this Section.
D. All temporary service lines shall be extended from the existing utility lines, in the
existing building, in coordination with the Owner.
E. Comply with applicable laws and regulations.
F. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed for construction, or when
replaced by permanent facilities.
1.03 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. Using Owner's system, provide grounded electric power distribution system of
sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required by project conditions.
Provide weatherproof components and connections at exterior locations.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES 015100 - 1 of 6
Am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS "°
B. Provide access to the work and to manufacturers and fabricators facilities as
required for the performance of their services. ON
PART 2 - PRODUCTS— Not Used Im
PART 3 - EXECUTION — Not Used *!
END OF SECTION ow
oft
..
Am
fm
AN
4"
WW
Am
so
QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 014500 - 2 of 2
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 014500
QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for measures and services regarding quality control for various
aspects of the project.
1.03 GENERAL
A. Employment of Testing Laboratory: The Owner may employ and pay for the
services of an independent testing laboratory.
B. Purpose: Service of a testing laboratory as specified in this section is intended for
the Owner's verification of the Contractor's compliance with the requirements of the
Contract. This is not intended to relieve the Contractor of responsibilities to provide
his own inspection and quality control
C. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of those services which, in the
opinion of the Owner, are required because of the following:
1. Failure of materials or workmanship to meet contract requirements.
2. Materials or practices, not complying with the specifications which could
+ possibly result in defective work thereby rendering it necessary or advisable to
perform tests to determine whether or not work is acceptable.
3. Changes in source, quality or characteristics of materials.
4. Wasted time of inspectors because of cancellations or delays.
5. Site cured cylinders requested by the Contractor.
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Arrangement for and cooperate with laboratory personnel.
QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 014500 - 1 of 2
..
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS �*
B. The owner and the Architect/Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,
accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by
such design professionals.
END OF SECTION
low
NK
REGULATORY SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS 014113 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Technical Instructions TI-809-04, latest edition. "Seismic Design of Buildings";
PW U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Document; available at
http://www.hnd.usace.army.mil/techinfo/ti/809-04/ti8O9O4.htm
on 2. "The 2000 National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Provisions (NEHRP) For
Seismic Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures"; FEMA Document
No. A-368; available on-line at
www.bssconline.org/NEHRP2000/comments/provisions/
1.07 COORDINATION
A. The Contractor is further responsible for the coordination of the seismic design
solutions in an effort to minimize interference, confusion, disruption, and conflict
between the various trades involved.
B. There is a need for the exchange of shop drawings, depicting seismic solutions, so
the various trades, suppliers, and contractors can become aware of the work of
others. The effort shall be to establish a reasonable, consistent, refined work
program, which will minimize, if not eliminate, haphazard installations.
1.08 SUBMITTALS
*�* A. Submittals, although primarily for record only, shall be made in accord with Section
013323.
1. The Architect/Engineer for the project, shall receive submittals, only for the
limited purpose of generally checking for conformance with performance
information and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a design
professional, properly licensed in the state where the project is located, whose
signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications,
certifications, shop drawings and other submittals for which such professional is
responsible.
1. Submittal documents related to the work, if prepared by others under the
supervision of the professional, shall bear such professional's written approval,
seal and signature, when submitted to the project professional[s].
REGULATORY SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS 014113 - 3 of 4
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS .w
B. The scope of seismic design is contained in the various technical sections of this
specification, as indicated on the drawings, and as applicable to the individual trade an
work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ao
A. Ancillary Design Services: There are requirements for specialized, ancillary
professional design services, to provide specific solutions and designs that comply .m
with the seismic requirements.
1. These ancillary services shall be provided by the Contractor, as required by this I„
Section.
2. Such services are required in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities .m
for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures.
a. Services shall be in accordance with Article 3.12.10, of the 1997 edition of
the AIA Document, A201,"General Conditions of the Contract". am
B. Various technical Sections of this specification describe portions of work requiring
seismic design and construction. Design and performance criteria are set out in AM
these sections.
C. The services required, by this Section, shall provide such design, documentation and
construction as necessary to satisfactorily meet the criteria.
1. Such ancillary services shall be performed by registered professionals, licensed
to practice in the State of Massachusetts.
2. Such services shall be provided with no additional cost to the Owner or an
increase in the Contract Amount.
D. Documents produced by such services, including calculations, shall be submitted to
the Architect or Engineer who issued the design criteria, for record only, prior to
execution of the work.
1.06 DESIGN REFERENCES `w
A. References shall only be used to augment or clarify seismic design procedures listed
in the building code, and to assist in achieving compliance with the building code. am
1. References shall not be used to displace or override building code
requirements. so
B. In designing solutions for compliance with the seismic requirements, of the building
code indicated, the following are acceptable as reference standards:
on
MW
REGULATORY SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS 014113 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 014113
REGULATORY SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
PW 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section requires Contractor to arrange for additional professional design services to
establish compliance with the various provisions regarding the seismic requirements
for the project, as contained in the building and other codes, and regulations
applicable to the project work.
1.03 APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS
A. The following building code as administered by the local authority having
jurisdiction, applies to this project, are noted:
1. The 2006 edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code.
B. Within the building code, there are provisions for ascertaining the Seismic
Performance Category (A, B, C, D, E, or F) applicable to the area in which the
project is to be constructed.
1. This project is located in an area in Category"C".
C. This Category has specific provisions which set forth criteria for the design of
portions of the project work, including structural, architectural [general
construction], plumbing, electrical, mechanical, piping, and fire protection.
D. Within the other applicable codes [plumbing, electrical, mechanical, fire protection]
there are provisions and references which apply seismic requirements to the work.
These are in addition to the criteria set out in the building code.
1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
A. The Architect/Engineer for the project is responsible for setting out proper design
and performance criteria for this project, including the seismic design requirements.
1. Specific seismic design solutions are not in the scope of their services.
REGULATORY SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS 014113 - 1 of 4
mom
a*
so
Ow
m
wo
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
M
.m
am
.o
4m
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.07 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Where indicated on Architect's review stamp, submittals must be re-submitted, as
noted below, for further review and approval.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial
submittal.
! " 2. Indicate on drawings any changes which have been made other than those
required by Architect's markings.
C. Product Data and Samples:
1. Submit new data and samples as required for initial submittal.
END OF SECTION
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 11 of 11
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS S*
3.06 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW PROCEDURE
.w
A. The Architect will review submittals only for general conformance with the design
concept of the project, and with information given in the Contract Documents.
am
1. Errors and discrepancies observed during review of submittals will be noted,
but checking will not include verification of dimensions or quantities.
2. Comments, errors and discrepancies will be indicated by keynote marks on the
drawings, with reference to a list of explanatory notes attached to the
drawings. .,
3. The Architect's review shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for
errors or omissions in shop drawings or product data submittals or for lack of
coordination in assembly of materials and equipment with other work, nor from
the responsibility of furnishing materials and labor not indicated on reviewed
shop drawings or product data, but required by the Contract Documents for
completion of the work.
B. A rubber stamp impression with the following "Submittal Review" stamp text will be
affixed to specified required submittals, by the Architect.
[ ) NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN - Submittal has been reviewed and been found to
be in general conformance. No re-submittal required.
[ ] NOTE MARKINGS - Submittal has been reviewed with comments made on
the submittal. No re-submittal required unless noted.
[ ] REJECTED - Submittal has been reviewed and either the submittal itself,
information contained in the submittal, or the product, material, or
equipment being proposed has been found to be unsatisfactory. Submit
new submittal, whether or not specifically indicated. No product, material,
or equipment included in the submittal shall be provided until another
submittal is made and found to be satisfactory.
[ ] RESUBMIT- Contractor must revise as indicated and submit again
[ ] COMMENTS ATTACHED - Additional comments are separately attached to
the submittal or included with the return transmittal. However, failure of
the Architect to mark this item shall not invalidate any comments thus
attached.
C. The Architect will apply review stamp impression, and initials or signature certifying
submittal review.
D. Submittals will be returned to Contractor for distribution.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 10 of 11
P"
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
3.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor shall review all submittals, and verify:
1. Field Measurements
2. Field Construction Criteria
3. Catalog Numbers and Similar Data
4. Quantities
B. Contractor shall coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Construction
Documents.
C. Contractor shall mark each submittal to indicate comments, corrections required, etc.
1. If deficiencies cannot be properly corrected with remarks or corrections, reject
submittal and return to submitter; do not forward rejected submittals to
4M Architect.
D. Subsequent to the review required above, Contractor shall affix stamp of approval,
OR or other disposition, prior to submission to Architect/Owner.
1. Language on Contractor's submittal review stamp shall be consistent with the
No requirements of the Agreement and General Conditions.
2. A stamp containing language that defers or assigns Contractor's responsibilities
Wk to subcontractor will not be permitted.
a. Submittals bearing a stamp with such language will be returned without
action. Any delay due to such rejection will not be grounds for an
Mw extension of Contract Time.
E. Notify Architect in writing, at time of submission, of deviations in submittals from
requirements of Construction Documents, including the reason(s) for such deviation
and the effects on other portions of the Work, if any.
• 1. The Architect shall not be responsible for deviations from the Construction
Documents not clearly indicated as such and specifically approved in writing by
the Architect.
F. When work is directly related and involves more than one trade, submittals shall be
coordinated by the Contractor and submitted under a single cover.
1. After a submittal has been submitted for review, revisions are not permitted to
that submittal except changes in response to comments made by the Architect,
unless such changes are clearly identified and resubmitted to the Architect.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 9 of 11
ow
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS aw
3.03 PRODUCT DATA
so
A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts,
illustrations and other standard description data:
so
1. Mark each copy to identify materials, products or models specific to this
project.
a. Clearly indicate options, custom modifications, finishes, colors, and other
selected features to be provided.
2. Indicate dimensions and clearances required. •
3. Indicate performance characteristics and capacities.
4. Include wiring diagrams and controls, where applicable.
B. Manufacturer's Standard Drawings:
1. Modify drawings to delete information which is not applicable to project.
2. Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to
project.
3.04 SAMPLES
A. Physical examples to illustrate materials, workmanship, and to illustrate standards by
which completed work is judged.
B. Submit samples of sizes indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, of .ft
sufficient size to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristic of product or material, with integrally related parts and
attachment devices.
2. Texture and color, if selected, including full range of variation thereof, if
applicable.
C. If texture and color has not been selected, submit samples indicating full range of
manufacturer's available textures and colors for selection.
D. Field samples and mock-ups:
1. Comply with specific requirements of individual specification sections.
2. Erect at location on project site acceptable to Owner.
3. Construct each field sample or mock-up complete, including work of all trades
required in finished work. WA
..
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 8 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
MR NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
F. Deviations from Contract Documents: Submittals shall not contain deviations from
"" the requirements of the Contract Documents, unless such deviations are specifically
and conspicuously indicated as such.
Me 1. Deviations, even if so indicated, shall not be considered as approved unless
accepted in writing by the Architect.
ON 2. Deviations which include substitutions of products or materials, or which
constitute significant departures from the design intent of the Contract
Documents shall be submitted as "Substitutions", under provisions of Section
012500.
3.02 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Original drawings, prepared by Contractor, subcontractor, supplier or distributor,
which illustrate some portion of the work, showing fabrication, layout, setting and
erection details.
B. Where required, engage the services of design professional, registered in state
where project is located, to produce, or supervise production of shop drawings.
Drawings shall be sealed and signed by such design professional, prior to submittal
for review.
C. At a minimum, all shop drawings shall:
1. Clearly indicate application details specific to this Project.
2. Include construction information relative to the installation of the product or
► system to this Project.
3. Modify manufacturer's standard details, where utilized, to illustrate construction
• and conditions specific to this project.
4. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on Contract
Drawings.
D. Shop drawings shall reflect the scope of the work required, and shall not include
such phrases as, "by others","per code", "to be determined", etc.
1. Where additional work is required to complete the installation, such work
should be specifically noted.
2. Where such notation is included on shop drawings submitted to the General
Contractor by a subcontractor or supplier, the General Contractor shall annotate
drawing to indicate that the General Contractor or another subcontractor shall
provide the item.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 7 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Submittal documents shall include the information listed on the transmittal, plus the
following:
1. Relation of adjacent structure or materials.
2. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such (not to be reviewed or verified by
the Architect).
3. Designations/Numbers of applicable standards [ASTM, UL, ANSI, for example].
4. A blank space, 4" by 4" for the Architect's review stamp. *-
5. Identification of all deviations from Contract Documents.
pow
6. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying approval of submittal.
7. Other pertinent data.
C. Specific shop drawings, product data, samples, and other submittals to be submitted
to Architect for review are indicated in individual specification sections. Other similar
information may be required by the Contractor or subcontractor(s) for coordination,
but is not to be submitted to or reviewed by the Architect.
1. If required by individual specification sections, submit information to Owner
and/or Architect for their information or record purposes only. Such submittals
may or may not be formally reviewed and commented upon by either the
Owner or Architect.
D. Dimensions and Quantities: The Architect shall not be responsible for the accuracy
or completeness of dimensions or quantities indicated on submittals. Dimensions
and quantities which are necessary for construction but are not discernable or
calculable from the Construction Documents, shall be formally requested of the
Architect by the Contractor through a Request for Information or other similar
process.
1. Wherever required, or possible, dimensions and configurations shown on
submittals shall be based on field verified information.
E. If the Architect, during its review, discovers errors, omissions or deviations from the
Contract Documents in submittals, such errors, omissions, or deviations will be
noted.
1. However, the Architect shall not have a duty to discover errors, omissions, or
deviations in submittals, and shall not in any way be responsible for those not
discovered.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 6 of 11
o
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
C. Submittals for Information or Record Purposes Only: Two (2) copies, unless
otherwise indicated in specification sections.
D. Media: Submit clear, legible, hard copy documents, either originals or copied
directly from originals (first generation copy).
1. Facsimile (faxed) documents are not acceptable.
E. All copies submitted shall be identical and shall be reproduced from the same
original, if applicable.
F. All submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal form or letter, in duplicate,
containing the following:
1. Date.
!! 2. Project title and number.
3. Contractors name, address, and telephone number.
4. The number of each shop drawing, product data and sample submitted;
correlate number with identifying number in Submittal Schedule.
5. Identification of product or material, including the specification section(s)
requiring the submittal.
M.
G. Unless otherwise indicated, submittals required by this Section shall be routed to:
HIXSON
659 VAN METER STREET
CINCINNATI, OH 45202
ATTN: Karen Blum
1. All submittals shall be made utilizing timely delivery, with capability for
electronic tracking of each package, from drop-off to delivery.
• PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. All submittals, of every type, shall be specific to the work of this project.
1. Where standardized information or drawing sheets are utilized, they shall bear
such indications as necessary to identify the specific product, equipment or
other item to be provided for this project.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 5 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS *■
1.06 COORDINATION
«A
A. Submittal Schedule: Prepare and submit, with the construction schedule, a separate
schedule listing dates for submission of shop drawings, product data, and samples
which will be needed for each product. AM
B. The schedule shall reflect an orderly sequence coordinated to maintain an orderly
flow of work, and shall be in agreement with the Progress Schedule.
C. The dates indicated shall allow for the time period noted for reviewing, correcting
and resubmitting as necessary for review, and ample time for procurement of ..
products after final approval.
D. Submit shop drawings, product data, samples, and other items not later than two (2) ...
weeks prior to date indicated for receipt of reviewed submittals on Progress
Schedule; allow more time for complicated submittals.
1. No extension of time will be granted to the Contractor because of failure to
expeditiously submit shop drawings or samples in ample time to allow for the
full review process.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submission of all required information and drawings shall follow the general criteria
outlined below, and the specific requirements noted in Part 3.
B. Quantities Required: Of the number of copies required, one (1) copy will be retained
by the Architect/Engineer, and one (1) copy will be returned to the Contractor.
1. Contractor(s) are responsible for any additional copies of the returned
documents that may be required, or requested by others.
2. Product Data: Two (2) copies
3. Shop Drawings: Two (2) hard copies or prints.
4. Samples: Two (2) each unless otherwise indicated in specification sections.
a. For submission of available colors or finishes for selection purposes,
submit one (1) set of samples, with each clearly marked with name and/or
numeric identification. Architect will retain selected sample(s) and
communicate selection(s) by reference.
5. Miscellaneous Submittals: Two (2) copies, unless otherwise indicated in
specification sections.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 4 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. No review or other action will be taken on Information Submittals.
3. LEED Submittals: Where indicated/required, provide documentation to support
the recording of LEED activities, and in support of LEED certification of the
Owner's project.
4. Delegation of Design Submittals: Where indicated/required, provide
documentation that illustrates design activities taken by others than the Design
Professional of Record for the project.
a. Provide, as indicated, drawings, calculations and other relevant
information.
b. These submittals are"Information Submittals", and will be retained
without review or other action, unless discrepancies are discovered.
B. Contractor Action: Prior to transmittal to the Architect, all submittals, regardless of
origin, shall be reviewed by the Contractor, noting errors or departures from
contract requirements.
1. Identify with the name and number of this Contract, Contractor's name, and
references to applicable specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings.
C. Contractor Responsibility: Upon completion of review, Contractor shall affix stamp
of approval as representation to Owner that Contractor accepts full responsibility for
the completeness of each submittal.
• 1. This include determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field
construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data; and
indicates review and coordination of each submittal, with the requirements of
the Work and the Contract Documents, has been achieved.
2. Submittals without evidence of prior Contractor approval, or otherwise
improperly processed, shall be returned, without review. Proper re-submittal is
required.
D. Architect's/Owner's review period shall be 14 consecutive calendar days in length
and shall commence on the first calendar day immediately following the date of
arrival of the submittal or re-submittal in Architect/Owner's office.
1. The time required to mail the submittal or re-submittal back to Contractor shall
not be considered a part of the submittal review.
E. Any delay in obtaining Architect's/Owner's review of submittals, including need for
more than one resubmission, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by a change in the Work authorized
by a Change Order or by failure of Owner to review any submittal within the
submittal review period specified herein and to return the submittal to Contractor.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 3 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ,
D. Delegation of Design Submittals: Written and graphic information that has been
developed by persons other than the Design Professional of Record, under the •�
provisions for the delegation of design requirements to those persons.
E. O&M Manuals: Operating and maintenance manuals, with contents as follows, shall
be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review, in accord with Section 017823;
A/E will forward to Owner after review:
F. Direct Submittals: Submittals as indicated, to be forwarded directly to the Owner,
and not submitted to Hixson.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The number of submittals has been limited to specific portions of the work, and
project is to be executed in full accord with Contract Documents.
1. Such Contract Documents shall be the basis for resolution of any inquiry, claim,
dispute, or other assessment of the work required.
B. Contractor shall transmit submittals, ONLY where required, and in general as
follows:
1. No submittals required, to be submitted to the Architect, where"design basis"
material, equipment or system is provided.
2. Submit notification, only, if material, equipment or system by a listed
manufacturer, other than the"design basis"manufacturer, is to be provided.
a. See provisions of Section 016000, Products, Materials and Equipment.
b. Include verification that Contractor has or will coordinate all requirements ,ft
for the specified intent.
3. Material, equipment and systems by non-listed manufacturers must be
submitted as substitutions, in accord with Section 012500, Substitutions. me
1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
oft
A. Submittals, where required, shall be offered and processed as follows.
1. Action Submittals: ow
a. No submittals are required for design basis manufacturers or products,
unless specifically indicated.
b. Submittals for review by Design Professional are required for applicable 40
listed manufacturers and products, where proposed in lieu of design basis
manufacturers or products.
2. Information Submittals:
a. Where indicted, submittals providing additional information to the project
shall be required, received and retained, only. '*
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 2 of 11
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 013323
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This section includes requirements for the processing and submission of shop
drawings, product data, samples, and other submittals, relevant to the project.
1. Extraneous Submittals: Submittals received without being solicited or required,
shall be returned without action, per AIA Document A-201.
a. Lack of Architect's review of extraneous submittals does not relieve the
Contractor from complying with requirements of the Construction
Documents.
b. Further, there is no implication of any acceptance or approval of anything
contained in such submittals that is not in compliance with the
. , Construction Documents.
B. A complete set of submittals sent to the Architect's office, shall be included in the
final Project Closeout documentation.
1. A portion of the required information is to be provided in Operations &
Maintenance manuals, under provisions of Section 017823.
2. In such cases, submit information as required herein, and include approved
copies in required manuals upon completion of project.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's
responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information that does not require
Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with
requirements.
C. LEED Submittals: Written and graphic information that is required to substantiate
and support achievement of LEED certification points.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 013323 - 1 of 11
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
WA.
OF
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 013216
PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Contractor shall prepare an estimated construction progress schedule for all work
required by contract for this project.
1. The detailed format of construction schedule shall be as required by Owner and
Architect.
2. The Work shall be scheduled in a coordinated manner to minimize the impact
.► upon any existing conditions or operations.
3. Agreed upon completion date and other milestone dates shall be reflected on
the schedule.
4. Any additional hours or off-site fabrication required to meet such dates shall be
anticipated and included as a part of progress reports.
B. Submit completed schedule to Owner and Architect.
C. Progress schedule shall be updated weekly as indicated in Section 013119, "Project
x Meetings."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS— Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION — Not Used
END OF SECTION
PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS 013216 - 1 of 1
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
3.03 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES
A. Within the various technical Sections, there are requirements for Pre-Installation
meetings.
Am
1. At appropriate times during construction, the Contractor shall arrange and
conduct pre-installation conferences where required by specification, or as
deemed necessary by the Contractor, Subcontractor, Installer, or Architect. .f
a. Set meetings in a timely manner allowing for one week advance notice of
meeting to all parties.
no
2. It is necessary that all appropriate parties, including in all cases the Owner and
Architect, be present.
e
B. The primary agenda items shall be the necessary coordination, required conditions,
and the complexity, peculiarities, or interdependent nature of specific installations.
1. The primary issue is to reach mutual agreement, between all parties concerning
specific installation issues. Work shall not proceed until such agreement is
achieved.
2. If there is conflict between procedures recommended by the installer and/or
manufacturer and those indicated in the Construction Documents, the Architect
shall determine how to proceed.
C. Contractor shall record minutes of meeting and distribute to the Owner and
Architect, all other attendees, and other appropriate parties.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT MEETINGS 013119 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Meeting Agenda:
1. Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting.
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project:.
2. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction
Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how
construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from
parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to
ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the
Contract Time.
3. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such
items as:
a. Interface requirements.
b. Schedule compliance review, and anticipated future timing.
c. Sequence of work by individual contractors.
d. Need for and sequence of deliveries.
e. Off-site fabrication problems.
f. Changes in access.
g. Abuses or changes in site utilization, temporary facilities and services,
security, or hours of work.
h. Newly discovered hazards and risks; review existing.
i. Lack of good housekeeping.
j. Quality and Work standards.
k. Change Orders.
I. Documentation of information for payment requests.
C. Meeting Minutes:
1. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting, distribute copies
of minutes of the meeting to the Owner and Architect, each party present, and
other appropriate parties. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of
progress since the previous meeting and report.
2. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue
the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
3. "Needs List": A progressive list of items requiring action, parties responsible
for such action/resolution shall be kept and updated at each progress meeting.
Distribute updated copies with meeting minutes.
PROJECT MEETINGS 013119 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
3. Construction Facilities and Temporary Utilities
4. Deliveries
5. Safety Procedures and Policies . �
6. Security Issues
7. Construction Schedule
8. Critical Work Sequences
9. Responsible Personnel (all parties)
10. Change Procedures
11. Payment Application Procedures
12. Submittal Procedures
13. Work Hours
14. Other issues at the direction of the Owner or Architect ,
15. Other issues deemed necessary by the Contractor
D. Participants in this meeting shall include Owner, Contractor, General Contractor's
field superintendent and project manager, Architect, Engineers of all building service
systems, subcontractors, suppliers of major items/materials/systems, and others as
deemed necessary.
E. Record minutes of meeting and distribute to the Owner, Architect, all attendees, and .�
other appropriate parties.
1. Do not proceed with construction until agreement is reached between all
Parties concerning specific project and procedural issues.
3.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling progress meetings at regularly
scheduled intervals [preferably weekly, but not to exceed monthly].
1. Meetings shall be conducted at Project site.
2. Establish agenda for each meeting, and distribute with meeting notice.
3. Properly notify the Owner, Architect, Subcontractors and others as appropriate
to the status of the project, anticipated progress, and unresolved issues.
PROJECT MEETINGS 013119 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 013119
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. The work of the project necessitates a series of meetings be scheduled, with all
effected personnel in attendance. Such meetings, listed herein, are set at specific
intervals, but this list does not preclude the convening of other meetings, as
necessitated by the work of the project.
B. It is essential that strong, full, and appropriate communication occur between all
parties throughout the progress of the project. Appropriate meetings, as noted, are
intended to facilitate that process
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. After Notice to Proceed, but not later than one week prior to commencement of
construction, the Contractor shall arrange and conduct a Pre-construction Meeting.
The location of the meeting shall be at the jobsite, the Contractor's offices, or at
another suitable location agreeable to the Owner.
B. The Architect will arrange and conduct a design review for the purpose of reviewing,
in detail, the drawings and specifications for this project. Topics shall include unique
construction requirements, special materials and systems, general building design,
construction, and specifications issues, and construction administration services to
be rendered by the Architect.
C. Additional agenda items for the meeting shall include, but are not limited to:
1. Overall review of documents, and conduct of the project
2. Use of Premises
PROJECT MEETINGS 013119 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS a.
6. Final cleaning.
OR
7. Consent of surety.
8. Advice on shifting insurance coverage. A
9. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Certificate of Substantial
Completion.
I. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which must
precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for payment A-
include the following:
1. Completion of Project closeout requirements. so
2. Completion of items specified for completion after substantial Completion.
to
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the
following:
1. List of Subcontractors.
2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
3. Schedule of Values.
4. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
5. Schedule of unit prices.
6. Submittal Schedule.
7. Copies of building permits.
8. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for
performance of the Work.
9. Initial progress report.
10. Report of preconstruction meeting.
11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
12. Performance and payment bonds.
13. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the
Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this
application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. Administrative
actions and submittals that precede or coincide with this application include, as
applicable:
1. Occupancy permits and similar approvals.
2. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements.
3. Maintenance instructions.
4. Start-up performance reports.
5. Change-over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation and
maintenance.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 3 of 4
..
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Units prices shall be included, were noted, on the Bid Form or proposal.
2. All units prices shall included necessary material, overhead, profit and
applicable taxes.
Am
C. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Contractor's measurement of work-in-
place that involves use of established unit prices, and to have this Work measured
by an independent surveyor at the Owner's expense.
1.05 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Applications for Payment shall be consistent with previously processed applications
and payments.
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the 15th day of
each month. The period of construction work covered by each Application for
Payment is the period ending 15 days prior to the date for each progress payment
and starting the day following the end of the preceding period.
C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G 702 and Continuation Sheets G
703 as the form for Application for Payment.
1. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form, including
notarization and execution by person authorized to sign legal documents on
behalf of the Contractor. Incomplete applications will be returned without
action.
2. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's
Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions have been made.
3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued
prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application.
D. Transmittal: Submit three (3) executed copies of each Application for Payment to
the Owner by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours; one (1) copy shall be
complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments, and recording
information related to the application in a manner acceptable to the Owner.
E. Submit final Application for Payment with or proceeded by final waivers from every
entity involved with performance of Work covered by the application that could
lawfully be entitled to a lien.
F. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner,
acceptable to Owner.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 012900
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 —General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section requires preparation and submittal of a Schedule of Values, by the
Contractor(s), for the work on this project.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Submit schedule of values to the Owner no more than ten (10) days after contract
award.
1. Copy of Schedule of Values shall accompany submittal of construction schedule.
B. Upon request by Owner or Architect, submit data that will substantiate stated values.
C. Form of Submittal: Submit typewritten Schedule of Values on AIA Document G703.
D. The itemized breakdown shall include materials and labor costs separately for each
section of the Specification. This breakdown will be used as a basis for partial
r payments to the Contractor.
E. The breakdown amounts shall accurately represent the true total cost for each item.
The Owner has the right to require the Contractor to submit sub-contractor
agreements or other documents regarding breakdown amounts necessary to confirm
the accuracy of the Schedule of Values.
1.04 UNIT PRICES
A. Units prices are required, as noted on the Bid Form, where the scope of the work is
not completely established.
B. The unit price shall be an amount proposed by the Bidders as a price per unit of
measurement for materials or services that will be added to or deducted from the
Contract Sum by Change Order, in the event that estimated quantities of Work
required by Contract Documents are increased or decreased.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012900 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. The Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work included therein, and cost
and time adjustments will be determined as described in the General ,
Conditions.
1.09 ORDERS FOR MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. The Owner or Architect may, from time to time, issue to the Contractor orders for
minor changes in the work, which do not have the effect of changing either the Cost
of the Work or the Time for Completion.
B. An order for minor changes in the work may be of any form or format the Owner or ..
Architect deems appropriate (AIA Document G710- Architect's Supplemental
Instructions, or CSI Form 13.4A, Field Order), and need only convey the intended
changes adequately to communicate them to the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS— Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION — Not Used
END OF SECTION
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 4 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
a. Unit Costs: Indicate product or material, units measured, previous
quantity, new quantity, net change, unit cost, and total cost. Where unit
costs for the same item are included in the Agreement or other Contract
Document, the agreed-to costs must be used for all adjustments.
b. Lump Sum Costs: Indicate individual labor and material costs for each
item.
c. Subcontractor/Supplier Quotes: Include signed copies of proposals or
quotes from the subcontractor or supplier.
d. The Contractor's Proposal may include a combination of the above
methods of calculation.
3. Tabulate costs for all Work, itemized as appropriate, and include line items for
Contractor's overhead and profit and administrative expenses.
4. Tabulate costs for all Work, itemized as appropriate, and include line items for
Contractor's fee, administrative costs, and anticipated reimbursable expenses.
5. The Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to competitively bid any
or all items of the Work; the bid selected by the Owner shall be included on the
Contractor's Proposal for each item bid.
6. The Owner reserves the right to delete any combination of items included in
the Contractor's Proposal, with a subsequent adjustment of the Contractor's
overhead and profit and administrative expenses, as appropriate.
7. If the basis of payment is Cost of Construction Plus a Fee, with a Guaranteed
Maximum Price (GMP), the Contractor's Proposal may indicate a proposed
change to the GMP and, if accepted by the Owner, may proceed with the Work
under the same accounting requirements as for the rest of the Work.
1.07 CHANGE ORDERS
A. If the Owner accepts the Contractor's Proposal, a Change Order will be processed,
including all selected changes and corresponding adjustments to the Contract Sum
and/or Contract Time. Where the basis of payment is Cost of Construction Plus a
Fee, with a Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP), the GMP will be adjusted.
B. The Scope of Work, Contract Sum, Guaranteed Maximum Price, and Contract Time
can only be modified by proper execution of a Change Order.
1.08 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
A. In the absence of complete agreement on Change Transmittal adjustments between
, ►► the Owner and the Contractor, a Construction Change Directive for the changes may
be executed by the Owner.
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 3 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Since the Contractor has included the cost- and time impacts on the Work as part of
its bid, Addenda modifications will be incorporated into the Contract Documents,
with no further response or input required from the Contractor.
1.05 CHANGE TRANSMITTALS
A. Subsequent to execution of the Agreement, the Architect may, from time to time, at
the request of the Owner, issue Change Transmittals to the Contractor (or one or
more prime Contractors).
1. Change Transmittals contain proposed changes, and requests for proposal(s).
a. Change Transmittals are also used to issue additional drawings and
specifications, subsequent to the award of the contract.
2. Change Transmittals include either a verbatim detail of the proposed change(s),
or a caption description of such changes, accompanied by copies of revised ..
documents.
3. The form and format of how the proposed changes are conveyed is at the sole
discretion of the Architect.
4. When copies of revised documents are attached to the written Change
Transmittal, the revisions shown on the documents shall take precedence over
any other description thereof.
5. The fact that an item may appear on a revised document, but not on the
written Change Transmittal does not relieve the Contractor from including the
change in the Contractor's Proposal. .�
6. No change included in a Change Transmittal shall be deemed as a notice to
proceed with such change, until a Change Order is properly executed for same.
1.06 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSALS
A. Upon receipt of a Change Transmittal, the Contractor shall, without delay, assemble
proposed costs for all changes included therein, and shall prepare a Contractor's
Proposal for the Work.
1. Contractor's Proposal shall include all costs associated with the Change
Transmittal, as well as any effect on the Time for Completion for the project.
2. Costs shall be clearly delineated for each portion of the work, and shall include
the basis for determination for each item, such as unit costs, lump sum costs,
subcontractor/supplier quotes, etc.
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 012600
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements to be! used when
processing modifications to the Contract Documents, involving potential changes to
the Contract Sum or Time for Completion, or both.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Addendum: A written instrument issued by the Architect or Owner, prior to bidding,
with or without graphical or text attachments, delineating changes in, and/or
clarifications to the Bidding Documents.
B. Change Transmittal [CT]: A written instrument, issued by the Architect, describing
proposed changes in the Work, and requesting proposals for the changes.
C. Contractor's Proposal: A written response to a Change Transmittal, from the
Contractor(s), detailing proposed changes in cost or time to the project.
D. Change Order [CO]: Order, approved by Owner, Architect and Contractor, which
modifies the Contract, Contract Sum and/or Contract Time (see AIA Document A
201-1997, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction").
E. Construction Change Directive [CCD]: Order approved by Owner and Architect,
which modifies Contract, but without Contractor agreement; resolution shall follow
procedure noted in AIA Document A 201- 1997, - "General Conditions of the
Contract for Construction".
1.04 ADDENDA
A. Addenda are issued prior to submittal of bids.
1. The cost for each of the changes included in an Addendum, and selected by the
Owner prior to execution of the Agreement, shall be used to appropriately
modify the original Contract Sum, submitted as a bid.
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 of 4
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS „„
CONTRACTOR'S ASSERTIONS
am
By making this request for substitution, the Contractor asserts the following:
The original Bid(s) was/were based on the products, materials, equipment and the like which i
were indicated in the Contract Documents, as required by the Contract Documents,
themselves and the Bidding Requirements (if applicable).
The proposed substitution, if accepted, will result in an installation of at least as high a on
quality and at least as satisfactory performance as the specified item. Any differences which
exist between the specified item and the proposed substitution will have no significant effect
on the aesthetics, or adverse affect on the functionality or suitability of the installation, and
will not adversely affect the compliance of the installation with named standards or with
codes, regulations, ordinances, and laws, whether named or not.
The proposed substitution, if accepted, will not adversely affect other products, materials, or
systems incorporated into the project nor will it adversely affect the warranties thereof.
If the proposed substitution, should it be accepted, results in increased costs to the
Contractor, any subcontractor or supplier, or to any other contractor or the Owner, such
costs will be borne by the Contractor and/or the subcontractor proposing the substitution.
If the proposed substitution requires redesign or research on the part of the Architect, and
the Contractor is so informed, and the Contractor elects to proceed with the substitution
proposal, then all Architectural fees related to the substitution will be reimbursed by the
Contractor to the Owner.
By making this request for substitution, the Contractor accepts responsibility for incidental
damages and all costs associated with the necessary adjustment or revision of other work,
for the full incorporation of the substitution into the project, and shall absolve and hold
harmless the Owner and Architect from damages to the Contractor or to other contractors as
a result of accepting the substitution. 4%
HIXSON COMMENTS oft
Acceptance of the attached data, by Hixson, does not relieve the Contractor from complying with
the provisions noted above, and in Section 012500, and with all requirements of the Contract
Documents, other than those identifying products or materials which are hereby substituted for, an
or requirements necessarily altered due to acceptance of the substitution.
low
Appendix to Section 012500 Page 2 of 2
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION
Project: Hixson lob No.:
The undersigned hereby offers to provide the products, materials, and/or equipment listed herein, in
lieu of those specified or otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. It is understood and
expressly agreed that the Contractor has investigated the potential effects of the use of said
substitutions, and accepts full responsibility for the following, relative to the use of the substituted
item(s):
Effects on other construction;
Fitness for the use intended;
Equivalency to that specified;
Acceptability by authorities having jurisdiction;
Safety when used as indicated.
The undersigned affirms that the costs indicated represent the total net effect on the Contract Sum if
#.I the substitution is accepted, including incidental costs, labor costs, redesign costs, and any other cost
associated with the use of the proposed substitution. The Contractor agrees to the conditions set
forth in the General Conditions and in Section 01600 regarding duties and responsibilities on the part of the Contractor relative to substitutions.
No substitution shall be made unless accepted by the Owner in writing and incorporated into the
Contract Documents by Change Order. See attached "Contractor's Assertions" for added conditions.
SPECIFIED ITEM:
PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:
REASON FOR REQUESTING SUBSTITUTION (Refer to Section 016000): _
List below all characteristics of the proposed item which materially differ from those of
± the specified item:
Net change to the Contract Sum if substitution is accepted (indicate "NO CHANGE", if
appropriate):
ADD/ DEDUCT : Dollars ($ )
(circle me)
The above cost includes $ for review and investigation of the proposed substitution by the
Architect.
.................................................................................................................................................
Signed: Date:
Name (Print):
Company:
Attach product literature,test data,selected options,accessory items,selected finishes,and all other
data necessary to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements and to illustrate how proposed
substitution differs from specified product.
HIXSON ACTION:
❑ Approved ❑ Rejected By: Date: —
Appendix to Section 012500 Page 1 of 2
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
D. In the event the Owner's evaluation of the proposed substitution reveals that a
redesign is necessary to accommodate the substitution, the cost for such redesign ,
shall be borne by the Contractor.
E. The Architect's fee for investigating and evaluating a proposed substitution's ..�
compliance with the Contract Documents shall be borne by the Contractor, whether
the substitution is accepted or not.
F. The Contractor is responsible to ensure that proposed substituted materials and
equipment to be furnished fit the space available.
1. Make necessary investigations to ascertain space requirements, including those
for connections and maintenance.
2. Order such sizes and shapes of equipment that the final installation will meet
the true intent and meaning of the Contract Documents and will fit into the
space allocated with adequate room for servicing.
G. The Contractor requesting or utilizing an "approved substitution", shall be
responsible for coordinating all necessary changes with other Contractors and
subcontractors affected.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION — Not Used
END OF SECTION
SUBSTITUTIONS 012500 - 4 of 4
Wo
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
b. Equal product available for lesser cost, in which case savings to Owner
shall be indicated.
c. Specified product not available due to discontinuation or other
circumstance beyond the Contractor's control.
d. Specified product not recommended or warranted by manufacturer for
intended application.
e. Specified product not approved for use by federal, state, or local
authorities having jurisdiction.
4. The inability of the Contractor to procure a product or material on schedule
shall not be considered adequate reason for accepting a substitution, unless the
time required to procure such product or material by reasonable means
exceeds the time available at the Contractor's earliest reasonable opportunity
(including Architect's review period) to order.
1.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The following requirements apply to all requests for, and approved substitutions,
whether proposed during bidding or during construction:
1. Request for consideration of substitute items shall be originated by the
Contractor.
2. The request shall be accompanied by a Request for Substitution form (or
Voluntary Substitution Sheet, if during bidding), and by all data necessary to
demonstrate conformance with the Contract Documents, and shall show any
deviation from the item specified. The data shall include all special
attachments and requirements for the trade involved as well as any other
trades affected.
3. Evidence of full equivalency of requested substitute to the specified product,
lies fully as the responsibility of the submitting Contractor, and shall be clearly
shown in complete comparative documentation.
4. In all instances of substitutions, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility
for having all substitutions comply in all respects with the applicable portions of
the Contract Documents, codes, regulations, and standards, except where any
such requirements are specifically waived in writing.
B. If the substitution of any material or equipment increases costs to the Contractor, or
any other Contractor, or subcontractor, on the Project, then these costs shall be
borne by the Contractor providing the substitution.
C. If the substitution of any material or equipment requires a revision of design, the
Contractor shall submit to the Owner a complete and detailed design for review
before commencing work.
SUBSTITUTIONS 012500 - 3 of 4
no
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS No
C. Refer to the provisions contained in the Appendix, "Request for Substitution"form,
at the end of this section.
1.05 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE
A. Requests for substitution maybe submitted for consideration at any juncture in the
project, both prior to, and after execution of the construction Contract.
B. Prior to Execution of the Contract:
1. During Bidding: Make submittal using the Voluntary Substitution Sheet.
a. Indicate the name, manufacturer, model number, etc. of the proposed
substitution (per requirements set forth in the Bidding Requirements),
along with the effect on the Bid amount for each proposed substitution.
b. The Owner will evaluate the proposed substitution prior to execution of
the Agreement.
c. If acceptable, the substitution will be incorporated by reference into the
Agreement, and become part of the Contract Documents; the Contract
Sum will reflect the net adjustment due to all accepted substitutions.
d. If not accepted, the Contractor shall provide the originally specified item.
2. After Bidding: If no substitution is offered by the Bidder for those brands
specified (without the "equal" clause), then the Contractor shall provide ..
specified products, unless a formal request for substitution is made in writing
by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner, under the same restrictions
governing the submittal of proposed substitutions form, to be utilized after
execution of the Contract (see below).
C. After Execution of the Contract:
1. The Contractor may, subject to the restrictions herein, propose legitimate
substitutions after the execution of the Construction Contract. Requests for
substitution shall be made in writing to the Owner prior to, or concurrent with
required submittals related thereto.
a. The Contractor shall submit a properly filled out Request for Substitution
form (included at the end of this section), and attach all required
documentation. Substitutions not accompanied by a formal written
request for same, including all information required herein, will be
returned without action taken.
2. Requests for substitution shall specifically indicate all features and properties of
the proposed item which vary from the item specified.
3. Requests for substitution shall indicate what benefit the Owner will gain by the
Owner by accepting the substituted item. Possible benefits/advantages to the
Owner are:
a. Superior product available for the same cost.
SUBSTITUTIONS 012500 - 2 of 4
on
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 012500
SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section set out procedures for requesting substitutions for products, material,
equipment, method or process, in lieu of that specified.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
e�
1. Refer to Section 016000 "Products, Materials and Equipment"' for general
requirements related to specified materials and equipment.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. "Substitution": Term for a material, product, equipment, or procedure, which is
proposed, requested, suggested or offered for use in lieu of that specified, although
it may vary from the requirements of the Contract Documents in some way.
B. "Approved Substitute": A proposed Substitution that is properly submitted for
consideration, as required herein, and is approved by the Owner, for use on the
project.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Legitimate proposed substitutions, if submitted as required and accompanied by
necessary documentation, will be entertained by the Owner for inclusion in the
Contract Documents.
1. No substitutions or variations from the Contract Documents will be permitted
except as described herein.
B. A proposed material or equipment which is not shown to be at least equal in quality
and fully equivalent in performance to that specified will not be accepted.
1. A mechanical, electrical or construction system which will not produce results
equivalent to those specified or whose components are not at least equal in
quality and performance to the system specified will not be accepted.
SUBSTITUTIONS 012500 - 1 of 4
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.05 COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall fully investigate each proposed Alternate and understand each
Alternate's effect on the overall Work.
1. Work which, by virtue of acceptance of the Alternate, will be necessary in order
to provide a complete and proper installation shall be considered as being part
of that Alternate, whether indicated or not.
2. Likewise, work which is made unnecessary by acceptance of the Alternate shall
be considered as being deducted from the base Work, even if not specifically
indicated as such.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, each Alternate shall be considered to include all costs
necessitated by its acceptance, including, but not limited to labor, material, delivery,
storage, handling, supervision, tools, equipment, taxes, compliance with Division 1
General Requirements, and construction facilities and administration associated with
the Alternate.
C. Alternates are identified, in general, in the Schedule below.
1. They are described in detail in the technical Sections as noted, and may, in
addition, be illustrated, or otherwise indicated on the Drawings, in the Bid
Form, or any combination of those documents.
1.06 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Alternate No. 1: Submit separate pricing for providing low-temperature roof system
(See Section 074263).
B. Alternate No. 2: (See Section )
C. Alternate No. 3: (See Section
D. Alternate No. 4: (See Section )
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION — Not Used
END OF SECTION
ALTERNATES 012300 - 2 of 2
MM
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 012300
ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section provides for the use and processing of alternative methods of construction,
or the use of alternative materials or systems, within the same scope of work.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: A particular portion of work, which, at the Owner's discretion, may be
added to, deducted from, or performed in a manner different from that shown or
*u specified.
1. The Alternate shall be described in specific terms or drawings, and is confined
0. to the extent of such documentation. Work not specifically identified or
reasonably inferred as being part of an Alternate shall be considered as being
in the base scope of the project.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Alternates are described, illustrated or otherwise indicated, in detail, on the
Drawings, in the specifications, or any combination of those documents. The
inclusion or lack of inclusion of Alternate work in any particular document shall not
affect its scope, as described elsewhere.
1. Alternates are listed, in brief form, in the Schedule at the end of this Section,
and in the Bid Form.
B. An Alternate is not to be considered part of the Contract Documents unless it is
accepted by the Owner and incorporated by reference into the Agreement.
1. If any Alternates are accepted, the Contract Sum will reflect the net effect of
the accepted Alternates on the base bid amount.
P•
ALTERNATES 012300 - 1 of 2
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
WN
no
an
.m
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. If existing conditions are not in accordance with the Contract Documents and
will in any way affect the installation of new work, Contractor shall report
discrepancies to the Owner before proceeding with any related new work.
C. Contractor is responsible for any extra expense in connection with his work or for
damage to the Owner's property caused by failure to comply with the requirements
of these specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION — Not Used
END OF SECTION
COORDINATION 011400 - 3 of 3
ON
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Ensure such scheduling of finish work between Substantial Completion and
Final Completion of project.
1.05 DRAWINGS
A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangement of systems and other
work.
B. Prior to the installation of material and equipment, review all drawings for exact
locations and where not definitely indicated, request information from Owner.
C. Check all drawings to verify spaces in which work will be installed.
D. Make reasonable modifications in layout needed to prevent conflict with work of
other contractors.
E. Some revision of the exact location of individual electrical or mechanical devices and
equipment, doors, openings, fixtures, and the like may be made by the Owner
and/or Architect may, at their discretion.
1. Such revisions when they occur within 10 feet of indicated locations shall be at .�
no additional cost, provided that the Contractor is notified of such action in a
timely manner, and that related construction which would interfere with or
preclude the new location has not been permanently installed.
2. Relocation described above may be necessitated by coordination and interface
between various trades and not through direct action of the Owner or Architect.
In such cases, obtain approval from the Architect prior to proceeding.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, hold conduit, ducts, and piping as close as practical to
building walls, ceilings, roof structure, columns, etc., while maintaining necessary
clearances for maintenance, repair, and combustion protection. Unless otherwise
indicated, install piping and conduit through open web steel joists, rather than
below.
1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. In the performance of the work, the Contractor is totally responsible and liable for
the protection and safety of the Work and the Owner's property and shall use such
means, procedures and methods as he deems necessary for the safe execution of
the work.
B. Contractors whose work is dependent on the location, size, or shape of existing
construction shall make whatever field inspection and dimensioning as is required by
Section 017133, Existing Conditions, to ensure the proper fit of their work.
COORDINATION 011400 - 2 of 3
e
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 011400
COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section sets out procedures for coordination of the Work, to be performed by all of
the various parties within the project as a whole.
1.03 DESCRIPTION
A. Contractor shall coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of
these Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the
Work.
1. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different
components to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service
and repair.
2. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later
installation.
B. Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of,, but not actually
incorporated in, the Work. Refer to other sections for disposition of salvaged
materials that are designated as Owner's property.
1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Schedule construction activities to obtain the best results. Provide proper sequence
where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other
components, either before or after its own installation.
B. Schedule finish work (painting, wall coverings, etc.) such that other construction
activities, which would impair proper and efficient application of finishes, or may
cause damage to such finishes, is completed prior to commencement of finish work.
COORDINATION 011400 - 1 of 3
A.,
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) '
00
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
B. Do not disconnect or otherwise interrupt operating mechanical equipment without
Owner's permission; verify that energy sources and other utilities have been properly
disconnected prior to equipment disconnection.
" 1.10 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. The Owner will continuously occupy the existing facility throughout the construction
period. Restrict activities to work areas and such areas immediately adjacent
- thereto as are necessary. Do not unreasonably encumber the building or site;
maintain work and storage/staging areas neat and well-ordered at all times.
B. A limited area on the site will be available for storage of materials, placing of job
trailer(s), and staging of equipment. Coordinate location(s) with the Owner.
C. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner
and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or
00 storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements
for storage of materials and equipment on site.
D. Unless otherwise directed, the Contractor will have access to the jobsite during
normal working hours (first and second shift) throughout the construction period.
Access to the site outside of these hours must be approved in advance by the
Owner.
1.11 JOBSITE RULES
A. While on site, the Contractor, all subcontractors, and their employees shall follow all
rules and regulations, of the Owner, for conduct, safety, and security. [Some of
these rules are included in this Project Manual; the Owner reserves the right to
modify and/or extend jobsite rules.]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS— Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION — Not Used
END OF SECTION
5of5
SUMMARY OF WORK
011100 -
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. The Owner will occupy the site and existing building and maintain existing
operations during the entire construction period.
1. Cooperate with the Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts
and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the
Owner's operations.
2. As much as practicable, existing facilities and means of egress shall remain
accessible to the Owner's personnel at all times.
3. In all cases, provide adequate means of egress for workers and Owner's
employees, in compliance with building and fire codes and as acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate all demolition and other work with the Owner so as
not to interfere with required facility working conditions and current equipment
operations.
1. As much as practicable, existing process equipment, HVAC, plumbing, fire ..
protection, and electrical systems must remain operational.
2. Contractor shall provide all temporary HVAC, plumbing and electrical systems ..
and hook-ups as required to maintain operations during demolition and new
construction.
3. Contractor shall review and schedule all interruptions of current systems with
the Owner.
C. Take measures to prevent soil and air-borne debris and fumes from entering areas
which must remain in operation.
..
1. Construct temporary barriers to isolate the construction areas from the existing
building areas and to provide protection from construction procedures which
may involve dust, fumes, moisture or other undesirable effects.
2. Construct temporary partitions and enclosures to provide protection for the
employees, protection from weather, noise, and conditions which could cause
damage to products or existing construction or impair existing operations and
use of the facility, per requirements of Section 015100.
M.
1.09 EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND UTILITIES
A. Disruption must be minimized. Any work requiring the disruption of utilities,
services, etc., or any blockage of Owner's operational areas must be scheduled and
approved in advance by the Owner.
SUMMARY OF WORK 011100 - 4 of 5
or
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1.06 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The Contractor shall have primary responsibility for determining the proper sequence
for the Work, within the constraints of the Contract Documents and the Owner's
requirements.
B. Establish a sequence, which will result in an orderly progress of the Work, complying
with the Owner's requirements, and which will result in meeting various milestones
and completion dates as outlined herein.
1. The following dates have been established for this project. The Owner reserves
the right to alter dates; the completion date will not be moved forward without
the concurrence of the Contractor:
C. The Contractor shall submit information to the Owner, outlining in detail the planned
sequence of work, including anticipated down time of any of the Owner's operations
(if any). The Owner reserves the right of review and approval of the Contractor's
proposed sequence.
D. Coordinate work sequence with the Work of the Owner's separate contractors and/or
own forces, who will be engaged in work directly related to, and affected by, the
Work of this contract. Coordinate sequence of Work to facilitate the overall project
!! schedule, and in such a way that the Owner's separate contractors and the Owner's
own forces, if any, are not delayed in the progress of their work.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. The General Contractor shall have primary responsibility for coordination of all
subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, material suppliers, vendors, and others
providing labor or materials related to this project.
1. In addition, the General Contractor shall coordinate the portions of work being
performed by Owner's separate contractors, which relate to, or interface with
the Work.
B. Coordinate work sequence, material delivery, manpower availability, and other items
which affect the overall progress of the Work. Ensure, to the greatest extent
possible, that work of the Owner's separate contractors is scheduled and completed
in the proper time and sequence to facilitate the orderly completion of the total
project.
C. Contractors are responsible for properly protecting work of others which is adjacent
to, or on which work is performed (For example, roof systems, finished wall
surfaces, etc.) Damage to such work of others shall be corrected at the expense of
the contractor(s) responsible for damage.
SUMMARY OF WORK 011100 - 3 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document
A201-1997. This document, as prepared and published by the American . ,
Institute of Architects, and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents
and shall govern the performance of the Contract, as indicated.
2. These General Requirements apply to all work described and required in all
other technical sections of these specifications and to all work depicted and
described on the drawings.
3. These General Conditions shall prevail except where superceded by other
contract forms, or where such other forms provide more stringent requirements ..
on the work and project.
D. Certain articles of AIA Document A201-1997 have been modified as indicated in the
Supplementary Conditions,
1. These Requirements are not intended to duplicate or contradict the General
Conditions. Any contradictions or other discrepancies shall be brought to the
attention of the Contractor or Construction Manager.
E. The Contractor shall purchase, and maintain one copy of AIA Document A201-1997 .�
at the project site at all times.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE '
A. The fundamental premise for the execution of this project, is that all pricing has
been based on the drawings, and specifications, and therefore, all work required
shall be executed in strict accord with the Contract Documents.
1. Unless indicated to the contrary, it is expected that all work, installations,
applications, systems and isolated equipment be complete, with all necessary
accessories, anchorage, components and ancillary items, fully functional or
operational and ready for use upon completion of the project. (Reference Par.
1.2.1, AIA Document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for
Construction').
B. Quality of all work required and anticipated under this Contract shall be first-class
and highest level, in every respect.
1. It is required that all materials and equipment for this project shall be new,
unused, and fitted to, or adaptable to the project requirements, unless
otherwise noted.
2. Trade workers for execution of this project work shall be fully trained,
experienced, and highly skilled in their specific work, and that of the project.
They shall utilize the latest techniques and tools available for their trade work.
SUMMARY OF WORK 011100 - 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
SECTION 011100
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The other Contract Documents complement this Section.
B. Division 01 — General Requirements govern this Section.
1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. Work includes demolition and construction necessary for the work as indicated on
the drawings for construction of a Hot Fill Line Addition to the existing plant at
Northampton, Massachusetts.
B. This project will require careful scheduling and coordination of construction activities
by the Contractor to perform the Work in a manner, which will ensure the Owner's
continued operations with minimum disruption.
C. In addition to maintaining Owner's operations the Contractor shall take appropriate
precautions to protect the facility and products from contamination due to
construction activities.
1.03 CONTRACTS
A. The Work will be contracted to a single General Contractor; the Owner intends to
contract separately with specialty contractors for certain portions of work, and/or to
employ its own forces for some work related to this project. Such portions of work
are not indicated in these contract documents as being part of the Work under
contract, but may be indicated and identified as work by Owner or otherwise not
r under contract.
1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The work of this project shall be executed, regulated, controlled and administered in
accordance with the provisions set forth in the Owner's documents, listed on the
Table of Contents, in the Project Manual.
B. The specifications prescribe additional requirements for the project, both in general
and specific terms.
C. Circumstances arising on the project which are not addressed either in the Owner's
documents, or in the specifications, shall be resolved in accordance with the General
Conditions of the Contract, namely:
SUMMARY OF WORK 011100 - 1 of 5
LOG OF BORING CC-5 sew _ Of 2
Prom No. 11512 01 01
SAMPLY,S DEPTH PTNETI AEC. TYPE/ DESCRIPTION SOIL IEMAWU
PT. RESIST. IN. N0. DESCRIPTION
DUAN.
Silty CLAY
11TH
30
E—X 1/2/2/2 20/24 S-7 Sok Fay,n'hy CLAY,wet
(30'-32)
A!�
End o(explorW.Y 32'
ON
33
1
l
40
IS
awl
MOP
SO
Aft
me
SS
II�R
11li
A119
O PREILL Y, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIA TES, .INC.
VON ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS
LOG OF BORING CC-5
P/ge 1 OF—2
PRQIBCT CaaCols LOCATION NW61111pton,MA PRO7BCTNO. 71367 01 01
DRBLBrQ CONTRACTOR FORfSiNN JdTNibeh DATE STARTED DATE FINISH®
Sabobd BevisonmentA D ri1Nn HELPER I Kehh 05145/2006 05/Isl2006
DRII2440 BQURAt@iD COMPLETION DEPTH GROUND SURFACE ELBV.(A.)
Mobtle 53 BombmAer
37 DATUM us
TYPE BIT Conical wide Rug SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No. e 1
UNDLST.
CASING 4 IM"ID Hollow Stan Auger TDdB FIRST CObWL HIL
CAST G HAUK WBIGHT DROP WATER LBVEI.(FT.) 7
SAMPLIM r O.D.Split Spoon Rod A 1 Nr OD. DORM
SAMPLER WEIBTT DROP LOCATION Office Additive Nordi Bnd dBI
HAMMIR sdety 140 70-wim line LOOIST Bdn Tb
SAWLZS
SAba xS DEPTH PXNZTK are TYPL DRSCRIPTION SOIL. REMAULS
IR RXsW. 91. NO. DP.SCRQywm
BU6IN.
TOPSOIL
3/4/3/2 5a4 S•1 Top 2-:TOPSOIL
(9-21 Bolton 3 Losm brown,medium to fine SAND,some sift.dry SAND
3
10/15/11116 16!51 S-2 Dense,brown,mediumto fine SAND,sonic=I%aloe copse mid,moist
(S-7)
(
10
I1/13/1Y13 I6Q4 S-3 Medium dense,brown,coed urn to fine SAND,some sill wet
(IO'-12)
13
16113!24120 27!14 S-4 Dame.bans,medium to Ant SAND,same silt,Wet
(iS-11)
20 10
Silty CLAY
2/6(615 24124 S-5 Sdf[xv,silty CLAY,wet
(2W-2)
25
1/NI/1 244 S-6 Soft.SM.slity CLAY,we1
(25-27)
Rsmadcs:
f6rryf
LOG OF BORING CC 4 Se«f 2 of 2
Ptoj.No. 71362 01 01
SAMPLES DLPTH PENM AEC. TYPE! DESCRIPTION SOIL IEMARXS
RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION
MAIN.
Silty CLAY
ow
30
It= M4 3-7 Soft,S my,Silty CLAY.wet
(30'-32� 1tA1
End of ooplonuion of 32'
35
fIA*
40
45
6t1
1
50
,wlf
ffwf
Ss
6}p
311133
- ff+ft
O'REILLY, TALBOT f& OKUNASSOCIATES, .INC.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGMERING CONSULTANTS
LOG OF BORING CC-4- Pte I OF 2
PROJBLT CoorCols LOCATION ,MA PROMMN0. JIM7 01 01
DRII IM cONT ACTOR FOREMAfI Ileffl,fitsch DATE STARTED DATE FMHRD
POP Seeboad Environmental Ddllioa HELPER IXeith 05113/1006 03/1312006
DRILLM EQUIPMW T COMPL umN DEPTH GROUND SURPACB BLEV.(I,)
Mobile 53 Bombad;er 3Y DATUM 165
TYPE ETT Conical with Plu s SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.Sample 7 UNDIST.
CASB10 4 V4'ID Hollow Stem Agar I TIMB FIRST COMPI. FBt.
CASH HAMM. WEMW JDROP WATER LEVEL(Fr.) SS
SAMPLER 2"O.D.3 lit Rod A 154"O.D. HORAH3
SAM Jl R WEIGHT DROP LOCATION Hot Fill Una Addition Southwest Comer
HAM R Salary 140 30"wiruline ENGWP.BA/GBOLOCEST Brie Thompson
SAMPU S
'Pill SAMPLRS DRFTH PINEY!. AM TYPE/ DRSCRR770N SOH, REMARKS
FT. US= IN. NO. DESCRIMON
DIJ6IN.
11:ASPHALT ASPHALT
1 1/12113/15 10/24 S-1 Top 4":Medlum does*,brown,medium to oo•n•SAND,aan•fin•g vel,tree fine and and silt,d PILL
(0'-2) Bottom 6`.WAurn denoq brown,medium to fine SAND,some silt.dry SAND
!!Till
5
3/9/9/9 17/24 S-2 Mediunderim brown,medi mto fineSAND.somesilt,dry
t, 10
716/6/1 13121 S-3 Medimn deter,brown.ro"m to fine SAND,some sift,wet
15
711410/23 16/24 SJ Deer,brown.nmelium to fine SAND,some alt,wet
20 20
Silty CLAY
11415/4 14/24 S-5 Medium,Qay,NV CLAY,wcr
(20-22)
25
1/2!2/1 16/24 S-6 SA Sm.silty CLAY,wet
(2S'-27)
Ramim
NNW
LOG OF BORING CC-3 Shea 2 of 2
P n4ad No. JI82 01 01 ow
SAAJlLE9 DEPTH PINETR. REC. TYPE/ DESCRIPTION SOH, KEA MW
PT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION
MAIN.
1p
Silty CLAY
OVA 30
UM 24124 S-7 Soo pry,silty CLAY,wet
(30•321
4�1
Bed ofmxplortion at 32'
d
35
RlAI
40
4
11R
43
10
A
35
M�
4Re
SIR
OWEILLY TALBOT& OKUNASSOCIATES,INC.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS
LOG OF BORING CC-3
Page 1 OF 2
FROMM CONCda LOCATION NMhmomkA PROJECT NO. 11367 01 01
DR11W CONT'RACT'OR FORBAW )e6 Nltsch DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED
SeeboadEnvinamenW Wiling HELPER I Kddt 0311512006 05113/1006
DRILIM 3QUIPMENC COMPLETION DEPTH GROUND SURFACE ELEV.(R.)
MONIO53 Bombodler 32' DATUM 145
TYPE Bit Conical with Plug SIZE ATYPB OF CORE BARREL No. e 7 UNDLST.
CASM 41/1'W Hollow Stem AaW TDO PIl1ST I Comm I HiL
CASMHAMM. WEK3F[i DROP WATER LEVEL(Fr.) 3 M
SAMPLER 2'OD.Split Spoon Rod A I VS.O.D.) BORM
SAMIIAR WEIM DROP LOCATION Not Fill Line Addition Souther)Conic
HAMM IR Safety 140 30"wba line ENGWEE GEOLOGIST BAn
SAMPLES
SAMPLES DEPTH PENR7R. REC. TYPV DESCRIPTION SOH, REMARKS
FT. RRSL4I. W. NO. DESCRIPTION
But;24.
12":ASPHALT ASPHALT
19!20/21/20 14/24 S-1 DmK brown.me li m to fine SAND,some silt,trace come sand,moist lr
(0'-27 SAND
5
&10/1013 12/24 S-2 NWwn deer,br wq medium to fine SAND.some silk wet
(s-T)
10
6!7!9!9 13!11 S-3 Medium derim bmwtk medum to One SAND,saws silk wet
(10'-121
11
IS
5110112113 24/24 Sd Medium dace,brown,mediurn to fine SAND,some alk little mane ssnQ wet
ps-t7�
20 20'
Silly C1wY
Irbw 24124 S-5 Sot Fay.silty,MY,wet
(20'-229
25
11X1!2 24124 S4 So4 igmy,silty CLAY,wet
Ramb:
(
LOG OF BORING CC-2 shed L of 2
ProjeclNO. 7182 01 01
4�4
SAMPLES DEPTH PEN)<TR. RIC. TYPE DESCRIPTION SOIL IEMARIIS
PT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION
DU6IN.
Si1ryCLAY
(1114
30
Irlwi 22x24 S-7 Sot.pry.n7ry CLAY,wet
(30'-32)
11111
End o[exploration at 3Y
35
44111
40
✓
41!
43
ow
ow
30
e1M
SS
■11!
plg
am
4441A
O PREILL Y, TALBO T& OX UN ASSOCIATES, INC.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS
LOG OF BORDMG CC-2
Ps6e 1 OF 2
PROJECT Coca Coll LOCATION NordismiKon,MA PROJKTNO. 11367 01 01
DRILLING CONTRACTOR FORBW JeRNib b DATE STARTED DATE P INISH D
Saboad EvviroommW DdIling I HELPER KeM 03/!3/1006 03/13/1006
DRU240 BQUDW M COMPLETION DEPTH GROUND SURFACE BLBV.(R.)
Mabii6 33 Bt>ttlhrt er 32, DATUM. 143
TYPE BIT Cmkd with Plus SIZE RTYPB OF CORE BARREL. No.Sample 7 UNDO,
CASINO 4114"ID Tlollow Stem AW I TIME FIRST COWL HL
CASING HAMM. WEIGHT DROP wATER LEVEL(FT.) _p
SAMPLER rO.D.SpikSpoo, Rod A 13/9.O.D. BORLNO
SAMPLER WEIGHT DROP LOCATION Hot Fill Line Addition No Mwest Coon
HAM ER 140 30"wife line BNGI4t�Jt/GBOIAOST Erin
SA1IQI.SS
SAMCLFB DBYiH PFWVM RRC. TYPPI DESCRIPTION SOIL RPMARICS
FT. RESIFT. IV. NO. DESCRUTION
1sv6 a�.
B"ASPHALT ASPHALT
718/6/9 14/24 S-1 Medium dabs,brown,medium to Roe SAND,some tilt.trace eowse revel,dry
(0'-21 SAND
i-x s
41611019 4/24 S-2 Medium dense,brown,medium to fine SAND,srne sill,main
(4.7)
10
7/13/0 16/74 S-3 Medium dose,brown,medium to fine SANDS some silt.wet
� (17-127
40
i5
7111113/10 22/24 &4 Medium dear,brown,frsd um to fine SAND,some tilt,little carte s"wet
20 20'
Silty t:SAY
21414/6 16/24 SS Top 4-:Loom town,medium to fine SAND,some silt,wet
(20,22') Bottom 145 Madam proy,silty day,wet
I1wPP
23
W= 22%14 S-6 Soil,pry,silty CLAY,wet
(2S•271
Raab:
LOG OF BORING CC-1 Shea 2 0( z
F.J.N.. 11 sm
SAMIFLES DLI'TN FENETA AEC. TYFV DESCRIPTION SOIL. IEMARKS
FT. RESIST. BV. NO. DESCRIPTION
SU61N. w
Silty CLAY
awk
30
1IUV1 1 V24 S-7 Soft,pr,silty CLAY..a
(30'-327
Bad of txplonoon at 32'
33
40
45
oft
50
nil
as
55
we
w
Ada
O'BEILLY, TA.L.BOT& OKUNASSOCIATES, .INC.
ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS
LOG OF BORING CC-1 PW I OF 2
PROJBCr Con Cole LOCATION MA PROIBCTNO. JI567 01 01
DRILLING CONTRACTOR FORBNN kRNlucb DATE STARTED DATE PMHED
11�
SeaboadfInvirommuntall)HIling HELPER I Rath 03!15!2006 ON1511006
DRIIDNO BQURN@fT COMPLETION DEM GROUND SURFACE ELEV.(R.)
MoWeJ3 Bombvsber JY DATUM 145
TYPE BIT Conical with Plus SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.Sunple 7 (pmt,
CASINO 4 161"ID Hollow Stem Au TOO FIRST COMPL Hit
ON CASRIGHAMM WEIGHT JDROP WATER LEM(FT.) —:P
SAMPILIR r OD.Split Spoon Rod A 1 515"O.D. BORING
SAMn= WEIGHT DROP LOCATION Hot Fill line Addition NathartCaron
HAMMER Sdety 140 30"Write line ffiNliII111MIU BOLO(EST Brin
SAMPLES
SAMPLES DETTH FEXWM RICO. TYM DPSCRPTION SOIL REMARKS
PT. RPSJST. BV. NO. DICScliurn0N
BLK IN.
e'ASPHALT ASPHALT
22/49/14113 10/24 S-1 Top 41:Dace,bmww,medium to fine SAND,some comae gavel,little sk dry PRL
(0'-2) Bottom 6^Datte,brown,medium to fine SAND.little alt.dry SAND
3
11/16114/12 Sr14 S-2. Dense,brown,tedium to fine SAND,same silt,wet
11411 (S-T)
10
Milo 12!14 Sa Medima dense,bmwu,medium m fee SAND,same sk wet
15
7113114/18 I6/24 S4 Mediae dome,brown,medium to fine SAND,some ak once comae nod,wet
20 29
Silty CLAY
von 24/24 S-3 Sok goy,nity CLAY,wet
(2a-22�
PIP,
25
2/61212 16/14 &6 SA VW.Alty CLAY,wet
! (2$-2Tl
Rauths:
4w
no
an
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
40
4w
.m
Ow
LIMITATIONS
1. The observations presented in this report were made under the conditions described
herein. The conclusions presented in this report were based solely upon the services
described in the report and not on scientific tasks or procedures beyond the scope of the
project or the time and budgetary constraints imposed by the client. The work described in
this report was carried out in accordance with the Statement of Terms and Conditions
attached to our proposal.
2. The analysis and recommendations submitted in this report are based in part upon the data
obtained from widely spaced subsurface explorations. The nature and extent of variations
between these explorations may not become evident until construction. If variations then
appear evident,it mat-be necessary to reevaluate the recommendations of this report.
3. The generalized soil profile described in the text is intended to convey- trends in subsurface
conditions. The boundaries between strata are approximate and idealized and have been
developed by interpretations of widely spaced explorations and samples; actual soil
transitions are probably more erratic. For specific information,refer to the boring logs.
4. In the event that any changes in the nature, design or location of the proposed structures
are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be
considered valid unless the changes are reviewed and conclusions of this report modified
or verified in writing by O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun Associates Inc. It is recommended that
we be retained to provide a general review of final plans and specifications.
5. Our report was prepared for the exclusive benefit of our client. Reliance upon the report
and its conclusions is not made to third parries or future property owners.
+
go
P"
wo
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
Am
Ow
AM
me
a
.a
Cad!FILE No.F\DACAD\YAT\JIS67-01-01\67E8w.r
is XV)
NA lt,l
o= t
gm
� Ko ii
A
oZ t
n �(
t !t�It iii i!i II
ol
'tl NI � •I,
I E
r
llll rk I
! t
i m i
I io
3 m�
g �
r
r •'
tutu
i
I
t ,
Ii
on
t i '
i
e=
IDNE
TO
'J
16t�D1
o COCA COLA PLANT
z m 0 NORTHAMPTON. MASSACHUSETTS DESIGNED BY: MJT DRAWN BY: CDA
p v z SCALE IN FEET CHECKED BT: ALM DATE: MAY 29. 2006
` 0 1'- 100
N
Z°°
BORING LOCATION PLAN 0' 50' 10°'
0
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
N
�-H D L Y,
r�
A
=`i T-
1
I, ♦ Elwih '. . .,
.island..�— � _ _
r "T Elwe ` '• %.•
Islan 1
Jaelnwa .•.. �_ SITE tAiva-eft
's�• �� [ erlage I
om
Pot
Curter � i •
• •r .. 1 � y
list !� -�
' •a _ Ls leu
•••// �_ rport
%
d1!Pe fai tpun +
s . r
r,
,•�,rr d r
�• fa+Glrb& q
U1 St 6
Af.•`� .I4 • A" tl 9 0.0
0 112 1 MI.E
A/
0 1000 FEET 0 500m 1000m
�i.n�wbwl Gw6rapinc Holdinµ.Inc.
O'Reilly, Talbot & O ku n Coca Cola Plant
Northampton, Massachusetts
[ A S S O C I A T E S ]
ON SITE LOCUS
June 2006 Figure 1
Geotechnical Recommendations
T Coca Cola Plant Additions
O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun 4--41CCISOMBO►—► Northampton,Massachusetts
( A S S O C I A T E S ) 1
w�
If you have any questions,please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned.
S incerely yours *�
O'Reilly,Talbot&Okun Associates,Inc.
r
am
Michael J.T bot,P.E.
Principal go
Attachments:Site Locus,Site Plan,Limitations,Boring Logs
Q Bob Scheidler a-Emon)
FAJ1500\1567 Nixon\01-01 Coca-Cola Nordw ton-Geotech\Geotech&pon.doc
wr
am
4M
we,
Page 6
Geotechnical Recommendations
T Coca Cola Plant Additions
! ' O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun 4-- -4 Northampton,Massachusetts
[ A 5 5 0 C ( A i E 5 1
representative sample from a test pit and perform grain size distribution analysis to obtain
approval by the engineer,prior to the start of construction.
Table 1
00 Grain Size Distribution Requirements
Size Sand and Gravel I Granular Fill
Percent Finer by Weight
4 inch 100 100
1/2 inch 50-85 ---
No. 4 40-75 ---
No. 10 --- 30-90
No. 40 10-35 10-70
No. 100 --- ---
a. No.200 0-8 0-15
in The entire building footprint should be proof compacted to treat any loose areas, prior to
the placement of any fill beneath the building pad. Pill placed beneath footings and
floorslabs should be densified to at least 95% of the Modified Proctor dry density as defined
00 in ASTM D1557, Method C. Fill should be placed in lifts of no more than 12-inches and
compacted with at least four passes with a vibrating drum roller (minimum of 6,000 pound
weight). To facilitate compaction, the moisture content should be maintained at or near the
00 optimum moisture content.
The contractor should note that the native fine to medium sand with silt, which may be
locally present near the ground surface at the Site,is susceptible to moisture, due to the high
percentage of fines within the soil mass. If these soils become wet during construction, they
will become soft and easily disturbed. It may be necessary to remove the disturbed glacial till
soils and replace the materials with compacted sand and gravel.To avoid this potential issue,
am the contractor should establish and maintain proper surface drainage of soil surfaces.
CONCLUSION
Based upon the subsurface conditions observed in the boring logs, site conditions are
favorable for the proposed construction. The proposed building additions can be founded
No on normal spread footing foundations bearing on the medium dense to very dense native
soils
Page 5
Geotechnical Recommendations
T Coca Cola Plant Additions
O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun Northampton,Massachusetts ..�
[ A S S 0 C I A T E S ]
�1eR
Concrete Slabs
We recommend that the entire building pad be proof compacted to address any loose areas.
The treatment should consist of at least six passes with a heavy (6,000 pound) vibratory
drum roller. If any organic soils or unsuitable materials (such as debris fill) are found in the
building pad, these materials should be removed and replaced with compacted sand and
gravel fill. We recommend that concrete floor slabs bear on at least 12 inches of compacted
sand and gravel to provide uniform support and a capillary moisture break. The subgrade
should also be free of large boulders. The sand and gravel fill beneath the concrete slabs
should meet the grain size distribution characteristics for Sand and Gravel outlined in Table
1. Fill supporting slabs should be placed in accordance with the recommendations for
gradation and compaction provided below.
Earthquake Considerations
Earthquake loadings must be considered under requirements in Section 1612 and 1805 of
the Sixth Edition (February 1997) of the Massachusetts Building State Code. Section
1612.4.2 covers lateral forces imposed on structures from earthquake shaking and Section
1805.3 relates to the liquefaction potential of the underlying soils.
The granular soils present would be considered Class S2 soils under Table 1612.4.1.
"Therefore, an "S" factor of 1.2 should be used to compute lateral forces. The liquefaction
potential of these soils was considered. Based upon density, the native soils would not be
considered to be susceptible to liquefaction. ..R
Earthwork Recommendations
We anticipate that earthwork for this project will include excavations for footings, and cuts
and fills to form the building floor slab.
Any asphalt, deleterious materials, vegetation, organic soils (topsoil), or wet and disturbed
soils, should be removed from beneath the building and replaced with Sand and Gravel Fill.
Loose fill may be present in utility trenches that pass through the building addition area. Fill,
debris, asphalt, topsoil or organic soils stripped from the excavation should not be reused as **
fill beneath structures. To avoid point loads, any cobbles or boulders larger than 4 inch
diameter, encountered at the subgrade for footings and slabs-on-grade, should be removed
and replaced with compacted sand and gravel fill. Compacdon should achieve at least 95%
of the Modified Proctor dry density as defined in ASTM D1557,Method C.
Two fill types are recommended, Sand and Gravel for use beneath footings and floor slabs,
and Granular Fill for use as miscellaneous fill. In addition,we recommend the placement of
3/<inch crushed stone beneath footings. Grain size distribution requirements are presented in
Table 1. Based on the description of materials observed in the borings, site soils will not
meet requirements for Sand and Gravel,but may meet requirements for Granular Fill. If the
contractor elects to use the on-site material as fill, we recommend that he collect a
Page 4
Geotechnical Recommendations
T Coca Cola Plant Additions
O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun ~ —► Northampton,Massachusetts
[ A S S O C I A T E S ) 1
bearing capacity and settlement, construction related issues, and the suitability of on-site
materials for use in engineered fills.
DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
The following recomtnendations are provided for the assumed construction described
above.
Foundations
The proposed buildings can be founded on normal spread footing foundations bearing on
the medium dense to dense granular soils encountered in the borings or on compacted fill
over native soils. Boring data indicates that soils at footing levels should consist: of fine to
medium sand with some silt. Given the relatively high silt content, these soils may become
!*' disturbed during vet periods. Therefore,we recommend that footings be over excavated by
one foot and that at least one foot of inch crushed stone be placed beneath all footings.
In addition, the sub grades should be thoroughly densified with a vibrating plate compactor
prior to the placement of any fill. If footing subgrades become disturbed after initial
preparation, they should be densified prior to placement of the footing concrete. We
recommend that a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 4,000 pounds per square foot be
used for design.
We recommend that exterior footings be embedded a minimum of 48 inches below the
lowest adjacent grade for frost protection. Conventional spread footings shall be at least 18
inches wide for continuous footings and at least 24 inches wide for isolated footings. All
other applicable requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code (MSBC) should be
followed.
We anticipate that settlement of footings and slabs bearing on natural soils should be small
and largely elastic in nature.We anticipate that maximum settlements should be less than 1/2
inch and should occur relatively quickly after load application (during construction). As was
discussed above, we anticipate that relatively little building load will impact the soft clay
present below a depth of 20 feet.
If winter construction occurs, footings should not be placed on frozen soils. Footing
excavations should be free of loose or disturbed materials. Any boulders or cobbles larger
than 4 inches diameter should be removed from within one foot of the bottom of the
footings and replaced with sand and gravel fill. If loose or disturbed materials are present in
the excavations,they shall be recompacted to form a firm dense bearing surface.
The owner should note that groundwater was present at approximately elevation 140 feet in
the borings. Therefore, groundwater may be present in footing excavations. To facilitate
footing construction in wet conditions, we recommend the placement of 12 inches of -/,
inch crushed stone beneath all footings.
Page 3
T Geotechnical Recommendations
Coca Cola Plant Additions
O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun 4—440CMMMBDp—► Northampton,Massachusetts
[ A S S 0 C 1 A T E S )
e�
addition. F_ach boring was advanced to a depth of 32 feet below ground surface. Boring logs
are attached. Boring locations are shown on Figure 2.
Soil samples were collected using a 2-inch diameter split spoon sampler driven 24-inches
with a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches (standard penetration test or SPT). The number
of blows required to drive the sampler each 6 inches was recorded. The standard .w
penetration resistance is the number of blows required to drive the sampler the middle 12
inches. Soil properties,such as relative density,are related to the SPT blow count.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Subsurface conditions were similar in the five borings. They consisted of approximately 20
feet of granular soils over a varved silt and clay.
Subsurface soil conditions in the upper 20 feet at the site consist of medium dense to dense,
fine to medium sand with some silt. These soils are likely alluvial deposits which were laid
down by the Connecticut River over the past 10,000 years. The silty sand soils are
sufficiently dense to provide adequate bearing capacity for support of the proposed
structures. However,given the significant silt content, these soils will not be suitable for use
as sand and gravel fill beneath the proposed structures.
The near surface sand layer is in turn underlain by post-glacial lake deposits which were .�
deposited shortly after the final retreat of the continental glaciers (which once covered all of
New England). Following this retreat, a large lake formed in the Connecticut River Valley
and deposits of lake sediments formed. These sediments generally consisted of thin,
interbedded lenses of silt and clay (collectively known as varved clay). The varved silt and
clay is often soft and compressible and is of concern for the design of structures within the
Connecticut River Valley. However,given the relatively light building loads and 20 foot thick
sand layer above,relatively little building load will be transported to the clay unit and little or
no settlement should occur. The thickness of the varved silt and clay unit in the site area has
been mapped as being on the order of 100 feet thick'.
Groundwater was encountered in the five borings at depths of approximately five and seven
feet below grade. These depths correspond to approximately elevations between 140 feet.
Based upon these measurements,it appears that groundwater will be near the base of footing
excavations.
GEOTECHNICAL ISSUES No
In general, subsurface conditions are favorable for the proposed construction. The
significant geotechnical issues for the construction addressed in this report are foundation ..
]"Map Showing Distribution and Thickness of Principal Fine-Grained Deposits, Connecticut Valley Urban ®"
Area,Central New England",Langer,USGS Map No. 1-1074-C,1979.
M"
Page 2
Environmental SafetyHealth Geotechnical
T
O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun ~ 293 Bridge Street
[ A S S O C I A T E S ] 1 Suite 500
Springfield, MA 01103
Tel 413 788 6222
J1567-01-01 Fax 413 788 8830
June 1,2006 VAVW.oto-enV.COM
Mr.Jerry Goodsell
Engineering Manager
Coca-Cola North America
45 Industrial Drive
Northampton,Massachusetts 01060
Re: Geotechnical Engineering Recommendations
Hot Fill Line and Office Additions
Coca-Cola Plant
Northampton,Massachusetts
go
Dear Mr. Goodsell:
Attached is our report providing geotechnical recommendations for the proposed additions
to the Coca Cola Plant in Northampton, Massachusetts. A Site Locus is provided as Figure
1. A Site Plan is provided as Figure 2. This report is subject to the attached Limitations.
t
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION AND SITE CONDITIONS
The proposed construction will consist of two additions. A 7,800 square foot addition will
be constructed to the existing hot fill line,which is located on the south side of the building.
This addition will be a high ceiling (approximately 30 feet high),one story structure that will
be attached to the existing building on three sides. A 600 square foot addition will be
4" constructed to the north side of the building and be used for office space. The office
addition will be a single-story structure, which will also be attached to the existing structure.
Both structures will have a concrete slab on grade, near the existing ground surface. They
will have a structural steel frame,with various sheet metal veneer materials. Building loads
are expected to be relatively light.
In general, the site is relatively flat at elevation 145 feet. No significant cuts of fills are
anticipated as part of this project.
SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS
Our geotechnical study is based upon five soil borings (CC-1 through CC-5), which were
performed by Seaboard Environmental and Geotechnical Drilling on May 15, 2006. The
borings were performed using a truck mounted drill rig, equipped with hollow stem augers.
An O'Reilly,Talbot&Okun Associates, Inc. (OTO) field engineer observed the borings and
prepared the boring logs. Borings CC-1 through CC-4 were performed within the Hot Fill
Line addition. Boring CC-5 was performed within the footprint of the proposed office
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906 ..
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS W"
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPING
A. Ductile-Iron, Push-on-Joint Pipe (4" diameter and larger): AWWA C151, class 150, ON
200, and 250, with cement-mortar lining and seal coat according to AWWA C104.
Include rubber compression gasket according to AWWA C111.
B. Ductile-Iron, Mechanical-Joint Pipe (4" diameter and larger): AWWA C151, class
150, 200, and 250, with cement-mortar lining and seal coat according to AWWA
C104. Include gland, rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts according to AWWA C111.
C. Copper Tube (1/2" diameter to 2-1/2" diameter): ASTM B88 seamless water tube,
annealed.
D. Polyethylene Encasement: AWWA C105, 8 mils minimun thickness, tube or sheet.
2.02 PIPE FITTINGS
A. Ductile-Iron, Push-on-Joint Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile-iron or cast-iron; or
AWWA C153, ductile-iron, compact type. Include cement-mortar lining and seal coat
according to AWWA C104 and rubber compression gaskets according to AWWA
C111.
B. Ductile-Iron, Mechanical-Joint Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile-iron or cast-iron; or
AWWA C153, ductile-iron, compact type. Include cement-mortar lining and seal coat
according to AWWA C104 and glands, rubber gaskets, and bolts and nuts according
to AWWA C111.
C. Ductile-Iron, Flanged Fittings: AWWA C110, with cement-mortar lining and seal coat
according to AWWA C104 or epoxy, interior coating according to AWWA C550.
Include gaskets and bolts and nuts.
D. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper, solder joint pressure type.
2.03 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Ductile-Iron Piping: The following materials apply:
1. Push-on Joints: AWWA C111 rubber gaskets and lubricant.
2. Mechanical Joints: AWWA C111 ductile-iron or gray-iron glands, high-strength
steel bolts and nuts, and rubber gaskets.
3. Flanged Joints: AWWA C115 ductile-iron or gray-iron pipe flanges, rubber
gaskets, and high-strength steel bolts and nuts.
a. Gaskets: Rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and
full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
EXTERIOR WATER DISTRIBUTION 023319 - 4 of 9
as
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
1. Do not remove end protectors, unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall
for storage.
2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than
ambient dew-point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in
watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary.
C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants whose size requires handling
by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use
hand wheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.
D. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed
structural capacity of floor when storing inside.
E. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility
locations. Contact utility-locating service for area where Project is located.
B. Verify that water-service piping may be installed to comply with original design and
referenced standards.
C. Site Information: Reports on subsurface condition investigations made during
design of Project are available for informational purposes only; data in reports are
not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity of conditions
between soil borings.
1. Owner assumes no responsibility for interpretations or conclusions drawn from
this information.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company.
B. Coordinate piping materials, sizes, entry locations, and pressure requirements with
building water distribution piping.
C. Coordinate piping materials, sizes, entry locations, and pressure requirements with
building fire-protection water piping.
D. Coordinate with other utility and storm sewer work.
EXTERIOR WATER DISTRIBUTION
023319 - 3 of 9
wmw
.w
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
taw
EXHIBIT K —
CHANGE ORDER
Change Order No.—to
Agreement for Construction Services between
Coca-Cola North America,a Part of The Coca-Cola Company("Owner")and
("Contractor")
Effective 32005
(the "Agreement")
In accordance with Article 11 of EXHIBIT J—GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITONS of the
Agreement,Owner hereby authorizes,and Contractor hereby agrees,with the following changes to the
Agreement:
1. EXHIBIT B—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS is amended to include the following as
part of the Work:
[. . .description of additional work; incorporation of any Contractor proposals...].
2. The Project Schedule set forth in EXHIBIT C—PROJECT SCHEDULE is amended as
follows:
[...changes in Project Schedule,Date of Final Completion of the Work...].
3. Contractor will be compensated by Owner in the amount of[...$ ][,which is
further detailed in Contractor's proposal], for providing such additional Work described
in 1. above. The Contract Sum set forth in EXHIBIT D—COMPENSATION is hereby
increased from [$ 1 to [$ ].
The amount reflected in this Change Order is inclusive of any and all compensation associated with the
Work as described above.
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement remain unchanged.
This Change Order is effective as of[...Effective Date of Change Order...].
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the undersigned have caused this Change Order to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives.
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA,A PART
OF THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
By: By:
+err
Print Name: Print Name:
Title: Title:
K - 1
WIA
an
.o
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
termination will automatically be deemed converted to a
convenience termination under this Article 16,and
Contractor's remedy for such wrongful termination will
be limited to the recoveries specified under this Article
16 for termination for convenience by Owner.
' J - 25
No
no
balance of the Contract Sum to be paid exceeds the 16.3. PROCEDURE
expense incurred by Owner,including,but not limited
to,overhead and profit, such access will be aid b Termination for any reason in whole or in part of the
Owner to Contractor.If such amount exceeds such Agreement or of the Work will be effected by written ON
unpaid balance,the Contractor will pay Owner the notice to Contractor. Upon receipt of such notice,
difference on demand. Owner's rights under this Contractor will,unless the notice otherwise directs:
Article 16 will be in addition to all other rights and .1 immediately discontinue work on and the
remedies which Owner may have under the Agreement, placing of all orders and subcontracts in
at Law or equity. connection with the terminated part;
16.13. Cross-Default Contractor agrees that a breach .2 immediately cancel all of the existing orders
of any other agreement between Contractor and Owner and subcontracts made in connection with the
pertaining to the Project or any other project will be and terminated part,unless directed by Owner to
constitute a material breach under the Agreement, assign subcontracts as provided in
thereby enabling Owner to assert all its rights and Paragraph 4.5.7 of this Exhibit J;
remedies hereunder including,but not limited to,a
specific right of set-off by Owner against any amounts •3 immediately transfer to Owner all materials,
otherwise payable to Contractor under the Agreement or equipment(machinery and tools),supplies,
any other agreement between Contractor and Owner. work in progress,appliances,facilities acquired
by Contractor in connection with the
16.2. OWNER'S CONVENIENCE performance of the terminated part;
16.2.1. Owner's Right and Consideration Owner .4 take such action as may be necessary or as
reserves the right to terminate the Agreement or the Owner may direct for protection and
Work in whole or in part for convenience even though preservation of the Work relating to the
Contractor has not failed to perform any part of the Agreement;and
Agreement. The Owner and Contractor recognize and
agree that the first$100 paid to Contractor under the •5 deliver to Owner all data,Drawings,
Agreement is adequate and specific consideration for Specifications,reports,estimates,summaries,
the Owner's right to terminate the Agreement for its plans and other information and materials as
may have been accumulated by Contractor in
convenience.
performing the Agreement,including any
16.2.2. Contractor's Exclusive Remedy If Owner completed Work and Work in progress.
terminates in whole or in part the Agreement or the Notwithstanding the foregoing,Owner may allow
Work for convenience,the following will be
Contractor's exclusive remedy: Contractor to continue to perform its obligations for a
specified period of time and accrue and accumulate, or
.1 reimbursement of all actual expenditures and set-off as set forth in Section 6.9 of the Agreement,
costs, included overhead, approved by Owner against periodic or final payments otherwise due
as having been made or incurred in performing Contractor for all damages suffered by Owner for which
the terminated part; Owner might be held liable.
.2 reimbursement of expenditures made and cost 16.4. CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS
incurred with Owner's prior written approval All obligations of Contractor under the Agreement with .,
in settling or discharging outstanding
commitments entered into by Contractor in respect to the Work,including,but not limited to,all
performing the terminated part;and confidentiality obligations,warranties,guarantees and
indemnities,will apply to all Work completed or
.3 payment of profit,in so far as profit is realized partially completed by Contractor prior to a termination
hereunder,of an amount equal to the estimated by Owner. Termination will not abrogate any of the
profit on the entire Agreement at the time of provisions of the Agreement for the resolution of
termination multiplied by the percentage of disputes. Any termination by Owner or payments to
completion of the terminated part,less that Contractor will be without prejudice to any claims or
profit already paid. In no event will Contractor legal remedies which Owner may have against
be entitled to anticipated fees or profits on Contractor for any cause.
Work not performed or required to be .w+.
performed. 16.5. CONVERSION OF DEFAULT TERMINATION
Upon a determination by litigation that a termination of
the Agreement other than a termination for convenience
under this Article 16 was wrongful for any reason, such
J - 24
40
Work,except in an emergency endangering life or 15.1.2. Adjustment of Cost If the performance of
property in which case Contractor will proceed in all or any part of the Work is suspended by Owner
accordance with the emergency provisions set forth in pursuant to Paragraph 15.1.1 of this Exhibit J for an
Paragraph 10.3 of this Exhibit J. unreasonable period of time,an adjustment will be
13.1.3. Details of Claims The full and complete made for any increase in cost of performance of the
details of the claim(sufficient for Owner to determine Agreement necessarily caused by such suspension,and
the validity and value of the claim y)
, if an the Agreement modified in writing accordingly.
,its causes
and all supporting data will be given to Owner in However,no adjustment will be made under this
writing within fifteen(15)working days of the
Article 15 for any suspension to the extent that
lr
occurrence giving rise to the claim. performance would have been suspended by any other
cause,including the fault or negligence of Contractor,
13.1.4. Waiver of Claim No claim will be valid Subcontractor or any other person or entity for whom
unless made in accordance with this Article 13 and Contractor is liable.
Contractor waives all claims not made in accordance
with the Contract Documents. 16. TERMINATION
t 13.1.5. Requirement of Change Order Any change 16.1. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT
in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim will be 16.1.1. Events of Default and Owner Remedies If
authorized by Change Order. Contractor at any time(i)refuses or fails to provide
14. DISPUTES sufficient properly skilled workers,adequate
supervision or material or equipment of the proper
14.1. RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES quality,(ii)fails in any material respect to prosecute the
on
Work according to the current CPM Schedule,
14.1.1. Initial Negotiations In the event a claim, missie�n,the stoppage,
dispute or controversy between Owner and Contractor (iii)causes,by any action or o
arises under the Agreement or performance thereunder, hindrance,delay of or interference with the Owner's on-
the matter will be resolved by negotiation between going business or the work of any other contractor,
' Owner's Project Manager and Contractor's
(iv)fails to comply with any provision of the
Agreement or the Contract Documents,(v)makes a
Superintendent. general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
14.1.2. Final Negotiations If the Owner's Project (vi)has a receiver appointed,(vii)becomes insolvent,or
Manager and Contractor's Superintendent are unable to (viii)fails to fulfill any other of its contractual
resolve the matter,it will be referred to negotiation obligations,Owner may, at Owner's option,at any time
between the General Manager of Owner unit involved after five(5)business days'written notice of such
and the Chief Executive Officer of Contractor. default to Contractor,and if Contractor has not
14.13. Reservation of Remedies Except as satisfactorily cured such default within such time:
otherwise set forth in the Agreement,Contractor and 1 take such steps as are necessary to overcome
Owner both reserve all rights and remedies available the condition(i.e.,enter into any necessary
under the Law. agreement(s)with a third party or third parties
in order to complete the Work),in which case
14.1.4. Continue Work During the pendency of any the Contractor will be liable to Owner for the
claim,controversy or dispute,Contractor will continue cost thereof;or
to prosecute the Work as if the claim,controversy or
dispute did not exist,unless otherwise directed in .2 terminate for default Contractor's performance
writing by Owner. of all or a part of the Work.
14.1.5. Termination Nothing in this Article 14 will 16.1.2. Termination for Default In the event of
be deemed to alter the Owner's rights to terminate the termination for default,Owner may,at its option: (i)
Agreement for default or for convenience or to interfere enter the applicable location and take possession, for the
with the exercise of those rights. purpose of completing the Work,of all materials and
equipment of Contractor,take assignment of any or all
15. SUSPENSION OF THE WORK of Contractor's subcontracts and purchase orders,and/or
(iii)either itself or through others complete the Work by
15.1. OWNER ORDERED SUSPENSION whatever method Owner may deem expedient. In case
15.1.1. Owner Convenience Owner may order of termination for default,Contractor will not be
Contractor,in writing,to suspend all or any part of its entitled to receive any further payrnent until the Date of
Work hereunder for such period of time as Owner may Final Completion of the Work and final payment is
determine to be appropriate for its convenience. made in full to Owner. At such time,if the unpaid
+_W J - 23
.o
with Contractor in observing inspections,tests or Substantial Completion of the Work and whether or not
approvals and will endeavor not to delay Contractor in then fabricated,installed or completed will be promptly
this regard. corrected by Contractor. .r
12.23. Cost of Inspection The cost of all 12.4.2. Cost of Correction Contractor will be
inspections,tests or approvals required by the Contract responsible for all costs of correcting such defective and
Documents or public authorities will be borne by nonconforming Work,including but not limited to,the
Contractor. The cost of all other inspections,tests or compensation for any of the Architect's or
approvals will be borne by Owner except as provided in Subcontractor's additional services made necessary
Paragraph 12.2.4 of this Exhibit J. thereby.
12.2.4. Special Inspections If in the reasonable 12.43. Failure to Correct If Contractor fails to
opinion of Owner,any Work requires special correct defective or nonconforming Work,Owner may
inspection,testing or approval not mentioned in the correct it at the expense of Contractor. In addition,if
Contract Documents,Owner will in writing instruct Contractor does not proceed with the correction of
Contractor to order such special inspection,testing or defective or nonconforming Work within a reasonable
approval,and Contractor will give the proper notices as period of time,Owner may remove it and store it at the
required by Paragraph 12.2.1 of this Exhibit J. If such expense of Contractor. If Contractor fails to pay the
special inspection or testing indicates that the Work cost of such removal and storage within ten(10)days of
inspected does not comply with the requirements of the written notice from Owner,Owner may sell the Work
Contract Documents, Contractor will bear all costs by any means it chooses and,after satisfying its
thereof,including the cost of the testing and the cost to expenses incurred therein,will pay the balance
repair or replace the Work. If such special inspection or remaining,if any,to Contractor. If the proceeds of such
testing does not reveal a failure of the Work to comply a sale do not cover all costs which Contractor should
with the Contract Documents,then Owner will bear have borne,the difference will be charged to Contractor.
such costs and an appropriate Change Order will be 12.4.4. Notice of Defects Owner will give notice of
issued.
defects or deviations hereunder promptly after
12.2.5. Certificates of Inspection All required discovery of the condition.
certificates of inspection,testing or approval will be 12.4.5. No Limitations Nothing contained herein
obtained by Contractor and promptly delivered to will be construed to establish a period of limitation with
Owner.
respect to any other obligation which Contractor might
12.3. UNCOVERING OF WORK have under the Contract Documents or under applicable
12.3.1. Required Uncovering If Contractor or any Law.
Subcontractor covers any Work which Owner requested 12.5. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-
the opportunity to inspect or covers it contrary to the CONFORMING WORK
Contract Documents,if required in writing by Owner, 12.5.1. Acceptance by Owner At Owner's sole
Contractor will uncover this Work for Owner's
inspection and all costs of such uncovering and covering option,Owner may accept defective or nonconforming
after inspection will be borne by Contractor. Work. Owner may do so instead of requiring the
removal and correction of such Work,in which case a
12.3.2. Owner Directed Uncovering Owner may Change Order will be issued to reflect an appropriate
request that Contractor uncover any portion of the Work reduction in the Contract Sum,or,if the amount is
that Owner had not specifically requested to observe determined after final payment,it will be paid by
prior to being covered. If such Work is found to be in Contractor to Owner.
accordance with the Contract Documents,the cost of
uncovering and covering it after inspection will be
13. CLAIMS
charged to Owner and the appropriate Change Order 13.1. GENERAL
issued. If such Work is found not to be in accordance
with the Contract Documents,Contractor will pay the 13.1.1. Notice of Claim In accordance with the **e
cost of uncovering and covering such Work after Contract Documents, Contractor may make a claim for
inspection. increase in the Contract Sum if it has valid grounds
12.4. CORRECTING DEFECTIVE WORK therefor and Contractor will give Owner written notice ,
thereof within five(5)working days after the
12.4.1. Correction All Work rejected by Owner as occurrence giving rise to such a claim.
defective or as failing to conform to the Contract 13.1.2. Time of Notice The notice of claim will be
Documents whether observed before or after Date of given by Contractor before proceeding to execute the .w
J - 22 ,�
.6 Use of Contractor's equipment such as office .1 Materials and equipment incorporated in the
and material trailers and shacks,pick-up Work;
trucks, automobiles,etc.; .2 Subcontracts,where properly identified and
.7 Costs in excess of the guaranteed maximum,if supported by sufficiently itemized
applicable; substantiating data to permit evaluation;and
.8 Small tools and consumables which include .3 Rental charges of all necessary machinery and
hand and power tools normally in a field gang equipment rented by Contractor or
box for each trade employed on the Project; Subcontractor,exclusive of hand tools,will be
and consistent with those that can be negotiated in
the area. Rental rates to be charged are to be
.9 Drayage services performed by Contractor's approved by Owner prior to the Date of
office personnel. Commencement of the Work;total rental cost
11.3.3. Reimbursables at Cost The following items of any piece of equipment will not exceed its
will be reimbursed at cost and will not be subject to any fair market value at the time such equipment is
percentage markup for overhead and profit: rented.
1 Premium time wages; 11.4. UNIT PRICES
.2 Sales and use taxes; 11.4.1. Adjustments If unit prices are stated in the
Contract Documents or are otherwise agreed to between
.3 Performance and labor and material payment Owner and Contractor,and if the quantities originally
bond premiums; contemplated are so greatly different from those
.4 Permit fees;and included in a Change Order that the application of the
previously agreed upon unit prices to the quantities of
.5 Insurance premiums other than those described Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to either
in Paragraph 11.3.2 of this Exhibit J. Owner or Contractor,then the applicable unit prices will
00 .6 In cases where the Project has been delayed be equitably adjusted.
through the sole cause of Owner,such
11.5. CONCEALED CONDITIONS
increases in costs of the items referred to in
subsections .1, .2, .3,.4 of Paragraph 11.3.2 of 11.5.1. Adjustment of Contract Sum If in the
this Exhibit J which are apportioned to the performance of the Work,Contractor encounters
Project on a pro rata basis and which are concealed conditions it believes are at variance with the
directly connected to the delay. conditions indicated in the Contract Documents or if
Contractor encounters unknown physical conditions of
11.3.4. Reimbursable Field Costs with Markup an unusual nature which differ materially from those
The following direct field costs will be reimbursed at depicted in the Contract Document,the Contract Sum
cost and are subject to a four point three-three percent maybe equitably adjusted by Change Order upon claim
!'* (4.33/o)markup for overhead and profit: by either party made in writing in accordance with this
.1 Straight time wages for apprentices, Exhibit J.
journeymen,subjourneymen,foremen and
general foremen; 12. QUALITY CONTROL
.2 Fringe benefits based on payroll; 12.1. STANDARDS OF QUALITY
.3 Payroll insurance; 12.1.1. Establishment of Standards Before the
Date of Commencement of the Work,standards of
.4 Payroll taxes up to the maximum annual workmanship quality will be established to the
amount for each employee;and satisfaction of Owner.
.5 Travel and subsistence paid in accordance with 12.2. THIRD PARTY INSPECTIONS
union agreement,if applicable,or if not
applicable,approved in advance by Owner. 12.2.1. Notice Contractor is responsible for timely
notice to Owner with regard to the performance of any
!! 11.3.5. Reimbursable Material,Equipment and inspection,test or approval required in the Contract
Services with Markup The following purchased Documents or applicable Laws.
materials,equipment and services will be reimbursed at
WX cost and are subject to a four point three-thrree percent 12.2.2. Owner Opportunity to Observe Contractor
o will provide Owner the opportunity to observe an
(4.33/o)markup for overhead and profit: P PP Y Y
inspections,tests or approvals. Owner will cooperate
AW J -21
r
No
10.3.2. Additional Compensation Additional issued,the Change Directive will specify one of the
compensation to Contractor or extension of time,if any, methods of compensation set forth below and will state
claimed on account of emergencies will be determined the schedule impact,if any. If Contractor disagrees No
as provided in Article 13 of this Exhibit J. with the method or amount of compensation or Project
10.4. SECURITY Schedule impact,Contractor will proceed under
Article 13 of this Exhibit J.
10.4.1. Secured Areas Unless Contractor is ow
otherwise notified in writing by Owner,all Owner 11.3. ADJUSTMENTS TO CONTRACT SUM
property and premises are secured areas. 11.3.1. Cost/Credit for Changes Except where the
basis of payment is cost of the Work,the cost or credit
10.4.2. Security Requirements Contractor will to Owner resulting from a change in the Work will be
abide by all security requirements communicated to determined in one or more of the following ways,as
Contractor in writing by Owner. selected by Owner:
10.4.3. Remedy Contractor's failure to comply with �.
1 By mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly
these requirements in any way will be grounds for •
termination for default. itemized and supported by sufficient
substantiating data to perniit evaluation;
11. CHANGES DURING CONSTRUCTION J .2 By unit prices stated in the Contract
11.1. CHANGE ORDERS Documents or subsequently agreed upon;or
11.1.1. Definition A "Change Order" is a written .3 By costs determined as set forth below,plus a
order to Contractor,which is issued after execution of fee based upon the fee schedule set forth in the
the Agreement and is signed by Owner,authorizing a Contract Documents.
change in the Work and/or an adjustment in the 11.3.2. Non-Reimbursables The following items
Contract Sum and/or an adjustment in the Project are part of Contractor's overhead, will not be reimbursed
Schedule. All Change Orders should be substantially in by Owner and are not subject to any markup for
the form attached hereto as Exhibit K of the Agreement overhead and profit:
or other comparable form approved by Owner.
.1 Salaries,expenses or other compensation of the
11.1.2. Scope No change in the Contract Sum or the Contractor's officers,executives,general
Project Schedule will be effective unless a Change managers,general superintendents,estimators,
Order has been signed by Owner. auditors,accountants,purchasing and
11.1.3. Contractor Signature A Change Order contracting agents,expeditors and other
signed by Contractor evidences Contractor's agreement employees working in or out of Contractor's
with the Change Order including,but not limited to,any permanent offices;
adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Project .2 Salary of Contractor's Superintendent,other
Schedule included therein. field office personnel salaries,utilities and
11.2. OWNER ORDERED CHANGES telephone,temporary toilet facilities,trash
removal and similar services,and safety
11.2.1. Owner Ordered Changes Without equipment;
invalidating the Agreement,Owner may order changes
in the Work within the general scope of the Agreement .3 General and administrative expenses of
consisting of additions,deletions or other revisions,the Contractor's business,including,but not
limited to,the cost a nts;
insurance as requested by
Contract Sum and/or the Project Schedule being
adjusted accordingly,if necessary. the Contract Docume
11.2.2. Authorization for Changes All such .4 Contractor's capital expenses including,but not
changes in the Work must be authorized by a Change limited to,interest on Contractor's capital
Order and must be performed in accordance with the employed for the Work; .w
Contract Documents. .5 Costs due to the negligence of Contractor,any
11.2.3. Directed Changes If Owner and Contractor Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or for whose acts
are unable to agree on the existence of a change,the any of them may be liable,including but not
scope of a change or compensation for a change,Owner limited to,the correction of defective Work;
may direct the Contractor in writing to proceed with the
Work as changed("Change Directive"),and Contractor
will proceed as directed. If a Change Directive is
J - 20 #.
Final Payment received by Contractor will be held in 10.1.2. Safety Officer A responsible member of
trust for the benefit of all Subcontractors and others Contractor's organization will be designated in writing
00 claiming a right to payment from Contractor out of the as Contractor's safety officer. This person's duties will
Contract Sum. Contractor agrees that Contractor will include,but not be limited to,compliance with this
not have any property interest in payments made by Article 10 and,if this person is not the Contractor's
110 Owner except for the balance in excess of all amounts Superintendent,then this person will report directly to
owed to Subcontractors and other claimants. Contractor's Superintendent.
9.8. NO WAIVER 10.2. SAFETY OBLIGATIONS
0 9.8.1. No Waiver by Payment It is mutually 10.2.1. Safety of Property Contractor will be
agreed that no payment(including final payment)under responsible for taking all reasonable precautions to
the Contract Documents will be evidence of the prevent damage to property. Protection of property
Ak performance by Contractor under the Agreement,either includes the Work and all materials and equipment to be
wholly or in part. incorporated into the Work,whether in storage on or off
9.8.2. No Waiver by Use Neither the partial nor the the Project Site,under the care,custody or control of
entire use or occupancy of the Project by Owner,will Contractor or any person or entity for whom Contractor
constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance is responsible. In addition,protection of property
with the Contract Documents. includes other property at the Project Site or adjacent
thereto,including trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,
9.8.3. No Waiver by Observation Neither pavements,roadways, structures and utilities not
observation by Owner or Architect,or by any of their designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the
duly authorized representatives;nor any order, course of the Work.
measurement or certificate by Owner or Architect will 10.2.2. Applicable Safety Laws Contractor will
constitute a waiver of any of Owner's rights under the
ascertain and comply with all requirements to give
Agreement. notices and will comply with all applicable Laws
9.8.4. No Subsequent Waiver Any waiver by bearing on the safety of persons or property or their
Owner of any breach of or default under the Contract protection from damage,injury or loss.
Documents will not be held to be a waiver of any other 10.2.3. Required Safeguards Contractor will
or subsequent breach or default,and any waiver by ascertain the requirements for and will erect and
Owner of any right to terminate the Agreement will not maintain,as required by Law and/or existing conditions,
be held to be a waiver of any breach of or default under all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,
the Contract Documents,Owner retains all of its rights including but not limited to,posting;danger signs and
to recover damages therefor. other warnings against hazards,promulgating safety
9.8.5. Waiver by Contractor The acceptance of regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent
final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver of property.
all claims by Contractor except those previously made 10.2.4. Hazardous Activities If the Work involves
in writing,in accordance with the Contract Documents
any hazardous activities or the use or storage of
and identified by Contractor in writing as unsettled at explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment,
the time of the final invoice. Contractor and Subcontractors will exercise the utmost
10. SAFETY AND SECURITY care and will carry on such activities under the
supervision of properly qualified and licensed
10.1. SAFETY PROGRAMS personnel.
10.1.1. Contractor Responsibility Contractor will 10.2.5. Remedy of Damages Any and all damage or
be responsible for developing,implementing, loss to any property caused in whole or in part by
maintaining and supervising,to the complete Contractor, Subcontractor or any other person or entity
satisfaction of Owner,all safety programs in connection for whose performance Contractor its responsible will be
with the Work and the Project Site. Contractor will be promptly remedied or repaired to its original condition
responsible for taking all reasonable safety precautions at the expense of Contractor.
to prevent injury or death to persons or damage to 10.3. EMERGENCIES
property. These obligations extend to the protection of
all individuals performing the Work or on the Project 10.3.1. Contractor Discretion 'With regard to any
Site and all other persons who may be affected by the emergency endangering persons or property,Contractor
Work in any way. will act,at its discretion,to prevent or,at least,
minimize the injury to persons or damage to property.
J - 19
9.5. WITHHOLDING APPROVAL OF INVOICES will fix the time within which Contractor will complete
9.5.1. Withholding of Payment If,in the opinion the items on the Punch List.
of Owner,Contractor is not entitled to the payment of 9.6.5. Copies Contractor will receive a copy of the
all or part of an invoice,Owner may decline to make the Certificate of Substantial Completion for Contractor's
payment. written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to
9.5.2. Notice If Owner decides to withhold Contractor in such Certificate of Substantial e1E
payment,Owner will promptly notify Contractor in Completion.
writing. The notice will include specific reasons for the 9.7. FINAL PAYMENT
withholding of payment. 9.7.1. Final invoice When Contractor believes that
9.5.3. Claims If Contractor and Owner cannot the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance,
agree on a revised amount,Contractor may submit a Contractor will prepare the final invoice and send it to
claim in accordance with Article 13 of this Exhibit J. Owner along with Contractor's statement that, in its
9.5.4. Revocation of Prior Approval Owner may opinion,the Work is complete.
also nullify in whole or in part any prior approval on the 9.7.2. Inspection Owner and Contractor will
basis of subsequently discovered evidence of defective promptly make an inspection,and if Owner finds the
Work not remedied,probable third party claims,failure Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and all
of Contractor to pay its Subcontractors or others, the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents
reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed have been fulfilled,the date of such inspection will be
for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, Contractor the Date of Final Completion of the Work.
damage to Owner or another contractor,reasonable 9.7.3. Documentation Prior to Payment Neither
evidence that the Work will not be completed within the
Project schedule or persistent failure to carry out the the final payment,nor payment of any remaining ..�
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. As retained percentage will be made to Contractor until it
submits to Owner:
soon as the above grounds are removed,payment may
be made for the amounts withheld because of them. 1 an affidavit that all payrolls,bills for materials
9.6. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION and equipment,all charges by Contractors and
Subcontractors and other indebtedness
9.6.1. Punch List As soon as Contractor considers connected with the Work for which Owner and
that the Work,or a designated portion thereof which its property might in any way be responsible,
Owner has previously indicated Owner will accept,is have been paid or otherwise satisfied;
substantially complete,Contractor will prepare for 2 consent to final payment by Contractor's
submission to Owner a notice that Contractor believes
has met the Date of Substantial Completion of the surety,if required;and ,
Work, which will include a punch list of items to be .3 all other data required by Owner establishing
completed or corrected("Punch List"). payment or satisfaction of all such obligations,
9.6.2. Contractor Responsibility The failure to including,but not limited to,receipts,releases,
include any items on the Punch List does not alter the and waivers of lien arising out of and required
under the Agreement.
responsibility of Contractor to complete all Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. .4 Closeout Requirements.
9.6.3. Inspection Owner will then inspect the Work 9.7.4. Lien Bonds Contractor may furnish a bond
or designated portion thereof to determine if Date of satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any
Substantial Completion of the Work,as defined in the potential lien if a Contractor refuses to famish a release
Contract Documents,has been achieved and to verify or waiver required by Owner.
the accuracy and completeness of the Punch List. 9.7.5. Refund for Discharge of Lien Contractor
9.6.4. Certificate of Substantial Completion If will refund to Owner all monies that Owner may be
Owner agrees with Contractor that the Date of compelled to pay in discharging a lien,including,but
Substantial Completion of the Work has been met, not limited to,all costs and reasonable attorneys fees,if
Owner will then prepare a"Certificate of Substantial any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are
Completion"which will set forth the Date of Substantial made.
Completion of the Work, will state the responsibilities
of Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance, 9.7.6. Final Payment Owner will pay the Final
heat,utilities,damage to the Work,and insurance,and Invoice in accordance with Section 6 of the Agreement. r..
J - 18
Contractor's supporting documentation to Owner will receipt of payment by Contractor,whichever occurs
include an estimate of the probable effect of the delay first,free and clear of all liens,claims,security interest
on the progress of the Work and the Project Schedule. or encumbrances. Contractor will have no property
8.3.4. Persistence of Force Majeure If the force interest in Work,materials and equipment,including
majeure continues for fifteen(15)days or longer, without limitation, stored materials and equipment,for
tw
Owner will have the right to immediately terminate the which title has passed to Owner.
Agreement upon written notice to Contractor. 9.3.5. Payment After review of the invoice,Owner
will make payment as set forth in Section 6 of the
9. PAYMENTS
Agreement or, if Owner does not agree with the invoice,
9.1. CONTRACT SUM it will promptly so notify Contractor in writing.
9.1.1. Definition of Contract Sum The"Contract 9.3.6. Change Orders Invoices will show agreed
Sum",including authorized adjustments thereto,is the Change Orders as separate items for payment,including
total(or maximum,as the case may be)amount payable the percent of completion of the Change Order,the
by Owner to Contractor for the performance of the amounts of previous invoices,retainage and payments
Work under the Contract Documents. The Contract for the Change Order.
Sum is set forth in Exhibit D of the Agreement. 9.3.7. Disputed Amounts Contractor will not
9.2. SCHEDULE OF VALUES include in invoices amounts that it does not intend to
pay to a Subcontractor due to a dispute.
9.2.1. Schedule of Values Before submitting its
first invoice to Owner,Contractor will submit to Owner 9.3.8. No Acceptance Owner's opinion as to
a schedule of values allocated to the various portions of amounts due Contractor,the approval of a progress
the Work,prepared in such form and supported by such Payment,and actual progress payments made will not
data to substantiate its accuracy as Owner may require. constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance
This schedule of values,unless objected to by Owner, with the Contract Documents.
will be used as the basis for Contractor's invoices. 9.4. PAYMENT TO SUBCONTRACTORS
9.3. INVOICES 9.4.1. Payment to Subcontractors Upon receipt of
9.3.1. Itemized Invoice In accordance with Payment from Owner,Contractor will promptly pay
Section 6 of the Agreement,Contractor will submit to each Subcontractor(provided such Subcontractor has
Owner an itemized invoice,notarized if required, not been paid previously)out of the amount paid to
supported by such data substantiating Contractor's right Contractor on the account of such Subcontractor's work,
to payment as Owner may require. the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,
reflecting the percentage actually retained, from
9.3.2. Materials at Project Site Payments will be payments to Contractor on account of such
made on account of materials or equipment not yet Subcontractor's work.
incorporated in the Work but delivered,suitably stored 9.4.2. Payment Notwithstanding he foregoing,
and protected at the Project Site,if prior written payments received by Contractor will be held in trust
approval has been given by Owner. for the benefit of all Subcontractors,and others claiming
93.3. Materials Off Project Site With the advance a right to payment from Contractor out of the Contract
! ` written approval of Owner,payments will similarly be Sum. Contractor agrees that Contractor will not have
made for materials or equipment suitably stored, any property interest in payments made by Owner
protected and identified for the Project at some other except for the balance in excess of all amounts owed to
location. Payments for materials or equipment stored Subcontractors and other claimants.
on or off the Project Site will only be made upon 9.4.3. Information to Subcontractors If
submission by Contractor of bills of sale or such other
procedure satisfactory to Owner to establish Owner's requested,Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor
"a procedure
to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect information regarding the percentages of completion or
the amounts invoiced for by Contractor and the amounts
Owner's interest,including applicable insurance,bonded
warehouse storage and transportation to the Project Site Paid by Owner with relation to the Work completed by
where those materials and equipment are stored off the such Contractor or Subcontractor. However,Owner
will not have any obligation to pay or see to the
Project Site. payment or use of any monies to any Contractor except
9.3.4. Transfer of Title Title of all Work,materials as may otherwise be required by Law.
and equipment covered by an invoice will pass to
Owner either by incorporation in the Work or upon the
J - 17
diligently endeavor not to damage the work of others. If 8.2.2. Start and Expeditious Completion
any such damage takes place the damage will be Contractor will begin the Work on the Date of
promptly corrected at the expense of the party causing Commencement of the Work,man the Project Site with
the damage. adequate forces and achieve Date of Substantial
7.2.6. Settlement of Disputes If Contractor or any Completion of the Work and Date of Final Completion
Subcontractor damages the work of a separate of the Work within the Project Schedule. ..�
contractor,then Contractor will promptly settle the 8.2.3. Liquidated Damages Contractor further
matter directly with the other contractor and will hold agrees that it will be liable to Owner for payment of
Owner harmless from any and all effects of such Owner's delay damages if Contractor does not achieve
damage. the agreed Date of Final Completion of the Work. The
7.2.7. Clean Up of Separate Work Contractor is Owner's delay damages will begin to accrue on the first
obligated as detailed in Paragraph 4.14 of this Exhibit J day immediately following the Date of Final
to clean up the Work. Owner and separate contractors Completion of the Work. The agreed amount of
liquidated damages is$2,500.00 per day or in an
will similarly clean up in the areas of their work. amount otherwise agreed to by the parties of the
Owner reserves the right to clean up and charge the cost Agreement. Contractor further acknowledges the
thereof to the contractor responsible if a dispute arises
between Contractor and any separate contractor as to its reasonableness of the stated amount and agrees that the
imposition of liquidated damages will in no way be
responsibility for cleaning up. construed as a penalty provision.
8. PROJECT SCHEDULE 8.3. FORCE MAJEURE AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.1. DEFINITIONS 8.3.1. Force Majeure In the event that either
8.1.1. Commencement The"Date of Owner or Contractor will be delayed or hindered in or
Commencement of the Work"is the date established in
prevented from performance of any act required herein the notice to proceed from Owner to Contractor. If no by reason of unavoidable labor dispute,unavoidable
inability to procure materials, failure of power,
notice to proceed is issued,it will mean the effective
date of the Agreement or such other date as maybe set restrictive governmental Laws,riots,insurrections,war,
forth in Exhibit C of the Agreement. fire, adverse weather conditions not reasonably
anticipatable, other unavoidable casualties or other
8.1.2. Substantial Completion The"Date of reason of a like nature not the fault of the party delayed
Substantial Completion of the Work"or designated in performing work or doing acts required under the
portion thereof is the date determined by the Owner Contract Documents,then performance of such acts will
when construction is sufficiently complete in be excused for the period of the delay and the period for
accordance with the Contract Documents,so that Owner the performance of any such acts will be extended for an
can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion equivalent period.
thereof for the use for which it is intended. The Date of 8.3.2. Delays by Owner or Architect If Owner,
Substantial Completion of the Work will be no later
than the date set forth in Exhibit C of the Agreement. the Architect,or any separate contractor employed by .�
Owner delays Contractor,this will be considered an
8.1.3. Final Completion The"Date of Final event of force majeure. However,in no event will
Completion of the Work"is the date determined by Contractor be entitled to any compensation for any force
Owner when all Work called for in the Contract majeure delay other than the extension of the Project '"
Documents is complete and all other terms and Schedule as set forth in Paragraph 8.3.1 of this Exhibit
conditions of the Contract Documents applicable to J.
Contractor have been fulfilled. The Date of Final
Completion of the Work will be no later than the date 8.3.3. Claims for Extensions Contractor's claims,
set forth in Exhibit C of the Agreement. if any,for extension of time must be made in writing to
Owner not more than five(5)working days after
8.1.4. Day The term"Day"as used in the Contract Contractor has notice of the delay. Thereafter,
Documents will mean working day unless otherwise Contractor must provide full details and supporting
specifically designated. documentation with regard to the cause of the delay
8.2. PROGRESS AND COMPLETION within fifteen(15)working days of the initial notice of
the delay to Owner. If either the initial notice or the
8.2.1. Time of the Essence Time is of the essence supporting documentation is not filed with Owner in
of the Agreement. writing within the time periods specified,the claim for
delay will be waived. If the cause for the delay is a wo
continuing one,then only one claim is necessary.
J - 16 no
agreements with other suppliers who share Owner's claim for delay or additional cost by Contractor.
vision and are dedicated to supplier diversity principles. However,if Contractor is actually delayed by Owner or
As a supplier to Owner, Contractor must demonstrate a a separate contractor,then Contractor will be entitled to
high level of commitment to the inclusion and an extension of time as provided for elsewhere in this
participation of MWBE in fulfillment of contract Exhibit J.
requirements. MWBE participation is measured based
on the amount of business awarded by Contractor to 7.1.4. Remedy Contractor agrees that if Contractor
Subcontractors that are a MWBE. Contractor agrees to Is injured or damaged by any one or more of the other
provide Owner with a report, as approved by Owner, contractors,including,without limitation,delay
setting forth its expenditures to Subcontractors that are a damages,acceleration costs,extra work claims,
MWBE. Owner requires that MWBE certification be inefficiency claims,damage to others'work, damage to
from one of the following organizations: (i) Small Property and injuries to persons(including death),
Business Administration 8(a) or SDB Programs; ( )a Contractor's sole remedy is to assert a claim or cause of
Regional Councils of the National Supplier action directly against the other contractor(s)causing
Development Council; (iii) Women Business Enterprise the injury or damage. Contractor hereby releases,
National Council; and (iv) National Women Business acquits,holds harmless and forever discharges Owner
Owners Corporation. and Architect of and from any and all liability for
performance or non-performance of other contractors or
17. WORK DONE BY OWNER OR OTHERS I for any act or omission of other contractors.
' 7.1. OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND 7.1.5. No Other Third-Party Beneficiaries Except
ENGAGE OTHERS as expressly set forth in this Article 7,the Contract
Documents does not create any rights or benefits in
7.1.1. Owner's Rights Contractor acknowledges third parties not a party to the Contract Documents. The
that portions of the Work related to the Project may be
P � y parties expressly deny that there are any third-party
performed by Owner's own forces or under separate beneficiaries to the Contract Documents except to the
contracts led by Owner. extent expressly stated in Paragraph 7.1.3 of this Exhibit
7.1.2. No Duty to Coordinate Nothing in the J.
Contract Documents creates or will create any duty on 7.2. COOPERATION
the part of the Owner to coordinate the Work with the
work of other contractors or subcontractors. Contractor 7.2.1• Cooperation in the Work Owner,
cooperate
Contractor and each separate contractor will coo
and all other contractors and subcontractors will P P
coordinate all work with the other so as to facilitate the with one another in the use of the Project Site,storage
general progress of the Project. Contractor agrees that of their materials and equipment,and the execution of
any claims arising out of a failure to coordinate will be their work and will connect and coordinate their work as
asserted against other contractors as set forth in this required by the Contract Documents.
Article 7. 7.2.2. Inspection by Contractor Work which will
00 7.1.3. No Grounds for Claim Contractor and be performed by Owner or any separate contractor and
Owner agree that other contractors in direct contractual upon which Contractor depends for proper execution of
privity with Owner are third party beneficiaries of the its portion of the Work will be inspected by Contractor
0 Contract Documents but only to the extent of claims and Promptly upon the completion of the other work and
causes of action against Contractor arising out of or apparent discrepancies or defects in such other work
resulting from Contractor's performance or failure of will be reported in writing to Owner.
performance under the Contract Documents or any act 7.2.3. Tacit Acceptance If Contractor does not
or omission of Contractor causing injury(including make such written report within a reasonable time after
death)or damage to such other contractors. Contractor the Date of Final completion of the Work upon which
consents to being sued by other contractors for injuries Contractor's Work depends,except as to latent defects,
or damages caused by Contractor on this Project, this will constitute Contractor's acceptance of such work
including,without limitation,delay damages, done by Owner or a separate contractor.
acceleration costs,extra work claims,inefficiency
claims,damage to others'work,and damage to property 7.2.4• Cost of Correction The cost of correcting
! and injuries to persons(including death). Contractor any work which was not done properly and of which
hereby waives lack of privity of contract with such other timely notice was given, will be the responsibility of the
contractors as a defense to such actions. party who performed such work.
!! Any such performance by Owner or a separate 7.2.5. Avoidance of Damage Owner,Contractor
contractor will not, in and of itself,be grounds for a any Subcontractors and all separate contractors will
J - 15
we
.ui
5.4.3. Compliance with Toxic Substances objection to any such proposed Subcontractor. If
Regulations Contractor warrants that the use and Owner fails to promptly notify Contractor of such an
storage of all chemical substances and products objection,there will be no such reasonable objection.
containing chemical substances in the Work will
comply with the applicable Laws. 6.2.3. Objection by Owner Once Owner has given
Contractor written notice of Owner's reasonable
5.4.4. Compliance with Other Applicable Laws objection,Contractor will not subcontract to the
Contractor warrants that it will comply with all Laws. Subcontractor to whom the objection has been made.
However,Contractor will not be required to contract
5.4.5. Compliance with Environmental Laws with a Subcontractor to whom Contractor has a
Contractor warrants that it is knowledgeable in state and reasonable objection.
federal environmental Laws applicable to the Project
and that it will conduct itself in the course of the Project 6.2.4. Consequences of Objection to Subcontractor
in full compliance with all such Laws,notifying Owner If Contractor has relied upon the bid or proposal of a
in the event of any significant environmental Subcontractor which Contractor,in good faith,believes
occurrence. is fully qualified to perform that portion of the Work
5.5. SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES and Owner takes reasonable objection to the
Subcontractor upon whose bid or proposal Contractor
5.5.1. Survival The representations and warranties has relied,then Contractor will submit a substitute
herein will survive the execution and delivery of the Subcontractor to whom Owner has no objection. The
Agreement and the Date of Final Completion of the Contract Sum will be increased or decreased by the
Work. difference in cost occasioned by the substitution and the
appropriate modification issued if the increase is
5.6. BREACH accepted by Owner.
5.6.1. Breach of Warranty Failure of Contractor 6.3. SUBCONTRACT DOCUMENTS
to perform in accordance with any of the warranties in
this Article 5 will be considered as a default by 6.3.1. Subcontracts Contractor will employ each
Contractor hereunder and give rise to a right of Subcontractor with a written subcontract document such
termination for cause and the exercise of any and all that each Subcontractor is bound to Contractor by the
other rights and remedies available to Owner under the terms of the Contract Documents and assumes toward
Agreement and by Law. Contractor all of the obligations and responsibilities
which Contractor assumes toward Owner under the
6. SUBCONTRACTORS Contract Documents.
6.1. DEFINITIONS 6.3.2. Protection of Owner's Rights Contractor's
. agreement with each of its Subcontractors will preserve
6.1.1. Subcontractor A"Subcontractor„Is a
person or entity(includes,but is not limited to, and protect the rights of Owner and Architect under the consultants of contractors(i.e.,design professionals), Contract Documents as to the portion of the Work
contractors,laborers,materialmen,suppliers, assigned to each Subcontractor,and the subcontracting
of the portion of the Work will not diminish the rights
subcontractors or sub-subcontractors)which has a direct of Owner and Architect as to Contractor and those that
contract with Contractor to perform any portion of the Contractor has against Owner.
Work.
6.3.3. Contractor Obligation Subcontracting will
6.2. SUBCONTRACTING in no way lessen or affect Contractor's obligations to
6.2.1. Work Not Customarily Performed Owner under the Contract Documents.
Contractor will not perform with its own forces portions 6.3.4. Equal Employment Contractor will not
of the Work which Contractor does not customarily so discriminate against any employee or job applicant for
perform. employment because of race,color,religion,sex,
6.2.2. Notice of Subcontractors Prior to the Date national origin or political affiliation. .w.
of Commencement of the Work at the Project Site, 6.3.5. Minority Enterprises Owner is committed to
Contractor will furnish to Owner and to Architect in the ongoing growth and development of minority and
writing the names of any Subcontractor(including those women-owned business enterprises("MWBE"). Owner
who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to is further committed to providing equal opportunity to .�
a special design)proposed for each of the principal diverse suppliers, and Owner makes every effort to use
portions of the Work. As soon as practicable thereafter, MWBE to the maximum extent possible. In this regard,
Owner will notify Contractor in writing whether or not Owner is interested in establishing contractual "
Owner,after due investigation,takes reasonable
J - 14 .,,,
knows of no facts the existence of which might lead to a obligation to correct the Work,and has no relationship
labor dispute which might affect the Work. to the time within which Contractor's obligation to
5.1.10. Warranty in Respect of EEOC Obligations comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to
Contractor warrants that it has carefully studied and will be enforced,in court or otherwise,nor to the time in
at all times comply strictly with all applicable Laws which proceedings may be commenced to establish
relating to equal employment opportunity. Contractor's liability with respect to its obligations other
than specifically to correct the Work.
5.2. WARRANTY OF WORK 5.2.7. No Encumbrance Contractor warrants title
5.2.1 General Warranty Contractor warrants it is of all Work,materials and equipment covered by an
an experienced contracting firm having the ability,skill invoice and that no Work,materials or equipment
and resources necessary to perform and/or provide the covered by an invoice will have been acquired by
construction services required of it under the Agreement Contractor,or by any other person for whose
within the Project Schedule and in connection with a performance Contractor is responsible,subject to an
project having the scope and complexity of the Project. agreement under which an interest therein or an
5.2.2. Warranty of Quality Contractor warrants encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or
that all Work performed under the Agreement will be of
otherwise imposed by Contractor or such other person.
good quality, free from defects in workmanship or 5.3. WARRANTY OF MATERIALS,EQUIPMENT
materials,will conform to the requirements of the AND SOFTWARE
Drawings,Specifications and other Contract
Documents,and will be fit and sufficient for the 5.3.1. Warranty of Quality of Materials and
Equipment In addition to the warranties and
purposes expressed in or reasonably to be inferred from,
the Contract Documents. obligations set forth in Paragraph 5.2 of this Exhibit J,
Contractor further warrants to Owner that materials and
5.2.3. Intellectual Property Warranty Contractor equipment furnished under the Agreement will be of
warrants that no Work(including,service,equipment or good quality,new and of recent manufacture unless
material furnished or activities performed hereunder by otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
Contractor or Subcontractor)will infringe the Materials and equipment not conforming to these
intellectual property rights(including trade secrets, requirements,including,but not limited to,substitutions
patents,trademarks,copyright or trade dress)of any not properly approved or authorized may be considered
!fir third party. defective. If required by Owner,Contractor will furnish
evidence satisfactory to Owner as to the kind and
5.2.4. Sufficiency of Documents Contractor
warrants all Contract Documents and other documents quality of materials and equipment.
or materials prepared and/or provided by Contractor or 5.3.2. Equipment Warranties Warranties issued
Subcontractor will be complete and functional in all by Contractor and the manufacturers of machinery and
respects and will set forth in sufficient detail the materials,equipment and/or suppliers purchased by
necessary information to properly perform the Project in Contractor for use in the Project will:
accordance with commonly accepted professional 1 be collected by Contractor, indexed and bound;
standards.
5.2.5. Obligation to Correct Within One Year .2 be submitted to Owner before Date of Final
Contractor will,at no expense to Owner,correct any Completion of the Work;and
failure to fulfill the above warranty which may appear at .3 be issued or assignable by their terms to Owner
any time within one(1)year(or,in the case of items as and will in the latter case be transferred to
to which a longer warranty period is set forth in the Owner.
Specifications,within such longer period)after the Date 5.4. WARRANTY OF LEGAL COMPLIANCE
of Final Completion of the Work. In any event,the
warranty herein expressed will not be sole and exclusive 5.4.1. Compliance with Labor Laws Contractor
and is additional to any other warranty express or warrants that all of the Work will be provided and
implied. produced in compliance with all requirements of the
5.2.6. Continuing Obligation to Comply with applicable labor Laws.
Contract Documents The establishment of the time 5.4.2. Compliance with Occupational Safety Laws
period of one(1)year after the Date of Final Contractor warrants that all the Work will comply with
Completion of the Work or such longer period of time the applicable Laws relating to occupational safety and
as may be prescribed by Law or by the terms of the health.
Contract Documents relates only to Contractor's specific
J - 13
am
between and among Owner,Contractor and the .1 all Laws that apply to,relate to or affect the
Architect will be established to the satisfaction of Work,
Owner. The procedures so established will be followed 2 conditions bearing upon transportation,
throughout the course of the Work unless Owner and disposal,handling and storage of materials,
Contractor mutually agree in advance and in writing to equipment and/or supplies,and
revise the procedures.
.3 the character of materials,equipment and/or
4.21. COMPLIANCE WITH OWNERS supplies and facilities needed in the scheduling
ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES and execution of the Work and providing
4.21.1. Notification If,during the course of facilities to maintain Owner's operations. w.
performance of the Work under the Agreement,
Contractor,any of its employees or Subcontractors, 5.1.2. Warranty in Respect of the Project Site
encounter or become aware of any environmentally Contractor represents and warrants that it has visited the
related issues including,but not limited to: Project Site,examined the grounds and all existing .w
buildings,Owners operations,utilities and roads.
1 the release or substantial threat of release of a 5.1.3. Warranty in Respect of Work Already
hazardous substance, Performed Contractor represents and warrants that it
.2 the discovery of materials or substances of has examined all parts of the Work already performed,
unknown origins on or under the Project Site, if any,including,but not limited to,that performed by
the excavation and foundation contractors and will
3 the discovery of any underground storage tank, immediately report to Owner any problems that are
.4 and/or similar occurrences, observed.
then Contractor or such employee or Subcontractor will 5.1.4. Warranty in Respect of Contract
immediately notify Owner's Project Manager and Documents Contractor represents and warrants that it
Owner's Environmental Engineer at Owner's corporate is satisfied that the results of the examinations and visits
headquarters. correlate with the requirements of the Contract
4.21.2. Owner's Authorization to Act With the Documents.
exception of appropriate emergency actions necessary to 5.1.5. Warranty in Respect of Solvency
prevent or contain the spread of hazardous substances, Contractor represents and warrants that it is financially
Contractor will not take any action with respect to such solvent,able to pay its debts as they mature and
environmentally related issue without first obtaining possessed of sufficient working capital to complete the
both verbal and written authorization from Owner's Work and perform its obligations under the Contract
Project Manager. A copy of such written authorization Documents.
will be retained by Owner's Project Manager and made
apart of the Project file. 5.1.6. Warranty in Respect of Capital and
Experience Contractor represents and warrants that it
4.21.3. Indemnity Contractor will indemnify and is able to furnish the plant,tools,materials,supplies,
hold harmless Owner,its divisions,and subsidiaries, equipment and labor required to complete the Work and
their officers, directors,agents,employees and perform its obligations hereunder and has sufficient
representatives from every claim,damage,loss,liability, experience and competence to do so.
action or cause of action,complaint or suit,whether or 5.1.7. Warranty in Respect of Authorization to do
not groundless or fraudulent,for bodily injury,sickness, Business Contractor represents and warrants that it is
disease or death or damage to property arising out of authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the
any breach of its obligations to comply with Owner's Work will be performed and properly licensed by all
environmental procedures. necessary governmental,public and quasi-public �..
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND authorities having jurisdiction over Contractor and over
WARRANTIES the Work and the Project Site.
5.1. GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND 5.1.8. Warranty in Respect of Authority
WARRANTIES Contractor represents and warrants that its execution of
the Agreement and its performance thereof are within its
5.1.1. Warranty in Respect of Existing Conditions duly authorized powers.
Contractor represents and warrants that it has examined 5.1.9. Warranty in Respect of Labor Relations
and thoroughly familiarized itself with all existing Contractor represents and warrants that it presently
conditions affecting the Work,including,but not limited
to:
J - 12 .,
.5 The use,misuse or failure of any machinery or 4.20. RECORDS AND COMMUNICATIONS
equipment(including,but not limited to,
we equipment Records Maintained at Project Site
scaffolding,ladders,hoists,rigging,supports,
etc.)whether or not such machinery or Contractor will maintain at the Project Site records of
equipment was furnished,rented, or loaned by all documents relating to the Project,including all
contracts; Submittals;permits;a current marked set of
Owner,its officers,employees,agents or working Drawings and Specifications,including
servants,or others;or as-builts, to facilitate the preparation of record
.6 The failure of Contractor in any way to comply drawings;subcontracts;orders for materials,equipment
with the requirements of the Fair Labor and/or supplies;and governmental,commercial and
Standards Act,as amended,and all other technical standards and specifications. At all times
applicable Laws,including,but not limited to, prior to final payment,Contractor will deliver duplicates
the Occupational Safety and Health Act of or of such documents to Owner if so requested,or if
orders or any term or provision of the required by the technical trade specifications or
Agreement(with all of which Contractor Contract Documents.
agrees to fully comply). 4.20.2. Accounting Records Contractor will
4.17.6. No Limitations Any and all indemnification maintain cost accounting records relating to the Work
obligations under the Agreement will not be limited in on a cash basis in accordance with generally accepted
any way by any limitation on the amount or type of accounting principles. Owner will have access to
far damages,compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor's accounting records at all reasonable times
Contractor or any Subcontractor under Worker's and Contractor agrees to make such changes to its
Compensation Acts,Disability Benefits Acts or other system of keeping these records as Owner may
employee benefits acts. reasonably request in writing.
4.17.7. Survival Any and all indemnification 4.203. Progress Records Contractor will keep
obligations under the Agreement will survive detailed records of the progress of the Project during all
termination of the Agreement and Date of Final stages of construction and submit monthly progress
Completion of the Work. reports to Owner,in accordance with the Specifications.
4.18. OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS Contractor will maintain a daily log of all events
occurring on the Project Site or connected with the
aw 4.18.1. Liability Contractor assumes complete progress of the Project. Copies of the log will be sent
liability for all property,materials,equipment or other not less than weekly to Owner.
items provided by Owner to Contractor,unless 4.20.4. Minutes of Meetings Contractor will prepare
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
and distribute copies of minutes of meetings pertaining
4.19. LABOR RELATIONS to the Project to Owner's Project Manager and all other
4.19.1. Avoidance of Disputes Contractor will use
interested parties. At least one bound volume of all
mutes will be maintained by Contractor at the Project
its best efforts to prevent and avoid labor disputes or Site until Date of Final Completion of the Work. Items
problems which may affect the Work,and to settle any in the minutes will be numbered consecutively and
such labor disputes and problems which may arise, in a grouped under divisions and sections similar to the
manner which will not interfere with or delay organization of the Specifications.
Contractor's construction of the Work.
4.20.5. Preservation of Records Contractor will
4.19.2. Notice Whenever Contractor has knowledge preserve such records for a period of fifteen(15)years
that any actual or potential labor dispute is delaying or after final payment. Owner will have access to and the
threatens to delay its timely performance on the Project, right to conduct examinations and audits of all such
Contractor will immediately give written notice to records at any time after the date hereof. At the
Owner,including all relevant information. expiration of such period,Contractor,if requested by
4.193. Subcontracts Contractor agrees to require Owner,will turn over such records to Owner to be kept
that,in any subcontract issued in connection with the for such time as Owner may elect.
Work,the Subcontractor will provide that in the event 4.20.6. Written Records All such records and
its timely performance is delayed or threatened by any reports will be written,accurate,in good order,current
actual or potential labor dispute,the Subcontractor will and show all changes made during performance of the
immediately notify Contractor's next higher tier Work.
contractor,or Contractor,as the case may be,of all
relevant information with respect to such dispute. 4.20.7. Communication Procedures Before the
Work begins,complete procedures for communications
" J - 11
Upon Date of Final Completion of the Work,Contractor 4.17. INDEMNIFICATION
will remove all temporary buildings and facilities 4.17.1. Indemnity Contractor will defend,
erected by Contractor and its Subcontractors,all indemnify and hold Owner,its officers,agents,
construction equipment,tools,machinery,vehicles, consultants and employees harmless from and against
surplus materials and supplies belonging to Contractor all Losses,arising directly or indirectly out of the acts,
or its Subcontractors and will leave the Project Site in omissions,negligence,gross misconduct,willful
perfect order,clean and ready for use. Contractor misconduct,performance of or failure to perform the
agrees to keep its assigned areas free of water so as to
permit orderly progress of the Work. Agreement by Contractor,Subcontractors,or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by Contractor or
4.14.2. Owner Right to Clean Up If for any reason, Subcontractor or anyone for whose acts Contractor or "
Contractor or any Subcontractor fails to completely Subcontractor may be liable.
clean up and remove its waste materials,rubbish and 4.17.2. Sole Negligence of Indemnified Party The
other materials as set forth in Paragraph 4.14.1 of this .^
Exhibit J at the Project Site by the Date of Final indemnity will not apply to a party indemnified
hereunder in respect of Losses arising from the sole
Completion of the Work,Owner may do so and the cost
thereof will be charged to Contractor. negligence of that indemnified party.
4.15. CUTTING AND PATCHING 4.17.3. Partial Negligence of Indemnified Party up
The indemnity will apply even if Losses were caused,in
4.15.1. Contractor Responsible Cutting or patching part,by any act or neglect on the part of Owner,its
of work that may be required to complete the Project in officers,employees,agents or servants,or others,
accordance with the Contract Documents will be the including parties indemnified hereunder.
responsibility of Contractor. 4.17.4. Losses For the purposes of this Article 4,
4.15.2. Damage to Existing Structure Contractor "Losses"will include without limitation all losses,
will endeavor not to damage or endanger any portion of costs,expenses(including court costs and attorneys'
the Work or the work of Owner or any separate fees,interest and profits),liens,claims,demands,suits
contractor or any existing structure by cutting,fitting, by any person or persons,injuries,damages or death
patching or otherwise altering any work or by and other liabilities of whatsoever kind or nature.
excavation. 4.17.5. Acts Covered Contractor's indemnification
4.153. Repairs If Contractor or any Subcontractor obligation under this Paragraph 4.17 covers all Losses
damages any portion of the Work or the work of Owner caused by,resulting from,arising out of,incident to or
or any separate contractor or any existing structure,then connected with,but not limited to,the following:
Contractor will promptly and completely restore same l Any infringement(actual or claimed)of any
to its original condition.
industrial property right,whether it be trade
4.15.4. Other Work Neither Contractor or any secret,patent,trademark,copyright or trade
Subcontractor will cut or otherwise alter the work of name by reason of any Work to be performed
Owner or any separate contractor,unless they have hereunder or by reason of anything to be `o
written consent of Owner and of any other affected supplied hereunder;
contractor. .2 Bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or
4.15.5. Consent Contractor will not unreasonably injury to or destruction of tangible property
withhold from Owner or any separate contractor its including the loss of use resulting therefrom;
consent to their cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3 Performance or non-performance of the
4.16. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS Agreement,whether or not caused by any act
4.16.1. Licenses Contractor will secure and pay for or neglect on the part of Owner,its officers,
any and all applicable royalties,permits,inspections, employees,agents or servants,or others;
license fees and other fees necessary to avoid infringing .4 The presence of any person in,on,or about any
or violating the rights of any third party. Further,in part of the Project Site or the streets,sidewalks
accordance with Paragraph 4.17 of this Exhibit M, and property adjacent thereto;
Contractor will defend all suits or claims for
infringement thereof and will save Owner harmless
from loss on account of all materials,equipment and
processes called for by the Contract Documents.
J - 10 .�.
4.13. USE OF PROJECT SITE Owner,hinder,interfere with,molest or delay the
4.13.1. No Encumbrance of Project Site In respect Prosecution of the Work,the business operations of
of the Project Site,Contractor will: Owner at the Project Site,or the Work of any other
contractor employed by Owner.
1 not unreasonably encumber the Project Site 4.13.4. Limits of Operations Contractor will
with their materials or equipment;or confine its apparatus,equipment,storage of materials
.2 confine its operations to areas permitted by and operation of the workmen to the limits indicated by
Law, the directions of Owner's Project local ordinances,permits,or by direction of Owner,and
as Manager and the Contract Documents; will not unreasonably encumber the Project Site with
4.13.2. Compliance with Rules All regulations and materials or equipment.
rules of Owner which may be in effect at the Project 4.13.5. Entrance and Exit While performing the
±A► Site regarding employment(including Owner's Integrity Work,delivering materials and/or equipment to the
Clearance Standards and Owner's Code of Business Project Site,Contractor and anyone directly or
Conduct as set forth below),passes,badges,smoking, indirectly employed by or associated with Contractor or
fire prevention,signs,and conduct on the property will Subcontractor will confine their ingress and egress to
be observed by Contractor,its Subcontractors and their the Project Site to such entrances and exits as will be
employees: specified by Owner. Contractor will not use or permit
1 Contractor agrees to supply each of its any such persons to use any other ingress or egress to or
""" employees performing Work and from the Project Site.
Subcontractors with a copy of Owner's then 4.13.6. Continuing Operations Contractor will
current Code of Business Conduct,which will immediately take all steps necessary to permit Owner's
40 be provided by Owner. Contractor will ensure business operations affected by the Project to continue
compliance with such Code of Business without interference or disruption.
Conduct by any and all of Contractor's 4.13.7. Interruptions of Existing Operations
employees and Subcontractors;and Contractor and all Subcontractors will schedule their
2. prior to Contractor hiring or otherwise Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations and
engaging any person to perform services under will inform Owner of the time and type of Work that
this Agreement at a Owner-owned or utilized will occur in its existing building. If any interruption of
" facility for more than ten (10) consecutive operations is caused by the Work,it will be done during
business days or on a regular basis for more hours that Owner is not in operation.
than ninety (90) days ("On-Site Services"), 4.14. CLEANING UP
10 Contractor will, at a minimum, with respect to
each such person, comply with Owner's 4.14.1. Clean Project Site At all times Contractor
Integrity Clearance Standards, which are and its Subcontractors will keep the Project Site and
incorporated herein by this reference, related storage areas and public and private areas free
Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish.
of such Integrity Clearance Standards directly Contractor will be required to:
from Owner. Contractor will not assign any
person to perform On-Site Services under this I clean up daily to the satisfaction of Owner's
Agreement that does not meet Owner's Project Manager;
Integrity Clearance Standards. Owner has the .2 place all trash and other debris in areas
ft right to audit Contractor in connection with designated by Owner and/or in Owner's
services provided hereunder at all reasonable containers,as required;and
times and places to ensure compliance with
Owner's Integrity Clearance Standards to the 3 store materials and equipment in an orderly
extent applicable. Owner may object to any manner and will keep the premises at the
person performing services under this
Project Site and related storage sites free from Agreement for any reason and request obstructions at all times.
Contractor immediately remove and replace
! such person.
" 4.13.3. Interference with Operations Contractor will
not execute the Work with such employees or
Subcontractors employees,materials,manufactured
products or in such manner as will,in the opinion of
J - 9
am
.m
thereof,including but not limited to,all consequential .2 "Product Data"are illustrations,standard
damages and costs of continued supervision,Project schedules,performance charts,instructions,
Site and business overhead,insurance,Project facilities brochures,diagrams,catalog cuts and other no
and other ongoing, fixed costs. In addition, Owner will information furnished by Contractor or
assess any delay damages against Contractor either Subcontractor or an entity under contract to
pursuant to Paragraph 8.2.3 of this Exhibit J or based Contractor or Subcontractor to illustrate a
upon any other means of measure of such damages. material,product,equipment,or system for go
Owner will have the right and option to deduct any and some portion of the Work.
all such assessments that,in the judgment of Owner, 3 "Samples"are actual physical specimens of
have been substantially caused or contributed to by materials,equipment or workmanship for some to
Contractor from any amounts that may be owing to portion of the Work.
Contractor under the Agreement. Permitting Contractor
to continue,after the time to complete the Work has .4 "Submittals" are any or all of the above defined
expired,will not be construed as a waiver of delay items. J4
damages nor of Owner's right to exercise any of the 4.12.2. Review by Contractor All Submittals will
remedies for default provided for herein.
be reviewed, stamped with Contractor's approval and
4.11. OVERTIME WORK submitted to Owner and Architect with reasonable 40
4.11.1. Owner's Right to Direct Overtime Work promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in
Owner,in its sole discretion,may direct Contractor by the Work.
written notice to work overtime at any time during the 4.12.3. Consequences of Approval Contractor's
progress of the Work. The term"overtime" as used approval of a Submittal represents that Contractor has
herein will mean hours of labor in excess of the normal determined and verified all materials, field
work day or week. measurements,and field construction criteria related to
4.11.2. Contractor's Obligation to Work Overtime the Submittal,or will do so,and that Contractor has
If so directed by Owner,Contractor agrees to work checked and coordinated the information contained
overtime. Owner agrees to pay Contractor for the actual within such Submittal with the requirements of the
Work and of the Contract Documents.
additional premium portion of the wages incurred and
paid by Contractor,provided the rates are approved by 4.12.4. Liability for Deviations Unless Contractor
Owner in advance in writing and provided Contractor is has specifically informed Owner in writing at the time
not in default. Owner will also pay such taxes as may of submission that a Submittal contains a deviation from ®"
be imposed by Law on such additional premium portion the requirements of the Contract Documents,Contractor
of the wages and the additional cost to Contractor for will not be relieved of responsibility for such deviation
compensation and liability insurance premiums on such despite Owner's approval of the Submittal. This
additional premium portion of the wages. responsibility will include the cost incurred by Owner
4.11.3. Owner's Disclaimer Nothing contained in arising out of the need to make changes in the design
the Contract Documents will be construed to require and the cost incurred by Contractor to make necessary ..r
Owner to make any payments for the cost of any changes in the Work which results as a consequence of
overtime necessarily incurred or paid by Contractor in such deviations from the requirements.
order to fulfill its obligation to complete the Work in 4.12.5. Liability for Errors Contractor will not be
accordance with the Project Schedule or within such relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in nm
other time limits as may be set forth in the Contract Submittals by Owner's approval of the Submittals.
Documents. 4.12.6. Revisions With regard to all resubmitted
4.12. SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS Submittals Contractor will in writing direct specific go
4.12.1. Definitions attention to revisions or other deviations which are
different from or in addition to those required by Owner
I "Shop Drawings"are drawings,diagrams, on previous Submittals. No
schedules and other data prepared specifically 4.12.7. Work Requiring Submittals Contractor will
for the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor or perform no Work requiring a Submittal until such
an entity under contract to Contractor or Submittal is approved by Owner. Any such Work
Subcontractor to illustrate some portion of the performed without Owner's approval will be at
Work.
Contractor's sole risk.
J - 8 , ,
We
4.9.4. Authority of Contractor's Superintendent 4.10.7. Failure to Comply Failure of Contractor to
Contractor's Superintendent will represent Contractor comply with the above approved CPM Schedule may be
and all directions given to Contractor's Superintendent deemed a default by Contractor under the Agreement.
or Contractor's other authorized representatives by 4.10.8. Information from Vendors Information
Owner will be as binding as if given to Contractor. included as part of the Contract Documents and
! " 4.10. PROGRESS SCHEDULE furnished by equipment vendors including the expected
4.10.1. Preparation Subject to Article 8 of this shipping dates,weights,handling instructions,erection
information and all other such data is the best
Exhibit J.Contractor,immediately after being awarded information available and is furnished in good faith,but
the Agreement,will prepare and submit for Owner's
approval,and Architect's information,an estimated no warranty of accuracy or completeness is given or
critical path progress schedule for the Work(hereinafter implied.
referred to as the"CPM Schedule"). 4.10.9. Sequence of Work Owner's Project
4.10.2. Scope The CPM Schedule will be related to Manager has the right to require that Work done or
the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract material assembled on the Project be in a definite
Documents,and will provide for expeditious and sequence. This sequence will be followed unless it is
proved by Contractor that to do so will entail extra cost
practicable execution of the Work. or delay to Contractor. If the sequence directed by
4.10.3. Content The CPM schedule will,at a Owner's Project Manager is a change that does cause
minimum,show the following: Contractor to incur extra cost or delay,Contractor must
notify Owner before performing the Work so sequenced
1 the start and finish date of each activity; for approval of such cost or delay. Failure of Contractor
.2 the anticipated percent of completion at end of to give the required notice will be deemed to be a
each month; waiver of any right to additional compensation or
.3 the weighted labor value expressed as a Project Schedule extension.
percentage of the total labor cost of the Work 4.10.10. Progress of Work Contractor agrees to
for each activity; immediately prepare for the performance of the Work
and to be prepared to begin the Work no later than the
4 the final manpower curves by trade; Date of Commencement of the Work. Contractor will
.5 the anticipated purchase and delivery of major perform the Work promptly and efficiently and at a
materials and equipment; speed that will not cause any delay in the CPM
Schedule or other phases of the Project being carried on
.6 any activity having a duration of more than by Owner or other third parties employed by Owner. If,
fifteen(15)working days will be segmented in the opinion of Owner,Contractor falls behind in the
into fifteen(15)day increments;and progress of the Work,Owner may direct Contractor to
.7 the activities identified as being on the critical take such steps as Owner deems necessary to improve
path to scheduled Date of Final Completion of the rate of progress,including requiring Contractor to
the Project. work overtime as set forth in Paragraph 4.11 of this
Exhibit J. Owner will not be liable:For any resulting
4.10.4. Manpower Report A daily manpower report claims for damages,delays,extras,accelerations,
by trade will be submitted to Owner's Project Manager compaction,disruption,lost productivity,lost
by noon of the day Work is being performed. efficiency,overtime, supervision, additional labor or
4.10.5. Updates The CPM Schedule after being overhead expenses which may result from Owner's
approved by Owner's Project Manager will be updated actions pursuant to this Paragraph 4.10.10. Within
by Contractor monthly or as deemed necessary by twenty-four(24)hours after any request by Owner,
Owner's Project Manager;provided,however,in no Contractor will submit for approval a revised CPM
event will Contractor have authority to modify any Schedule demonstrating the manner in which the
critical milestone dates of the CPM Schedule without required rate of progress will be regained. Failure of
prior written approval by Owner. Contractor to immediately comply with Owner's
scheduling requests provided herein will be considered
4.10.6. Adherence to Completion Dates Contractor to be a default under Article 16 of this Exhibit J for
will do what is necessary to maintain the agreed upon which Owner ntay assert any and all remedies provided
Date of Substantial Completion of the Work and Date of for herein. Should Contractor in any way cause delay to
Final Completion of the Work, such as working Owner,any other third party on the Project or to any
additional time and/or with additional forces without portion of the Work,Contractor will be liable to Owner
additional cost to Owner. for any and all damages sustained by Owner as a result
J - 7
M
4.6.6. Parts List Contractor will provide a printed 4.7. TAXES
parts list for all items which might be subject to
replacement. 4.7.1. Payment of Taxes Contractor will pay all
sales,consumer,use and similar taxes levied in respect
4.6.7. Operating Instructions The operating to the Work.
instructions will be included within the equipment
manuals and will state all information necessary for 4.8. LEGAL COMPLIANCE,BUILDING PERMITS,
Owner to operate,use,maintain and service the FEES AND NOTICES
equipment fully and efficiently. 4.8.1. Application and Payment for Permits
4.6.8. Maintenance Instructions Maintenance and Owner will apply for,obtain and pay for any and all
operating instructions will be typed and furnished in the required building permits. Contractor will apply for,
obtain and pay for any and all other required approvals,
five(5)manual copies. governmental fees,certificates of occupancy,licenses
4.6.9. Delivery of Manuals Manuals will be and inspections necessary for the proper execution and
prepared and transmitted to Owner not less than twenty completion of the Work.
(20)days prior to the Date of Final Completion of the 4.8.2. Compliance with Laws Contractor will give
Work. The Work will not be reviewed or accepted for all notices and comply with all Laws.
final payment until Owner has received manuals
covering such Work. 4.8.3. Compliance of Contract Documents It will
4.6.10. Start-up of Systems Contractor will be be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the
responsible for start-up of all systems and equipment Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable
and will have made sufficient allowances in the Laws.
Contract Sum to cover contingencies arising out of the 4.8.4. Variance of Contract Documents In the
start-up of individual systems,equipment and the total event Contractor believes that any of the Contract
facility. Contractor will comply fully with each Documents are at variance with such applicable Laws in
manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Systems any respect, Contractor will promptly notify Owner in
and equipment specified to be furnished with writing and any necessary changes will be accomplished
manufacturer's supervision of start-up will be placed in by an appropriate modification to the Contract
operation only under such supervision. Documents.
4.6.11. Assignment of Purchase Orders and 4.8.5. Work in Violation of Laws Contractor will
Agreements for Materials and Equipment Purchase assume full responsibility for any Work Contractor or
orders,subcontracts and other agreements for materials any Subcontractor performed while knowing or having
and equipment entered into by Contractor in support of reason to know that the Work was contrary to any Laws.
its performance of the Work will include a provision
whereby they maybe assigned to Owner. Contractor 4.8.6. Delivery of Certificates At or before
agrees to assign such purchase orders,subcontracts and Owner's Date of Final Completion of the Work,
other agreements upon Owner's request. Contractor will deliver to Owner all certificates,or other
evidence which may be required to establish the
4.6.12. Hazardous or Toxic Materials No compliance of the Work with all applicable Laws.
asbestos-containing material,heavy metal-containing
paints/coating,or PCB-containing materials will be 4.9. CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT
specified or used in the Work,including,but not limited 4.9.1. Approval Contractor will at all times ap
to,building materials,production processes and maintain a competent superintendent("Contractor's
equipment,and utilities and other support processes and Superintendent"),approved by Owner,on the Project
equipment. Site to receive instructions and to act with authority for No
Contractor will communicate and enforce this Contractor.
prohibition with its Subcontractors and will 4.9.2. Change Contractor's Superintendent will not
immediately bring any observed violation(s)to Owner's be changed without the consent of Owner except where
attention. At the Date of Final Completion of the Work, Contractor's Superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory
Contractor will provide to Owner a written certification to Contractor or ceases to be in Contractor's employ.
confirming that no asbestos-containing material,heavy
metal-containing paints/coating,or PCB-containing 4.9.3. Replacement of Management Should the
materials were specified or used in the Work. management of the Work be unsatisfactory to Owner,
Owner may require Contractor to replace personnel so
responsible,after adequate reasons for the replacement
have been given to Contractor by Owner.
J - 6 ,,,
POP
.3 satisfied itself as to all conditions affecting the 4.5.5. Foreman All Work will be performed under
execution of the Work; the supervision of an experienced and competent
.4 visited the Project Site; foreman.
.5 familiarized itself with the local conditions 4.5.6. Manpower Report Contractor will submit a
under which the Work is to be performed and Weekly manpower report to Owner throughout the
correlated its observations with the course of the Work,which will shove the number of
requirements of the Drawings and tradesmen of each trade working at the Project Site or in
Specifications;and connection with the Work during the prior week,the
number of straight time and over-time hours of each
.6 unless otherwise stipulated herein,provided all trade worked,and to what portions of the Work such
work required to complete the Work, labor was applied.
functional in its intended use, and in 4.5.7. Assignment of Purchase Orders and
compliance with the Drawings and
Specifications and all applicable jurisdictional Agreements for Labor Purchase orders, subcontracts
building,state and governmental codes. and other agreements for labor entered into by
Contractor in support of its performance of the Work
4.4.5. Safety Plan Contractor will comply with any will include a provision whereby they may be assigned
safety programs prepared by Owner for the Project,as to Owner. Contractor agrees to assign such purchase
further described in Article 10 of this Exhibit J. If orders,subcontracts and other agreements upon Owner's
Contractor believes that compliance with any part or request.
parts of a safety program would result in an unsafe
4.6. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
condition or operation,it is Contractor's responsibility to
avoid or protect against the unsafe condition or 4.6.1. Purchase Contractor will purchase or
operation and call it immediately to the attention of otherwise arrange for and will pay for all materials,
Owner. Nothing in a safety program or in the equipment,tools,construction equipment and
Agreement relieves Contractor of its obligations machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation and other
regarding Project Site safety and safety precautions.. facilities or services required for the complete and
4.4.6. Communications Contractor will comply workmanlike performance of the Work,including but
with Owner's communication procedures for the Project not limited to,temporary and permanent structures
as set described in Paragraph 4.20.7 of this Exhibit J. whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated into
the Work. Notwithstanding the above,Owner will,
4.4.7. Daily Log Contractor will maintain a daily where applicable and agreed to by Owner and
jobsite log,the original of which will be furnished to Contractor, provide temporary water and electricity at
Owner at the Date of Final Completion of the Work. the Project Site during the course of the Work.
4.5. CONTRACTOR'S LABOR 4.6.2. Quality Unless otherwise specifically
4.5.1. Purchase of Labor Contractor will provide Provided for in the Specifications,all equipment,
WIN or contract for and pay for all labor or services required materials and articles incorporated in the Work are to be
for the Work. new,of recent manufacture and of the best grade of
their respective kind for the purpose.
4.5.2. Skilled Labor Force Contractor will 4.6.3. No Substitution No substitution of
maintain at the Project Site a force of workers skilled in
the work to which they are assigned and sufficient to materials, equipment,articles or processes required
accomplish the Work. Contractor will not employ on under the Agreement will be made without written
approval of Owner's Project Manager.
the Work any person not skilled in the work assigned to
such person. 4.6.4. Approvals Samples of materials and mock-
4.5.3. Discipline Contractor will enforce discipline ups will be submitted for approval when so directed.
and good order among its and its Subcontractor's 4.6.5. Equipment Manuals Contractor will furnish
employees. to Owner five(5)manual copies of schematic diagrams
4.5.4. No Unskilled Labor Unskilled workers will
covering installations of all electrical,mechanical and�. not be permitted on the Project Site and Contractor will pneumatic controls,operating instructions and
maintenance recommendations for all machinery,
remove from the Project any worker about whom equipment and systems purchased by Contractor and
Owner makes a reasonable objection. installed in the Project.
' "` J - 5
an
others,and may deduct the cost thereof from the 4.3.2. Necessity of Contract Documents
payment then or thereafter due to Contractor. Contractor will not perform at any time any portion of
3.3.5. Owner's Access Owner will at all times have the Work without Contract Documents or,where
access to the Work and Contractor will provide facilities required,approved Shop Drawings,Product Data or
for such access. Samples for such Work.
4.3.3. Project Lines Contractor will be responsible
3.3.6. Owner's Additional Rights The rights
stated in this Article 3 will be in addition to and not in for the accuracy of the Project lines and levels.Contractor will compare carefully the levels shown on
limitation of any other rights of Owner granted in the the Drawings with existing levels and will call any
Contract Documents or at Law or in equity. discrepancies to the attention of Owner before
4. CONTRACTOR OBLIGATIONS proceeding with the Work. The Work will be erected
square,plumb,level,true to line and grade,in the exact
4.1. DEFINITION plane and to the correct elevation and/or sloped to drain
4.1.1. Contractor Contractor is identified by name as indicated and/or as necessary to drain.
and address in the Agreement. 4.3.4. Failure to Become Acquainted No
allowance of additional compensation or extension of
4.2. ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN CONTRACT time for completion will subsequently be made to the
DOCUMENTS Contractor on account of its failure to fulfill its
4.2.1. Review of Contract Documents Contractor obligations under Paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 of this Exhibit
will carefully study and compare the Contract J.
Documents and will at once report to Owner any error,
4.4. MANAGEMENT,SUPERVISION AND
inconsistency or omission discovered,or any variance PROCEDURES
from any Laws. Sizes,elevations and locations of
existing facilities to which connections are to be made 4.4.1. Level of Skill Contractor will use its best
will be verified at the Project Site by Contractor prior to skill and attention in managing, supervising and
beginning the Work. directing the Work.
4.2.2. Minor Errors Where,because of a minor 4.4.2. Construction Means Contractor will be
error or omission in the Drawings,something manifestly solely responsible for all construction means,methods
necessary to the Date of Final Completion of the Work and techniques of performing the Work,including but
is not shown on the Drawings,it is agreed that the intent not limited to,safety precautions and Project Site safety
of Owner and Contractor is that such omitted material in the areas where Contractor is performing the Work
or Work will be supplied by Contractor as a part of the and,subject to Owner's rights to sequence of the Work
Work and without additional compensation. and Project Schedule,for the coordination of all of the
4.2.3. Liability for Errors Contractor will not be Work.
liable to Owner or Architect for any damages resulting 4.4.3. Responsibility for Employees and Others
from any such errors,inconsistencies or omissions in Contractor is solely responsible for the acts,omissions
the Contract Documents,except for such damages and defaults of its employees, Subcontractors and any
attributable to any such errors,inconsistencies or other person or entity involved in or performing any of
omissions that could have been prevented but for the the Work called for in the Contract Documents.
negligence of Contractor. 4.4.4. Inspection of Project Site Contractor will
4.3. CONTRACT DOCUMENT OBLIGATION inspect the Project Site and all surfaces,areas or
4.3.1. Contractor Drawings All drawings not structure(s)related to the Work,prior to performance of .�
specifically required by the Contract Documents to be the Work,and immediately notify Owner in writing of
provided by Owner will be supplied by Contractor any deficiencies that would adversely affect the quality
including,but not limited to, Shop Drawings as of the Project. By commencing Work,Contractor
specified herein. All Drawings and drawings not accepts full responsibility of all surfaces,areas and
specifically required by the Contract Documents structure(s)on which Work has begun and represents
supplied by Contractor will be subject to the provisions that Contractor has:
hereof concerning review and approval. 1 thoroughly examined the Drawings and
Specifications;
.2 compared the Project Site with the Drawings
and Specifications;
J - 4 • �
2.2.3. Means of Construction Architect is not .7 administer Agreement and all agreements
responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor,nor between Owner and other contractors of
IIN is Architect responsible for construction means, Owner;and
methods,techniques,sequences,procedures or safety 8 designate in writing others who may act on
precautions at the Project Site. behalf of Owner.
F" 2.2.4. Access to Project Site Architect will have 3.2.3. Surveys and Soil Reports Owner will
access to the Project Site at all reasonable times. provide Contractor with necessary sinveys of the
However,Architect will take no actions which Project Site,soil reports,results of subsurface
unreasonably hinder the progress of the Work. investigations,legal limitations,descriptions of utilities
2.2.5. Review of Submittals Architect will and their location and a legal description of the Project
establish and operate a system to review Submittals and Site.
recommend to Owner the appropriate action to take with
3.2.4. Easements Owner will obtain and pay for
regard to Submittals. Architect's review of Submittals easements required for the completion of the Project.
will be for conformance with the Contract Documents,
which includes,but is not limited to,conformance with 3.2.5. Drawings Owner will provide to Contractor
on, the design concept of the Work. only the Drawings which the Contract Documents
2.2.6. No Warranty Owner makes no specifically require to be furnished by Owner and such
representation or warranty with respect to Architect's Drawings will be provided to Contractor free of charge.
performance. 3.2.6. Promptness and Accuracy of Services and
Information Owner will provide t:he services and
3. OWNER information above with reasonable promptness.
1110 3.1. DEFINITION 3.3. OWNER'S RIGHTS
3.1.1. Owner The Owner of the Project is 3.3.1. Right to Inspect Work Owner will have the
identified by name and address in the Agreement, which right to inspect the Work at all times. Such inspection
may be acting through one of its divisions or will not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations to
subsidiaries. perform the Work in strict accordance with the Contract
3.2. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES Documents.
R—* 3.3.2. Right to Reject Work Owner will have
3.2.1. Authorized Representatives Owner will authority to reject Work which does not conform to the
designate its authorized representatives in writing, Contract Documents. Owner may require special
setting forth the limits of their authority. inspection or testing of the Work,whether or not such
3.2.2. Project Manager Owner will designate a Work has been fabricated, installed or completed.
project manager who will be available as required,at the 3.3.3. Right to Stop Work If Owner reasonably
Project Site("Owner's Project Manager")to manage the believes that Contractor is failing to carry out the Work
* Project on Owner's behalf. The Project Manager,at a
minimum,will be authorized to: in accordance with the Contract Documents,then
Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work,or a
1 act as liaison between Owner and Contractor at portion of the Work until such time as the cause for
the Project Site; such stop order has been eliminated. Owner's right to
.2 make field decisions on behalf of Owner; stop the Work will not obligate Owner to do so for the
benefit of Contractor.
.3 suspend Contractor's operations for conduct in 3.3.4. Right to Carry Out Work If Contractor
violation of the requirements of the Contract fails to prosecute the Work properly(including,but not
Documents; limited to,the failure to man the Work due to labor
.4 inspect and approve specified details and disputes of any type)or fails to perform any provision
inspect for adherence to design and of the Contract Documents,including,without
completeness of details shown on Contract limitation,unauthorized Project Schedule delays,
Documents; Owner, after three(3)days written notice to Contractor
without correction,may,without prejudice to any other
.5 examine Submittals and render written rights or remedy Owner may have,correct the
decisions as to avoid unreasonable delays in deficiencies or otherwise supplement the Contractor's
the progress ss of Work; performance through the Owner's own forces or through
.6 facilitate Change Orders;
J - 3
w
am
Contract Documents will have the meaning as set forth 1.3.4. Relationship To Architect The Contract
in Section 9.2 of the Agreement. Documents do not and are not to be construed to create
1.2.15. Product Data The term"Product Data"as any relationship,contractual or otherwise,between am
used in the Contract Documents will have the meaning Architect and Contractor.
as set forth in Paragraph 4.12.1 of this Exhibit J. 1.3.5. Conflict Between Contract Documents The
1.2.16. Project Schedule The"Project Schedule"is Parts of the Contract Documents,including,but not
the schedule identified in Exhibit C of the Agreement. limited to,the Drawings and Specifications are intended
to be complementary and to describe and to provide
1.2.17. Project Site The"Project Site"is the documentation for the entire Project. In the event of
location of the Project and where the Work is being conflict,Drawings and Specifications takes precedence
performed by Contractor. over the general description of the Project. Large-scale
1.2.18. Punch List The term"Punch List"as used in Drawings takes precedence over small-scale Drawings
covering the same subject matter;but the Drawings will
the Contract Documents will have the meaning as set not take precedence over the Specifications nor the
forth in Paragraph 9.6.1 of this Exhibit J. Specifications precedence over the Drawings. If the
1.2.19. Samples The term"Samples"as used in the Drawings and Specifications are at variance with one
Contract Documents will have the meaning as set forth another,Contractor will at once so notify Owner in
in Paragraph 4.12.1 of this Exhibit J. writing before proceeding with any part of the Project
1.2.20. Shop Drawings The term"Shop Drawings"
affected thereby. Owner will resolve the discrepancy
and will give Contractor written instructions on how to
as used in the Contract Documents will have the proceed.
meaning as set forth in Paragraph 4.12.1 of this Exhibit
J. 1.4. OWNERSHIP OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.2.21. Subcontractors The term"Subcontractors"as 1.4.1. Ownership All Drawings, Specifications and
used in the Contract Documents will have the meaning copies thereof furnished by the Architect or Owner are
as set forth in Paragraph 6.1.1 of this Exhibit J. and will remain the property of Owner. Such
Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof cannot be
1.2.22. Submittals The term"Submittals"as used in used on any other Project by Contractor and,with the
the Contract Documents will have the meaning as set exception of one complete set of the Contract
forth in Paragraph 4.12.1 of this Exhibit J. Documents,must be returned to Owner at the Date of
1.3. CONTRACT INTERPRETATION Final Completion of the Work. All working documents,
including as-builts, are and will remain the property of
1.3.1. Interpretation The Contract Documents are Owner and will be returned to Owner upon Date of
to be interpreted to include all items necessary for the Final Completion of the Work or be accounted for to
proper and complete performance of the Work and Owner's satisfaction.
construction of the Project. Work that is reasonably
inferable from the Contract Documents will be required 2. ARCHITECT
if it is consistent with the intent of the Contract ..
Documents. In the Contract Documents,any obligation 2.1. DEFINITIONS
of Contractor to Owner will be interpreted to include a 2.1.1. Architect As used in the Contract
corresponding obligation of Contractor to Owner in Documents,the word"Architect"means the persons or
respect of the Subcontractors. entity defined in the Agreement as Architect.
1.3.2. Interpretation Of Drawings Drawings are 2.2. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
diagrammatic,and will be followed as closely as actual
construction and work of individual trades will permit. 2.2.1. Representation Architect will not be
Elevations and grade lines on the Drawings show Owner's representative with regard to Contractor or
heights in relation to the bench mark established at the Subcontractor or with regard to activities at the Project
Project Site. Scale details will govern over general Site.
Drawings,and large scale details will govern over small 2.2.2. Observation Architect has the right to
scale details. observe the Work as often as necessary to determine
1.3.3. Relationship To Subcontractors The that the Work is being accomplished in accordance with
Contract Documents do not and are not to be construed the Contract Documents. Inspection of the Work by
to create any relationship,contractual or otherwise, Architect does not relieve Contractor of its obligations
between Owner and any Subcontractors. to perform the Work strictly in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
J - 2 •
EXHIBIT J -- OWNER'S STANDARD
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION
the meaning as set forth in Paragraph 11.2.3 of this
1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Exhibit J.
1.1. DEFINITIONS 1.2.3. Change Order The term"Change Order"as
1.1.1. Agreement The"Agreement",which used in the Contract Documents will have the meaning
PIP includes any exhibits,attachments and Contract as set forth in Paragraph 11.1.1 of this Exhibit J.
Documents, is the agreement between Owner and 1.2.4. Certificate of Substantial Completion The
Contractor for the performance of the Work in term"Certificate of Substantial Completion"as used in
accordance with the Contract Documents as modified in the Contract Documents will have the meaning as set
accordance with this Exhibit J. forth in Paragraph 9.6.4 of this Exhibit J.
1.1.2. Contract Documents The "Contract 1.2.5. Contract Sum The term"Contract Sum"as
Documents" are the documents identified in Exhibit B used in the Contract Documents will.have the meaning
of the Agreement. as set forth in Paragraph 9.1 of this Exhibit J.
1.1.3. Drawings The"Drawings" are drawings 1.2.6. Contractor's Superintendent The term
listed in Exhibit B of the Agreement. "Contractor's Superintendent"as used in the Contract
1.1.4. Laws The term"Laws"as used in the Documents will have the meaning as set forth in
Agreement means all local ordinances,environmental Paragraph 4.9.1 of this Exhibit J.
�w protection,requirements of city and county building 1.2.7. CPM Schedule The term"CPM Schedule"
codes,local sanitary laws,rules and regulations, as used in the Contract Documents will have the
requirements of national or federal and state authorities, meaning as set forth in Paragraph 4.10.1 of this Exhibit
which are applicable to the Project or the Work, J.
including,but not limited to,the American Disabilities
Act and all orders and interpretations by all governing 1.2.8. Date of Commencement of the Work The
public authorities. term"Date of Commencement of the Work"as used in
the Contract Documents will have the meaning as set
1.1.5. Project The"Project" is the total forth in Paragraph 8.1.1 of this Exhibit J.
construction contemplated by the Contract Documents. 1.2.9. Date of Final Completion of the Work The
1.1.6. Specifications The"Specifications" are the term"Date of Final Completion of the Work"as used in
written requirements for materials,equipment, the Contract Documents will have the meaning as set
construction systems,standards and workmanship forth in Paragraph 8.1.3 of this Exhibit J.
referred to in Exhibit B of the Agreement. The term 1.2.10. Date of Substantial Completion of the Work
"equipment"used throughout the Agreement includes The term"Date of Substantial Corrrpletion of the Work"
any equipment-related software. as used in the Contract Documents will have the
1.1.7. Work The"Work"is the process by which meaning as set forth in Paragraph 8.1.2 of this Exhibit J.
the construction called for in the Contract Documents is 1.2.11. Day The term"Day"as used in the Contract
accomplished. The Work includes any and all labor,
materials,equipment and services required to construct Documents will have the meaning as set forth in
the Project,all of which will be provided in full and Paragraph 8.1.4 of this Exhibit J.
strict accordance with and as reasonably inferable from 1.2.12. Losses The term"Losses"as used in the
the Contract Documents. The term Work will include Contract Documents will have the meaning as set forth
all or any portion of the Work. in Paragraph 4.17.4 of this Exhibit J.
1.2. OTHER DEFINITIONS USED IN CONTRACT 1.2.13. Owner's Project Manager The term
DOCUMENTS "Owner's Project Manager"as used in the Contract
1.2.1. Architect The tern"Architect"as used in the Documents will have the meaning as set forth in
Contract Documents will have the meaning as set forth Paragraph 3.2.2 of this Exhibit J.
in Paragraph 2.1.1 of this Exhibit J. 1.2.14. Owner Confidential Information The term
1.2.2. Change Directive The term"Change "Owner Confidential Information"as used in the
Directive"as used in the Contract Documents will have
J - 1
war
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) �"
FINAL RELEASE
Project:
OR THE UNDERSIGNED Lienor/Claimant, as an inducement to payment in the amount of $ by Coca-Cola
North America, a Part of The Coca-Cola Company ("Owner"), the value, receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged,does hereby on its own behalf and on behalf of its heirs,assigns and successors,as of the Effective Date hereof,
freely, knowingly, intentionally and without any undue influence whatsoever waive, relinquish, release and forever discharge
Owner and any of its sureties under any applicable surety bond, and does hereby waive,release and forever discharge any and
all rights against the following described real property,to-wit:
Fw (the "Property") from any claim, demand, and causes of action at law or equity of any kind whatsoever of
Lienor/Claimant, specifically including, but not limited to, the rights contemplated by applicable construction lien
laws of the State of the Project Site, arising out of or by reason of Lienor/Claimant having furnished labor,
materials, and/or supplies incorporated or to be incorporated into the Property pursuant to a contract with Contractor.
w Lienor/Claimant further represents that all laborers, materialmen, suppliers, subcontractors and subcontractors
supplying labor, materials and/or supplies to or through Lienor/Claimant from the beginning of the project through
and including the Effective Date hereof, have been paid in full, except those specifically listed by name and amount
", on the reverse side hereof.
This Release is full, final and complete for all labor, materials and/or supplies ever furnished or to be furnished to this Project,
whether or not their reasonable value is represented by any amount paid heretofore or paid hereunder. The Effective Date of
this Final Release for Project will be the date of execution of this Release.
The undersigned expressly acknowledges, having read and understood all provisions and effects of this Release, and further
expressly acknowledges authorization and authority to execute this instrument on behalf of Lienor/Cla.imant.
"' Executed by Lienor/Claimant this day of ,20_.
LIENOR/CLAIMANT:
(SEAL)
By: _
Print Name:
Title:
State of
County of
The foregoing was sworn to and acknowledged before me this day of ,20 by of
who is:
an Individual
an authorized representative of Lienor/Claimant
an Agent/Other
4, Personally Known to Me
Type of Identification
and who executed the within freely and voluntarily for the purposes therein recited.
NOTARY PUBLIC (SEAL)
(Print Name)
My Commission Expires:
My Commission Number:
! I - 3
am
PARTIAL RELEASE
..
Project:
ON
THE UNDERSIGNED, Lienor/Claimant, as an inducement to payment in the amount of by Coca-Cola North
America, a Part of The Coca-Cola Company ("Owner"), the value, receipt and sufficiency of which being hereby
acknowledged,does hereby on its own behalf and on behalf of its heirs,assigns and successors,as of the Effective Date hereof, 40
freely, knowingly, intentionally and without any undue influence whatsoever, waive, relinquish, release and forever
discharge Owner and any of its sureties under any applicable surety bond,and does hereby waive,release and forever discharge
the following described real property,to wit:
("the property"), from any claim,demand, lien,claim of lien,right of lien, and causes of action at law or equity of any
kind whatsoever of Lienor/Claimant, specifically including, but not limited to, the rights contemplated by the
applicable construction lien laws of the State of the Project Site, arising out of or by reason of Lienor/Claimant
having, directly or indirectly, furnished labor, materials, and/or supplies incorporated or to be incorporated into the
property. Lienor/Claimant further represents that all laborers, materialmen, suppliers, sub-contractors, and sub-
contractors supplying labor, materials and/or supplies to or through Lienor/Claimant from the beginning of the project
through and including the Effective Date hereof, have been paid in full, except those specifically listed by name and A,
amount of the reverse side hereof.
Lienor/Claimant by virtue of its signature hereby designates the scope of this Release to be as follows.
This release is a partial release for the Project but it is full, final and complete for all labor, materials and/or supplies furnished
represented by all previous payments including the above referenced payment received by Lienor/Claimant through and
including the day of , 20. ("Effective Date"), whether or not their reasonable value is represented
by any amount paid heretofore and paid hereunder. .A
The undersigned expressly acknowledges, having read and understood all provisions and effects of this release, and further
expressly acknowledges authorization and authority to execute this instrument on behalf of Lienor/Claimant.
Executed by Lienor/Claimant this day of 20_. am
LIENOR/CLAIMANT:
4W
(SEAL)
By:
Print Name:
Title:
State of
County of
The foregoing was sworn to and acknowledged before me this day of 20 by of
who is:
ow
an Individual
an authorized representative of Lienor/Claimant
an Agent/Other
Personally Known to Me on
Type of Identification
and who executed the within freely and voluntarily for the purposes therein recited. 00
NOTARY PUBLIC (SEAL)
go
(Print Name)
My Commission Expires: OR
My Commission Number:
I - 2 o,
EXHIBIT I --
RELEASES
See Attached.
Company's business made by me within one year after termination of my employment or as an
independent contractor with Contractor will be deemed to be within this provision, unless I can
prove that the same were conceived and made following said termination. All necessary and
proper expenses in connection with the foregoing will be borne by Company, and if services in
connection therewith are performed at Company's request after termination of employment or as
an independent contractor, Company will pay reasonable compensation for such services.
This Employee Agreement will inure to the benefit of Company, its subsidiaries, allied
companies, successors and assigns or nominees of Company, and I specifically agree to execute
any and all documents considered convenient or necessary to assign, transfer, sustain and
maintain inventions, discoveries, applications and patents,both in this and foreign countries.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name this day of
, 20
By:
Print Name:
Title:
Contractor
By:
Print Name:
Title:
MW
am
H - 2 ,
EXHIBIT H --
EMPLOYEE AGREEMENT
In consideration of my employment, my continued employment or my independent contractor
status, as the case may be, by R.C. Stevens Construction Co., Inc. ("Contractor") and the
performance of services in such employment or as an independent contractor of Contractor for or
on behalf of Coca-Cola North America, a Part of The Coca-Cola Company("Company"), I agree
with Contractor as follows:
So long as I will remain in the employ or as an independent contractor of Contractor I will
devote my time and ability to the service of Company in such capacity as Contractor will direct
from time to time, and I will perform my duties faithfully and diligently.
I will not, during or after my employment or as an independent contractor, use or disclose to
others without the prior written consent of Company, any trade secrets, secret "know-how,"
confidential or secret technical information or other confidential information relative to the
business of Company, obtained by me while in the employ or as an independent contractor of
Contractor. Upon leaving the employ or as an independent contractor of Contractor I will not
take with me any confidential data,drawings, or information obtained by me as the result of my
employment or as an independent contractor,or any reproductions thereof
Furthermore, as an employee of or independent contractor to Contractor, I hereby transfer and
assign to Company all copyright rights and all other intellectual property rights in and to any
work, including but not limited to architectural works (as defined in 17 U.S.C. 101) created by
me arising out of or utilized in its services to Company as an employee or independent contractor
of Contractor which are or may be obtained for such works, and the ownership of the same will
be vested solely in Company. This transfer and assignment will be effective for the entire
duration of the copyrights and include, but not be limited to all rights including rights in related
plans, specifications, documentation and derivative works and any moral rights thereto.
All such Company property and all copies thereof will be surrendered to Contractor on
termination or at any time on request. I will disclose to Company and, upon the Company's
request, assign to it, without charge, all my right, title and interest in and to any and all
inventions and discoveries that I may make, solely or jointly with others, while in the employ or
as an independent contractor of Contractor performing service for Company that relate to or are
useful or may be useful in connection with business of the character carried on or contemplated
by Company, and all my right, title and interest in and to any and all domestic arld foreign
applications for patents as well as any divisions or continuations thereof covering such
40 inventions and discoveries and any and all patents granted for such inventions and discoveries
and any and all reissues, extensions and revivals of such patents; and upon request of Company
whether during or subsequent to this employment or as an independent contractor, I will do any
and all acts and execute and deliver such instruments as may be deemed by the Company
necessary or proper to vest all my right, title and interest in and to said inventions, discoveries,
applications and patents in Company and to secure or maintain such applications, patents,
reissues, extensions and/or revivals thereof. Any inventions and discoveries relating to the
H - 1
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
.a
,m
OR
EXHIBIT G --
NOTICES
To Owner:
The Coca-Cola Company
+ 2000 St. James Place
Houston, TX 77056
Attention: Pat Paya,
Vice President, Thermal Manufacturing
with a copy to:
Angela B. Cox
Group Counsel, Technical and Supply Chain
The Coca-Cola Company
2000 St. James Place
Houston, TX 77056
To Contractor:
Attention:
G - 1
4m
4w
Im
im
am
OR
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) Im
am
no
to
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND NO. -CON'T
3. No suit or action will be commenced hereunder by any claimant:
(a) Unless claimant,other than one having a direct contract with the Principal,will have
given written notice to any two of the following: the Principal,the Owner,or the Surety
above named,within ninety(90)days after such claimant did or performed the last of the
work or labor,or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made,stating
with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the
materials were furnished,or for whom the work or labor was done or performed. Such
notice will be served by mailing the same by registered mail,certified mail,postage
prepaid,in an envelope addressed to the Principal,Owner or Surety,at any place where
an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business,or served in any manner
in which legal process may be served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located,
said that such service need not be made by a public officer.
(b) After the expiration of one(1)year following the date on which the Principal ceased
Work on said Contract,it being understood,however,that if any limitation embodied in
�s this bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof such limitation will
be deemed to be amended as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted
by such law.
(c) Other than in a state of court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other
political subdivision of the state in which the Project,or any part thereof, is situated,or in
the United States District Court for the district which the Project,or any part thereof,is
situated,and not elsewhere.
4. The amount of this bond will be reduced by and to the extent any payment or payments made in
good faith hereunder,inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics'liens which may be filed
of record against said improvement,whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented
under and against this bond.
Signed and sealed this day of ,20_
[...Principal...]
_(Sea])
Witness Authorized Representative
_(Print Name)
_(Title)
[...Surety...]
" _(Seal)
Witness Authorized Representative
40 _(Print Name)
_(Title)
F - 5
an
am
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND NO.
THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE ow
OWNER CONDITIONED ON THE FULL AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT.
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that ,w
[Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor]
as Principal,hereinafter called Contractor,and
[Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety] .o
as Surety,hereinafter called Surety,are held and firmly bound unto
[Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner] o
as Obligee,hereinafter called Owner,for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbefore defined,in the amount of
Dollars($ ) 4W
for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves,their heirs,executors, administrators,successors and
assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. MW
WHEREAS,
Principal has by written agreement dated 20_,entered into a contract with Owner for
[Here insert full name,address and description of project]
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by
[Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect]
which contract is by reference made a part hereof,and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Principal will promptly make
payment to all claimants as hereafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract,this obligation will be void;otherwise it will remain in full force and effect,subject,
however,to the following conditions:
1. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal or with a Subcontractor of
the Principal for labor,material,or both,used or reasonably required for use in the performance of
the Contract, labor and material being construed to include that part of water,gas,power,light,
heat,oil,gasoline,telephone service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the Contract.
2. The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Owner that
every claimant as herein defined,who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of
ninety(90)days after the date on which the last of such claimant's work or labor was done or
performed,or materials were furnished by such claimant,may sue on this bond for the use of such
claimant,prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant,
and have execution thereon. The Owner will not be liable for the payment of any costs or
expenses of any such suit.
on
so
F - 4
PERFORMANCE BOND NO. -CON'T
No right of action will accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner
named herein or the heirs,executors, administrators or successors of the Owner.
Signed and sealed this day of ,20
on
[...Contractor...]
_(Seal)
Witness Authorized Representative
_(Print Name)
_(Title)
[...Surety...]
_(Seal)
40 Witness Authorized Representative
_(Print Name)
on
_(Title)
ww
40
ww
no
F - 3
PERFORMANCE BOND NO.
.ww
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that
[Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor]
as Principal,hereinafter called Contractor,and
[Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety]
as Surety,hereinafter called Surety,are held and firmly bound unto
[Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner]
as Obligee,hereinafter called Owner,in the amount of
Dollars($ )
for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors
and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
an
Contractor has by written agreement dated 20_,entered into a contract with Owner for
[Here insert full name,address and description of project] an
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by
[Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect]
which contract is by reference made a part hereof,and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that,if Contractor will promptly and
faithfully perform the Contract,then this obligation will be null and void;otherwise it will remain in full force and
effect.
The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. "
Whenever Contractor will be,and declared by Owner to be in default under the Contract,the Owner having
performed Owner's obligations thereunder,the Surety may promptly remedy the default,or will promptly: .w
1. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions,or
2. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions,and **"
upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder,or,if the Owner elects,upon
determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder,arrange for a
contract between such bidder and Owner,and make available as Work progresses(even though ..
there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion
arranged under this paragraph)sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of
the contract price;but not exceeding,including other costs and damages for which the Surety may
be liable hereunder,the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term"balance of the
contract price,"as used in this paragraph,will mean the total amount payable by Owner to
Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto,less the amount properly paid by
Owner to Contractor. ..
Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two(2)years from the date on which final
payment under the Contract falls due.
No
am
F - 2
on
EXHIBIT F --
BOND REQUIREMENTS
(NOT REQUIRED)
PERFORMANCE AND LABOR/MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND REQUIREMENTS
Unless otherwise advised by Owner, Contractor will obtain and deliver a performance and labor
and material payment bond payable to Owner in a form acceptable to Owner which will be
OR submitted in duplicate at the time the Agreement is executed.
All bonds will be made out in favor of Owner. (Subcontractor bonds will be made out in favor
lip of the Contractor with Owner named as a dual obligee.)
The performance bond will be made out for an amount equal to 100%of the Contract Sum. The
g labor/material payment bond will be made out for an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum.
All bonds will remain in effect until all obligations under the Agreement have been completed.
Bonds will be written substantially in the forms attached to this Exhibit F or other comparable
forms approved by Company, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bonds will affix thereto
an original, certified and current copy of his Power of Attorney.
All bonds, in the form stated above, will be with a surety acceptable to Owner and licensed to do
business in the state of the Project Site.
All terms, conditions and obligations found in the Agreement are specifically incorporated by
reference into the bonds as though fully set forth therein.
Permitting Contractor to work without providing the bonds will not be construed as a waiver of
the requirements of this Exhibit F.
F - 1
3. Proiect Professional Liability
If Owner notifies Contractor that a project professional liability insurance policy will be purchased in connection
with the Project,then Contractor agrees to use its best efforts,in cooperation with Owner and Owner's insurance
representative,to pursue the maximum credit available from the professional liability carrier for a reduction in the
premium of Contractor's project professional liability insurance policy. If no credit is available from Contractor's
current professional liability insurance policy underwriter,then Contractor agrees to pursue the maximum credit
available on the next renewal policy, if a renewal occurs during the term of the project professional liability
insurance policy(and on any subsequent professional liability policies that renew during the term of the project
professional liability insurance policy). Contractor agrees that any such credit will fully accrue to Owner. Should
no credit accrue to Owner,Owner and Contractor agree to negotiate in good faith a credit on behalf of Owner for the
provision of a project-specific professional liability policy in consideration for a reduction in Contractor's self-
insured retention and the risk of uninsured or underinsured Subcontractors.
Contractor agrees to provide the following information when requested by Owner or Owner's
representative:
.R.
• the date the project professional liability insurance policy renews;
• current policy limits; ..
• current deductible/self-insured retention;
• current underwriter;
• amount(in both dollars and percent)the underwriter will give as a credit if the policy is replaced
by a project policy for the Project;
• cost of professional insurance as a percent of revenue;and
• affirmation that the Contractor will complete a timely project errors and omissions application.
If Owner elects to purchase a project professional liability insurance policy,Contractor will be notified and
Owner will provide professional liability insurance,naming the Contractor and its Subcontractors as named
insureds. Such insurance will be claims-made coverage and will include defense costs for Contractor's
negligent acts,errors,or omissions in performing professional services included in the Work. The policy
limit of liability will be maintained for the duration of the Project(unless it is reduced by the payment of
covered claims)and for a period of time to be determined after substantial completion of the Project. The
insurance will include a deductible no greater than an amount to be determined for each claim, for which
Contractor will be responsible. The project professional liability insurance policy will contain standard
industry terms,conditions,and exclusions. The project professional liability insurance policy will be ■M
retroactive to the date Contractor began the Work.
Am
..w
E - 2 ..
go
ON
00 EXHIBIT E --
CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. Obligation to Purchase and Maintain
Contractor will maintain with its own funds throughout the life of the Agreement the following minimum
types and amounts of insurance:
(a.) Workers'Compensation to Statutory Limits,to include a waiver of the insurer's right of
subrogation against Owner for any injury to an employee working at the Project site.
(b.) Employers'Liability with limits of$100,000 each employee by accident,$100,000 each employee
by disease,$500,000 policy limit by disease.
(c.) Commercial General Liability with limits of$1,000,000(Bodily Injury and Property Damage)per
occurrence $2,000,000 Products Aggregate, $2 000 000 General Aggregate. Covera a is to include
g
Premises Operations,Independent Contractors,Completed Operations,Contractual Liability,Severability
of Interests,and Property Damage arising out of the "XCU"hazards(explosion,collapse,and underground
damage).
(d.) Automobile Liability with limits of$1,000,000 CSL(Bodily Injury and Property Damage)per
occurrence.
(e.) In addition to the insurance specified in(a)—(d)above,Contractor will obtain and maintain,and
will require its Subcontractors who provide design or professional services to obtain and maintain,such
professional liability insurance to the extent and limits of commonly accepted professional practice,
acceptable to Owner,but not less than$2,000,000,to protect Owner against errors and omissions in
Contractor's performance of the services hereunder.
on (f.) The stipulated limits of coverage above will not be construed as a limitation of any potential
liability to Owner,and failure to request evidence of this insurance will in no way be construed as a waiver
of your obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. The above stated policy limits can be
achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess policies.
2. Certificate of Insurance
Contractor will furnish to Owner,within seven(7)days of inception of the Work,a certificate of insurance evidencing
all required insurance coverage is in place as outlined above. This certificate will specifically state that Owner is named
as an additional insured on the insurance coverages referenced in(c)and(d)above,and that for any claim related to the
ow services hereunder,Contractor's insurance will be primary and Owner's insurance will be non-contributory. Further,the
certificate will outline Contractor's intent to provide Owner with at least thirty(30)days advance written notice in the
case of termination,cancellation,non-renewal,or material change of any of the insurance coverages identified above.
All insurance coverages must be provided by insurance companies with an A.M.Best Rating of at least A-VII.
E - 1
w„
4m
410
Alp
mm
Om
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) 40
The Contract Sum, as defined in Paragraph 9.1.1 of Exhibit J of the Agreement,will not exceed
$ ,without the prior written consent of Owner.
'" " D - 5
am
..
Contractor's Fee means an agreed percentage fee applied to Cost of Work to
cover contractor's overload and profit; and in accordance with Paragraph 11.3.2 of
Exhibit J. 4ft
(iv) Administrative Fee is to include the following:
• The Contractor's insurance shall be written for no less than the amounts
indicated in Coca-Cola standard "Agreement for Construction Services."
• Wages, salaries and miscellaneous expenses such as truck allowance, etc., of
the Contractor's supervisory or administrative personnel stationed at the site.
• Wages, salaries and miscellaneous expenses such as truck allowance, etc. of
the Contractor's supervisor or administrative personnel engaged at factories,
workshops or on the road, in expediting the production or transportation of ..
materials or equipment required for the Work,but only for that portion of their
time required for the Work.
• Costs paid or incurred by the Contractor for taxes, insurance, contributions,
assessments and benefits required by law or collective bargaining agreements
and, for personnel not covered by such agreements, customary benefits such .�
as sick leave, medical and health benefits,holidays, vacations and pension,
provided such costs are based on wages and salaries included in Clauses
14.6.2 and 14.6.3.
• Cost of all site office expenses including but not limited to long-distance calls,
postage and parcel delivery charges, telephone service at the site, and .••
reasonable petty cash expenses of the site office.
• That portion of the reasonable travel and subsistence expenses of the
Contractor's personnel incurred while traveling in discharge of duties
connected with the Work.
• Contractor's field office including the field office, office utilities, office
supplies, office furniture and office equipment.
• Contractor's General Liability Insurance.
• Providing services to the Owner during the Bidding Phase, including
providing feedback regarding constructability and alternative approaches and
bidding and evaluating of subcontractors.
• The cost of all personnel required by the Contractor to administer this contract
on site, including but not limited to, safety personnel, schedulers, estimators,
etc. is to be included. ,
D - 4 „
• Fees of laboratories for tests required by the Contract Documents, except
those related to defective or nonconforming Work for which reimbursement is
excluded by Subparagraph 12.4.1 of Exhibit J or other provisions of the
Contract Documents, and which do not fall within the scope of Subparagraph
below, Other Costs and Emergencies.
• Royalties and license fees paid for the use of a particular design,process or
product required by the Contract Documents; the cost of defending suits or
claims for infringement of patent rights arising from such requirement of the
Contract Documents; and payments made in accordance with legal judgments
against the Contractor resulting from such suits or claims and payments of
settlements made with the Owner's consent. However, such costs of legal
defenses,judgments and settlements shall not be included in the calculation of
the Contractor's Fee or subject to the Guaranteed Maximum Price.
• Data processing costs related to the Work.
• Deposits lost for causes other than the Contractor's negligence:or failure to
fulfill a specific responsibility to the Owner as set forth in the Contract
Documents.
• Legal,mediation and arbitration costs, including attorneys' fees, other than
those arising from disputes between the Owner and Contractor, reasonably
incurred by the Contractor in the performance of the Work and with the
Owner's prior written approval; which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
• Expenses incurred in accordance with the Contractor's standard personnel
policy for relocation and temporary living allowances of personnel required
for the Work, if approved by the Owner.
OTHER COSTS AND EMERGENCIES
• Other costs incurred in the performance of the Work if and to the extent
approved in advance in writing by the Owner.
• Costs due to emergencies incurred in taking action to prevent threatened
damage, injury or loss in case of an emergency affecting the safety of persons
and property.
• Costs of repairing or correcting damaged or nonconforming Work executed by
the Contractor, Subcontractors or suppliers, provided that such damaged or
nonconforming Work was not caused by negligence or failure;to fulfill a
specific responsibility of the Contractor and only to the extent that the cost of
repair or correction is not recoverable by the Contractor from insurance,
sureties, Subcontractors or suppliers.
+! D - 3
• Costs of materials described in the preceding Subparagraph in excess of those
actually installed to allow for reasonable waste and spoilage. Unused excess
materials, if any, shall become the Owner's property at the completion of the
Work or, at the Owner's option, shall be sold by the Contractor. Any amounts
realized from such sales shall be credited to the Owner as a deduction from
the Cost of the Work.
COSTS OF OTHER MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, TEMPORARY
FACILITIES AND RELATED ITEMS
• Costs, including transportation and storage, installation, maintenance,
dismantling and removal of materials, supplies, temporary facilities,
machinery, equipment, and hand tools not customarily owned by construction
workers, that are provided by the Contractor at the site and fully consumed in
the performance of the Work; and cost (less salvage value) of such items if not "'•
fully consumed, whether sold to others or retained by the Contractor. Cost for
items previously used by the Contractor shall mean fair market value.
• Rental charges for temporary facilities, machinery, equipment, and hand tools
not customarily owned by construction workers that are provided by the
Contractor at the site, whether rented from the Contractor or others, and costs
of transportation, installation, minor repairs and replacements, dismantling
and removal thereof. Rates and quantities of equipment rented shall be
subject to the Owner's prior approval. 4M
• Costs of removal of debris from the site.
oft
• That portion of the reasonable expenses of the Contractor's construction
worker personnel incurred while traveling in discharge of duties connected
with the Work. im
• Costs of materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a mutually
acceptable location, if approved in advance by the Owner. Im
MISCELLANEOUS COSTS
ON
• That portion of insurance and bond premiums that can be directly attributed to
this Contract:
Im
• Sales, use or similar taxes imposed by a governmental authority that are
related to the Work.
• Fees and assessments for the building permit and for other permits, licenses
and inspections for which the Contractor is required by the Contract
Documents to pay.
D - 2 ,,,,�
ON
EXHIBIT D --
COMPENSATION
Owner will pay the Contractor for the performance of the Work: "Cost Plus Not to Exceed is
$ ". The Contractor's Fee is ( %). In addition to the
Contractor's Fee, Contractor is entitled to monthly Administrative Cost, not to exceed
$ as further detailed in Contractor's Response referenced in Paragraph (iv) of Exhibit
D.
For purposes of the Agreement,
(i) Cost Plus includes Cost of Work for performing construction, plus the cost of
Contractor's Fee and Administrative Fee ;
(ii) Cost of Work shall mean costs necessarily incurred by the Contractor in the
proper performance of the Work. Such costs shall be at rates not higher than the
standard paid at the place of the Project except with prior consent of the Owner.
The Cost of the Work shall include only the items set forth in this Article 7.
LABOR COSTS
• Costs paid or incurred by the Contractor for construction workers'wages,
taxes, insurance, contributions, assessments and benefits required by law or
collective bargaining agreements and, for personnel not covered by such
agreements, customary benefits such as sick leave, medical and health
benefits, holidays, vacations and pensions,provided such costs are based on
wages and salaries included in the Cost of the Work.
SUBCONTRACT COSTS
• Payments made by the Contractor to Subcontractors in accordance with the
requirements of the subcontracts.
COSTS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INCORPORATED IN THE
COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION
• Costs,including transportation and storage, of materials and equipment
incorporated or to be incorporated in the completed construction.
wr
'"' D - 1
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) "
• EXHIBIT C --
PROJECT SCHEDULE
The Work to be performed under the Agreement will commence as of May 16, 2005, which such
date is the Date of Commencement of the Work.
Subject to adjustments authorized by Owner, Date of Substantial Completion of the Work will be
achieved no later than December 31, 2005 and Date of Final Completion of the Work will be
achieved no later than December 31, 2005.
0"
Contractor agrees to follow the schedule attached hereto,which includes the CPNI Schedule, the
Date of Substantial Completion of the Work and Date of Final Completion of the Work("Project
Schedule"). Contractor will in no way amend the Project Schedule set forth herein unless
Contractor receives the prior written consent of Owner.
40
?" C - 1
so
no
am
so
ws
Oft
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
OW
4. ADDENDA
(issued prior to the date of the Agreement):
5. MODIFICATIONS
(issued after the date of the Agreement):
PK
B - 7
40
No
ws�
imp
om
.,
w
..e
ww
.w
wo
No
B - 6 ima
w
�.
�'"' B - 5
..s
Ago
wig
wee
w
m
Am
B - 4 .�
3. SPECIFICATIONS
Division Title Date Revision numbers
B - 3
o
.OP
.0
ow
.o
.NO
«w.
.t
..
4m
,.
Ok
Am
ow
No
B - 2 „w,
EXHIBIT B --
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Listed below are the documents which make up the Contract Documents as that term is used in
the Agreement:
1. DOCUMENTS
1.1. Agreement For Construction Services effective on , 2005.
1.2. Other:
(i) Owner's Request for Proposal dated August 22, 2003;
(ii) Contractor's Response to Request for Proposal dated August 28,
2003, Revised, September 4, 2003; and
�w (iii) Any drawings and specifications not listed below and which have
been provided by Owner to Contractor.
2. DRAWINGS
Drawing number Description Date Revision number
B - 1
am
am
,wt
.w
Oft
IM
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) Am
oft
.m
AM
PM
EXHIBIT A --
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Owner plans to have Contractor perform the work, including but not limited to, coordination,
±* evaluation, review, procurement,permitting, labor,materials and equipment, required by the
Contract Documents for upgrades to Line 2 at Owner's thermal plant located in Auburndale, FL
► Contractor(is, is not)required to obtain a bond for the Work as detailed in Section 7.2 of the
Agreement and Exhibit F.
on
A - 1
am
am
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed the Agreement on the date first above
written.
CONTRACTOR OWNER
COCA-COLA COMPANY,A PART OF so
THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
By: By: go
Authorized Officer Authorized Representative
Print Name: Print Name: ••
Title: Title:
.m
Oro
aft
12
proposals, counter offers and invoices)which propose any terms or
conditions differing with the terms and conditions of the Agreement.
Owner's failure to object to provisions contained in Contractor's
documents will not be deemed a waiver of the terms and conditions set
forth herein.
12.8. Notices
Any notices required to be given by the parties hereto will be sent to the person and
address shown on Exhibit G and must be in writing and will be deemed given(i) if by
and delivery, upon receipt thereof, (ii) if mailed, three(3) days after deposit in the
United States mails, postage prepaid, certified mail return receipt requested, or(iii) if
by next day delivery service, upon such delivery and in accordance with applicable
Laws.
12.9. Severability
Each provision of the Agreement is severable, and the invalidity of one provision will
not affect the enforceability of any other provision of the Agreement.
12.10. Headings
The headings in the Agreement are for ease of reference only and will not be used to
±*�► interpret the meaning of the terms and conditions of the Agreement.
12.11. Independent Contractor
Work performed by Contractor will be in the capacity of an independent contractor
and not as an agent or representative of the Owner or Architect, and it is expressly
understood that this undertaking does not constitute a joint venture by the parties to
the Agreement.
r 12.12. Exhibits
Any and all Exhibits referred to in the Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by
reference and are made a part hereof as if they were included in the text hereof.
12.13. Order of Precedence
The following order of precedence will govern in the event of conflict between the
documents of the Agreement:
Sections 1 through 12 hereof
Exhibit J—Owner's Standard General Conditions for Construction; and
Exhibit B—Contract Documents,pursuant to Paragraph 1.3.5 of Exhibit J.
s� 11
agreements, conditions and understandings between the parties and there
are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings,
either oral or written,between them other than are herein set forth with
respect to the Work.
12.2. Modification
No modification to the Agreement will have effect unless in writing and signed by an
authorized representative of each party to the Agreement.
12.3. Waiver
Failure of any party to assert a right under the Agreement will not be construed as a
waiver of such right. Any waiver of the Agreement will be in writing and signed by
the authorized representative of each party to the Agreement.
12.4. Governing Law
The Agreement will be governed in all respects by the Laws of the State of the
Project Site both as to interpretation and to performance, but without reference to its
conflict of Laws rules.
12.5. Assignment
Neither party hereto may assign its interest or obligations hereunder in whole or in
part without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that Owner
may freely assign its interest or obligations hereunder to any parent corporation or
subsidiary of Owner.
12.6. Terms
Unless otherwise agreed, terms in the Agreement will have the same meaning as
those in Exhibit J.
12.7. Purchase Order Terms and Conditions
12.7.1. Owner's Purchase Order
It is agreed and understood that if Owner issues Contractor any purchase
order(s) in connection with the Work, such purchase order(s)will be
merged into the Agreement and any preprinted terms and conditions
appearing on such purchase order(s)will be superseded by the terms and
conditions of the Agreement.
12.7.2. Contractor's Documents
Owner will not be bound by any provisions in Contractor's purchase order
acknowledgement or acceptance forms or other documents (including
10 ,.�
Laws and Regulations Contractor will comply with all applicable laws,
rules, regulations and requirements in the
manufacture and distribution of our products and
supplies and in providing services to the Owner
Child Labor Contractor will not use child labor as defined by local
law
Forced Labor Contractor will not use forced or compulsory labor
Abuse of Labor Contractor will not physically abuse labor
Collective Bargaining Contractor will respect employees'rights to choose
whether to be represented by third parties and to
bargain collectively in accordance with local law
Wages and Benefits Wages and benefits will comply with local law
Working Hours & Overtime Working hours and overtime will comply with local
law
Health and Safety Working conditions will comply with local
regulations
Environment Contractor will comply with all applicable
environmental laws
Contractor agrees that it must be able to demonstrate its compliance with these requirements at
the request of and to the satisfaction of Owner. This agreement includes, but is not limited to,
Owner and its subsidiaries having the right to inspect any site involved in work for Owner and its
subsidiaries. If Contractor fails to satisfy Owner of its compliance, Contractor is subject to
immediate termination of any agreements between it and Owner and its subsidiaries without
penalty to Owner and its subsidiaries but with obligations to remedy direct damages suffered by
Owner and its subsidiaries. All other policies and guidelines of Owner and its subsidiaries and
any other agreements to which Contractor is a party shall continue in full force and effect.
12. Miscellaneous Provisions.
12.1. Superseding Effect
12.1.1. Prior Agreements
The Agreement, which includes the Contract Documents listed herein, and
the exhibits and attachments hereto supersedes all prior oral or written
agreements, if any, in respect of the Work.
12.1.2. Entire Agreement
The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in
respect of the Project and sets forth all the covenants, provisions,
► 9
on
no
9.9. Reuse of Design
Contractor will refrain from the use or reuse of any designs or documents provided to
Contractor pursuant to the Agreement without Owner's prior written consent.
9.10. Employee Agreement
Contractor will take steps to insure that Contractor's employees and Subcontractor's
employees exposed or assigned to the Project or performing any Work related thereto
will have each executed a written agreement prior to performing Work hereunder
which covers (i) confidentiality obligations sufficient to protect Owner's Confidential
Information; and/or(ii) that all intellectual property created, made, conceived,
reduced to practice or authorized by Contractor's employees or Subcontractor's
employees within the scope of employment by Contractor or Subcontractor in the
performance of the Agreement are owned by Contractor or Subcontractor and .�
thereby subject to the assignment to Owner as required by this Section 9. If
employees of either Contractor or Subcontractor have not signed such a written
agreement to cover(i) or (ii) above, Contractor and Subcontractor, as applicable, will
require that each employee without such written agreement and performing Work
under the Agreement execute a copy of the "Employee Agreement," which is attached
hereto as Exhibit D. Upon request by Owner, Contractor will provide a copy of the
Employee Agreement or such other written agreement to Owner.
9.11. Survival
The obligations listed in this Section 9 are continuing obligations which survive the
termination or expiration of the Agreement. wo
10. No Publicity.
Without Owner's prior written approval, Contractor will not publish or use any advertising, sales
promotion or publicity matter relating to the Project, services, equipment, materials,products and
reports furnished by Contractor wherein the names, trademark or product names of Owner, its
divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates and/or authorized bottlers are mentioned or their identity
implied.
11. Supplier Guiding Principles
At a minimum, suppliers to Owner and suppliers authorized by Owner will be required to meet "
the following standards with respect to their operations as a whole:
8 .�
"OWNER CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"
This data will not be disclosed, duplicated or used, in whole or in part., for any
purpose other than in connection with the Project under which it was provided or
developed without the express,written permission of Owner."
9.6. Exclusions
For the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, Contractor will not be
obligated to maintain in confidence or not to use Owner Confidential Information
which:
(a) is, or subsequently may become generally available to the public
through no fault of Contractor;
(b) Contractor can show was previously known to it at the time of
disclosure;
(c) may subsequently be obtained lawfully from a third party who has
obtained the Owner Confidential Information through no fault of
Contractor;
(d) is independently developed as evidenced by the written records of
Contractor;
(e) is disclosed to a third party by Owner and/or its subsidiaries
without a corresponding obligation of confidence; or
(f) is required to be disclosed pursuant to the requirement, order or
directive of a government agency or by operation of law subject to
prior consultation with Owner's legal counsel.
9.7. Trade Secrets
Neither Contractor nor its employees or Subcontractors will disclose, or use for its
own benefit any Owner Confidential Information which is identified as a trade secret
without Owner's prior written consent for as long as the Owner Confidential
Information remains a trade secret.
9.8. Return of Media
Contractor, at the Date of Final Completion of the Work, will turn over to Owner all
tangible media incorporating Owner Confidential Information or information
collected or prepared pursuant to the Agreement(i.e.,plans, Drawings,
Specifications), except as otherwise set forth in Paragraph 1.4.1 of Exhibit J.
7
9. Intellectual Property and Confidential Information.
9.1. Intellectual Property '
All rights in and to any intellectual property, domestic or foreign, including trade
secret, patent, copyright and the like,relating to any invention,process, development,
improvement, discovery, design concept, know-how or technical information made,
prepared or developed under the Agreement by any party or parties or their
employees will be and are vested in Owner. Contractor will execute or secure
execution of any documents necessary to perfect title to such intellectual property
rights in Owner and take all other steps reasonably required by Owner to preserve and
protect such property rights, all at Owner's expense.
9.2. Confidential Information
Contractor acknowledges that all engineering, technical and other information
supplied by Owner, or with which Contractor, its employees or Subcontractors
observe, come into contact with or which may be generated under the Agreement by "
any party is Owner's confidential information and proprietary to Owner("Owner
Confidential Information").
Wo
9.3. Contractor Confidentiality Obligations
9.3.1. Non-use am
Neither Contractor nor its employees or Subcontractors will use Owner
Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, other than in the
performance of Contractor's obligations hereunder.
9.3.2. Non-disclosure •
Neither Contractor nor its employees or Subcontractors will disclose any
Owner Confidential Information to any third party without the prior ,
written consent of Owner.
9.4. Term of Confidentiality ,
The confidentiality obligations of this Section 9 will remain in effect for a period of
five (5) years from the date of disclosure.
9.5. Labels
Contractor agrees to label all Owner Confidential Information and all notes, files,
documents and other data developed in the course of performance hereunder as
follows:
6 .�
8.2. Waiver by Contractor
40 Contractor will waive and will have all Subcontractors waive all liens with respect to
the Project, related improvements or alterations, and the land upon which the Project
or such improvements are situated upon satisfactory performance by Contractor and
payment by Owner for the Project Work. The foregoing will apply whether such
liens are now existing or may hereafter arise for any labor or services performed or
materials or equipment furnished under the Agreement. Any and all waiver of lien
forms to be executed by Engineer and as required by this Section 8 must be in a form
acceptable to Owner.
8.3. Waiver by Subcontractors
Contractor will require each of its Subcontractors to likewise waive its lien rights in
accordance with applicable Law before such Subcontractors receive payment for
services pursuant to the Agreement. In addition, all subcontracts and purchase orders
will include effective waivers of all liens.
8.4. Execution of Documents
Upon Owner's request, Contractor will execute and have its Subcontractors execute, a
waiver of lien for the purpose of filing of record in the state where the Project is
located.
8.5. Discharge of Liens
Contractor and Subcontractors will fully and promptly pay and discharge any and all
commitments against any and all demands and claims which may or could ripen into
liens or claims of liens on the Project or the Project Site. Contractor will not at any
time suffer or permit any lien, under the laws of the State of the Project Site or
otherwise to remain on record against the Project or the Project Site. Such a Lien,
until it is removed, will preclude any payment and any and all claims or demands for
any payment under or by virtue of the Agreement.
8.6. Releases
At the time of each partial payment and the final payment, Contractor and its
Subcontractors will provide Owner with the appropriate release executed by such
Contractor or Subcontractor. Exhibit I sets forth the sample release forms.
5
No
UM
6.9. Set-Off
Owner reserves the right to set-off any and all reasonable amounts determined to be am
costs or damages incurred by Owner due to Contractor's performance against amounts
due or that will become due to Contractor under the Agreement or any other
agreement between Owner and Contractor.
7. Insurance and Bonds.
7.1. Insurance Requirements
Contractor will purchase with its own funds and maintain throughout the life of the
Agreement the minimum types and amounts of insurance set forth in Exhibit E.
7.2. Bond Requirements (Required,Not Required)
Contractor will purchase and maintain performance and payment bonds in accordance
with the requirements set forth in Exhibit F. The cost of these bonds are included in
the Contract Sum.
8. Waiver of Liens.
8.1. Indemnity for Liens ,.
If a notice of lien, lien, or the like, alleging nonpayment should be recorded, filed or
served upon Owner or any property related to the Project by a Subcontractor, Owner
will have the right to retain out of any payment to Contractor then due, or thereafter
to become due, an amount sufficient to completely indemnify Owner against said
potential lien. In the event the lien should come to be perfected, Owner may call ..�
upon the Contractor to satisfy it and obtain its removal within ten (10) days and upon
his failure to do so may pay the amount of the lien from the retained funds and, within
thirty(30) days thereafter,pay the balance, if any, less Owner's expenses in the matter
(including court costs and actual reasonable attorney's fees), to the Contractor.
Contractor specifically agrees in this event that Owner may consider the amount of
the lien as presumptively correct. In the event the lien is not perfected within the
period of time set by law for the enforcement of liens, or within such extended time
as the lienor may by law obtain, Owner will pay, without interest to the Contractor
whatever sums were retained, less Owner's expenses (including court costs and actual
reasonable attorney's fees) in disproving the lien. The Contractor will also be
responsible for the discharge of any lien, or for the interest on any money deposited
for the purpose of discharging any lien.
4 ,.
6.2. Lien Waivers/Releases
Starting with the second such invoice, each will be accompanied by(i) a partial
waiver of mechanic's lien conditioned upon payment as set forth in Section 8, and (ii)
a partial release as set forth in Section 8 and Exhibit I in the amount of the last prior
invoice.
6.3. Audit
Owner has the right to audit Contractor's books and records prepared or kept in
connection with the Project at all reasonable times and places.
6.4. Retainage
Upon approval of each invoice or portion thereof by Owner, Owner will pay ninety
percent (90%)of the approved amount; however, in no event will Owner make any
payment which will cause the total payments under the Agreement to exceed the
Contract Sum agreed upon in Exhibit D.
6.5. Payment
Appropriate payments for invoices which are in proper form and are accompanied by
the required supporting data will be made within thirty(30) days of their receipt and
approval by Owner. In the event Owner disputes any portion of an invoice, it will
pay the undisputed portion as set forth above and the parties will proceed in good
faith to resolve the dispute.
6.6. Final Payment
A• Upon Owner's agreement that Date of Final Completion of the Work has been
achieved, Owner will process a payment for any balance of the Contract Sum
remaining due to the Contractor under the Compensation set forth in Exhibit D.
6.7. Time of Final Payment
Payment of the final invoice will be made within thirty (30) days of Owner's written
approval of Contractor's final invoice.
6.8. Final Waivers/Releases
At the time of this final payment, the Contractor will provide Owner with(i) a final
waiver of mechanic's lien conditioned upon payment as set forth in Section 8, and (ii)
a final release as set forth in Section 8 and Exhibit I in the full amount of all payments
made by Owner to Contractor.
3
.A
E. Contractor represents that it is experienced in projects of this type and is ready, willing
and able to perform the services called for herein.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises contained herein,
the parties hereto agree as follows:
ON
1. Project Description.
The Project for which construction services are to be provided is described in a general way in
Exhibit A.
am
2. Contract Documents.
The Contract Documents which make up the complete agreement between Owner and Contractor *�*
are listed in Exhibit B. If applicable and to the extent that the Contractor provided the
professional engineering and design services for the Project, and notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the General Conditions set forth in Exhibit J or Supplemental Conditions (if any), the
Owner reserves to itself any and all rights and authority which are described in the General
Conditions and Supplemental Conditions as residing in the Architect.
so
3. Architect.
no
For purposes of the Contract Documents, any reference to "Architect" will be understood to refer
to Hixson, Inc.
No
4. Project Schedule.
TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THE AGREEMENT. Contractor will commence Work on
its obligations set forth herein and will progress and complete them in accordance with
Exhibit C.
go
5. Compensation.
Contractor's Compensation is set forth in Exhibit D. .�
6. Progress and Final Payments. «�+
6.1. Invoicing
By the first day of each month following the Date of Commencement of Work under
the Agreement, Contractor will submit an invoice to Owner on account of the Work
done through the 25th day of the prior month. These invoices will be in a form
acceptable to Owner and will be accompanied by such supporting data as may be
reasonably required by Owner.
2
fflo
STANDARD AGREEMENT FOR
CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
This Agreement effective as of , 2005 between
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA,
A PART OF THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
a Delaware corporation
and having a principal place of business at
2000 St. James Place
Houston, TX 77056
(hereinafter referred to as "Owner")
and
a corporation
and having a principal place of business at
10 (hereinafter referred to as "Contractor").
WHEREAS,
A. Owner plans to have Contractor perform the work, including but not limited to,
coordination, evaluation, review, procurement,permitting, labor, materials and
equipment, required by the Contract Documents for upgrades to Line 2 all Owner's
thermal plant located in Auburndale, FL(the "Project" or the "Work").
B. Owner has contracted with Hixson, Inc. to provide professional architectural and
engineering services required to design the Project.
C. Hixson, Inc. has provided the design for the Project consisting of the Drawings and
Specifications.
D. Owner requires construction services in connection with the Project.
14. Disputes.....................................................................................................................................23
14.1. Resolution Of Disputes.........................................................................................................23
15. Suspension Of The Work..........................................................................................................23
15.1. Owner Ordered Suspension..................................................................................................23
16. Termination...............................................................................................................................23
16.1. Termination For Default.......................................................................................................23
16.2. Owner's Convenience...........................................................................................................24
16.3. Procedure..............................................................................................................................24
16.4. Continuing Obligations.........................................................................................................24
16.5. Conversion of Default Termination......................................................................................24
EXHIBIT K — CHANGE ORDER.................................................................................................... 1
iv ,�„
4.12. Shop Drawings And Other Submittals.................................................................................... 8
4.13. Use Of Project Site.................................................................................................................9
( 4.14. Cleaning Up............................................................................................................................9
4.15. Cutting And Patching........................................................................................................... 10
4.16. Royalties And Patents........................................................................................................... 10
4.17. Indemnification..................................................................................................................... 10
4.18. Owner Furnished Materials.................................................................................................. 11
4.19. Labor Rel ations..................................................................................................................... 11
4.20. Records And Communications............................................................................................. 11
on 4.21. Compliance With Owner's Environmental Procedures......................................................... 12
5. Representations And Warranties.................................................................................................... 12
5.1. General Representations And Warranties............................................................................. 12
5.2. Warranty Of Work................................................................................................................ 13
5.3. Warranty Of Materials,Equipment and Software................................................................ 13
5.4. Warranty Of Legal Compliance............................................................................................ 13
5.5. Survival Of Warranties......................................................................................................... 14
5.6. Breach................................................................................................................................... 14
6. Subcontractors................................................................................................................................ 14
6.1. Definitions............................................................................................................................ 14
6.2. Subcontracting...................................................................................................................... 14
6.3. Subcontract Documents........................................................................................................ 14
7. Work Done By Owner Or Others................................................................................................... 15
7.1. Owner's Right To Perform Work And Engage Others......................................................... 15
7.2. Cooperation.......................................................................................................................... 15
8. Project Schedule............................................................................................................................. 16
8.1. Definitions............................................................................................................................ 16
8.2. Progress And Completion..................................................................................................... 16
8.3. Force Majeure And Extensions Of Time.............................................................................. 16
9. Payments........................................................................................................................................ 17
9.1. Contract Sum........................................................................................................................ 17
40 9.2. Schedule Of Values.............................................................................................................. 17
9.3. Invoices................................................................................................................................. 17
9.4. Payment To Subcontractors.................................................................................................. 17
9.5. Withholding Approval Of invoices....................................................................................... 18
''-0 9.6. Substantial Completion......................................................................................................... 18
9.7. Final Payment........................................................................................................................ 18
9.8. No Waiver............................................................................................................................. 19
$4 10. Safety And Security.................................................................................................................... 19
10.1. Safety Programs.................................................................................................................... 19
10.2. Safety Obligations................................................................................................................ 19
10.3. Emergencies.......................................................................................................................... 19
" 10.4. Security.................................................................................................................................20
11. Changes During Construction...................................................................................................20
11.1. Change Orders......................................................................................................................20
11.2. Owner Ordered Changes.......................................................................................................20
11.3. Adjustments To Contract Sum..............................................................................................20
11.4. Unit Prices............................................................................................................................21
11.5. Concealed Conditions...........................................................................................................21
12. Quality Control..........................................................................................................................21
12.1. Standards Of Quality............................................................................................................21
12.2. Third Party Inspections.........................................................................................................21
12.3. Uncovering Of Work............................................................................................................22
12.4. Correcting Defective Work...................................................................................................22
12.5. Acceptance Of Defective Or Non-Conforming Work..........................................................22
13. Claims........................................................................................................................................22
13.1. General .................................................................................................................................22
111
12.1.1. Prior Agreements......................................................................................................................... 9
12.1.2. Entire Agreement........................................................................................................................9
12.2. Modification........................................................................................................................................ 10 ,.
12.3. Waiver................................................................................................................................................. 10
12.4. Governing Law................................................................................................................................... 10
12.5. Assignment......................................................................................................................................... 10
12.6. Terms.................................................................................................................................................. 10
12.7. Purchase Order Terms and Conditions............................................................................................... 10
12.7.1. Owner's Purchase Order............................................................................................................ 10
12.7.2. Contractor's Documents............................................................................................................ 10
12.8. Notices................................................................................................................................................ 11
12.9. Severability......................................................................................................................................... 11
12.10. Headings......................................................................................................................................... 11
12.11. Independent Contractor.................................................................................................................. 11
12.12. Exhibits.......................................................................................................................................... I I
12.13. Order of Precedence....................................................................................................................... 11
EXHIBIT A — PROJECT DESCRIPTION...................................................................................... 1 ..»
EXHIBIT B -- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.................................................................................... 1
EXHIBIT C -- PROJECT SCHEDULE ........................................................................................... 1
EXHIBIT D — COMPENSATION.................................................................................................... 1
EXHIBIT E -- CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS........................................... 1
EXHIBIT F -- BOND REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................ 1
EXHIBITG — NOTICES................................................................................................................... 1
EXHIBIT H — EMPLOYEE AGREEMENT................................................................................... 1
EXHIBIT1 -- RELEASES.................................................................................................................. I
EXHIBIT J -- OWNER'S STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION... 1
1. Contract Documents......................................................................................................................... 1
1.1. Definitions.............................................................................................................................. 1
1.2. Other Definitions Used In Contract Documents..................................................................... 1
1.3. Contract Interpretation............................................................................................................2
1.4. Ownership Of Contract Documents........................................................................................2
2. Architect...........................................................................................................................................2
2.1. Definitions..............................................................................................................................2
2.2. Duties And Responsibilities ...................................................................................................2
3. Owner...............................................................................................................................................3
3.1. Definition................................................................................................................................ 3
3.2. Duties And Responsibilities ...................................................................................................3
3.3. Owner's Rights........................................................................................................................3
4. Contractor Obligations.....................................................................................................................4
4.1. Definition................................................................................................................................4
4.2. Errors Or Omissions In Contract Documents.........................................................................4
4.3. Contract Document Obligation...............................................................................................4
4.4. Management,Supervision And Procedures............................................................................4
4.5. Contractor's Labor..................................................................................................................5
4.6. Materials And Equipment....................................................................................................... 5
4.7. Taxes.......................................................................................................................................6 +.
4.8. Legal Compliance,Building Permits,Fees And Notices........................................................6
4.9. Contractor's Superintendent...................................................................................................6
4.10. Progress Schedule...................................................................................................................7
4.11. Overtime Work.........................................................................................
11 wK
Table of Contents
STANDARD AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SER VICES........................................... I
1. Project Description....................................................................................... .......................2
2. Contract Documents......................................................................................................................2
3. Architect..........................................................................................................................................2
4. Project Schedule............................................................................................................................2
5. Compensation................................................................................................................................2
6. Progress and Final Payments.......................................................................................................2
6.1. Invoicin ..........................2
4 6.2. Lien Waivers/Rel eases..........................................................................................................................3
6.3. Audit.....................................................................................................................................................3
6.4. Retainage..............................................................................................................................................3
6.5. Payment................................................................................................................................................3
6.6. Final Payment.......................................................................................................................................3
6.7. Time of Final Payment..........................................................................................................................3
6.8. Final Waivers/Releases.........................................................................................................................3
6.9. Set-Off..................................................................................................................................................4
7. Insurance and Bonds.....................................................................................................................4
7.1. Insurance Requirements........................................................................................................................4
! ► 7.2. Bond Requirements...............................................................................................................................4
8. Waiver of Liens..............................................................................................................................4
8.1. Indemnity for Liens...............................................................................................................................4
8.2. Waiver by Contractor............................................................................................................................ 5
8.3. Waiver by Subcontractors..................................................................................................................... 5
8.4. Execution of Documents....................................................................................................................... 5
8.5. Discharge of Liens................................................................................................................................ 5
8.6. Releases................................................................................................................................................5
9. Intellectual Property and Confidential Information..................................................................6
9.1. Intellectual Property 6
9.2. Confidential Information......................................................................................................................6
9.3. Contractor Confidentiality Obligations.................................................................................................6
9.3.1. Non-use............................................................................................................................................ 6
"! 9.3.2. Non-disclosure.................................................................................................................................6
9.4. Term of Confidentiality ...............6
9.5. Labels....................................................................................................................................................6
9.6. Exclusions.............................................................................................................................................7
9.7. Trade Secrets.........................................................................................................................................7
9.8. Return of Media....................................................................................................................................7
9.9. Reuse of Design....................................................................................................................................8
9.10. Employee Agreement............................................................................................................................ 8
9.11. Survival................................................................................................................................................. 8
10. No Publicity................................................................................................................................ 8
11. Supplier Guiding Principles.....................................................................................................8
12. Miscellaneous Provisions..........................................................................................................9
12.1. Superseding Effect................................................................................................................................9
.m
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
EFFECTIVE 92005
BETWEEN
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA,
A PART OF THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
AND
0
0
Form,Rev. 2/20/03 (SIG)
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally) "
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
existing facilities, and not on information from any other party or oral communications, whatever
the source.
The undersigned certifies that they can produce a 100 percent Performance and Payment Bond
for the amount indicated on the Bid Form.
The undersigned agrees that this Bid shall be valid for the period stated in the Supplementary
Instructions to Bidders, unless withdrawn with written consent of the Owner.
In submitting this Bid, it is hereby understood that the Owner reserves the unrestricted privilege
to reject any and all bids, or parts of bids, and to waive any informalities in the bidding.
In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby agrees to enter into a contract with
the Owner, and to faithfully execute said contract according to its terms mutually agreed upon.
AFFIRMATION:
FIRM NAME:
OFFICIAL ADDRESS:
State whether a:
( ) Corporation
( ) Partnership
( ) Sole Proprietorship
By
Title
Signed
NOTE:
Attach list of Proposed Sub-Contractors after this page.
BID FORM Page 5 of 5
Im
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS am
CHANGES IN THE WORK:
The adjustment of the Contract Sum, for added, deleted or modified work shall be contained only
in properly executed Change Orders.
Proposals for Change Orders, and the Change Order shall be formatted to show that the value of
each Change Order is the net cost of the work, plus the following:
The value of Change Orders, for added work, shall be the actual cost of the additional
work, plus percent of such cost for overhead and profit.
Where added work involves a Subcontractor, the value shall be the actual cost of the
work plus percent for the Subcontractor, and percent for the
Contractor, each to cover overhead and profit.
Where credit(s) or both addition(s) and credit(s) for deletions are involved in the change,
overhead and profit will be based on the net increase in the Contract Sum.
Markups, for overhead and profit, shall not be applied to the cost of the premium portion of
overtime, insurance and taxes.
Markups shall include overhead, salaries or other compensation of the contractor's employees,
general operating and capital expenses of any kind at contractor's principle and branch offices
plus profit.
The Bidder shall indicate acceptance of the above in regard to written Change Orders, by
signature below:
AGREED:
OWNER'S RIGHTS:
The Owner shall have the right to rely on the above information, and may base decisions
regarding the award of contract thereon.
BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS:
The undersigned hereby affirms that they have thoroughly examined all Contract Documents, ..
Bidding Requirements, and other information available to bidders, and that they have examined
and familiarized themselves with the project site and/or existing facilities, and have determined
that the Work indicated in the Construction Documents can be feasibly accomplished.
The undersigned also affirms that they have discovered no significant errors nor inconsistencies
in the Contract Documents or, if they have, such errors or inconsistencies have been addressed
and satisfactorily resolved by the Architect or Owner.
In preparing this bid, the Bidder has relied solely on information contained on the drawings and
in the Project Manual, official written Addenda, interpretations, and clarifications, other official
written or graphic information issued to all bidders, and personal observation of the site and
BID FORM Page 4 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
�Q
ITEM 1 - LUMP SUM BASE BID
Dollars; $
ITEM 1B— BREAKDOWN OF BID
The Lump Sum Bid in Item 1 shall be itemized as follows, including associated cost of each
portion of the bid indicated:
Demolition $
Site Work $
Concrete $
Masonry $
Structural & Misc. Steel $
Wood & Plastics $
Thermal & Moist. Protection $
Door &Windows $
Finishes
$
Fire Protection $
Plumbing $
HVAC $
Electrical $
! TIME FOR COMPLETION
All Bidders shall complete the following:
In submitting this bid, the bidder agrees to complete all Work within
calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed, subject to extensions granted by
the Owner under the terms of the Agreement and the Conditions of the Contract.
The Owner shall have the right to rely on the above information, and may base decisions
regarding the award of contract thereon.
BID FORM Page 3 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
The Owner requests that the following Sub-contractor(s) be utilized on this project, and their
pricing included in the Lump Sum Base Bid;
1. �*
2.
3.
Bidders shall attach a list of all proposed subcontractors, herewith, as part of their bid package. ••
The list shall provide the following information for each subcontractor proposed;
Name:
Scope of Work:
Work Package where subcontract applies:
Amount of Subcontract:
ADDENDA
The following Addenda were received and are included in all affected bid items:
No. _ Date: No. _ Date: No. _ Date:
BID FORM Page 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Company Name
Company Contact
Telephone No.
Date
BID FORM
P•
To: Coca-Cola North America
Project: Hot Fill Line Addition
Northampton, MA
Hixson Project No. 6788.20
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL
The undersigned, hereinafter termed 'Bidder", after careful examination of the Bidding
Documents, existing conditions, and other information available to bidders, hereby agrees to
furnish materials, labor, equipment, tools, and supervision to complete all work as required by
the Contract Documents.
WORK HOURS
It is anticipated that certain portions of the Work could be required to be performed during off-
IF shift time periods, as well as on weekends. Specific work hour requirements are described in
Section 01010, Summary of Work.
• Provide guidelines and cost information for such activity, so all costs associated therewith are
included in this bid.
SUBSTMITIONS
The undersigned attests that its bid is based on products and materials specified or on equivalent
products by named acceptable manufacturers. Voluntary substitutions, if submitted with this bid,
are products or materials the bidder proposes to use in place of those specified, only if accepted
by the Owner in writing; otherwise, specified items will be provided. Voluntary substitutions shall
be submitted on form provided.
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS
The Owner reserves the right to approve all subcontractors proposed for work on this project.
Where approval is withheld, Contractor shall submit alternative subcontractors until approval is
issued.
BID FORM Page 1 of 5
so
Questions shall be directed to Mike Meyer, Construction Administrator at Hixson. W*
The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject any or all bids.
..
HIXSON
Construction Administrator
[513] 241-1230 ,
cc:
WA
ow
..
2 "°'
INVITATION TO BID
Reference: COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Hixson Project No. 6788.20
To: ALL BIDDERS
Sealed bids are solicited by the Owner for the construction of: an addition to the Coca-Cola North
America facility, at the Northampton, MA site, as indicated by the Construction Documents.
Submitting a bid indicates Bidder agrees to enter into the contract for the Work, using the contract
forms and conditions indicated.
Bids shall be submitted in compliance with Instructions to Bidders. Bids must be received prior to
12:00 p.m., on Friday, July 7, 2006, at the offices of Hixson, 659 Van Meter Street:, Cincinnati, OH
45202, Attention: Mike Meyer.
Indicate on the outside of the envelope "Sealed Bid — New Line Addition".
SUBMITTAL OF BIDS
Bids may be submitted using postal or other delivery service, or as noted below.
All pages of the BID FORM shall be fully executed with all attachments, and signed, and received at
the destination prior to the date and time stated [controlling time is that at the destination]. Where
bid is faxed or e-mailed, an original copy of the Bid Form, including original signatures and all
required attachments, shall be subsequently received no later than Noon of the following business
day.
Bidder is responsible for allowing ample time for the transmission of the forms, and for ascertaining
that all pages of the bid and bid-related forms are properly and fully received. Partial bids or those
" with difficulty in transmission or opening will be considered flawed in the preparation and/or
sending procedures, and may cause bids to be deemed non-responsive, and void.
Faxed Bid Forms, sent Attention: Mike Meyer, at [513] 241-1287.
Bid Security is not required. Bids will be privately opened and tabulated.
All Bidders are required to attend a pre-bid meeting and walk-through at the jobsite at 9:00 am
(local time) on Tuesday, June 20, 2006. Failure to attend meeting and walk-through may be
grounds for rejection of bid. Access to the facility at other times will be permitted at the
convenience of the Owner. Bidders may arrange access by contacting Gary Carlow or Jerry
Goodsell.
Two sets of prints of the drawings and two Project Manuals are transmitted herewith. Additional
copies may be obtained at bidder's expense.
"�"' 1
am
Ow
Aw
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ISSUE REVISED
SECTION DATE DATE PAGES
260505 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 060906 6 Pages
260519 - Conductors and Cables 060906 4 Pages
260526 - Grounding and Bonding 060906 4 Pages
260533 - Raceways and Boxes 060906 7 Pages
' 260553 - Electrical Identification 060906 6 Pages
261816 - Fuses 060906 3 Pages
262726 - Wiring Devices 060906 4 Pages
262816 - Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 060906 4 Pages
263100 - Fire Alarm Systems 060906 9 Pages
265000 - Lighting 060906 5 Pages
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
t
OR
Page 5 of 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS on
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ISSUE REVISED
SECTION DATE DATE PAGES
220505 - Plumbing Basic Piping Materials and Methods 060906 11 Pages
220529 - Plumbing Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports 060906 15 Pages
220553 - Plumbing Identification 060906 8 Pages
220719 - Plumbing Piping Insulation 060906 10 Pages
221116 - Water Distribution Piping 060906 10 Pages
221119 - Water Distribution Piping Specialties 060906 7 Pages
221316 - Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 060906 8 Pages
221333 - Process Waste and Vent Piping 060906 6 Pages
221399 - Drainage Piping Specialties 060906 10 Pages
221513 - Compressed-Air Piping 090609 10 Pages '
221623 - Natural-Gas Piping 060906 9 Pages
223300 - Electric Domestic Water Heaters 060906 5 Pages
224200 - Plumbing Fixtures 060906 11 Pages
224293 - Sanitation Plumbing Fixtures 060906 8 Pages
224500 - Emergency Plumbing Fixtures 060906 5 Pages
224700 - Electric Water Coolers 060906 5 Pages *�
DIVISION 23 - HVAC
230500 - Basic HVAC Requirements 060906 15 Pages
230505 - HVAC Basic Piping Materials and Methods 060906 10 Pages
230529 - HVAC Piping and Equipment Hangers and Supports 060906 10 Pages '""
230553 - HVAC Identification 060906 8 Pages
230593 - HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 060906 19 Pages
230713 - HVAC Duct Insulation 060906 9 Pages
230719 - HVAC Piping Insulation 060906 13 Pages
230723 - GMP Duct Insulation 060906 8 Pages
232113 - Hydronic Piping 060906 14 Pages
232213 - Steam and Condensate Piping 060906 15 Pages
233113 - HVAC Metal Ducts 060906 15 Pages
233123 - GMP Galvanized Steel Ducts 060906 9 Pages
233133 - GMP Stainless Steel Ducts 060906 10 Pages
233423 - HVAC Power Ventilators 060906 9 Pages
233713 - HVAC Diffusers and Grilles 060906 4 Pages .
233719 - GMP Diffusers and Grilles 060906 3 Pages
237413 - Packaged, Outdoor, Central-Station Air-Handling Units 060906 12 Pages
237434 - Direct-Fired, Outdoor Makeup-Air Units 060906 8 Pages
237713 - GMP Air-Handling Units 060906 9 Pages
238113 - Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioners 060906 6 Pages
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
260500 - Basic Electrical Requirements 060906 2 Pages
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 4 of 5
10
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ISSUE REVISED
SECTION DATE DATE PAGES
072100 - Building Insulation 060906 5 Pages
074200 - Metal Wall Panels 060906 4 Pages
074263 - Low-Temperature Construction 060906 7 Pages
076100 - Sheet Metal Roofing 060906 4 Pages
077000 - Flashing and Sheet Metal 060906 6 Pages
077200 - Roof Specialties and Accessories 060906 5 Pages
079200 - Joint Sealants 060906 6 Pages
DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS
081113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 060906 8 Pages
083613 - Sectional Overhead Doors 060906 4 Pages
083716 - High-Speed, Roll-Up Doors 060906 4 Pages
084100 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 060906 8 Pages
087100 - Door Hardware 060906 12 Pages
088000 - Glazing 060906 5 Pages
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies 060906 10 Pages
092216 - Non-Load Bearing Metal Framing 060906 9 Pages
095100 - Acoustical Ceilings 060906 5 Pages
095400 - FRP Panel Ceilings 060906 4 Pages
096313 - Brick Flooring 060906 7 Pages
096500 - Resilient Flooring 060906 6 Pages
096723 - Resinous Flooring 060906 6 Pages
099100 - Field Painting 060906 13 Pages
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
102813 - Toilet Room Accessories 060906 3 Pages
?'r DIVISIONS 15 through 20: Not Used- Reserved
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
212300 - Fire-Suppression Piping 060906 19 Pages
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
220500 - Basic Plumbing Requirements 060906 13 Pages
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 of 5
am
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS "'
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ISSUE REVISED
SECTION DATE DATE PAGES
014113 - Regulatory Seismic Requirements 060906 4 Pages "
014500 - Quality Control Services 060906 2 Pages
015100 - Temporary Facilities 060906 6 Pages
016100 - Products, Materials, and Equipment 060906 6 Pages
017123 - Field Engineering 060906 2 Pages
017326 - Existing Conditions 060906 2 Pages
017329 - Cutting and Patching 060906 4 Pages
017700 - Project Closeout 060906 7 Pages
017823 - Operating and Maintenance Data 060906 3 Pages
017836 - Warranties 060906 3 Pages "
017839 - Project Record Documents 060906 2 Pages
DIVISION 02 - SITE WORK
021113 - Selective Demolition 060906 6 Pages
022200 - Earthwork 060906 9 Pages °
023116 - Exterior Sewerage Systems 060906 8 Pages
023319 - Exterior Water Distribution 060906 9 Pages
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 060906 24 Pages
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY
042100 - Unit Masonry 060906 16 Pages
047300 - Simulated Stone Masonry 060906 4 Pages
DIVISION 05 - METALS
051200 - Structural Steel 060906 11 Pages
052100 - Steel Joists 060906 5 Pages
053100 - Steel Deck 060906 5 Pages
055000 - Metal Fabrications 060906 7 Pages
055100 - Metal Stairs, Platforms, and Railings 060906 8 Pages
056000 - Stainless Steel Fabrications 060906 5 Pages
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES
061000 - Rough Carpentry 060906 13 Pages
064116 - Plastic Laminate Countertops 060906 5 Pages
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 5
COCA-COLA NORTH AMERICA JOB NO. 6788.20 ISSUED: 060906
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
` TABLE OF CONTENTS
ISSUE REVISED
SECTION DATE DATE PAGES
The following Table of Contents has been compiled in general accordance
with CSI 2004 MasterFormat formatting,with the exception of changes in Division
and Section numbers and titles,which are specific to Hixson projects
0 DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
(A/E Documents)
Invitation to Bid 060906 2 Pages
00 Bid Form 060906 6 Pages
TERMS, AND CONDITIONS
(Owner's Documents)
CCNA- Agreement for Construction Services
, ► including Exhibit J- Owner's Standard General Conditions
For Construction (dated 2/20/03) 060906 70 Pages
BIDDING INFORMATION
jConsultant's Documentl
40 31567-01-01; June 1, 2006: Geotechnical Engineering
Recommendations; Hot Fill Line and Office Addition,
Coca-Cola Plant, Northampton, Massachusetts 060906 19 Pages
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
011100 - Summary of Work 060906 5 Pages
011400 - Coordination 060906 3 Pages
012300 - Alternates 060906 2 Pages
012500 - Substitutions 060906 4 Pages
Request for Substitution forms 060906 2 Pages
012600 - Modification Procedures 060906 4 Pages
012900 - Measurement and Payment 060906 4 Pages
013119 - Project Meetings 060906 4 Pages
013216 - Progress Schedules and Reports 060906 1 Pages
013323 - Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 060906 11 Pages
Page 1 of 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BLANK PAGE
(This page is left blank intentionally)
v. PROJECT MANUAL
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
FOR
Coca-Cola North America
Northampton, Massachusetts
0 June 9,, 2006
Hixson Job No. 6788.20
659 Van Meter Street
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
(513) 241-1230
NIXSON
659 Van Meter Street
transmittal Cincinnati,Ohio
45202-1568
513 241 1230
FAX 513 241 1287
TO: Coca-Cola North America JOB NO. 6788.20
45 Industrial Drive
Northampton, MA 01060 DATE:: 07/05/06
5 ENCLOSED
SUBJECT: Hot Fill Line Addition
❑ UNDER SEPARATE COVER
DELIVERED BY:
ATTENTION: Gary Carlow UPS Next Day
COPIES DESCRIPTION
1 Additional Set of Original Drawings and Specifications Stamped and Signed for Permit as
requested.
HI
Christo r A. Jarc
Projec nager
CAJ/sls
H:\00678800\opcenter\20trn015a_080206Add I Perm itSet.doc
FK
HOT FILL LINE ADDITION
FOR
4:IP COCA-COLA
NORTH AMERICA
Northampton, Massachusetts
OF
6f' 12 ARK
PROJECT MANUAL E
No.46568
Q
tN OF 44,
lip WILUAM H.
WISEMAN
U 1
June 9, 2006 0 983
Hixson Job No. 6788.20 L cam,
1p
ON HlxS c0awt
,30816
ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING INTERIORS '
Cincinnati, Ohio